Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2018.

Registration No. 333-            

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933



NLIGHT, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3674
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  91-2066376
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

5408 Northeast 88th Street, Building E
Vancouver, Washington 98665
(360) 566-4460
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



Scott H. Keeney
President and Chief Executive Officer
5408 Northeast 88th Street, Building E
Vancouver, Washington 98665
(360) 566-4460
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Patrick J. Schultheis
Jeana S. Kim
Bryan D. King
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100
Seattle, Washington 98104
(206) 883-2500

 

Warren T. Lazarow
Eric C. Sibbitt
O'Melveny & Myers LLP
2765 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, California 94025
(650) 473-2600



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.     o

          If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

Emerging growth company  ý

          If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price
(1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $86,250,000   $10,739

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

           The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                , 2018

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS


LOGO

                Shares
Common Stock
$            per share


We are offering                shares of our common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $            and $            per share.

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "LASR."

We are an "emerging growth company" under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules, and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.


Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13.


 
  Per share
  Total
 

Initial public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $    

(1)
See "Underwriting" for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional                shares of our common stock.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                , 2018.


The Securities and Exchange Commission and state regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Stifel       Raymond James

Needham & Company

 

Canaccord Genuity

 

D.A. Davidson & Co.

   

The date of this prospectus is                , 2018


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

Prospectus Summary

    1  

Risk Factors

    13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

    39  

Use of Proceeds

    41  

Dividend Policy

    42  

Capitalization

    43  

Dilution

    45  

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

    47  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    49  

Business

    67  

Management

    82  

Executive Compensation

    92  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

    106  

Principal Stockholders

    110  

Description of Capital Stock

    113  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    119  

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

    122  

Underwriting

    126  

Legal Matters

    134  

Experts

    134  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

    134  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-1  



        You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may have changed since that date.

         Through and including                  , 2018 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

        For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

        Unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in this prospectus, the terms "nLIGHT," "we," "us" and "our" refer to nLIGHT, Inc. and our subsidiaries. We use "nLIGHT," the nLIGHT logo, "simply brilliant," "element," "Liekki" and other marks as trademarks in the United States and other countries. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities' trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

i


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section titled "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the selected consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In this prospectus, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise indicates, references to "nLIGHT," "we," "us," "our" and similar references refer to nLIGHT, Inc. and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.


Our Business

Overview

        We are a leading provider of high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers. Our lasers are changing not only the way things are made but also the things that can be made. We design, develop and manufacture the critical elements of our lasers, and we believe our vertically integrated business model enables us to rapidly introduce innovative products, control our costs and protect our intellectual property. In 2017, we sold our products to over 300 customers worldwide in three primary markets: industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense.

        Our semiconductor lasers are the industry's most brilliant and serve as the core building block of all of our products. Our vertical integration enables us to incorporate our semiconductor lasers into our proprietary fiber lasers and also to sell our semiconductor lasers as standalone solutions. We offer differentiated high-power fiber lasers that provide our customers with significant advantages over legacy fiber lasers in the areas of programmability, serviceability and reliability. By engaging with our customers early in their system design cycle and utilizing our platform-based approach to product design, we are able to offer semiconductor and fiber laser solutions optimized to meet our customers' requirements.

        Semiconductor and fiber lasers are displacing legacy lasers and non-laser energy sources across a wide range of applications in the industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense markets. In the industrial market, high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers have enabled the creation of next-generation industrial systems to perform manufacturing processes such as cutting, welding and drilling, as well as advanced manufacturing techniques such as additive manufacturing. In the microfabrication market, many of the critical microscale features incorporated into products in the automotive, electronics, medical, semiconductor and other markets are made commercially viable by the precise power delivery of lasers. In the aerospace and defense market, high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers are currently used across a wide range of mission critical applications, such as defending aircraft against missiles, and are enabling next-generation defense systems.

        The growth of the high-power fiber laser market has been driven by a significant reduction in cost per brilliant watt and a substantial increase in the power output of semiconductor lasers, at a rate that we believe is similar to Moore's Law for integrated circuits. The overall laser market, including semiconductor lasers and fiber lasers, was approximately $9.5 billion in 2015 according to Strategies Unlimited. The semiconductor and fiber laser portion of the market addressing industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense sectors was approximately $2.3 billion in 2015 and is expected to grow to approximately $4.2 billion by 2020. Our global customers include Cincinnati Inc., DMG Mori and Suzhou Quick Laser Technology Co. in industrial, MKS Instruments and Samsung in microfabrication, and BAE and Raytheon in aerospace and defense.

        We generated revenues of $138.6 million and $101.3 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively, and net income (loss) of $1.8 million and $(14.2) million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, we had over 1,000 employees worldwide. Our vertically integrated operations include a semiconductor laser manufacturing facility at our Vancouver, Washington headquarters, an optical fiber manufacturing

1


Table of Contents

facility in Lohja, Finland, and laser packaging and assembly facilities in Vancouver, Washington, Hillsboro, Oregon and Shanghai, China. We were founded in 2000 and possess an intellectual property portfolio that included over 350 issued or pending patents as of December 31, 2017.

Industry Overview

Legacy Lasers

        A laser converts electrical energy into optical energy, or light, that can be concentrated and shaped to create a powerful beam that can cut, manipulate, melt and vaporize materials. The two main parts of a laser are an energy source and a gain medium. Gas and crystal lasers, named for the materials used as the gain medium, were the initial types of lasers used in industrial applications. While gas and crystal lasers are an improvement over mechanical and other non-laser techniques for material processing, they have various deficiencies, which may include lower reliability, the need for costly cooling and more frequent maintenance, lower beam quality, energy inefficiency, and lack of programmability and serviceability.

Fiber Lasers

        In a fiber laser, the gain medium is an optical fiber infused with rare earth elements, and the energy source is one or more semiconductor lasers. The term semiconductor laser can describe an individual semiconductor laser chip or a product that combines an array of such chips into a more powerful device, which is typically the approach used to build a fiber laser. Semiconductor lasers vary based upon the material used as the gain medium, the spectrum of light generated, the beam shape, the power yielded, the brilliance, as well as other characteristics. Substantial improvements in the power, brilliance, cost, reliability and efficiency of semiconductor lasers have been foundational to the improved performance and cost competitiveness of fiber lasers.

        Power and brilliance are critical measures of laser performance. Both laser power and laser brilliance can vary dramatically. For example, a single semiconductor laser chip used in a handheld laser pointer generates a fraction of a watt of power, whereas high-power semiconductor laser chips used in a high-power fiber laser can generate as much as 20 watts of power per chip. The output power of a high-power fiber laser, using an array of high-power semiconductor lasers amplified via specialty fiber, can be thousands of watts, or kilowatts. Laser brilliance is a measure of how much power a laser generates over a given emission area and the rate of divergence of its beam. Therefore, two lasers emitting the same power but with different emission areas or beam divergence will have different levels of brilliance. Semiconductor laser brilliance is critical for scaling power in fiber lasers as high-power fiber lasers require efficient aggregation of the output power of many semiconductor lasers into a single fiber.

        Over the past few decades, the cost per brilliant watt produced by semiconductor lasers has fallen dramatically as a result of improved laser design and production techniques, and increased production volumes. This has led to the rapid adoption of fiber lasers in a variety of markets. We believe a parallel can be drawn to the proliferation of integrated circuits as their processing power increased while the cost per transistor fell. This advancement is defined as Moore's Law, which is an observation that the number of transistors in an integrated circuit doubles approximately every two years.

        Fiber lasers address many of the disadvantages of legacy gas and crystal lasers. Improvements in performance and cost of production over the last decade have fueled a dramatic expansion in the use of fiber lasers in a number of markets.

        Advantages of fiber lasers over legacy gas and crystal lasers include:

    Superior beam quality.   Fiber lasers can generate higher power, more precise and more stable output beams.
    Superior flexibility.   The simplicity of the architecture of a fiber laser enables an end user to optimize the laser to the precise needs of a given application by adjusting beam power, frequency and shape.

2


Table of Contents

    Lower total cost of ownership.   Fiber lasers tend to be more durable, reliable, energy efficient, stable and tolerant of longer operating cycles than legacy lasers, which results in a lower total cost of ownership.
    Smaller size and easier to operate.   Fiber lasers generally are smaller than legacy lasers and can be located remotely from the workpiece by virtue of a convenient beam delivery fiber, potentially simplifying the tool and facility requirements. Fiber lasers are also easier to operate, with fewer parts and a reduced need for physical adjustments by operators.

Our Advancements in High-Power Fiber Lasers

        We believe our high-power fiber lasers offer significant advancements over legacy fiber lasers, in terms of programmability, serviceability and reliability. These advantages are a function of our vertically integrated business model, proprietary semiconductor laser technology, unique high-power fiber laser architectures and advanced in-house manufacturing methods.

Programmability

        We believe the programmability of our lasers is a distinctive feature that makes them well-suited for use with versatile, multi-function machine tools in a wide range of applications. The programmability of our lasers improves the speed and quality of the systems into which they are incorporated. Moreover, the programmability of our lasers enables our original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, customers to develop machine tools that can be utilized across multiple applications, thereby allowing end users to replace multiple tools inside a factory with a single, more flexible tool. Our fiber lasers incorporate proprietary control hardware and software that provide end users with significant flexibility to optimize not only output power but also the optical waveform (temporal beam shape) and the selection of the optical profile (spatial beam shape).

Serviceability

        Our fiber lasers are designed to be serviced quickly on site and by our customers. Most service activities can be completed without extracting the laser from the machine tool and often without the need for our direct involvement. In contrast, end users operating machine tools built with legacy fiber lasers that require the machine tool manufacturer to coordinate the service activity with the laser provider can experience longer disruptions in their operations when the lasers need servicing. The architecture of our fiber lasers enables them to be serviced on site, generally in less than two hours, often eliminating the need for the end customers to have spare lasers in reserve. Intelligent sensors embedded in our fiber lasers provide our end users with real-time diagnostics and feedback. As a result, end users benefit from significantly higher production uptime.

Reliability

        Our fiber lasers incorporate advanced components and proprietary designs that protect our lasers from operating conditions that can cause failures in legacy fiber lasers, thereby improving uptime and lowering total operating cost. Many manufacturing environments are hot, humid, dirty and crowded, characteristics that challenge older generations of fiber lasers which need external air conditioning to operate. For instance, even in extremely humid environments, our high-power fiber lasers do not require air conditioning, instead relying on a simple and inexpensive dry air purge to prevent condensation and inoperability. Historically, a failure mode for fiber lasers has been back reflection from reflective materials. Our fiber lasers incorporate proprietary back reflection suppression technology, improving their ability to process highly reflective materials used for next-generation automotive batteries, automotive parts, appliances and many other applications. Our fiber lasers are industry leaders in power stability. We consider the power stability of our fiber lasers to be a particularly important differentiator for advanced

3


Table of Contents

and emerging applications, such as additive manufacturing, and in the development of versatile multifunctional machine tools.

Our Market Opportunity

        The overall laser market, including semiconductor lasers and fiber lasers, was approximately $9.5 billion in 2015 and is expected to grow to approximately $14.4 billion by 2020 according to Strategies Unlimited. The semiconductor and fiber laser portion of the market addressing industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense sectors was approximately $2.3 billion in 2015 and is expected to grow to approximately $4.2 billion by 2020.

Industrial

        The productivity, efficiency and versatility offered by high-power fiber lasers have been critical in making them a key part of the evolution of the industrial ecosystem. High-power fiber lasers are rapidly replacing gas and other legacy lasers for a variety of industrial applications, including cutting and welding, due to their significantly faster speed, higher quality and lower cost when used across a wide range of metals. High-power fiber lasers are also enabling new applications such as metal additive manufacturing where they provide the precise power needed to fuse metal powders into intricate three-dimensional metal structures. The total addressable market for semiconductor and fiber lasers in the industrial market is expected to grow from approximately $1.0 billion in 2015 to approximately $2.5 billion by 2020.

Microfabrication

        Microfabrication refers to the process of creating three-dimensional microscale structures, typically by ablating, annealing, etching and drilling. Many of the microscale features incorporated into products in the automotive, electronics, medical, semiconductor and other markets are made commercially viable by the precise power delivery of lasers. Preferences for brighter, more vibrant displays in mobile phones, tablets and televisions, and the desire for thinner products with improved battery life and energy efficiency are placing greater importance on the need for components that are smaller, more robust and less expensive, which we believe will drive demand for lasers. The addressable market for semiconductor and fiber lasers in the microfabrication market is expected to grow from approximately $0.9 billion in 2015 to approximately $1.2 billion by 2020.

Aerospace and Defense

        Lasers are used today in a variety of aerospace and defense applications, such as range finding, imaging and directed energy defense systems. Directed energy defense systems utilize concentrated electrical or optical energy rather than chemical or kinetic force as a means to incapacitate, damage, disable or destroy. Compared to conventional weapons, directed energy weapons using high-power fiber lasers offer ultra-precise targeting, low cost per use and a nearly unlimited magazine. Over the past decade, directed energy technologies have improved steadily, culminating in a series of successful demonstrations of significantly higher power, multi-kilowatt systems. Systems using high-power fiber lasers have shown the highest degree of operational viability. The addressable market for semiconductor and fiber lasers in the aerospace and defense market is expected to grow from approximately $0.4 billion in 2015 to approximately $0.5 billion by 2020.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe the following strengths will allow us to maintain and extend our leadership position:

        Innovative semiconductor laser technology.     We design and manufacture the industry's most brilliant semiconductor lasers. Our semiconductor lasers serve as the core building block of all of our solutions, and are incorporated into our fiber lasers. Our proprietary semiconductor laser architecture, from

4


Table of Contents

semiconductor laser chip through packaging, is designed to deliver high-performance, high-power and reliable solutions that can be optimized to end-user needs.

        Differentiated high-power fiber laser technology.     Our high-power fiber lasers provide distinct advantages over other fiber lasers and legacy lasers in terms of programmability, serviceability and reliability.

        Customizable high-power semiconductor and fiber laser solutions based on a scalable platform.     We offer a scalable platform that is enabled by our extensive library of proprietary semiconductor and fiber laser designs, packaging options and specialty optical fibers. As a result of our platform-based approach, we are able to quickly and simply configure solutions that are optimized to the particular requirements of our OEM customers. Our lasers are designed into systems with stringent specifications for quality, performance and reliability, and our lasers are often mission critical in these applications.

        Vertically integrated business model.     We design, develop and manufacture the critical elements of our high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers, including semiconductor laser chips and optical fiber. We believe that being vertically integrated enables us to rapidly introduce innovative products, control our costs and protect our intellectual property. Our vertical integration also gives us the ability to sell at the level of integration our customers desire, at highly competitive price points and at attractive profit margins.

        Strong relationships with our diverse customer base.     Our global customer base includes companies in the industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense markets. We partner with our customers in the early stages of their system design cycle and collaborate with them to develop high-power semiconductor and fiber laser solutions that meet their specific requirements. We believe our partnership-based approach creates a competitive advantage for us, as it has enabled us to create long-term relationships with our customers, many of which span over a decade.

        Proven engineering and executive team.     We believe our team members include many of the world's foremost experts in the areas of semiconductor and fiber laser design and manufacturing, and have been involved in pioneering semiconductor laser design, including work at Bell Labs, Nortel Networks Corporation, SDL, Inc., Xerox PARC and other leading innovators prior to joining us. Members of our management team have honed their ability to lead technology-driven organizations in competitive industries through their previous experience at industry-leading companies such as Agilent Technologies, Inc., Avago Technologies, Coherent, Inc., JDS Uniphase Corporation, McKinsey & Company and Orbotech Ltd.

Our Strategy

        Our objective is to be the leading provider of high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers to the industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense markets and, in the future, to leverage our core competencies to expand into other markets with similar performance requirements. The key elements of our strategy are:

        Increase sales.     We intend to leverage our leading position in high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers and our global footprint in key geographies to increase our sales. Continued displacement of legacy lasers and non-laser energy sources by high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers in a wide range of applications should enable us to increase sales from existing customers and to generate sales from new customers. We believe our in-country sales, marketing and production operations in China will continue to enable us to increase sales in the region. In addition, our development and production facilities in the U.S. enable us to compete effectively for U.S. government-related programs. We believe the quality and performance of our lasers and our innovative approach of tailoring our platform-based high-power semiconductor and fiber laser solutions to the specific needs of our customers will allow us to grow our market share.

5


Table of Contents

        Enable new applications.     Our innovations are making our semiconductor and fiber lasers more powerful, programmable, reliable and affordable, which is driving their adoption in existing applications as well as enabling new ones that were not previously commercially viable. For instance, the power, precision and programmability of our lasers are enabling a new class of additive manufacturing tools in the industrial market and are supporting commercialization of next-generation directed energy defense systems in the aerospace and defense market. We expect the continued improvement in the features, performance and total cost of ownership of our lasers will drive their adoption in an expanding array of applications and end markets.

        Further reduce costs of our high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers.     We have a track record of reducing the cost of our high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers. We anticipate continuing to reduce the cost of our products by developing new semiconductor laser chips, semiconductor laser and fiber laser architectures, introducing new packaging technologies and increasing the use of automation in our manufacturing and packaging facilities.

Risks Associated with Our Business

        Our business and ability to execute our strategy are subject to many risks that you should be aware of before you buy our common stock. We describe these risks more fully in the prospectus section titled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13. These risks include, among others:

    we have a history of losses, and as our operating costs increase we may not be able to generate sufficient revenues to achieve or maintain profitability in the future;
    our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future performance;
    downturns in the markets we serve could materially adversely affect our revenues and profitability;
    we have high levels of fixed costs and inventory levels that may materially adversely affect our gross profits and results of operations in the event that demand for our products declines or we maintain excess inventory levels;
    the markets for our products are highly competitive;
    we have substantial sales and operations in China, exposing us to risks inherent in doing business there;
    our manufacturing capacity and operations may not be appropriate for future levels of demand and may materially adversely affect our gross margins;
    we rely on a small number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues; and
    if we are unable to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed and our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Corporate Information

        We were incorporated under the name nLight Corporation in Washington in June 2000. We reincorporated in Delaware under the name nLight Photonics Corporation in August 2000 and changed our name to nLIGHT, Inc. in January 2016. Our principal executive office is located at 5408 Northeast 88th Street, Building E, Vancouver, Washington 98665. Our telephone number is (360) 566-4460. Our website address is www.nlight.net. Information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

6


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to:

    reduced disclosure of financial information in this prospectus, including two years of audited financial information and two years of selected financial information;
    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation;
    exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and golden parachute arrangements; and
    delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

        We may take advantage of some or all of these provisions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues; the date we qualify as a "large accelerated filer," with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

        We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards and to adopt certain of the reduced disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result of the accounting standards election, we will not be subject to the same implementation timing for new or revised accounting standards as other public companies, which may make comparison of our financials to those of other public companies more difficult. In addition, the information that we provide in this prospectus may be different than the information you may receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. Further, it is possible that some investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of these elections, which may result in a less active trading market for our common stock and higher volatility in our stock price.

7


Table of Contents



THE OFFERING

Common stock to be offered

              shares.

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

            shares (or            shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Option to purchase additional shares

 

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to            additional shares.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to fund potential acquisitions of, or investments in, technologies or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or make any such investments. See "Use of Proceeds."

Proposed Nasdaq trading symbol

 

"LASR."

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

        The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 138,106,780 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017, and excludes:

    26,844,807 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.22 per share;
                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of: 8,290,590 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended, or our 2001 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2018 Plan;            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and any additional shares that become available under our 2018 Plan pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under the plan each year, as more fully described in the section titled "Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans"; and            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and any additional shares that become available under our ESPP pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under the plan each year, as more fully described in the section titled "Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans"; and

8


Table of Contents

    1,072,225 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2017, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.07 per share, after conversion of the convertible preferred stock.

        We refer to our Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock herein as our "convertible preferred stock." Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

    a 1-for-    reverse stock split of our common stock and preferred stock, which became effective            , 2018;
    the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 123,208,957 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;
    the automatic conversion of all outstanding warrants exercisable for shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2017 into warrants exercisable for shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;
    no exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of the date of this prospectus;
    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect on the closing of this offering; and
    no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

9


Table of Contents



SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth a summary of certain historical financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The summary of our consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included in this prospectus, as well as the sections titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
  2017   2016  
 
  (in thousands, except
per share data)

 

Revenues

  $ 138,580   $ 101,325  

Cost of revenues (1)

    94,306     78,159  

Gross profit

    44,274     23,166  

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development (1)

    15,123     15,239  

Sales, general and administrative (1)

    19,353     17,265  

Total operating expenses

    34,476     32,504  

Income (loss) from operations

    9,798     (9,338 )

Other expense:

             

Interest expense, net

    (1,269 )   (2,229 )

Other expense

    (1,834 )   (753 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    6,695     (12,320 )

Income tax expense

    4,858     1,882  

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,837   $ (14,202 )

Less: Income allocated to preferred stockholders

    (1,837 )    

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $   $ (14,202 )

Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted (2)

  $ 0.00   $ (1.14 )

Shares used in basic and diluted per share calculations

    13,677     12,501  

Select non-GAAP Financial Information (unaudited):

             

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

  $ 18,089   $ (931 )

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
   
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
   
  2017   2016  
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 46   $ 30  
 

Research and development

    66     57  
 

Sales, general and administrative

    257     221  
 

Total

  $ 369   $ 308  

10


Table of Contents

(2)
See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a reconciliation between net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share.

(3)
We monitor Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial metric, to help us evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions. In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful in evaluating our operating performance.


We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted for income tax expense, other non-operating expense or income, net interest expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation and other special items as determined by management. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a meaningful measure of performance as it is commonly utilized by us and the investment community to analyze operating performance in our industry. The following table sets forth Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation from net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, for the periods presented.
   
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
   
  2017   2016  
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,837   $ (14,202 )
 

Income tax expense

    4,858     1,882  
 

Other expense

    1,834     753  
 

Interest expense, net

    1,269     2,229  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    7,922     8,099  
 

Stock-based compensation

    369     308  
 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 18,089   $ (931 )

Adjusted EBITDA as a non-GAAP financial measure reflects an additional way of viewing aspects of our business that, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliation to the corresponding GAAP financial measure included in the table above, may provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business. This non-GAAP financial measure should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures.


We believe that the non-GAAP measure disclosed herein is only useful as an additional tool to help management and investors make informed decisions about our financial and operating performance. By definition, non-GAAP measures do not give a full understanding of our performance. To be useful, they must be used in conjunction with the comparable GAAP measures. In addition, non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized. It may not be possible to compare our financial measures with other companies' non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. We strongly encourage investors to review our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

11


Table of Contents

 
  As of December 31, 2017  
Select Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
  Actual   Pro Forma (1)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
(2)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 36,687   $ 36,687   $                

Working capital

    55,689     55,689        

Total assets

    110,148     110,148        

Total debt, including current portion

    17,471     17,471        

Convertible preferred stock

    12            

Common stock

    2     14        

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (719 )   (719 )      

Accumulated deficit

    (118,669 )   (118,669 )      

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

    110,148     110,148        

(1)
Reflects the (a) automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2017 into an aggregate of 123,208,957 shares of common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred on December 31, 2017; and (b) the conversion of the warrants to purchase 1,072,225 shares of our convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase 1,072,225 shares of common stock.

(2)
Reflects the pro forma adjustments set forth in the immediately preceding note and (a) the sale and issuance by us of            shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $            per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and (b) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect on the closing of this offering. The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $            per share, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total liabilities and stockholders' equity by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of            in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total liabilities and stockholders' equity by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

12


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, which we believe are the material risks associated with our business and this offering. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline as a result of any of these risks materializing, and you may lose part of or all of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data."

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses, and as our operating costs increase we may not be able to generate sufficient revenues to achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

        We have incurred net losses each year since our inception in 2000 through 2016, and only first became profitable in 2017. Although we had net income of $1.8 million on 2017, we had a net loss of $14.2 million in 2016. We had an accumulated deficit of $118.7 million as of December 31, 2017.

        We expect our operating costs to continue to increase in future periods as we expend substantial financial and other resources on, among other things, business and headcount expansion in operations, sales and marketing, research and development, and administration as a public company. These expenditures may not result in additional revenues or the growth of our business. If we fail to continue to grow revenues or to sustain profitability while our operating costs increase, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects will be materially adversely affected and the market price of our common stock may decline.

Our revenue growth rate in recent periods may not be indicative of our future performance.

        In recent periods, we have experienced substantial levels of revenue growth. However, our historical revenue growth rate may not be indicative of future growth, and we may not achieve similar revenue growth rates in future periods. You should not rely on our revenues for any prior quarterly or annual periods as an indication of our future revenues or revenue growth. Our results of operations may vary as a result of a number of factors, including our ability to execute on our business strategy and expand our manufacturing capacity, the general economic conditions and the legal and regulatory environment in the United States, China and globally, as well as other factors that are outside of our control. If we are unable to maintain consistent revenues or revenue growth, our stock price could decline.

Downturns in the markets we serve could materially adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

        Our results of operations may vary based on the impact of changes in the industries we serve or in the global economy. The revenue growth of our business substantially depends on demand for our products in the industrial and microfabrication markets. For our products sold to the industrial market, we believe demand is largely based on general economic conditions, primarily in China and North America. Adverse changes in the global economy have occurred and may occur in the future as a result of declining or flat global or regional economic conditions, fluctuations in currency and commodity prices, wavering confidence, unemployment, declines in stock markets, contraction of credit availability or other factors affecting economic conditions generally. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery, whether global, regional or within specific markets.

        For the microfabrication market, a portion of our revenues depends in part on the demand for our products from semiconductor equipment companies. The semiconductor equipment market has

13


Table of Contents

historically been characterized by sudden and severe cyclical variations in product supply and demand, which have often severely affected the demand for manufacturing equipment, including laser-based tools and systems. The timing, severity and duration of these market cycles are difficult to predict, which limits our ability to predict our business prospects and financial results in this market and we may not be able to respond effectively to these cycles.

        During industry downturns in the past, our revenues from this market declined suddenly and significantly, and this is likely to occur again in the event of industry downturns in the future. Our ability to rapidly and effectively reduce our cost structure in response to such downturns is limited by the fixed nature of many of our expenses in the near term and by our need to continue our investment in next-generation product technology and to support and service our products. In addition, due to the relatively long manufacturing lead times for some of the systems and subsystems we sell to this market, we may incur expenditures or purchase raw materials or components for products we cannot sell. Conversely, when upturns in this market occur, we must be able to rapidly and effectively increase our manufacturing capacity to meet increases in customer demand that may be extremely rapid, and if we fail to do so we may lose business to our competitors and our relationships with our customers may be harmed.

We have high levels of fixed costs and inventory levels that may materially adversely affect our gross profits and results of operations in the event that demand for our products declines or we maintain excess inventory levels.

        We conduct our own manufacturing operations and have a high fixed cost base, including significant costs for the employees in our manufacturing operations. We may not be able to adjust our production levels or fixed costs quickly enough or sufficiently to adapt to rapidly changing market conditions. Gross profit, in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenues, is impacted by our volumes, product sales mix, the corresponding absorption of fixed manufacturing overhead expenses, production costs and manufacturing yields. In addition, because we design and manufacture our key components, insufficient demand for our products will subject us to the risks of high inventory carrying costs and increased inventory obsolescence. If our capacity and production levels are not properly sized in relation to expected demand, we may need to record write-downs for excess or obsolete inventory. For example, we typically increase our inventory levels in the period leading up to Chinese New Year, which occurs during our first fiscal quarter, in anticipation of increased sales to our Chinese customers after completion of the holiday. If these anticipated sales do not occur, we may need to record write-downs for excess inventory.

The markets for our products are highly competitive. If we fail to compete successfully, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects will be materially adversely affected.

        The industries in which we operate have significant price and technological competition. We compete not only with companies providing semiconductor and fiber lasers, but with companies offering conventional laser or non-laser solutions for the applications we target. Some of our competitors are larger and have substantially greater manufacturing, financial and research and development resources and larger installed customer bases than we do. Certain of these competitors also have higher sales volume than we do, which can enable such competitors to lower the prices of their products. To compete, we may be forced to lower our prices, which could negatively impact our revenues and gross margins. Consolidation in our industry could intensify the competitive pressures that we face. Our competitors worldwide include BWT Beijing Ltd., Coherent, Inc., II-VI Incorporated, IPG Photonics Corporation, Lumentum Holdings Inc., Maxphotonics Co., Ltd., Raycus Fiber Laser Technologies Co. Ltd. and Trumpf GmbH + Co. KG.

        We also compete with widely used non-laser production methods, such as plasma cutting, water-jet cutting and resistance welding. We believe that competition will be particularly intense from makers of CO2, YAG and disc lasers, as makers of these laser solutions may lower their prices in order to maintain market share and have committed significant research and development resources to pursue opportunities related to these technologies. If manufacturers of these non-laser and legacy laser solutions offer

14


Table of Contents

significantly lower prices than we do for our products, customers may choose to purchase their products instead of ours, despite any technical or performance advantage our products may offer.

        Our OEM customers' internal production of laser technologies presents additional competitive pressure. To the extent our OEM customers move towards using such in-house technologies, we may need to lower our prices to remain competitive, otherwise our market share and revenues may be materially adversely affected.

        To be competitive, we believe that we will be required to continue to invest significantly in research and development and manufacturing facilities. We may not have sufficient resources to continue to make these investments and we may not be able to make the technological advances or price adjustments necessary to compete successfully. Any failure to compete successfully will materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Our inability to manage risks associated with our international customers and operations could materially adversely affect our business.

        Approximately 66% of our revenues were to customers outside of North America in 2017. We anticipate that foreign revenues, particularly revenues from Asia, will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues in the foreseeable future. Our products are sold in over 30 countries. Our principal markets outside of North America include China, South Korea, Japan and other Asian countries, Germany and other European countries. We have offices outside of the United States in Lohja, Finland, Shanghai, China and Seoul, South Korea. We have substantial tangible assets outside of the United States, particularly in China.

        Our foreign operations and revenues are subject to a number of risks, including the impact of recessions and other economic conditions in economies outside the United States, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, certification requirements, environmental regulations, reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries, potentially adverse tax consequences, political and economic instability, import/export regulations, tariffs and trade barriers, compliance with applicable United States and foreign anti-corruption laws, cultural and management differences, reliance in some jurisdictions on third-party revenues from channel partners, preference for locally produced products and shipping, other logistics complications and longer accounts receivable collection periods.

        Our business could also be impacted by international conflicts, terrorist and military activity, civil unrest and pandemic illness which could cause a slowdown in customer orders, cause customer order cancellations or negatively impact availability of supplies or limit our ability to timely service our installed base of products. Political, economic and monetary instability and changes in governmental regulations or policies, including trade tariffs and protectionism, could materially adversely affect both our ability to effectively operate our foreign offices and the ability of our foreign suppliers to supply us with required materials or services. Any interruption or delay in the supply of our required components, products, materials or services, or our inability to obtain these components, materials, products or services from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, could impair our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries to our customers and could cause customers to cancel orders.

        Our failure to manage the foregoing risks associated with our operations in Finland, China and South Korea and our other existing and potential future international business operations could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We have substantial sales and operations in China, which exposes us to risks inherent in doing business there.

        Our business operations in China and our sales to Chinese customers are critical to our success. As of February 28, 2018, we had approximately 470 employees at our Shanghai facility where we have high-volume packaging and sales operations. Moreover, in 2017, approximately 40% of our revenues were derived from China. As a result, downturns in the Chinese economy could materially adversely affect our

15


Table of Contents

results of operations. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of other developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate and control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. The Chinese economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Despite reforms, the government continues to exercise significant control over China's economic growth by way of the allocation of resources, control over foreign currency-denominated obligations and monetary policy and provision of preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. We cannot predict the future economic policies of the Chinese government or their effect on the regional or global economy and we cannot predict other governments' economic policies toward China. Any downturn in the Chinese economy as a result of these or other events may lead to a significant reduction in demand for our products.

        The political, legal and regulatory climate in China, both nationally and regionally, is fluid and unpredictable, and operating in China exposes us to political and legal risks. Our ability to operate in China may be materially adversely affected by changes in Chinese laws and regulations such as those related to, among other things, taxation, import and export tariffs, environmental regulations, land use rights, intellectual property, currency controls, network security, employee benefits and overtime policies and other matters. Our operations in China are subject to numerous laws, regulations, rules and specifications relating to human health and safety and the environment. Applicable laws, rules and regulations often lack clarity and it is difficult to predict how any of these laws, rules and regulations will be enforced. If we or our employees or agents violate, or are alleged to have violated, any of these laws, rules and regulations, we or our employees could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, damages or fines, or our employees or agents could be detained, imprisoned or prevented from entering China, any of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Our manufacturing capacity and operations may not be appropriate for future levels of demand and may materially adversely affect our gross margins.

        When market demand increases, we must be able to rapidly and effectively increase our manufacturing capacity to meet increases in customer demand, and if we fail to do so we may lose business to our competitors and our relationships with our customers may be harmed. To maintain our competitive position and to meet anticipated demand for our products, we have invested significantly in the expansion and automation of our manufacturing and operations throughout the world and may continue to do so in the future. If the demand for our products does not increase or if our revenues decrease from current levels, we may have significant excess manufacturing capacity and under-absorption of our fixed costs, which could in turn materially adversely affect our gross margins and profitability.

        In connection with any expansion, we may incur cost overruns, construction delays, labor difficulties or regulatory issues which could cause our capital expenditures to be higher than what we currently anticipate, possibly by a material amount, which would in turn adversely impact our results of operations. Expansion activities can also cause disruptions to existing manufacturing capabilities. Moreover, we may experience higher costs due to yield loss, production inefficiencies and equipment problems until any operational issues associated with the addition of new equipment or opening of new manufacturing facilities are resolved.

We rely on a small number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues, and if we lose any of these customers or they significantly curtail their purchases of our products, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

        We rely on a few customers for a significant portion of our revenues. In the aggregate, our top ten customers accounted for approximately 61% and 60% of our revenues in 2017 and 2016, respectively. Suzhou Quick Laser Technology Co., Ltd accounted for 14% and 11% of our revenues in 2017 and 2016, respectively, and Raytheon Company accounted for 10% of our revenues in 2016. We generally do not enter into long-term purchase agreements with our customers obligating them to purchase our products.

16


Table of Contents

Our business is characterized by short-term purchase orders issued by our customers, which are likely to be favorable to those customers. If any of our principal customers discontinues its relationship with us, develops its own products instead of using ours, replaces us as a vendor for certain products or suffers downturns in its business resulting in a cancellation of orders or an inability to place new orders, then our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be materially adversely affected.

If we are unable to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed and our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

        Our success depends in part upon our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce patents, trade secrets, trademarks and other intellectual property rights and to operate without infringing on or otherwise violating the proprietary rights of others or having third parties infringe, misappropriate or circumvent the rights we own or license. We rely on a variety of intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, technical know-how and other unpatented proprietary information to protect our products, product development and manufacturing activities from unauthorized copying by third parties.

        Our patents do not cover all of our technologies, systems, products and product components and our competitors or others may design around our patented technologies. Some of our know-how or technology is not patented or patentable and may constitute trade secrets. To protect our trade secrets, we have a policy of requiring our employees, consultants, advisors and other collaborators who contribute to our material intellectual property to enter into confidentiality agreements. We also rely on customary contractual protections with our suppliers and customers, and we implement security measures intended to protect our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. However, we cannot guarantee we have entered into appropriate agreements with all parties that have had access to our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. We also cannot assure you that those agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use or disclosure. Our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information could be obtained by third parties as a result of breaches of our physical or electronic security systems or our suppliers, employees or consultants could assert rights to our intellectual property.

        We have significant international operations and we are subject to foreign laws which differ in many respects from U.S. laws. Effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or more limited in foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, such as China, relative to those protections available in the United States. Although we typically enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees who contribute to our material intellectual property to protect our proprietary information, our ability to enforce such agreements in foreign jurisdictions is uncertain. In the past, certain of our employees have been hired by our competitors. These former employees are contractually prohibited from misappropriating our confidential information, including trade secrets; however, we cannot be certain that such contractual obligations will be honored. While we monitor our competitors' activities for evidence of infringement of our proprietary rights, we cannot be certain that such infringement will be detected. If we pursue litigation to assert our intellectual property rights, an adverse decision in any legal action could limit our ability to assert our intellectual property rights, limit the value of our technology or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

        Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property may have already occurred or may occur in the future. The steps that we take to acquire ownership of our employees' inventions and trade secrets in foreign countries may not have been effective under all such local laws, which could expose us to potential claims or the inability to protect intellectual property developed by our employees. Furthermore, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret and other intellectual property laws in any country in which we operate may materially adversely affect our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property positions.

17


Table of Contents

Our failure to identify unauthorized use or otherwise adequately protect our intellectual property could jeopardize our competitive advantage and materially adversely affect our business. Moreover, any litigation in connection with unauthorized use of our intellectual property could be time consuming, and we could be forced to incur significant costs and divert our attention and the efforts of our employees, which could, in turn, result in lower revenues and higher expenses, and we may not be successful in enforcing our intellectual property rights.

Intellectual property claims could result in costly litigation and harm our business.

        There has been significant litigation involving intellectual property rights in many technology-based industries, including our own. We continue to face risks and uncertainties in connection with any patent litigation, including the risk that patents issued to others may harm our ability to do business; that there could be existing patents of which we are unaware that could be pertinent to our business; and that it is not possible for us to know whether there are patent applications pending that our products might infringe upon, since patent applications often are not disclosed until a patent is issued or published. Moreover, the frequency with which new patents are granted and the diversity of jurisdictions in which they are granted make it impractical and expensive for us to monitor all patents that may be relevant to our business.

        From time to time, we have been notified of allegations and claims that we may be infringing patents or otherwise violating intellectual property rights owned by third parties. In the future, we may be a party to litigation as a result of an alleged infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of others' intellectual property, whether through direct claims or by way of indemnification claims of our customers or suppliers. If any pending or future intellectual property-related litigation proceedings result in an adverse outcome then we could be required to:

        In addition, intellectual property lawsuits can be brought by third parties against our customers and end-users that incorporate our products into their systems or processes. Because we generally indemnify customers against third-party infringement claims relating to our products, we may incur liabilities in connection with lawsuits against our customers. Any such lawsuits, whether or not they have merit, could be time-consuming to defend, damage our reputation and result in substantial and unanticipated costs.

        Having to defend any such lawsuits, and any adverse consequences that might arise, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

If we are unable to develop new products, applications and end markets for our high-performance lasers and increase our market share in existing applications, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects will be materially adversely affected.

        Any future success will depend in part on our ability to continue to generate sales of semiconductor lasers and fiber lasers in applications where legacy lasers have been used, or in new and developing markets and applications for lasers where they have not been used previously. As semiconductor and fiber lasers reach higher levels of penetration in core materials processing applications, the development of new applications, end markets and products outside our core applications becomes more important to our growth.

18


Table of Contents

        Our current and potential customers may have substantial investment in, and know-how related to, their existing laser and non-laser technologies. They may perceive risks relating to the reliability, quality, usefulness and profitability of integrating semiconductor lasers or fiber lasers in their systems when compared to other laser or non-laser technologies available in the market or that they manufacture themselves. Although we believe that semiconductor lasers and fiber lasers generally exhibit superior performance compared to other lasers or tools, customers may be reluctant to change from incumbent suppliers or cease using their own solutions, or we may miss the design and procurement cycles of our customers. Many of our target markets, such as industrial and aerospace and defense, have historically been slow to adopt new technologies. These markets often require long testing and qualification periods or lengthy government approval processes before adopting new technologies.

        Introduction of new products and product enhancements will require that we effectively transfer production processes from research and development to manufacturing and coordinate our efforts with those of our suppliers to achieve increased production volume rapidly. If we are unable to implement our strategy to develop new applications and end markets for our products or develop new products, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be materially adversely affected. In addition, any newly developed or enhanced products may not achieve market acceptance or may be rendered obsolete or less competitive by the introduction of new products by other companies.

Fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations may increase the volatility of our stock price and may be difficult to predict.

        We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations. We believe that fluctuations in quarterly results may cause the market price of our common stock to increase or decrease, perhaps substantially. In addition, we experience seasonality in our results of operations with our first quarter typically impacted by lower demand from our Chinese customers during Chinese New Year. Factors which have had or may in the future have an influence on our results of operations in a particular quarter include:

19


Table of Contents

        A substantial portion of our operating expenses are fixed for the short-term, and as a result fluctuations in revenues or unanticipated expenses can have a material and immediate impact on our profitability. In addition, we often recognize a substantial portion of our revenues in the last month of each fiscal quarter. Our expenses for any given quarter are typically based on expected revenues, and if revenues are below expectations in any given quarter, the adverse impact of the shortfall on our results of operations may be magnified by our inability to adjust spending quickly enough to compensate for the shortfall. We also base our manufacturing on our forecasted product mix for the quarter. If the actual product mix varies significantly from our forecast, we may not be able to fill some orders during that quarter, which would result in delays in the shipment of our products. Accordingly, variations in timing of sales, particularly for our higher priced, higher margin products, can cause significant fluctuations in quarterly results of operations.

        Due to these and other factors, particularly varying product mix from quarter to quarter, we believe that quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year comparisons of our historical results of operations may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our results for any quarter or year as an indication of our future performance. Our results of operations in future quarters and years may be below public market analysts' or investors' expectations, which would likely cause the price of our stock to fall, perhaps significantly. In addition, over the past several years, U.S. and global equity markets have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the stock prices of many technology companies both in and outside our industry. There has not always been a direct correlation between this volatility and the performance of particular companies subject to these stock price fluctuations. These factors, as well as general economic and political conditions or investors' concerns regarding the credibility of corporate financial statements, may materially adversely affect the market price of our stock in the future.

Products in the laser industry are experiencing declining average selling prices, and any future success depends in part on our ability to increase our volumes and decrease our costs to offset potential declines in the average selling prices of our products.

        Products in the laser industries generally, and our products specifically, are experiencing and may in the future continue to experience a significant decline in average selling prices, or ASPs, on maturing products as a result of increased competition and price pressures from customers. As competing products become more widely available, the ASPs of our products may decrease. Due to the fixed cost of production, the average cost per unit of our products typically declines as our production volumes rise. For this reason, we may decide to offer products at ASPs that result in low initial gross margins to us with an intention to drive sales and production volumes higher, in turn lowering our average cost per unit. Because of these factors, we have experienced and we may continue to experience fluctuations in our results of operations on a quarterly or annual basis. If the ASPs of our products decline and we are unable to increase our unit volumes, introduce new or enhanced products with higher ASPs or reduce manufacturing costs to offset anticipated decreases in the prices of our existing products, our gross margins could decline, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We participate in markets that are subject to rapid technological change and require significant research and development expenses to develop and maintain products that are able to achieve market acceptance.

        The markets for our products are characterized by rapid technological change, frequent product introductions, substantial capital investment, volatility of product supply and demand, changing customer requirements and evolving industry standards. Our future performance will depend in part on the successful development, introduction and market acceptance of new and enhanced products that address these changes as well as current and potential customer requirements. We expect that new technologies will emerge as competition and our customers' need for higher and more cost-effective tools increase. The introduction of new and enhanced products may cause our customers to defer or cancel orders for existing

20


Table of Contents

products. To the extent customers defer or cancel orders for existing products due to a slowdown in demand or in the expectation of a new product release, or if there is any delay in development or introduction of our new products or enhancements of our products, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects would be materially adversely affected. We also may not be able to develop the underlying core technologies necessary to create new products and enhancements, or to license these technologies from third parties. Product development delays may result from numerous factors, including:

        The development of new, technologically advanced products is a complex and uncertain process that requires the accurate prediction of technological and market trends, as well as the investment of significant research and development expenses. Further, we typically invest substantial resources in advance of material sales of our products to our customers. Our research and development costs were $15.1 million in 2017. We cannot assure you that our expenditures for research and development will result in the introduction of new products or, if such products are introduced, that those products will achieve sufficient market acceptance or generate revenues to offset the costs of development. Ramping of production capacity also entails risks of delays which can limit our ability to realize the full benefit of the new product introduction. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify, develop, manufacture, market or support new or enhanced products successfully, if at all, or on a timely basis. Further, we cannot assure you that our new products will gain market acceptance or that we will be able to respond effectively to product announcements by competitors, technological changes or emerging industry standards. Many of these factors are beyond our control. Any failure to respond to technological change would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        Additionally, our product offerings may become obsolete given the frequent introduction of alternative technologies. In the event either our customers or our products fail to gain and maintain market acceptance, it would likely materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Reliance on customers in the aerospace and defense industry for a significant portion of our revenues could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        In 2017, we derived approximately 15% of our revenues from customers in the aerospace and defense industry. From time to time, we have experienced declining aerospace and defense-related revenues. The aerospace and defense market is largely dependent upon government budgets, in particular defense budgets, which are driven by numerous factors, including geopolitical events, macroeconomic conditions and the ability of the U.S. government to enact relevant legislation, such as appropriations bills and accords on the debt ceiling. As a result, our future revenues are subject in part to the uncertainties of governmental budgeting and appropriations and national defense policies and priorities, including sequestration impacts similar to those experienced under the Budget Control Act of 2011, or the BCA, constraints of the budgetary process and timing and potential changes to these policies and priorities. Future spending levels are subject to a wide range of outcomes, depending on Congressional action, all of which are beyond our control. Moreover, no assurance can be given that an increase in defense spending will be allocated to programs that would benefit our business.

21


Table of Contents

        Many of our customers in the defense industry are subcontractors that must negotiate our proposals with the U.S. government. Our continuing relationship and the ability of these customers to pay for our products is dependent on the U.S. government's decision to accept or reject our customers' terms, which can be delayed for a substantial period of time and is largely outside of our control. Such delays could result in decreased revenues and could materially adversely harm our results of operations in any given period.

Our agreements with the U.S. government and suppliers to the U.S. government subject us to unique risks.

        We must comply with and are affected by laws and regulations relating to the award, administration and performance of U.S. government contracts. The U.S. government contracting party may require us to increase production of certain solutions sold to the U.S. government due to changes in U.S. national security strategy and/or priorities or other reasons, in which case we may be required to decrease production of other products or sales to other customers to meet the requirements of the U.S. government. In addition, the U.S. government routinely retains rights to intellectual property developed in connection with a government contract. The U.S. government could exercise these rights in certain circumstances in the future, which could have the effect of decreasing the benefit we are able to realize commercially from such intellectual property.

        U.S. government agencies, including the Defense Contract Audit Agency, the Defense Contract Management Agency and various agency Inspectors General, routinely audit and investigate government contractors. These agencies review a contractor's performance under its contracts, its cost structure, its business systems and compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. The U.S. government has the ability to decrease or withhold certain payments when it deems systems subject to its review to be inadequate. Additionally, any costs found to be misclassified may be subject to repayment. We have unaudited and unsettled incurred cost claims related to past years, which places risk on our ability to issue final billings on contracts for which authorized and appropriated funds may be expiring.

        If an audit or investigation uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including reductions of the value of contracts, contract modifications or terminations, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, penalties, fines and suspension, or prohibition from doing business with the U.S. government. In addition, we could suffer serious reputational harm if allegations of impropriety were made against us. Similar government oversight exists in most other countries where we conduct business. Any such imposition of penalties, or the loss of such government contracts, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We are exposed to foreign currency risk, which may materially adversely affect our revenues, cost of revenues and operating margins and could result in exchange losses.

        We conduct our business and incur costs in the local currency of most countries in which we operate. In 2017, our revenues outside North America represented approximately 66% of our revenues. We incur currency transaction risk whenever one or more of our operating subsidiaries enter into a transaction using currencies different than their functional currency. Changes in exchange rates can also affect our results of operations when the value of revenues and expenses of foreign subsidiaries are translated to U.S. dollars. We do not actively hedge our foreign currency exposure and we cannot accurately predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our results of operations. Further, given the volatility of exchange rates, we may not be able to effectively manage our currency risks, and any volatility in currency exchange rates may increase the price of our products in local currency to our foreign customers or increase the manufacturing cost of our products, which could decrease demand for our products in such markets. Any of the foregoing could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

22


Table of Contents

The long sales cycles for our products may cause us to incur significant expenses without offsetting revenues.

        Our products represent a large investment for our customers and they typically expend significant effort in evaluating, testing and qualifying our products before making a decision to purchase them, resulting in a lengthy initial sales cycle. While our customers are evaluating our products and before they place an order with us, we may incur substantial sales and marketing and research and development expenses to customize our products to the customers' needs. We may also expend significant management efforts, increase manufacturing capacity and order long lead-time components or materials prior to receiving an order. Even after this evaluation process, a potential customer may not purchase our products. As a result, these long sales cycles may cause us to incur significant expenses without receiving revenues to offset such expenses soon thereafter or at all. This, in turn, can materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, our results of operations and growth prospects.

Because we lack long-term purchase commitments from our customers, our revenues can be difficult to predict, which could lead to excess or obsolete inventory and materially adversely affect our results of operations.

        We generally do not enter into long-term agreements with our customers obligating them to purchase our products. Our business is characterized by short-term purchase orders and shipment schedules and, in some cases, orders may be canceled or delayed without penalty. As a result, it is difficult to forecast our revenues and to determine the appropriate levels of inventory required to meet future demand. This could lead to increased inventory levels and increased carrying costs and risk of excess or obsolete inventory due to unanticipated reductions in purchases by our customers. Write-downs have been recorded as a result of changes in demand or uncertainties related to the recoverability of the value of inventories due to technological and product changes. If we are unable to accurately forecast the demand for our products, fail to accurately forecast the timing of such demand, or are unable to consistently negotiate acceptable purchase order terms with customers, we could incur significant expenses, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects may be materially adversely affected.

If we fail to effectively manage our growth or, alternatively, our spending during downturns, our business could be disrupted, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

        Growth in revenues, combined with the challenges of managing geographically dispersed operations, can place a significant strain on our management systems and resources, and our anticipated growth in future operations could continue to place such a strain. The failure to effectively manage our growth could disrupt our business and materially adversely affect our results of operations. Our ability to successfully offer our products and implement our business plan in evolving markets requires an effective planning and management process. Even if executed successfully, our expansion may not deliver the anticipated increase in revenues and other benefits to compensate for the expenses incurred. This could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In economic downturns, we must effectively manage our spending and operations to ensure that our competitive position during the downturn, as well as our future opportunities when the economy improves, remains intact. The failure to effectively manage our spending and operations could disrupt our business and materially adversely affect our results of operations.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

        Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. Similarly, the continued pace of reduction in cost per brilliant watt and increase in power output of semiconductor lasers is based on assumptions and prior experience, and may not continue at the same rate, which could materially adversely affect the growth of high-power fiber lasers generally, and our growth

23


Table of Contents

specifically. Even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, and even if semiconductor lasers continue to become less expensive and more powerful, our business could fail to grow for a variety of reasons, which would adversely affect our results of operations. For more information regarding the estimates of market opportunity and the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus, see the section titled "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data."

We depend upon internal production and on outside single or limited-source suppliers for many of our key components and raw materials, including cutting-edge optics and materials. Any interruption in the supply of these key components and raw materials could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        We rely exclusively on our own production capabilities to manufacture certain of our key components, such as semiconductor lasers, specialty optical fibers and optical components. Certain of our components, such as our semiconductor lasers, which are manufactured at our Vancouver, Washington facility, and our active fibers, which are manufactured at our Lohja, Finland facility, rely on processes and equipment that cannot be easily moved or replaced. If our manufacturing activities were obstructed or hampered significantly at these, or our other facilities, it could take a considerable length of time, at an increased cost, for us to resume manufacturing, which could materially harm our business and results of operations.

        Also, we purchase certain raw materials and components, which are key elements to manufacture our products, from single- or limited-source suppliers. We generally do not have guaranteed supply arrangements with our suppliers. Some of our suppliers are relatively small private companies that may discontinue their operations at any time and may be particularly susceptible to prevailing economic conditions. Some of our suppliers are also our competitors. Our key suppliers may not have the ability to increase their production in line with our customers' demands. This can become acute during times of high growth in our customers' businesses. As a result, we experienced, and may in the future experience, longer lead times or delays in fulfillment of our orders. Furthermore, other than our current suppliers, there may be a limited number of entities from which we could obtain these supplies. We do not anticipate that we would be able to purchase these materials that we require in a short period of time or at the same cost from other sources in commercial quantities or that have our required performance specifications. In addition, if quality issues arise with these outsourced materials and go undetected by us, the use of such defective materials in our products could compromise their quality and harm our reputation.

        For certain long lead-time supplies or in order to lock in pricing, we may be obligated to place purchase orders which are not cancelable or otherwise assume liability for a large amount of the ordered supplies, which limits our ability to adjust down our inventory liability in the event of market downturns or other customer cancellations or rescheduling of their purchase orders for our products. Some of our products require designs and specifications which are at the cutting-edge of available technologies. Our and our customers' designs and specifications frequently change to meet rapidly evolving market demands. Accordingly, certain of our products require components and supplies which may be technologically difficult and unpredictable to manufacture. By their very nature, these types of components may only be available by a single supplier. These characteristics place further pressure on the timely delivery of such components. Any interruption or delay in the supply of any of these components or materials, or the inability to obtain these components and materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, could materially adversely affect our ability to meet customer orders. If our suppliers face financial or other difficulties, do not maintain sufficient inventory on hand or if there are significant changes in demand for the components and materials we obtain from them, they could limit the availability of these components and materials to us. Any of the foregoing could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

24


Table of Contents

We depend on our OEM customers and system integrators to incorporate our products into their systems.

        Our revenues depend in part on our ability to maintain existing and secure new OEM customers. Our revenues also depend in part upon the ability of our current and potential OEM customers and system integrators to incorporate our products into their systems, and to sell such systems successfully. The commercial success of these systems depends to a substantial degree on the efforts of these OEM customers and system integrators to develop and market products that incorporate our technologies. Relationships and experience with traditional laser makers, limited marketing resources, reluctance to invest in research and development and other factors affecting these OEM customers and third-party system integrators could have a substantial impact upon demand for our products, and in turn upon our revenues and financial results. If OEM customers or integrators are not able to adapt existing tools or develop new systems to take advantage of the features and benefits of lasers, or if they perceive us to be an actual or potential competitor, then the opportunities to expand our revenues and increase our margins may be severely limited or delayed. In addition, some of our OEM customers are developing their own laser sources. If they are successful, this may reduce our revenues from these customers.

Failure to effectively maintain and expand our field service and support organization could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        It is important for us to provide rapid, responsive service directly to our customers throughout the world and to maintain and expand our own personnel resources to provide these services. Any actual or perceived lack of adequate field service in the locations where we sell or try to sell our products may negatively impact our sales efforts and, consequently, our revenues. This requires us to recruit and train additional qualified field service and support personnel as well as maintain effective and highly trained organizations that can provide service to our customers in various countries. We may not be able to attract and train additional qualified personnel to expand our direct support operations successfully, in a cost-effective manner or at all. We also may not be able to find and engage additional qualified third-party resources to supplement and enhance our direct support operations. Further, we may incur significantly higher costs in providing these field and support services if competition for or unavailability of these services is limited. Failure to implement and manage our support operation effectively could materially adversely affect our relationships with our customers, as well as our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Our products could contain defects, which may reduce sales of those products, harm market acceptance of our high performance laser products or result in claims against us.

        The manufacture of our high-performance lasers involves highly complex and precise processes. Despite testing by us and our customers, errors have been found in our products and may be found in the future. In addition, some of our products are combined with products from other vendors, which may contain defects. As a result, should problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. Our products are typically sold with warranty provisions that require us to remedy deficiencies in quality or performance over a specified period of time at no cost to our customers. Reserves for estimated warranty claims are recorded during the period of sale. The determination of such reserves requires us to make estimates of failure rates and expected costs to repair or replace the products under warranty. We typically establish warranty reserves based on historical warranty costs for each product line. If actual return rates and/or repair and replacement costs differ significantly from our estimates, adjustments to cost of revenues may be required in future periods, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. These defects may cause us to incur significant warranty, support and repair costs, incur additional costs related to a recall, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts and harm our relationships with our customers. These problems could result in, among other things, loss of revenues or a delay in revenue recognition, loss of market share, harm to our reputation or a delay or loss of market acceptance of our laser products. Defects, integration issues or

25


Table of Contents

other performance problems in our products could also result in personal injury or financial or other damages to our customers, which in turn could damage market acceptance of our products. Our customers could also seek damages from us for their losses. A product liability claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, could be time-consuming and costly to defend, and could harm our reputation. We cannot assure investors that our product liability insurance would adequately protect our assets from the financial impact of defending a product liability claim. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future.

We may experience lower than expected manufacturing yields, which would adversely affect our gross margins.

        The manufacture of semiconductor lasers and their packaging is a highly complex process. Manufacturers often encounter difficulties in achieving acceptable product yields from laser and packaging operations. We have from time to time experienced lower than anticipated manufacturing yields for our lasers. If we do not achieve planned yields, our product costs could increase, resulting in lower gross margins, and key component availability would decrease, which could result in delays in fulfilling customer orders or rolling out new product lines.

A breach of our information technology and security systems could materially adversely affect our business.

        We use information technology and security systems to maintain our facility's physical security and to protect our proprietary and confidential information, including that of our customers, suppliers and employees. Accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access to our facilities or information systems, or viruses, loggers, or other malfeasant code in our data or software, could compromise this information. The consequences of such loss and possible misuse of our proprietary and confidential information could include, among other things, unfavorable publicity, damage to our reputation, difficulty marketing our products, customer allegations of breach-of-contract, litigation by affected parties and possible financial liabilities for damages, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, reputation and relationships with customers and partners. We also rely on a number of third-party "cloud-based" providers of corporate infrastructure services relating to, among other things, human resources, electronic communication services and some financial functions, and we are therefore dependent on the security systems of these providers. Any security breaches or other unauthorized access to our service-providers' systems or viruses, loggers or other malfeasant code in their data or software could expose us to information loss and misappropriation of confidential information. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage security systems change frequently and are often not recognized until after an attack, we may be unable to anticipate the techniques or implement adequate preventative measures, thereby exposing us to material adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Our business could be materially adversely affected if one or more members of our executive management team or key personnel departed.

        Any future success is substantially dependent on the continued contributions of our executive officers, including Scott Keeney, our president and chief executive officer. We are also dependent on key technologists, and other key engineering, sales, marketing, manufacturing and support personnel, any of whom may leave, which could harm our business and reputation in the market. Our business requires engineering staff with experience in several disciplines, including physics, optics, materials sciences, chemistry and electronics. We will need to continue to recruit and retain highly skilled engineers for certain functions.

        Any future success also depends in part on our ability to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled research and development, managerial, operations, sales, marketing and customer service personnel. We are continually recruiting such personnel. However, competition for such personnel

26


Table of Contents

can be strong and we can provide no assurance that we will be successful in attracting or retaining such personnel now or in the future. In addition, particularly in the high-technology industry, the value of stock options, restricted stock units, grants or other share-based compensation is an important element in the retention of employees. Declines in the value of our common stock after our initial public offering could materially adversely affect our ability to retain employees and we may have to take additional steps to make the equity component of our compensation packages more appealing to attract and retain employees. These steps could result in dilution to stockholders.

        If we fail to attract, integrate and retain the necessary personnel, our ability to extend and maintain our scientific expertise and grow our business could suffer significantly. The loss of any key employee, the failure of any key employee to adequately perform in his or her current position, our inability to attract, train and retain skilled employees as needed or the inability of our key employees to expand, train and manage our employee base as needed, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Our management team has limited public company experience.

        We have never operated as a public company. Our chief financial officer joined us in January 2018 and is the only member of our management team who has prior experience as an executive officer of a public company. Our entire management team, as well as other company personnel, will need to devote substantial time to compliance, and may not effectively or efficiently manage our transition into a public company. If we are unable to effectively comply with the regulations applicable to public companies or if we are unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements, which may result in material misstatements in our financial statements or possible restatement of financial results, our stock price may be materially adversely affected, and we may be unable to maintain compliance with the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market. Any such failures could also result in litigation or regulatory actions by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, loss of investor confidence, delisting of our securities, harm to our reputation and diversion of financial and management resources from the operation of our business, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

As a consequence of becoming a public company, we will be subject to additional regulatory compliance requirements, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls then we may not be able to accurately report our consolidated financial results or prevent fraud.

        As a public company, we will be subject to the SEC's rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, an annual management report on the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. As a consequence, and particularly after we cease to be an "emerging growth company," we will incur greater legal, accounting and other expenses than we incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with relatively recently adopted corporate governance requirements, including requirements of the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and

27


Table of Contents

monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

        When our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404 will correspondingly increase. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Our operations are conducted in a limited number of locations. Any disruption at our facilities could delay revenues or increase our expenses.

        An earthquake, fire, flood or other natural or manmade disaster could disable our facilities, disrupt operations or cause catastrophic losses. Our major manufacturing facilities are located in Vancouver, Washington; Hillsboro, Oregon; Shanghai, China; and Lohja, Finland. Some of our facilities, such as our headquarters and key manufacturing and development facilities in Vancouver, Washington, are located in areas with a known history of seismic and volcanic activity. We also have facilities in areas with a known history of flooding, such as our location in Shanghai, China, and there is a risk of flooding and snowstorms at our location in Lohja, Finland. A loss at any of these or other of our or our suppliers' facilities could disrupt operations, delay production and shipments, reduce revenues and generate potentially significant expenses to repair or replace damaged facilities. The insurance we maintain against earthquakes, floods and other natural or manmade disasters may not be adequate to cover our losses in any particular case.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

        The U.S. and various foreign governments have imposed controls, export license requirements and restrictions on the import or export of certain products, technologies and software. We must export our products in compliance with U.S. export controls, including the Commerce Department's Export Administration Regulations, the State Department's International Traffic in Arms Regulations, or ITAR, and various economic and trade sanctions established by the Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Controls. We may not always be successful in obtaining necessary export licenses, and our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our products or limitations on our ability to export or sell our products imposed by these laws may harm our international and domestic revenues. Noncompliance with these laws could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm.

        In addition, compliance with the directives of the Directorate of Defense Trade Controls, or DDTC, may result in substantial expenses and diversion of management attention. Any failure to adequately address the directives of DDTC could result in civil fines or suspension or loss of our export privileges, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        Changes in our products or changes in export, import and economic sanctions laws and regulations may delay our introduction of new products in international markets, prevent our customers from deploying our products internationally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to or from certain countries altogether. While we are not aware of any current or proposed export or import regulations that will materially restrict our ability to sell our products, any change in export or import regulations or legislation, shift or change in enforcement, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by these regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. In such event, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be materially adversely affected.

28


Table of Contents

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal penalties or significant fines and harm our business and reputation.

        We are subject to anti-corruption and anti-bribery and similar laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 and possibly other anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years and are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees and agents from promising, authorizing, making, offering, soliciting or accepting improper payments or other benefits to or from government officials and others in the public and private sectors. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, representatives, contractors, business partners and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. China also strictly prohibits bribery of government officials and commercial bribery. Our operations in China create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by our employees, consultants, sales agents or distributors, even though they may not always be subject to our control.

        While we have policies and procedures in this area, we cannot guarantee that improprieties committed by our employees or third parties will not occur. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension or debarment from contracting with certain persons, the loss of export privileges, whistleblower complaints, reputational harm, adverse media coverage and other collateral consequences. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be materially adversely affected. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management's attention and resources and significant defense and compliance costs and other professional fees. In certain cases, enforcement authorities may even require us to appoint an independent compliance monitor, which can result in added costs and administrative burdens. Any investigations, actions or sanctions or other previously mentioned harm could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Changes in U.S. or foreign tax law may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or 2017 Tax Act, was recently enacted into law, bringing about extensive changes to the U.S. corporate tax system. The 2017 Tax Act includes changes that reduce U.S. corporate tax rates, change how U.S. multinational corporations, like us, are taxed on international earnings, repeal domestic manufacturing deduction, accelerate tax revenue recognition, allow capitalization of research and development expenditures, place additional limitations on executive compensation and limitations on the deductibility of interest. Certain aspects of the new tax law are currently unclear or undeveloped and we are unable to predict what effects such legislation might have on our future liability for U.S. corporate tax. Due to the large and expanding scale of our international business activities, any changes in the U.S. or foreign taxation of such activities may increase our worldwide effective tax rate and the amount of taxes we pay and seriously harm our business.

        Additionally, under the applicable laws and regulations in China, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the Chinese tax authorities. We would be subject to adverse tax consequences if the Chinese tax authorities were to determine that the transactions with or between our subsidiaries were not executed on an arm's-length basis, and as a result the Chinese tax authorities could require that our Chinese subsidiaries adjust their taxable income upward for Chinese tax purposes. Such an adjustment could materially adversely affect us by increasing our tax expenses.

29


Table of Contents

        We regularly assess the likelihood of favorable or unfavorable outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, there can be no assurance that any final determination will not be materially different than the treatment reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We could be subject to additional income tax liabilities.

        We are subject to income taxes in the United States and certain other foreign jurisdictions. Judgment is required in evaluating our worldwide provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. For example, our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory rates, by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, or by changes in the relevant tax, accounting and other laws, regulations, principles and interpretations. We are subject to audit in various jurisdictions, and such jurisdictions may assess additional income tax against us. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. The results of an audit or litigation could have a material adverse effect on our operating results or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made.

Our international operations subject us to potential adverse tax consequences.

        We generally conduct our international operations through wholly-owned subsidiaries and report our taxable income in various jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. Our intercompany relationships are subject to complex transfer pricing regulations administered by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. The relevant taxing authorities may disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a disagreement were to occur, and our position was not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall profitability of our operations. We believe that our financial statements reflect adequate reserves to cover such a contingency, but there can be no assurances in that regard.

Our reported financial results may be materially adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

        Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change.

        In particular, in May 2014, the FASB issued FASB ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenues to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. As an "emerging growth company" the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act with respect to ASU 2014-09. We expect ASU 2014-09 to apply to us for reporting periods beginning in 2019.

30


Table of Contents

        While we continue to assess the potential impacts of ASU 2014-09 and anticipate it could have an impact on our consolidated financial statements, we do not know or cannot reasonably estimate the quantitative impact on our financial statements at this time.

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs upon us and may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental regulations relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process or requiring design changes or recycling of products we manufacture. We could incur costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault. Compliance with current or future environmental laws and regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or require us to acquire additional expensive equipment, modify our manufacturing processes or incur other significant expenses in order to remain in compliance with such laws and regulations. At this time, we do not believe the costs to maintain compliance with current environmental laws to be material. If such costs were to become material in the future, whether due to unanticipated changes in environmental laws or their interpretations, unanticipated changes in our operations or other unanticipated changes, we may be required to dedicate additional staff or financial resources in order to maintain compliance. There can be no assurance that violations of environmental laws or regulations will not occur in the future as a result of the lack of, or failure to obtain, permits, human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes.

Results of future litigation could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        From time to time, we have been subject to litigation. The outcome of any litigation, regardless of its merits, is inherently uncertain. Future litigation could result in significant damages payable by us, and could harm our reputation. Even if we are successful in our defense, such litigation could still result in a diversion of management's attention and our resources and we may be required to incur significant expenses defending against these claims. We cannot predict our future commitments with respect to any matters encountered in the future, or their eventual outcome. Where we can make a reasonable estimate of the liability relating to pending litigation and determine that it is probable, we record a related liability. As additional information becomes available, we assess the potential liability and revise estimates as appropriate. However, because of uncertainties relating to litigation, the amount of our estimates could be wrong. Any adverse determination related to litigation could require us to change our technology or our business practices, pay monetary damages or fines, or enter into royalty or licensing arrangements, which could materially adversely affect our cash flows, harm our reputation, or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

The outcome of any government inquiries and investigations involving our business is unpredictable and an adverse decision in any such matter could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        We have been involved in certain disputes and have also received requests for information from government authorities. For example, we entered into a civil settlement agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice in March 2015 concerning a matter related to our eligibility for certain contracts awarded to us under the Small Business Innovation Research, or SBIR, Program. We have also received information requests from the Criminal Division of the U.S. Attorney's Office related to our SBIR eligibility and the Criminal Division has interviewed certain of our current and past employees. We have responded to the U.S. Attorney's requests with a production of documents. Although we have not received further inquiries from the Criminal Division since 2015, the Criminal Division has contacted certain of our

31


Table of Contents

former employees as recently as June 2017 and the inquiry may be ongoing, and we do not know when it will conclude or whether the Criminal Division will pursue claims against us or our employees. If the Criminal Division or a federal court determines that we or our employees are criminally liable, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties and may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        We have evaluated, and expect to continue evaluating, potential strategic transactions, and we may pursue one or more transactions, including acquisitions. We have limited experience executing acquisitions. Any transaction could be material to our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Integrating an acquired company, business or technology may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. Acquisition-related risks include:

        Foreign acquisitions involve additional risks beyond those above, including related to integrating operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the economic, political and regulatory risks associated with other countries. Also, the anticipated benefit of any acquisition, domestic or foreign, may not materialize. Future acquisitions or dispositions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, debt incurrence, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses or goodwill write-offs, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Future acquisitions may require us to obtain additional equity or debt financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

Our debt obligations contain restrictions that impact our business and expose us to risks that could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

        In March 2018, we entered into an amended and restated loan facility, or loan facility, with Pacific Western Bank, as lender. This loan facility imposes certain covenants and restrictions on our business and our ability to obtain additional financing. As of December 31, 2017, we had $13.5 million outstanding principal amount under the term loan and $3.7 million outstanding principal amount under the revolving loan facility.

        Among other things, our loan facility requires the lender's consent to:

32


Table of Contents

        Our loan facility also contains affirmative covenants, including a minimum revenue covenant and a maximum capital expenditures covenant. The facility contains events of default, including, among others, non-payment defaults, inaccuracy of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other indebtedness, judgment defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults and a change of control default.

        If we experience a decline in cash flow due to any of the factors described in this "Risk Factors" section or otherwise, we could have difficulty paying interest and principal amounts due on our indebtedness and meeting the financial covenants set forth in our loan facility. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or otherwise obtain the funds necessary to make required payments under our loan facility, or if we fail to comply with the requirements of our indebtedness, we could default under our loan facility. Any default that is not cured or waived could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the loan facility, an increase in the applicable interest rate under the loan facility, and would permit our lender to exercise remedies with respect to all of the collateral that is securing the loan facility, which includes substantially all of our assets. Any such default could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

        Even if we comply with all of the applicable covenants, the restrictions on the conduct of our business could materially adversely affect our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financings, mergers, acquisitions and other corporate opportunities that may be beneficial to the business. Even if the loan facility were terminated, additional debt we could incur in the future may subject us to similar or additional covenants, which could place restrictions on the operation of our business.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be limited.

        As of December 31, 2017, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $104.5 million and $13.7 million, respectively and federal and state research development credit carryforwards of $4.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, which we may use to reduce future taxable income or offset income taxes due. The NOLs and credit carryforwards start expiring in 2020 and 2018, respectively. Insufficient future taxable income will adversely affect our ability to deploy these NOLs and credit carryforwards. In addition, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, a corporation that experiences a more-than 50% ownership change over a three-year testing period is limited in its ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other tax assets to offset future taxable income or income taxes due. Our existing NOLs and credit carryforwards are subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes. Our ability to use our NOLs and credit carryforwards could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering. Future changes in our stock ownership, the causes of which may be outside our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under state law. As a result of these limitations, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of, or possibly any of, the NOLs and credit carryforwards, which could materially adversely affect our cash flows if we attain profitability.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, and the value of your investment could decline significantly.

        There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial price to public for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after the offering. Investors who purchase common stock in this offering may not be able to sell their shares at or above the initial price to public. The lack of an active market may impair investors' ability to sell their shares at the

33


Table of Contents

time they wish to sell them or at a price that they consider reasonable, may reduce the market value of their shares and may impair our ability to raise capital. Securities of companies similar to ours experience significant price and volume fluctuations. The following factors, in addition to other risks described in this prospectus, may have a significant effect on our common stock price:

        The stock market in general, and market prices for the securities of technology companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In several recent situations when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and materially adversely affect our results of operations.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse opinion about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by securities and industry analysts. We do not have any control over these analysts. If no or few analysts commence research coverage of us, or one or more of the analysts who cover us issues an adverse opinion about our company, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases research coverage of us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales of our common stock could cause our stock price to fall.

        Our stock price could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these

34


Table of Contents

sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

        Upon the closing of this offering,            shares (            shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) of our common stock will be outstanding, based on our shares outstanding as of December 31, 2017. All shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The resale of the remaining            shares of our common stock, or approximately        % of our outstanding shares after this offering, is currently prohibited or otherwise restricted as a result of securities law provisions, market standoff agreements entered into by our stockholders with us or lock-up agreements entered into by our stockholders with the underwriters; however, subject to applicable securities law restrictions, these shares will be able to be sold in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. In addition, the shares subject to outstanding options and warrants, of which options and warrants to purchase 26,844,807 shares and 1,072,225 shares, respectively, were outstanding as of December 31, 2017, and the shares reserved for future issuance under our stock option and equity incentive plans will become available for sale immediately upon the exercise of such options and the expiration of any applicable market stand-off or lock-up agreements, and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. For more information see the section titled "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 127,779,798 shares (including the shares underlying warrants described in the section titled "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Warrants"), or approximately      % of our common stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders, based on our shares outstanding as of December 31, 2017. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register the offer and sale of shares for the holders of registration rights and shares to be issued under our equity incentive plans, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act in the case of our affiliates, described in the section titled "Shares Eligible For Future Sale."

        In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, commercial relationship, litigation settlement, employee arrangements or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exercise significant influence over matters subject to stockholder approval.

        Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, together with their respective affiliates, beneficially owned approximately 81% of our common stock as of March 30, 2018, and we expect that upon completion of this offering, that same group will beneficially own at least        % of our capital stock. Accordingly, after this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will be able to determine the composition of our board of directors, retain the voting power to approve all matters requiring stockholder approval, including mergers and other business combinations, and continue to have significant influence over our operations. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could materially adversely affect our stock price and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our board of directors or management.

35


Table of Contents

We have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and our investment of these proceeds may not yield a favorable return. We may invest the proceeds of this offering in ways you disagree with.

        Our management has broad discretion as to how to spend and invest the proceeds from this offering, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in ways with which our stockholders may disagree. Accordingly, investors will need to rely on our judgment with respect to the use of these proceeds. We intend to use the proceeds from this offering for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, including the costs associated with being a public company. We could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways that our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return. You will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be materially adversely affected, and the market price of our common stock could decline.

We are an "emerging growth company," and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or JOBS, Act enacted in April 2012, and, for as long as we continue to be an "emerging growth company," we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to "emerging growth companies," including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an "emerging growth company" for up to five years following the closing of this offering, although, if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues, if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of any year, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period before the end of that five-year period, we would cease to be an "emerging growth company" as of the following December 31. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

        As an "emerging growth company," the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

Delaware and Washington law and provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of this offering could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.

        Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware and Washington law could make an acquisition of us difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management or board of directors and adversely affect our stock price.

        Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in

36


Table of Contents

our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

        In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any "interested" stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an "interested" stockholder. Likewise, because our principal executive offices are located in Washington, the anti-takeover provisions of the Washington Business Corporation Act may apply to us under certain circumstances now or in the future. These provisions prohibit a "target corporation" from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any stockholder constituting an "acquiring person" for a period of five years following the date on which the stockholder became an "acquiring person." See the section titled "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws" for additional information.

        Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, in all cases subject to the court having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants.

37


Table of Contents

        Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

        Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. These exclusive-forum provisions may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. If a court were to find either exclusive-forum provision in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could harm our results of operations.

38


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on management's beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to management. Some of the statements under "Prospectus Summary," "Use of Proceeds," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" and elsewhere in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: "ability," "anticipate," "attempt," "believe," "can be," "continue," "contemplate," "could," "depend," "enable," "estimate," "expect," "extend," "grow," "if," "intend," "likely," "may," "objective," "ongoing," "plan," "possible," "potential," "predict," "project," "propose," "rely," "should," "target," "will," "would" or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.

        These statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

        You should refer to the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of other important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. In addition, statements that "we believe" and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, which although we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted a thorough inquiry into, or

39


Table of Contents

review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

        This prospectus contains market data and industry forecasts that were obtained from industry publications. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise.

        This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates and forecasts that are based on independent industry publications or reports or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources and good-faith estimates derived from management's knowledge of the industry and other information currently available to us. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, is subject to risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the section titled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

        The sources of certain statistical data, estimates, and forecasts contained in this prospectus are:

40


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our sale of the shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, or approximately $             million if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of                        shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time when we need to seek additional capital. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate expenses. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to fund potential acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary technologies or businesses, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or to make any such investments. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business.

        The expected use of net proceeds of this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering. Pending such uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing securities, such as direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

41


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our credit facilities materially restrict, and future debt instruments may materially restrict, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of our current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

42


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table summarizes our capitalization as of December 31, 2017:

        You should read the information in this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as the sections titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2017  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
as Adjusted
(1)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 36,687   $ 36,687   $             

Total debt, including current portion

    17,471     17,471        

Stockholders' equity:

                   

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 129,477,812 shares authorized, 123,208,957 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 129,477,812 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    12            

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual and pro forma;                shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding pro forma as adjusted

               

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 190,000,000 shares authorized, 14,897,823 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 190,000,000 shares authorized, 138,106,780 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and                shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    2     14        

Additional paid-in capital

    180,657     180,657        

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (719 )   (719 )      

Accumulated deficit

    (118,669 )   (118,669 )   (             )

Total stockholders' equity

    61,283     61,283        

Total debt and stockholders' equity

  $ 78,754   $ 78,754   $             

(1)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and equivalents, total stockholders' equity and total debt and stockholders' equity by

43


Table of Contents

    approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of                shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders' equity and total debt and stockholders' equity by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

        The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 138,106,780 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and excludes:

44


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of your shares of common stock. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value represents the difference between the price to public per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering.

        Pro forma net tangible book value represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017, assuming the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2017 was $57.3 million, or $0.42 per share. After giving further effect to the sale and issuance of                shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2017 would have been approximately $             million, or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

        The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $               

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2017

  $ 0.42        

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in the offering

                        

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

                        

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors participating in this offering

        $               

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            , or approximately $            per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $            per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of                in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            , or $            per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $            per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Similarly, a decrease of                shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            , or $            per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $            per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

        If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase                additional shares of common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $            per share, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing

45


Table of Contents

stockholders would be $            per share, and the pro forma dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $            per share.

        The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2017, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the weighted-average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders before this offering

                   % $                           % $             

Investors participating in this offering

                             

Total

        100.0 % $                100.0 % $             

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of                in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, by $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same.

        If all options to purchase shares of common stock and warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2017 were exercised in full, (i) the number of shares purchased by the existing stockholders would increase            or        % of the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, (ii) the total consideration paid to us by existing stockholders would increase $            or        % of the total consideration paid to us in the offering, and (iii) the average price per share paid by existing stockholders would decrease by $            per share. The percent of the total number of shares purchased from us attributable to investors participating in this offering would decrease by        %, and the percent of the total consideration paid to us attributable to investors participating in the offering would decrease by        %.

        The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 138,106,780 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and excludes:

46


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth a summary of our historical financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included in this prospectus, as well as the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
  2017   2016  
 
  (in thousands, except
per share data)

 

Revenues

  $ 138,580   $ 101,325  

Cost of revenues (1)

    94,306     78,159  

Gross profit

    44,274     23,166  

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development (1)

    15,123     15,239  

Sales, general and administrative (1)

    19,353     17,265  

Total operating expenses

    34,476     32,504  

Income (loss) from operations

    9,798     (9,338 )

Other expense:

             

Interest expense, net

    (1,269 )   (2,229 )

Other expense

    (1,834 )   (753 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    6,695     (12,320 )

Income tax expense

    4,858     1,882  

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,837   $ (14,202 )

Less: Income allocated to preferred stockholders

    (1,837 )    

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $   $ (14,202 )

Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted (2)

  $ 0.00   $ (1.14 )

Shares used in basic and diluted per share calculations

    13,677     12,501  

Select non-GAAP Financial Information (unaudited):

             

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

  $ 18,089   $ (931 )

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
   
  Year Ended
December 31
 
   
  2017   2016  
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 46   $ 30  
 

Research and development

    66     57  
 

Sales, general and administrative

    257     221  
 

Total

  $ 369   $ 308  

47


Table of Contents

(2)
See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a reconciliation between net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share.

(3)
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Information" for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
Select Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
  2017   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 36,687   $ 13,500  

Working capital

    55,689     26,889  

Total assets

    110,148     71,059  

Total debt, including current portion (1)

    17,471     19,667  

Accumulated deficit

    (118,669 )   (120,506 )

Total stockholders' equity

    61,283     29,691  

(1)
Net of debt issuance costs of $0 and $571 thousand as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

48


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

        We are a leading provider of high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers. Our lasers are changing not only the way things are made but also the things that can be made. We design, develop and manufacture the critical elements of our lasers, and we believe our vertically integrated business model enables us to rapidly introduce innovative products, control our costs and protect our intellectual property. We function through a single operating segment and, in 2017, sold our products to over 300 customers worldwide in three primary markets: industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense.

        We design, develop and manufacture the critical elements of our high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers and control and execute nearly all steps of the manufacturing process. We maintain our corporate headquarters in Vancouver, Washington. Our Vancouver facility includes semiconductor laser fabrication and packaging, fiber laser operations, corporate offices, sales and marketing, customer support, research and development, finance, accounting and administrative functions. Our Hillsboro, Oregon facility is primarily dedicated to high-precision packaging and activities for our aerospace and defense customers. We produce optical fiber products and perform research and development at our Lohja, Finland facility. We operate high-volume packaging and sales and service for our Chinese customers from our Shanghai, China facility.

        Due to our vertically integrated business model, we maintain a relatively high fixed manufacturing overhead. Our gross margin is therefore significantly affected by our sales volume, product mix, utilization of capacity and absorption of fixed manufacturing overhead expenses. We expect to continue to reduce the cost of our products by developing new semiconductor laser and fiber laser architectures, introducing new packaging technologies and increasing the use of automation in our manufacturing and packaging facilities.

        We sell our products throughout the world primarily through our direct sales organization and also through our network of distributors and sales representatives. We sell our products to customers that build their own systems which either incorporate our products or use our products as an energy or light source. Our sales cycle varies substantially, ranging from a period of a few weeks to as long as one year or more, but is typically several months.

        We sell our products worldwide. Based on customer location, we generated approximately 66% and 64% of our revenues outside of North America, including approximately 40% and 38% from China, in 2017 and 2016, respectively. China is the largest geographic market for lasers globally. We established our operations in China in 2004 and believe our sales, marketing and production operations in China will continue to enable us to increase revenues from new and existing customers. We believe that our innovative approach of tailoring our platform-based high-power semiconductor and fiber laser solutions to the specific needs of our customers will allow us to grow our market share with existing customers and attract new customers worldwide.

        We had revenues of $138.6 million and $101.3 million, net income (loss) of $1.8 million and $(14.2) million and an Adjusted EBITDA of $18.1 million and $(0.9) million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation of Adjusted

49


Table of Contents

EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure, see "—Non-GAAP Financial Information."

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Demand for our Semiconductor and Fiber Laser Solutions

        In order to continue to grow our revenues, we must continue to achieve design wins for our semiconductor and fiber lasers. We consider a design win to occur when a customer notifies us that it has selected one of our products to be incorporated into a product or system under development by such customer. For the foreseeable future, our operations will continue to depend upon capital expenditures by customers in the industrial and microfabrication markets, which, in turn, depend upon the demand for these customers' products or services. In addition, in the aerospace and defense market, our business depends in large part on continued investment by the U.S. government and its allies in laser technology, primarily for defense and navigation systems.

Technology and New Product Development

        We invest heavily in the development of our semiconductor and fiber laser technologies to provide solutions to our current and future customers. We anticipate that we will continue to invest in research and development to achieve our technology and product roadmap. Our product development is targeted to specific sectors of the market where we believe the power and performance requirements of our products can provide the most benefit. We believe our close coordination with our customers regarding their future product requirements enhances the efficiency of our research and development expenditures.

Manufacturing Costs and Gross Margins

        Our gross profit, in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenues, is impacted by our product sales mix, sales volumes, production volumes, the corresponding absorption of manufacturing overhead expenses, production costs and manufacturing yields. Our product sales mix can affect gross profits due to variations in profitability related to product configurations and cost profiles, customer volume pricing, availability of competitive products in various markets, and new product introductions, among other factors. Capacity utilization affects our gross margin because we have a high fixed cost base due to our vertically integrated business model. Increases in sales and production volumes drive favorable absorption of fixed costs, improved manufacturing efficiencies and lower production costs. Our gross margins have been improving. Gross margin for 2017 increased to 31.9% from 22.9% in 2016. We believe that introducing new and higher value products, increasing the sales of our existing products and our capacity utilization, expanding into new applications and reducing our manufacturing costs will enable us to continue to grow our revenues and gross margin.

Investment in Infrastructure

        We have made, and intend to continue to make, substantial investments in infrastructure that will impact our cost of revenues, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We intend to continue investing to support growth at our existing facilities in order to meet the demands of our customer base. In addition, we intend to expand existing and establish new facilities in the future to accommodate our growth at various locations around the world. We expect to incur substantial costs in connection with such expansion efforts, including leasehold improvements and equipment costs.

Seasonality

        Our quarterly revenues can fluctuate with general economic trends, holidays in foreign countries such as Chinese New Year in the first quarter of our fiscal year, the timing of capital expenditures by our customers and general economic trends. In addition, as is typical in our industry, we recognize a large

50


Table of Contents

percentage of our quarterly revenues in the last month of the quarter, which may impact our working capital trends.

Components of Results of Operations

        We are organized as, and operate in, one segment: the design, development, manufacture and sale of high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers. The following discussion sets forth certain components of our statements of results of operations as well as significant factors that impact those items.

Revenues

        Our revenues are generated primarily from the sale of semiconductor lasers, fiber lasers and other related products. We sell our products primarily through our direct sales organization and also our network of distributors and sales representatives worldwide.

        Sales of our products generally are recognized upon shipment or delivery, provided that the sales price is determinable, no obligation remains and collection is reasonably assured. Our sales typically are made on a purchase order or similar basis rather than through long-term purchase contracts. We have established, and expect to continue to broaden and deepen, relationships with our customers. We generated revenues of $138.6 million, $101.3 million, $87.1 million and $63.3 million in 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, representing a year-over-year compound annual growth rate of approximately 30%. We expect revenues to continue to increase as we expand capacity and continue to introduce new products to new and existing customers.

        We primarily sell to three end markets: industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense. In the year ended December 31, 2017, approximately $56.6 million, $60.9 million and $21.1 million of revenues were derived from the industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense markets, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2016, approximately $34.7 million, $47.6 million and $19.0 million of revenues were derived from the industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense markets, respectively.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

        Our cost of revenues consists primarily of the cost of raw materials and components, direct labor expenses and manufacturing overhead. Cost of revenues includes compensation and other costs related to our manufacturing and service operations, facilities and equipment costs, shipping costs, write-downs for inventory obsolescence and provisions for warranty obligations. Inventories are written down and charged to cost of revenues when identified as excess or obsolete. Given the fixed nature of our facilities and equipment costs, we expect gross margin to increase as revenues and volumes increase; however, gross margins may fluctuate from period to period depending on product mix and the level of capacity utilization.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

        Our research and development expense consists primarily of compensation, development expenses related to the design of our products and certain components, the cost of materials and components to build prototype devices for testing and allocated facilities costs. Costs related to product development are recorded as research and development expense in the period in which they are incurred. We expect that research and development expense will increase in absolute dollars as we invest in developing new products and technologies. However, we expect research and development expense to decrease modestly as a percentage of revenues over the longer term as revenues grow, although research and development expense may fluctuate as a percentage of revenues from period to period due to the timing and extent of these expenses.

51


Table of Contents

Sales, General and Administrative

        Our sales and marketing expense consists primarily of costs related to compensation, trade shows, travel, allocated facilities costs, amortization of assets used for demonstration purposes, commissions and other sales and marketing expenses, including charges and benefits related to the change in allowance for doubtful accounts.

        Our general and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation and associated costs for executive management, finance, legal and other administrative personnel, outside legal and professional fees, allocated facilities costs and other general corporate expenses.

        We expect sales, general and administrative expense will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to grow and incur the costs of compliance associated with being a publicly-traded company, including legal, audit and consulting fees. Although sales, general and administrative expense may fluctuate as a percentage of revenues from period to period due to the timing and extent of these expenses, over the long term, we expect sales, general and administrative expense to decrease modestly as a percentage of revenues as we scale with the growth of our business.

Interest Expense, Net

        Interest expense, net, primarily consists of interest on outstanding debt under our credit facilities and any other indebtedness we may incur.

Other Expense

        Other expense primarily relates to realized and unrealized gains and losses related to our foreign currency transactions and balances and other non-operating gains and losses.

Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense consists primarily of foreign income taxes. Due to cumulative losses, we maintain a valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the extent to which a valuation allowance should be applied against our deferred tax assets. We record income tax expense for taxes in our foreign jurisdictions including China and Finland. We also record tax expense for uncertain tax positions taken and associated penalties and taxes.

52


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented:

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
   
  2017   2016  
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Revenues

  $ 138,580   $ 101,325  
 

Cost of revenues

    94,306     78,159  
 

Gross profit

    44,274     23,166  
 

Operating expenses:

             
 

Research and development

    15,123     15,239  
 

Sales, general and administrative

    19,353     17,265  
 

Total operating expenses

    34,476     32,504  
 

Income (loss) from operations

    9,798     (9,338 )
 

Other expense:

             
 

Interest expense, net

    (1,269 )   (2,229 )
 

Other expense

    (1,834 )   (753 )
 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    6,695     (12,320 )
 

Income tax expense

    4,858     1,882  
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,837   $ (14,202 )

        The following table sets forth selected consolidated statement of operations data for the periods presented, indicated as a percentage of revenues:

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
   
  2017   2016  
   
  (as a percentage of
revenues)

 
 

Revenues

    100.0     100.0  
 

Cost of revenues

    68.1     77.1  
 

Gross profit

    31.9     22.9  
 

Operating expenses:

             
 

Research and development

    10.9     15.0  
 

Sales, general and administrative

    14.0     17.0  
 

Total operating expenses

    24.9     32.1  
 

Income (loss) from operations

    7.1     (9.2 )
 

Other expense:

             
 

Interest expense, net

    (0.9 )   (2.2 )
 

Other expense

    (1.3 )   (0.7 )
 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    4.8     (12.2 )
 

Income tax expense

    3.5     1.9  
 

Net income (loss)

    1.3     (14.0 )

53


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

Revenues

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
   
  2017   2016   Amount   %  
   
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 
 

Revenues

  $ 138,580   $ 101,325   $ 37,255     36.8 %

        Revenues for 2017 increased $37.3 million, or 36.8% compared to 2016, primarily driven by higher revenues from each of our three key end markets. Revenues from the industrial end market increased $21.9 million due to significantly higher sales volumes of fiber lasers to new and existing customers, primarily in China, North America and South Korea. Approximately $8.0 million of the increase in industrial fiber laser volumes was related to our introduction of new products as we continued to fill out our product portfolio. The remaining increase was attributable to customer adoption of our existing products due to growth in cutting and other industrial applications. Revenue growth from the microfabrication end market was attributable to higher laser sales to customers in North America, Europe and Japan, primarily driven by continued growth in the microelectronics market, particularly for consumer electronics applications. Revenues from the aerospace and defense end market grew $2.1 million due to higher sales volumes of semiconductor lasers to a large aerospace and defense customer in North America.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
   
  2017   2016   Amount   %  
   
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 94,306   $ 78,159   $ 16,147     20.7 %
 

Gross profit

  $ 44,274   $ 23,166   $ 21,108     91.1 %
 

Gross margin as % of revenue

    31.9 %   22.9 %       9.0 %

        Cost of revenues for 2017 increased $16.1 million, or 20.7%, primarily due to higher volumes compared to 2016. Gross profit increased $21.1 million, or 91.1% compared to 2016 due to the increase in sales volumes combined with lower product costs and increased absorption of fixed costs.

        Gross margin increased to 31.9% in 2017 from 22.9% in 2016. The improvement in gross margin was primarily driven by manufacturing efficiencies realized in our laser production, as well as cost reductions for raw materials, a reduction in manufacturing overhead as a percentage of revenues due to higher production volumes, and an increase in overhead capitalized in inventory due to higher inventory levels at the end of the 2017.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
   
  2017   2016   Amount   %  
   
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 
 

Research and development

  $ 15,123   $ 15,239   $ (116 )   (0.8) %

        Research and development expense for 2017 decreased $0.1 million, or 0.8%, compared to 2016. The decrease was related to lower depreciation and amortization primarily due to technology acquired in our acquisition of Arbor Photonics, Inc. being fully amortized in 2016, and lower usage of development materials due to product development cycles. These decreases were partially offset by higher compensation costs as we continued to increase headcount to support future development initiatives.

54


Table of Contents

Sales, General and Administrative

 
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
 
2017 2016 Amount %
 
(in thousands, except percentages)

Sales, general and administrative

$ 19,353 $ 17,265 $ 2,088 12.1 %

        Sales, general and administrative expense for 2017 increased $2.1 million, or 12.1%, compared to 2016. The increase was primarily due a to $1.1 million increase in expenses for audit, legal and other professional services largely attributable to preparation for our initial public offering. Other increases in sales, general and administrative expense were related to higher compensation costs, driven by growing headcount within our sales, general and administrative functions. We also incurred higher depreciation and amortization primarily due to an increase in demonstration equipment driven by the introduction of new products and expansion to new customers. These increases were partially offset by a $1.0 million reduction in sales expense as a result of the recovery of a previously reserved receivable from a Chinese customer.

Interest Expense, net

 
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
 
2017 2016 Amount %
 
(in thousands, except percentages)

Interest expense, net

$ (1,269 ) $ (2,229 ) $ 960 (43.1 )%

        Interest expense, net, for 2017 decreased $1.0 million, or 43.1%, compared to 2016. The decrease was primarily due to lower balances of debt outstanding coupled with restructuring of our debt facilities, which included the extinguishment of debt with Multiplier Growth Partners SPV I, LP in July 2017 as it carried a higher interest rate than our new loan facility with Pacific Western Bank. We also recorded $0.2 million of interest income on recovery of a past due receivable from a Chinese customer and $0.1 million of interest income on higher cash deposit balances as a result of additional equity financing completed in 2017.

Other Expense

 
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
 
2017 2016 Amount %
 
(in thousands, except percentages)

Other expense

$ (1,834 ) $ (753 ) $ (1,081 ) 143.6 %

        The increase in other expense for 2017 was primarily attributable to a $0.9 million loss on debt extinguishment related to paying off our loan facility with Multiplier Growth Partners SPV I, LP. Other changes included a decrease of $0.3 million in subsidy income in China, offset by lower net unrealized and realized foreign exchange losses due to more favorable foreign exchange rate fluctuations during the year.

Income Tax Expense

 
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
 
2017 2016 Amount %
 
(in thousands, except percentages)

Income tax expense

$ 4,858 $ 1,882 $ 2,976 158.1 %

        Income tax expense for 2017 increased $3.0 million, or 158.1%, compared to 2016. There is limited tax expense associated with our operations in the United States as we maintain a full valuation allowance

55


Table of Contents

against our U.S. deferred tax assets. Our tax expense is impacted by the geographic location of our pre-tax book income and is primarily related to operations in China and Finland. The $3.0 million increase in tax expense from $1.9 million in 2016 to $4.9 million in 2017 is primarily related to a $9.1 million increase in pre-tax foreign earnings, as well as the mix of income between China and Finland. Our effective foreign tax rate is approximately 31%, consisting of a 35% effective tax rate on Chinese earnings and a 20% effective tax rate on Finnish earnings. The Chinese effective tax rate consists of the 25% statutory rate and dividend withholding tax that is being accrued due to our intention to repatriate the earnings in the future. Finland has a 20% statutory rate.

Non-GAAP Financial Information (Unaudited)

        We monitor Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial metric, to help us evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions. In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful in evaluating our operating performance.

        We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) adjusted for income tax expense, other non-operating expense or income, net interest expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation and other special items as determined by management. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a meaningful measure of performance as it is commonly utilized by us and the investment community to analyze operating performance in our industry. The following table sets forth Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation from net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure, for the periods presented.

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
   
  2017   2016  
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,837   $ (14,202 )
 

Income tax expense

    4,858     1,882  
 

Other expense

    1,834     753  
 

Interest expense, net

    1,269     2,229  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    7,922     8,099  
 

Stock-based compensation

    369     308  
 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 18,089   $ (931 )

        Adjusted EBITDA as a non-GAAP financial measure reflects an additional way of viewing aspects of our business that, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliation to the corresponding GAAP financial measure included in the table above, may provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business. This non-GAAP financial measure should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures.

        We believe that the non-GAAP measure disclosed herein is only useful as an additional tool to help management and investors make informed decisions about our financial and operating performance. By definition, non-GAAP measures do not give a full understanding of our performance. To be useful, they must be used in conjunction with the comparable GAAP measures. In addition, non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized. It may not be possible to compare our financial measures with other companies' non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. We strongly encourage investors to review our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

56


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

        The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the last eight quarters ending December 31, 2017. These data have been derived from unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited quarterly financial statements on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all adjustments consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus.

        We have experienced sequential revenue growth quarter-over-quarter, primarily driven by higher sales volumes. We have also continued to increase our gross margin as a result of improved capacity utilization and sales volumes growth. Revenues, cost of revenues, gross profit and gross margin may fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on customer demand, product mix and inventory levels. Our research and development expenses have fluctuated from quarter to quarter as a result of changes in headcount and our number of active product development projects. Our sales, general and administrative expenses have increased in total dollars as we have added sales and administrative personnel, incurred other expenses to meet increased demand for our products and to drive our growth strategy, and we have incurred higher professional fees in preparation for our initial public offering. Our sales, general and administrative expenses have fluctuated quarter-to-quarter primarily driven by timing of legal, accounting and other services.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Dec. 31,
2017
  Sept. 30,
2017
  June 30,
2017
  March 31,
2017
  Dec. 31,
2016
  Sept. 30,
2016
  June 30,
2016
  March 31,
2016
 
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Revenues

  $ 37,482   $ 36,547   $ 34,664   $ 29,887   $ 28,696   $ 25,845   $ 24,714   $ 22,070  

Cost of revenues (5)

    25,200     24,202     23,984     20,920     20,291     20,215     18,807     18,846  

Gross profit

    12,282     12,345     10,680     8,967     8,405     5,630     5,907     3,224  

Gross margin percentage

    32.8 %   33.8 %   30.8 %   30.0 %   29.3 %   21.8 %   23.9 %   14.6 %

Operating expenses:

                                                 

Research and development (1) (5)

    3,538     3,849     4,010     3,726     4,125     3,429     3,631     4,054  

Sales, general and administrative (2) (4) (5)

    6,053     3,897     4,774     4,629     4,387     4,044     4,460     4,374  

Total operating expenses

    9,591     7,746     8,784     8,355     8,512     7,473     8,091     8,428  

Income (loss) from operations

    2,691     4,599     1,896     612     (107 )   (1,843 )   (2,184 )   (5,204 )

Other income (expense):

                                                 

Interest expense, net

    (222 )   (76 )   (469 )   (502 )   (529 )   (539 )   (573 )   (588 )

Other income (expense) (3)

    6     (1,043 )   (630 )   (167 )   (181 )   (61 )   (221 )   (290 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    2,475     3,480     797     (57 )   (817 )   (2,443 )   (2,978 )   (6,082 )

Income tax expense

    1,382     1,236     1,084     1,156     611     473     595     203  

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,093   $ 2,244   $ (287 ) $ (1,213 ) $ (1,428 ) $ (2,916 ) $ (3,573 ) $ (6,285 )

Adjusted EBITDA (6)

  $ 4,926   $ 6,598   $ 3,930   $ 2,635   $ 2,249   $ 308   $ (179 ) $ (3,309 )

Adjusted EBITDA, as percentage of revenues

    13.1 %   18.1 %   11.3 %   8.8 %   7.8 %   1.2 %   (0.7 )%   (15.0 )%

(1)
The quarter ended December 31, 2016 includes a research and development expense of $0.3 million associated with the acceleration of amortization related to a previously acquired intangible.

(2)
The quarter ended September 30, 2017 reflects the collection of a previously reserved receivable of $1.0 million. This amount was recognized as a reduction in sales, general and administrative expense. The quarter ended September 30, 2017 also includes $0.1 million in expenses associated with preparing for our initial public offering, included in sales, general and administrative expense.

(3)
The quarter ended September 30, 2017 includes a $0.9 million loss on debt extinguishment related to the extinguishment of our loan facility with Multiplier Growth Partners SPV I, LP, recognized in other expense.

(4)
The quarter ended December 31, 2017 includes $0.8 million in expenses associated with preparing for our initial public offering, included in sales, general and administrative expense.

57


Table of Contents

(5)
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Dec. 31,
2017
  Sept. 30,
2017
  June 30,
2017
  March 31,
2017
  Dec. 31,
2016
  Sept. 30,
2016
  June 30,
2016
  March 31,
2016
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 16   $ 15   $ 6   $ 9   $ 8   $ 9   $ 5   $ 8  

Research and development

    20     18     14     14     13     13     8     23  

Sales, general and administrative

    76     76     55     50     53     49     51     68  

Total

  $ 112   $ 109   $ 75   $ 73   $ 74   $ 71   $ 64   $ 99  
(6)
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP financial measure, for each of the periods presented:
 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Dec. 31,
2017
  Sept. 30,
2017
  June 30,
2017
  March 31,
2017
  Dec. 31,
2016
  Sept. 30,
2016
  June 30,
2016
  March 31,
2016
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,093   $ 2,244   $ (287 ) $ (1,213 ) $ (1,428 ) $ (2,916 ) $ (3,573 ) $ (6,285 )

Income tax expense

    1,382     1,236     1,084     1,156     611     473     595     203  

Other (income) expense

    (6 )   1,043     630     167     181     61     221     290  

Interest expense, net

    222     76     469     502     529     539     573     588  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,123     1,890     1,959     1,950     2,282     2,080     1,941     1,796  

Stock-based compensation

    112     109     75     73     74     71     64     99  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 4,926   $ 6,598   $ 3,930   $ 2,635   $ 2,249   $ 308   $ (179 ) $ (3,309 )

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        We had cash and cash equivalents of $36.7 million and $13.5 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase of $23.2 million or 172% was primarily related to the Series G convertible preferred stock financing, which closed in the second quarter of 2017.

        Our principal uses of liquidity are to fund our working capital needs, purchase new capital equipment and service our debt obligations. To date, our principal sources of liquidity have been the net proceeds we received through private sales of equity securities, borrowings under our debt facilities and payments received from customers for our products.

        We believe our existing sources of liquidity will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next twelve months. However, we may need to raise additional capital to expand the commercialization of our products, fund our operations and further our research and development activities. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from period to period and will depend on many factors, including the timing and extent of spending on research and development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the continuing market acceptance of our products and ongoing investments to support the growth of our business. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services, technologies and intellectual property rights. From time to time, we may explore additional financing sources which could include equity, equity-linked and debt financing arrangements. We cannot assure you that any additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to adequately fund our business plans, which could materially adversely affect our operating cash flows and financial condition.

58


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

   
  Year Ended
December 31
 
   
  2017   2016  
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 3,411   $ 5,959  
 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (5,477 )   (4,027 )
 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    24,419     3,641  
 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    834     1,072  
 

Net increase in cash

  $ 23,187   $ 6,645  

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

        During 2017, net cash provided by operating activities was $3.4 million which was primarily due to $1.8 million of net income reported in the current year and non-cash adjustments of $9.0 million related to depreciation, debt extinguishment, and other items. These positive adjustments were partially offset by a $9.9 million increase in inventory and $3.5 million increase in accounts receivable, which grew to support higher revenue levels. Those uses of cash were offset by $5.7 million increase in accounts payable and other accrued expenses, driven by increased volumes of material purchases, year-end payroll and bonus accruals, and timing of payments to vendors.

        During 2016, net cash provided by operating activities was $6.0 million which was driven by a $9.0 million reduction in inventory related to inventory management programs put in place in 2016 to optimize inventory levels relative to revenues and non-cash adjustments of $9.0 million related to depreciation and other items as well as a $3.0 million increase in cash related to fluctuations in the balance of accrued liabilities. These positive adjustments were partially offset by net loss of $14.2 million and $3.1 million related to an increase in the balance of other assets.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

        During 2017, net cash used in investing activities was $5.5 million which was primarily due to capital expenditures during the year related to further expanding our manufacturing capacity in our Shanghai facility, purchases of new manufacturing and lab equipment and investment in our IT infrastructure. During 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $4.0 million, which was due to $4.0 million of capital expenditures primarily related to expanding manufacturing capacity in our Shanghai facility.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

        During 2017, net cash provided by financing activities was $24.4 million which was primarily related to the Series G preferred stock financing closed in the second quarter of 2017 and which provided $27.5 million in net proceeds. This was partially offset by $2.8 million in net principal payments on our loans and $0.2 million in deferred offering costs related to our initial public offering. During 2016, net cash provided by financing activities was $3.6 million which was due to proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock of $12.0 million partially offset by principal payments on loans of $8.3 million.

Credit Facilities

Pacific Western Bank Loan Facility

        In March 2014, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Pacific Western Bank (successor in interest to Square 1 Bank), as lender. The loan facility initially provided for up to $15.0 million in aggregate commitments, including a $7.5 million term loan and a revolving loan facility subject to a borrowing base of eligible accounts receivable and inventory. In August 2014, the revolving loan facility

59


Table of Contents

was increased to $20.0 million, with adjustments to the borrowing base. We amended and restated the loan facility in March 2018. The amended and restated loan facility provides for $25.0 million in aggregate commitments, including a term loan of $15.0 million and a revolving loan facility equal to the lesser of (i) $25.0 million minus the unpaid principal amount of the term loan and the amount of any reserves for ancillary banking services, or (ii) a borrowing base equal to 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus the lesser of $5.5 million or 35% of eligible inventory. Our obligations under the amended and restated loan facility are secured by substantially all of our assets.

        We borrowed $13.5 million in aggregate principal amount under the $15.0 million term loan on July 14, 2017 to refinance the existing outstanding balance of the term loan and other debt, and the remaining principal amount of the term loan is available to borrow through July 14, 2018. As of December 31, 2017, we had $13.5 million outstanding principal amount under the term loan and $3.7 million outstanding principal amount under the revolving loan facility.

        The term loan bears interest at a rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 0.50% per annum, subject to a floor of 5.00% per annum. The revolving loans bear interest at a rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.50% per annum, subject to a floor of 5.00% per annum. Prior to the amendment and restatement of our loan facility in March 2018, the term loan bore interest at a rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 1.50% per annum, subject to a floor of 5.50% per annum, and the revolving loans bore interest at a rate equal to the prime rate plus 1.00% per annum, subject to a floor of 5.00% per annum. Interest is due and payable monthly in arrears.

        The principal amount of the term loan will be repaid in thirty-six equal monthly installments beginning on July 14, 2018. All outstanding principal and interest on the revolving loan is due and payable on July 14, 2019. We may prepay loans under the loan facility in whole or in part at any time without premium or penalty.

        The loan facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that require the lender's consent to, among other things, merge or consolidate, sell or transfer assets outside the ordinary course of business, make investments, incur additional indebtedness or guarantee indebtedness of others, pay dividends, redeem or repurchase our capital stock, enter into transactions with affiliates outside the ordinary course of business, create liens on our assets and make capital expenditures. We are also required to comply with a minimum revenue covenant and a $13.0 million cap on our capital expenditures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018. In the event our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents plus availability under the revolving loan facility is less than $15.0 million, our lender has the option to replace the minimum revenues covenant with a new minimum Adjusted EBITDA covenant.

        The facility also contains events of default that include, among others, non-payment defaults, inaccuracy of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other indebtedness, judgment defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults and a change of control default. Any default that is not cured or waived could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the loan facility, an increase in the applicable interest rate under the loan facility to a per annum rate equal to 5.00% above the applicable interest rate and would permit our lender to exercise remedies with respect to all of the collateral that is securing the loan facility.

        As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with the covenants under the loan facility.

60


Table of Contents

Multiplier Loan Facility

        In July 2015, we entered into a loan facility with Multiplier Growth Partners SPV I, LP, or Multiplier, as lender, and our subsidiary, Arbor Photonics, LLC, as co-borrower. The loan facility provided for a $15.0 million term loan available in two tranches and was subordinated to the loan facility with Pacific Western Bank. All of our obligations under the loan facility with Multiplier were secured by substantially all of our assets. We borrowed $12.5 million in aggregate principal amount under the loan facility. On July 17, 2017, we repaid the term loan in full and terminated the loan facility. The transaction qualified as a debt extinguishment and a loss of $0.9 million was recorded in other expense in the third quarter of 2017 as a result.

        The term loan bore interest at a rate equal to 11.00% per annum. Interest was due and payable monthly in arrears. The loan facility would have matured on July 16, 2020. In connection with our prepayment and termination of the loan facility, we were required to pay a prepayment premium equal to 3.00% of the principal amount prepaid.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table sets forth a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Less Than
1 Year
  1 - 3 Years   3 - 5 Years   More
Than
5 Years
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease obligations

  $ 2,751   $ 3,286   $ 2,024   $ 998   $ 9,059  

Long term debt obligations, including current portion

    2,288     14,992             17,280  

Estimated interest payments

    974     400             1,374  

Capital lease obligations

    75     116             191  

Total

  $ 6,088   $ 18,794   $ 2,024   $ 998   $ 27,904  

        We have commitments under non-cancelable purchase orders or vendor agreements of approximately $12.8 million as of December 31, 2017, the majority of which we expect to be fulfilled during the subsequent twelve months, or less.

        We also have uncertain tax positions of $2.5 million as of December 31, 2017. However, as we are unable to reliably estimate the period of potential cash settlement, we have not included these amounts in the table of contractual obligations.

        There have been no material changes to the contractual obligations since December 31, 2017 other than entering into a lease for additional space in Shanghai in the normal course of business and amending and restating our loan facility with Pacific Western Bank. For more information please see the section titled "—Credit Facilities."

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and include our accounts and the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related disclosures. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the

61


Table of Contents

carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these judgments and estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material. We believe that our significant accounting policies, which are discussed in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, and the accounting policies discussed below, involve a greater degree of complexity, involving management's judgments and estimates. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are critical to understanding our financial condition and historical and future results of operations:

    revenue recognition;
    product warranty;
    inventory;
    income taxes; and
    stock-based compensation.

Revenue Recognition

        Our revenues are generated from the sale of semiconductor lasers, fiber lasers and other related products. Revenues are recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

    we enter into a legally binding arrangement with a customer;
    we deliver the product or provide the service. Our shipping terms are typically free on board, or FOB, shipping point or FOB destination, or equivalent terms, and accordingly, revenues are recognized when legal title has passed to the customer upon shipment or delivery. Title and risk of loss generally pass to the customer at the time of delivery according to the shipping terms. All costs incurred by us for shipping and handling are classified as cost of revenues; any amounts billed to a customer related to shipping and handling are classified as an offset to cost of revenues;
    we determine the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction and free of contingencies or significant uncertainties; and
    collectability is reasonably assured. We assess collectability based on credit analysis and payment history. We require cash collateral in the normal course of business if customers do not meet our criteria established for offering credit. We also maintain certain levels of credit insurance for small portion of our customers. Our typical credit term is net 30 days.

        In limited circumstances when customer-specified acceptance criteria exist, revenues are deferred until customer acceptance if we cannot demonstrate that the product meets the specifications prior to shipment. If installation is included with the sale of a product, installation revenues are deferred until installation is complete.

        For arrangements with multiple elements, revenues are allocated across the separately identified deliverables and may be recognized or deferred.

Product Warranty

        We typically provide three to 36 months parts and service warranties on our laser products and maintain an accrual for any units sold that are subject to warranty. For certain products such as our fiber lasers, we may offer a longer warranty compared to our semiconductor lasers. We estimate our warranty accrual considering past claims experience, repair or replacement cost trends and the number of units carrying warranty coverage. We record a provision for the estimated future costs of warranty based upon historical cost and product performance experience when revenues are recognized. If actual warranty claims or repair and replacement costs differ from our historical experience, and as we introduce new products and offer longer warranty terms to our customers, the estimated warranty accrual may change and additional provisions may be required.

62


Table of Contents

Inventory

        Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Inventory includes raw materials and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to obsolescence. We record write-downs for excess or obsolete inventory items. The write-downs are based upon a review of inventory materials on hand, which we compare with historical usage and age of the underlying inventory. We determine the valuation of excess and obsolete inventory by considering historical usage, inventory aging and other qualitative factors. Because of our vertically integrated business model, a significant or sudden decrease in sales could result in a significant change in the estimates of excess or obsolete inventory valuation.

Income Taxes

        The determination of our tax provision is highly dependent upon the geographic composition of worldwide earnings and tax regulations governing each region and is subject to judgments and estimates. Management carefully monitors the changes in many factors.

        The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with our expectations could have a material impact on our business, results of operations and financial position. We believe we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions; however, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different than what we expect. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome for these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made. Management provides a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when it does not consider realization of such assets to be more likely than not. Due to uncertainty with respect to ultimate realizability of deferred tax assets, we have recorded a valuation allowance against the U.S. deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2017.

        The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve positions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties.

        We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various states and various foreign jurisdictions, including China and Finland. At December 31, 2017, our tax years 2012 through 2016, 2011 through 2016, and 2010 through 2016, remain open for examination in the federal, state and foreign jurisdictions, respectively. However, to the extent allowed by law, the taxing authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses and credits were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up to the net operating loss and credit carryforward amounts. We are not currently under federal, state, or foreign examination by any tax authority.

        In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the 2017 Tax Act, was enacted. The 2017 Tax Act includes a number of changes to existing U.S. tax laws that impact us, most notably a reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 34% to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. The 2017 Tax Act also provides for a one-time transition tax on certain foreign earnings and the acceleration of depreciation for certain assets placed into service after September 27, 2017 as well as prospective changes beginning in 2018, including repeal of the domestic manufacturing deduction, acceleration of tax revenue recognition, capitalization of research and development expenditures, additional limitations on executive compensation and limitations on the deductibility of interest.

        We recognized the income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act in our 2017 financial statements in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which provides SEC staff guidance for the application of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes , in the reporting period in which the 2017 Tax Act was signed into law. As such, our financial results reflect the income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC Topic 740 is complete and provisional amounts for those specific income tax effects of the 2017 Tax

63


Table of Contents

Act for which the accounting under ASC Topic 740 is incomplete but a reasonable estimate could be determined.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Compensation expense related to share-based transactions, including employee and non-employee stock options, is measured and recognized in the financial statements based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized, net of forfeitures, over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally five years.

        Our use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option and the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management's best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management's judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

        These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

    Fair Value of Common Stock.   As our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, based on a number of factors, including valuations of comparable companies, our operating and financial performance, and general and industry specific economic outlook. We obtain valuations prepared by an independent third-party valuation firm to assist with this process.
    Risk-Free Interest Rate.   We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the U.S. Treasury rates in effect during the corresponding period of the grant.
    Expected Term.   We use the simplified method to estimate the expected term of option awards for employee grants. For non-employee grants the contractual term is utilized.
    Volatility.   We determine the volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our publicly-traded peer group as we do not have a trading history for our common stock prior to this offering. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the laser industry that vary in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of the price of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.
    Dividend Yield.   We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we use an expected dividend yield of zero.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards. The effective dates for recent accounting pronouncements noted below reflects the private company transition dates. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding recent accounting pronouncements.

        The FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , in May 2014. ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize revenues to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU No. 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods

64


Table of Contents

beginning after December 15, 2018. We expect to implement the provisions of ASU 2014-09 as of January 1, 2019. While we continue to assess the potential impacts of ASU 2014-09 and anticipate it could have an impact on our consolidated financial statements we do not know or cannot reasonably estimate the quantitative impact on the financial statements at this time.

        The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), in February 2016. ASU 2016-02 requires a lessee to recognize a right of use asset and a lease liability for virtually all leases, other than leases that meet the definition of short-term. The standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. We are currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Since inception, we have not had any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or for another contractually narrow or limited purpose.

Inflation

        We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

JOBS Act

        We are an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of this exemption.

        Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an "emerging growth company," we choose to rely on certain exemptions provided for in the JOBS Act we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor's attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis) and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO's compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we are no longer an "emerging growth company," whichever is earlier.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

        We had cash and cash equivalents of $36.7 million as of December 31, 2017. The goals of our investment policy are liquidity and capital preservation. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our cash equivalents as a result of changes in interest rates due to the short-term nature of these assets.

        We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with the borrowings under our amended and restated loan facility. As of December 31, 2017, we had $13.5 million outstanding principal amount under the term loan and $3.7 million outstanding principal amount under the revolving loan facility. The term loan bears

65


Table of Contents

interest at a rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 0.50% per annum, subject to a floor of 5.00% per annum. The revolving loans bear interest at a rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 0.50% per annum, subject to a floor of 5.00% per annum. A 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would result in a less than $0.1 million change in our obligations under the loan facility.

Foreign Currency Risk

        Due to our international operations, a significant portion of our revenues, cost of revenues and operating expenses are denominated in currencies other than the USD, principally the Chinese RMB and the Euro. As a result, our international operations give rise to transactional market risk associated with exchange rate movements of the USD, the Chinese RMB and the Euro. Management attempts to minimize these exposures by partially or fully offsetting foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities at our subsidiaries that operate in different functional currencies. The effectiveness of this strategy can be limited by the volume of underlying transactions at various subsidiaries and by our ability to accelerate or delay intercompany cash settlements. As a result, we are unable to completely offset the foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.

        At December 31, 2017, our material foreign currency exposure is related to our net investment in our foreign subsidiaries. The potential loss in fair value resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in foreign exchange rates would be approximately $2.6 million. Foreign exchange rate gains or losses on foreign investments as of December 31, 2017 are reflected as a cumulative translation adjustment, net of tax, and do not affect our results of operations.

66


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a leading provider of high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers. Our lasers are changing not only the way things are made but also the things that can be made. We design, develop and manufacture the critical elements of our lasers, and we believe our vertically integrated business model enables us to rapidly introduce innovative products, control our costs and protect our intellectual property. In 2017, we sold our products to over 300 customers worldwide in three primary markets: industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense.

        Our semiconductor lasers are the industry's most brilliant and serve as the core building block of all of our products. Our vertical integration enables us to incorporate our semiconductor lasers into our proprietary fiber lasers and also to sell our semiconductor lasers as standalone solutions. We offer differentiated high-power fiber lasers that provide our customers with significant advantages over legacy fiber lasers in the areas of programmability, serviceability and reliability. By engaging with our customers early in their system design cycle and utilizing our platform-based approach to product design, we are able to offer semiconductor and fiber laser solutions optimized to meet our customers' requirements.

        Semiconductor and fiber lasers are displacing legacy lasers and non-laser energy sources across a wide range of applications in the industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense markets. In the industrial market, high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers have enabled the creation of next-generation industrial systems to perform manufacturing processes such as cutting, welding and drilling, as well as advanced manufacturing techniques such as additive manufacturing. In the microfabrication market, many of the critical microscale features incorporated into products in the automotive, electronics, medical, semiconductor and other markets are made commercially viable by the precise power delivery of lasers. In the aerospace and defense market, high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers are currently used across a wide range of mission critical applications, such as defending aircraft against missiles, and are enabling next-generation defense systems.

        The growth of the high-power fiber laser market has been driven by a significant reduction in cost per brilliant watt and a substantial increase in the power output of semiconductor lasers, at a rate that we believe is similar to Moore's Law for integrated circuits. The overall laser market, including semiconductor lasers and fiber lasers, was approximately $9.5 billion in 2015 according to Strategies Unlimited. The semiconductor and fiber laser portion of the market addressing industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense sectors was approximately $2.3 billion in 2015 and is expected to grow to approximately $4.2 billion by 2020. Our global customers include Cincinnati Inc., DMG Mori and Suzhou Quick Laser Technology Co. in industrial, MKS Instruments and Samsung in microfabrication, and BAE and Raytheon in aerospace and defense.

        We generated revenues of $138.6 million and $101.3 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively, and net income (loss) of $1.8 million and $(14.2) million in 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, we had over 1,000 employees worldwide. Our vertically integrated operations include a semiconductor laser manufacturing facility at our Vancouver, Washington headquarters, an optical fiber manufacturing facility in Lohja, Finland, and a laser packaging and assembly facilities in Vancouver, Washington, Hillsboro, Oregon and Shanghai, China. We were founded in 2000 and possess an intellectual property portfolio that included over 350 issued or pending patents as of December 31, 2017.

Industry Overview

Legacy Lasers

        A laser converts electrical energy into optical energy, or light, that can be concentrated and shaped to create a powerful beam that can cut, manipulate, melt and vaporize materials. The two main parts of a laser are an energy source and a gain medium. Gas and crystal lasers, named for the materials used as the

67


Table of Contents

gain medium, were the initial types of lasers used in industrial applications. While gas and crystal lasers are an improvement over mechanical and other non-laser techniques for material processing, they have various deficiencies, which may include lower reliability, the need for costly cooling and more frequent maintenance, lower beam quality, energy inefficiency, and lack of programmability and serviceability.

Fiber Lasers

        In a fiber laser, the gain medium is an optical fiber infused with rare earth elements, and the energy source is one or more semiconductor lasers. The term "semiconductor laser" can describe an individual semiconductor laser chip or a product that combines an array of such chips into a more powerful device, which is typically the approach used to build a fiber laser. Semiconductor lasers vary based upon the material used as the gain medium, the spectrum of light generated, the beam shape, the power yielded, the brilliance, as well as other characteristics. Substantial improvements in the power, brilliance, cost, reliability and efficiency of semiconductor lasers have been foundational to the improved performance and cost competitiveness of fiber lasers.

        Power and brilliance are critical measures of laser performance. Both laser power and laser brilliance can vary dramatically. For example, a single semiconductor laser chip used in a handheld laser pointer generates a fraction of a watt of power, whereas high-power semiconductor laser chips used in a high-power fiber laser can generate as much as 20 watts of power per chip. The output power of a high-power fiber laser, using an array of high-power semiconductor lasers amplified via specialty fiber, can be thousands of watts, or kilowatts. Laser brilliance is a measure of how much power a laser generates over a given emission area and the rate of divergence of its beam. Therefore, two lasers emitting the same power but with different emission areas or beam divergences will have different levels of brilliance. Semiconductor laser brilliance is critical for scaling power in fiber lasers, as high-power fiber lasers require efficient aggregation of the output power of many semiconductor lasers into a single fiber.

        Over the past few decades, the cost per brilliant watt produced by semiconductor lasers has fallen dramatically as a result of improved laser design and production techniques and increased production volumes. This has led to the rapid adoption of fiber lasers in a variety of markets. We believe a parallel can be drawn to the proliferation of integrated circuits as their processing power increased while the cost per transistor fell. This advancement is defined as Moore's Law, which is an observation that the number of transistors in an integrated circuit doubles approximately every two years.

        Fiber lasers address many of the disadvantages of legacy gas and crystal lasers. Improvements in performance and cost of production over the last decade have fueled a dramatic expansion in the use of fiber lasers in a number of markets.

        Advantages of fiber lasers over legacy gas and crystal lasers include:

68


Table of Contents

Our Advancements in High-Power Fiber Lasers

        We believe our high-power fiber lasers offer significant advancements over legacy fiber lasers in terms of programmability, serviceability and reliability. These advantages are a function of our vertically integrated business model, proprietary semiconductor laser technology, unique high-power fiber laser architectures and advanced in-house manufacturing methods.

Programmability

        We believe the programmability of our lasers is a distinctive feature that makes them well-suited for use with versatile, multi-function machine tools in a wide range of applications. The programmability of our lasers improves the speed and quality of the systems into which they are incorporated. Moreover, the programmability of our lasers enables our OEM customers to develop machine tools that can be utilized across multiple applications, thereby allowing end users to replace multiple tools inside a factory with a single, more flexible tool. Our fiber lasers incorporate proprietary control hardware and software that provide end users with significant flexibility to optimize not only output power but also the optical waveform (temporal beam shape) and the selection of the optical profile (spatial beam shape). Our customers can program our laser via a simple interface that modifies different beam variables during its use in a production cycle.

Serviceability

        Our fiber lasers are designed to be serviced quickly on site and by our customers. Most service activities can be completed without extracting the laser from the machine tool and often without the need for our direct involvement. In contrast, end users operating machine tools built with legacy fiber lasers that require the machine tool manufacturer to coordinate the service activity with the laser provider can experience longer disruptions in their operations when the lasers need servicing. With legacy lasers and competing fiber lasers, a service activity necessitating the removal of the laser from the machine tool on the production floor and its transportation to a remote service depot for service and repair can lead to longer operational downtime. The architecture of our fiber lasers enables them to be serviced on site, generally in less than two hours, often eliminating the need for the end customers to have spare lasers in reserve. As a result, end users benefit from significantly higher production uptime, and our customers benefit by the ability to manage the end-user experience without having to rely upon a laser manufacturer representative for ongoing service.

Reliability

        Our fiber lasers incorporate advanced components and proprietary designs that protect our lasers from operating conditions that can cause failures in legacy fiber lasers, thereby improving uptime and lowering total operating cost. Many manufacturing environments are hot, humid, dirty and crowded, characteristics that challenge older generations of fiber lasers which need external air conditioning to operate. For instance, even in extremely humid environments, our high-power fiber lasers do not require air conditioning, instead relying on a simple and inexpensive dry air purge to prevent condensation and inoperability. Historically, a failure mode for fiber lasers has been back reflection from reflective materials. Our fiber lasers incorporate proprietary back reflection suppression technology, improving their ability to process highly reflective materials used for next-generation automotive batteries, automotive parts, appliances and many other applications. Our fiber lasers are industry leaders in power stability. We consider the power stability of our fiber lasers to be a particularly important differentiator for advanced and emerging applications, such as additive manufacturing, and in the development of versatile multifunctional machine tools.

69


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

        The overall laser market, including semiconductor lasers and fiber lasers, was approximately $9.5 billion in 2015 and is expected to grow to approximately $14.4 billion by 2020 according to Strategies Unlimited. The semiconductor and fiber laser portion of the market addressing industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense sectors was approximately $2.3 billion in 2015 and is expected to grow to approximately $4.2 billion by 2020.

Industrial

        The productivity, efficiency and versatility offered by high-power fiber lasers have been critical in making them a key part of the evolution of the industrial ecosystem. Material processing applications, the largest of which is cutting, and others such as welding, cladding, heat treating and additive manufacturing comprise the majority of the industrial laser market. High-power fiber lasers are rapidly replacing gas and other legacy lasers for cutting, due to their significantly faster speed, higher quality and lower cost when used across a wide range of metals. High-power fiber lasers also continue to take market share from non-laser cutting techniques, and are expanding into other applications such as tube cutting and other three-dimensional parts.

        The factors driving the utilization of high-power fiber lasers in metal welding applications, including increased speed, quality and cost, are similar to those that have fueled their adoption for metal cutting. Fiber laser welding can be done faster, with deeper penetration, less distortion and lower heat input than traditional methods like arc welding. These advantages have fueled adoption of high-power fiber lasers across the automotive industry where system productivity and versatility are critical. Other metal fabrication industries, such as aerospace, energy and light manufacturing, are also embracing the unique capabilities offered by high-power fiber lasers for welding applications as they seek improved production efficiencies and higher levels of industrial automation.

        In addition to improving traditional manufacturing processes, fiber lasers are also enabling new applications such as metal additive manufacturing. High-power fiber lasers provide the precise power needed to fuse metal powders into intricate three-dimensional metal structures. Advancements in laser technology are also enabling manufacturers to produce ever-larger parts with more complex geometries at faster speeds and lower costs.

        The addressable market for semiconductor and fiber lasers in the industrial market is expected to grow from approximately $1.0 billion in 2015 to approximately $2.5 billion by 2020.

Microfabrication

        Microfabrication refers to the process of creating three-dimensional microscale structures, typically by ablating, annealing, etching and drilling. Many of the microscale features incorporated into products in the automotive, electronics, medical, semiconductor and other markets are made commercially viable by the precise power delivery of lasers. Preferences for brighter, more vibrant displays in mobile phones, tablets and televisions, and the desire for thinner products with improved battery life and energy efficiency are placing greater importance on the need for components that are smaller, more robust and less expensive, which we believe will drive demand for lasers. The addressable market for semiconductor and fiber lasers in the microfabrication market is expected to grow from approximately $0.9 billion in 2015 to approximately $1.2 billion by 2020.

Aerospace and Defense

        Lasers are used today in a variety of aerospace and defense applications, such as range finding, imaging and directed energy defense systems. Directed energy defense systems utilize concentrated electrical or optical energy rather than chemical or kinetic force as a means to incapacitate, damage,

70


Table of Contents

disable or destroy. Compared to conventional weapons, directed energy weapons using high-power fiber lasers offer ultra-precise targeting, low cost per use and a nearly unlimited magazine. Over the past decade, directed energy technologies have improved steadily, culminating in a series of successful demonstrations of significantly higher power, multi-kilowatt systems. Systems using high-power fiber lasers have shown the highest degree of operational viability. The addressable market for semiconductor and fiber lasers in the aerospace and defense market is expected to grow from approximately $0.4 billion in 2015 to approximately $0.5 billion by 2020.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe the following strengths will allow us to maintain and extend our leadership position:

        Innovative semiconductor laser technology.     We design and manufacture the industry's most brilliant semiconductor lasers. Our semiconductor lasers serve as the core building block of all of our solutions, and are incorporated into our fiber lasers. Our proprietary semiconductor laser architecture, from semiconductor laser chip through packaging, is designed to deliver high-performance, high-power and reliable solutions that can be optimized to end-user needs. We intend to continue to aggressively invest in the development of semiconductor laser technology to meet the evolving needs of our customers.

        Differentiated high-power fiber laser technology.     Our high-power fiber lasers provide distinct advantages over other fiber lasers and legacy lasers. Our fiber lasers are programmable, serviceable and reliable. Our fiber lasers are programmable using a proprietary solution that allows our customers to program laser beam strength and shape and real-time pulse timing to optimize the performance of their solution for specific applications. This programmability, along with the wide operating range of our lasers, enables our OEM customers to develop machine tools that can be utilized across multiple applications, thereby allowing end users to replace multiple tools inside a factory with a single, more flexible tool. We have designed our high-power fiber lasers to allow for expeditious and easy in-field serviceability. Intelligent sensors embedded in our fiber lasers provide our end users with real-time diagnostics and feedback. Our fiber lasers have been designed to operate dependably and stably in a wide range of harsh environments. Additionally, we have designed proprietary back reflection suppression technologies into our high-power fiber lasers, which allows for greater uptime.

        Customizable high-power semiconductor and fiber laser solutions based on a scalable platform.     We offer a scalable platform that is enabled by our extensive library of proprietary semiconductor and fiber laser designs, packaging options and specialty optical fibers. While we sell standard products for many applications, we primarily target higher value, high-volume opportunities that require deep collaboration, solution customization and deep integration into our OEM customers' systems. As a result of our platform-based approach, we are able to quickly and simply configure solutions that are optimized to the particular requirements of our OEM customers. Our lasers are designed into systems with stringent specifications for quality, performance and reliability, and our lasers are often mission critical in these applications.

        Vertically integrated business model.     We design, develop and manufacture the critical elements of our high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers, including semiconductor laser chips and optical fiber. Our control and execution of nearly all steps of the manufacturing process allow us to optimize product quality, protect our intellectual property, effectively manage costs and minimize queue time between each process step. We believe that being vertically integrated also enables us to sell at the level of integration our customers desire, at highly competitive price points and at attractive profit margins.

        Strong relationships with our diverse customer base.     We partner with our customers in the early stages of their system design cycle and collaborate with them to develop high-power semiconductor and fiber laser solutions that meet their specific requirements. We believe our partnership-based approach creates a competitive advantage for us, as it has enabled us to create long-term relationships with our customers,

71


Table of Contents

many of which span over a decade. We sold our products to over 300 customers worldwide in 2017 and have shipped thousands of high-power fiber lasers. In addition, our U.S. based engineering team and manufacturing facilities enable us to partner with U.S. aerospace and defense customers, as domestic operations are often critical in order to serve as a strategic supplier.

        Proven engineering and executive team.     The universe of experienced engineers who can design and manufacture high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers is limited. We believe our team members include many of the world's foremost experts in the areas of semiconductor and fiber laser design and manufacturing, and have been involved in pioneering semiconductor laser design, including work at Bell Labs, Nortel Networks Corporation, SDL, Inc., Xerox PARC and other leading innovators prior to joining us. Complementing the depth of our technical staff is the breadth and experience of our senior management team. Members of our management team have honed their ability to lead technology-driven organizations in competitive industries through their previous experience at industry-leading companies such as Agilent Technologies, Inc., Avago Technologies, Coherent, Inc., JDS Uniphase Corporation, McKinsey & Company and Orbotech Ltd.

Our Strategy

        Our objective is to be the leading provider of high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers to the industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense markets and, in the future, to leverage our core competencies to expand into other markets with similar performance requirements. The key elements of our strategy are:

        Increase sales.     We intend to leverage our leading position in high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers and our global footprint in key geographies to increase our sales. Continued displacement of legacy lasers and non-laser energy sources by high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers in a wide range of applications should enable us to increase sales from existing customers and to generate sales from new customers. In addition, our long history of operating in China, which represents the largest geographic market for lasers, has allowed us to develop a deep understanding of the Chinese market. We believe our in-country sales, marketing and production operations in China will continue to enable us to increase sales in the region. Our development and production facilities in the U.S. enable us to compete effectively for U.S. government-related programs. We believe the quality and performance of our lasers and our innovative approach of tailoring our platform-based high-power semiconductor and fiber laser solutions to the specific needs of our customers will allow us to grow our market share.

        Enable new applications.     Our innovations are making our semiconductor and fiber lasers more powerful, programmable, reliable and affordable, which is driving their adoption in existing applications as well as enabling new ones that were not previously commercially viable. For instance, the power, precision and programmability of our lasers are enabling a new class of additive manufacturing tools in the industrial market and are supporting commercialization of next-generation directed energy defense systems in the aerospace and defense market. We expect the continued improvement in the features, performance and total cost of ownership of our lasers will drive their adoption in an expanding array of applications and end markets.

        Further reduce costs of our high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers.     We have a track record of reducing the cost of our high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers. We anticipate continuing to reduce the cost of our products by developing new semiconductor laser chips, semiconductor laser and fiber laser architectures, introducing new packaging technologies and increasing the use of automation in our manufacturing and packaging facilities.

72


Table of Contents

Products

        We design and manufacture a range of high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers. Our products are typically integrated into laser systems or manufacturing tools built by our customers.

Semiconductor Lasers

        Our semiconductor lasers serve as the core building block of our products and are deeply integrated with our OEM customers' systems used in applications in the industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense markets. We sell high-power semiconductor lasers with a broad range of power levels, wavelengths and output fiber sizes. Our semiconductor lasers offer the industry's highest brilliance, and we believe are among the industry's most reliable.

Fiber Lasers

        We offer programmable, serviceable and reliable high-power fiber lasers primarily for use in industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense applications. Our fiber lasers enable fast, high-quality and efficient processing of materials. The programmability and wide operating range of our fiber lasers makes them easy for our customers to use and expands their applicability. For example, in some cases, one of our lasers can take the place of several less-flexible lasers. We have also designed our fiber lasers to enable a tool integrator or end user to perform common field service activities on-site, which results in higher machine uptime, lower cost of ownership and an improved customer experience.

73


Table of Contents

Summary of Key Products

        The table below summarizes our products and associated applications and features.

GRAPHIC

        From time to time, we develop products to address specific applications for select customers that require custom integration of our semiconductor laser chip and advanced optical assemblies. By their nature, these are typically sole-source designs with long product cycles. We also sell active and passive specialty optical fiber to select customers.

Technology

        We believe we have developed strong, defensible technologies essential to the design and manufacture of semiconductor laser chips, fiber-coupled semiconductor laser packages, optical fiber and fiber lasers.

The Importance of Laser Brilliance

        Laser brilliance can be thought of as the measure of how efficiently photons are integrated to scale power in semiconductor lasers and fiber lasers. A brilliant laser is one that emits a high level of power relative to the surface area and rate of divergence of its beam, and by increasing the brilliance of a laser we are able to increase its power scaling capability efficiently and cost effectively. Increasing power by increasing brilliance is more challenging than simply increasing the emitting surface area of the laser due to high optical power densities. Our lasers can endure extraordinary optical power densities because of our

74


Table of Contents

proprietary passivation technique applied to the emitting facet of the laser chip, operating reliably for extended operating cycles and with long operating lifetimes.

        To further increase the power of a semiconductor laser, we combine several laser chips into a single package. Numerous proprietary packaging methods are used to combine the beams of several of laser chips and couple them into a single strand of optical fiber. If the beams are not aligned well, or are not efficiently coupled to the fiber, the laser will not be as powerful as it theoretically could be, and that optical power loss can affect system performance. The resulting high-power and high-brilliance semiconductor laser is then used on its own or as the energy source within our fiber lasers.

        In a similar manner, we scale the power of our fiber lasers by efficiently aggregating the power output of numerous semiconductor lasers. The beam alignment and coupling challenges are similar, but the much higher power levels increase the optical packaging challenges, and we have developed proprietary fiber laser architectures to effectively combine the output of several high-brilliance semiconductor lasers to create a much higher power fiber laser.

Semiconductor Laser Chips

        The core building block of our technology is a compound semiconductor laser chip manufactured from a gallium arsenide wafer. We have developed advanced metal-organic chemical vapor deposition processes that yield high-quality semiconductor material with low-defect density and high uniformity. We believe that our semiconductor laser chips offer industry-leading brilliance as a result of proprietary and trade-secret protected semiconductor laser chip design, laser cavity design and facet passivation.

Semiconductor Lasers

        We patented our multiplexed single-chip architecture for high-power semiconductor laser packaging. Prior to this advancement, high-power semiconductor lasers were based in bar-type architectures which had inherently limited brilliance and reliability. Our approach isolates the individual laser chips electrically, mechanically and thermally, resulting in the most brilliant and among the most reliable lasers commercially available. This architecture is now the leading method for powering fiber lasers and other solid-state lasers.

        Our experience with multiplexed single-chip architecture gives us a performance advantage in multiple critical categories, including power, brilliance, efficiency and reliability. Our semiconductor lasers combine the beams from multiple individual semiconductor laser chips into a single fiber. As a result, the power of our semiconductor lasers scales with chip power and the number of chips integrated within a single package. Our extensive experience in optical alignment and package design enables us to overcome many complex thermal and beam stability challenges to produce highly reliable semiconductor lasers.

Optical Fiber

        Our active optical fibers are used as the gain medium in which lasing or amplification of light occurs in our fiber lasers. Our active fibers consist of an inner core that is doped with rare-earth ions and an outer core of un-doped glass for guiding the power delivered from our semiconductor lasers.

        We utilize a proprietary and patented process for making our fibers, which we call Direct Nanoparticle Deposition, or DND. We have been developing and improving our DND technology for more than a decade. Our DND process enables simultaneous, single-step deposition of all elements in the active fiber and provides high compositional uniformity and independent control of refractive-index and doping profiles. Our DND technology enables high doping concentration, which allows for higher power and efficiency and shorter fiber length.

75


Table of Contents

        Our passive optical fibers route and deliver the optical energy generated in our semiconductor lasers and fiber lasers. Our passive fibers are designed to match the optical guiding properties of our rare earth-doped fibers, enabling compatibility with and low-loss splicing of our active fiber within our fiber lasers.

Fiber Lasers

        Our fiber lasers use an active fiber that is doped with a rare-earth element to amplify the light from multiple semiconductor laser chips into a much higher brilliance laser beam. For example, the brilliance of one of our typical semiconductor lasers is 3.2 W/(mm-mrad) 2 , while the brilliance of our diffraction-limited 1.2kW fiber laser is greater than 7,800 W/(mm-mrad) 2 . This represents an approximate 2,400x increase in brilliance using our proprietary fiber laser architecture.

        The power available from our fiber lasers has increased significantly due to the increase in power of our semiconductor laser chips and advances in our multi-chip semiconductor laser architecture, our DND active fibers and our proprietary fiber laser architectures. We scale power by both combining the outputs of multiple fiber lasers and by increasing the output power of our individual fiber laser.

        Our fiber lasers offer many features, including programmable waveforms, high-speed waveform modulation capabilities, back-reflection suppression, operability in harsh environments, quick and easy serviceability and industry-leading power stability. The resulting performance and quality provide significant advantages over alternative laser and non-laser solutions for existing applications, and support the commercial feasibility of an increasing number of new applications. We intend to continue to aggressively advance our fiber laser, semiconductor laser and active fiber technologies to further improve the performance, programmability, serviceability and reliability advantages.

Research and Development

        Our research and development team comprises experts in physics, electrical engineering, opto-electronic and opto-mechanical device and packaging design. Our research and development activities include innovation of existing products to enhance performance, reduce cost or improve manufacturing and design of new products that address select market opportunities. While we seek to improve our products on all operating characteristics, we believe we lead the market in terms of semiconductor laser chip brilliance. We work closely with customers to develop products to meet customer application and performance needs, making our research and development efforts more efficient. We also benefit from our vertically integrated business model, as we are able to conduct design cycles more rapidly through control of the full production process.

        We incurred research and development expenses of approximately $15.1 million, $15.2 million and $15.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We intend to continue our commitment to research and development and to introduce new products, solutions and complementary products that would allow us to maintain and strengthen our competitive position.

Intellectual Property

        Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, as well as customary contractual protections with our customers, suppliers, employees and consultants that contribute to our material intellectual property.

        As of December 31, 2017, we had 86 issued U.S. patents, 80 pending U.S. patent applications, 119 issued foreign patents, 45 pending foreign patents and 28 pending PCT applications covering elements of semiconductor and fiber laser manufacturing and design, optical, fiber and circuit design and waveguide design and fabrication. Our issued patents are set to expire from 2021 to 2036.

76


Table of Contents

Sales & Marketing

        We market and sell our products to global OEMs primarily through our direct sales force located in the United States, China, South Korea, Germany and Finland. To supplement our direct sales team, we have non-exclusive contracts in place with several independent sales representatives and distributors in North America, Asia and Europe. We selected these independent representatives and distributors based on their ability to provide effective field sales, marketing communications and technical support for select products and markets in target geographies. Our sales and marketing efforts are conducted through an integrated process that involves our direct sales force, Field Applications Engineers, or FAEs, and customer service representatives and our senior management team.

        Our FAEs work closely with our sales and engineering teams to provide product development support to our OEM customers. Through close collaboration, our FAEs develop deep relationships with our OEM customers, providing us with unique insight into their product roadmaps and allowing us to identify business opportunities at an early stage. Our integrated sales and marketing strategy enables us to be highly responsive and successful in navigating each customer's unique and oftentimes complex design qualification process.

        We maintain customer support and field service staff in our major markets in the United States, Europe, China and South Korea. We work closely with customers to service equipment and train customers to use and repair our products and explore additional applications for our technologies. We plan to expand our support and field service footprint, particularly in locations where business volume requires local service capabilities.

        We sell to and support over 300 customers worldwide. A few customers drive a significant portion of our revenues. In the aggregate, our top ten customers accounted for approximately 61% and 60% of our revenues in 2017 and 2016, respectively. Suzhou Quick Laser Technology Co., Ltd accounted for 14% and 11% of our revenues in 2017 and 2016, respectively, and Raytheon Company accounted for 10% of our revenues in 2016. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenues in 2017 or 2016.

Competition

        The industries in which we operate have significant price and technological competition. We compete not only with companies providing semiconductor and fiber lasers, but with companies offering conventional laser or non-laser solutions for the applications we target. Some of our competitors are larger and have substantially greater financial, research and development, managerial, sales, service and marketing resources and larger installed customer bases than we do.

        In the fiber laser market, our primary competitor is IPG Photonics Corporation. We also compete with other companies that offer fiber lasers and other lasers such as BWT Beijing Ltd., Coherent, Inc., II-VI Incorporated, Lumentum Holdings Inc., Maxphotonics Co., Ltd., Raycus Fiber Laser Technologies Co. Ltd. and Trumpf GmbH + Co. KG.

        We believe that the primary competitive factors in the high-power semiconductor and fiber laser markets are:

    product and technology differentiation;
    product programmability, serviceability and reliability;
    depth of technical engagement with the customer;
    ability to protect intellectual property;
    ability to configure solutions that address specific customer applications;
    price and value to the customer;
    timely manufacturing and delivery of products; and
    ability to achieve qualification for key OEM systems.

77


Table of Contents

        We also compete with widely used non-laser production methods, such as plasma cutting, water-jet cutting and resistance welding. We believe that competition will be particularly intense from makers of CO2, YAG and disc lasers, as such makers of laser solutions may lower their prices in order to maintain market share and have committed significant research and development resources to pursue opportunities related to these technologies.

        We also compete against our OEM customers' internal production of competitive laser technologies. To the extent our OEM customers move toward using such in-house technologies, this could force us to lower our prices to remain a competitive solution.

Manufacturing, Sources of Supply and Raw Materials

        We manufacture, package and test the critical elements of our high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers, including semiconductor laser chips and optical fiber in-house. Our vertically integrated business model enables us to control and protect our proprietary technologies and process knowledge, and ensures our supply of critical components. Controlling and executing nearly all steps of the manufacturing process provides us several advantages, including:

    protection of our intellectual property;
    ability to maintain high product quality;
    accelerated production cycles, improving our delivery times and responsiveness to customer requests;
    ability to rapidly integrate improvements into our manufacturing process; and
    efficient management of production costs.

        We outsource components and materials when we feel that a specific component, by itself, does not provide a sufficient competitive advantage to warrant investment in the capital and human resources necessary for its manufacture. We work with our suppliers in these situations to ensure consistent quality and delivery performance. In many cases, components are custom manufactured for us based on our proprietary specifications.

        We manufacture our products in facilities in Vancouver, Washington, Hillsboro, Oregon, Lohja, Finland and Shanghai, China. We manufacture certain electrical-optical components in our Vancouver, Washington, Shanghai, China and Hillsboro, Oregon facilities. Our fiber operations in Finland are fully vertically integrated; we make the fiber preforms and draw the fiber. Our semiconductor laser chips, which we fabricate, test and package in our Vancouver, Washington facility, are the fundamental building blocks of all of our products. We fabricate our lasers on gallium arsenide wafers in our own foundry using proprietary equipment and processes. Wafers are diced into individual laser chips, and these laser chips are assembled into a package that concentrates the laser light from each laser chip into optical fiber. Our packaging incorporates both patented intellectual property as well as process know-how to create a low-cost and highly reliable end-product that meets customer specifications. We combine our packaged semiconductor lasers with the fiber we manufacture in Finland to create laser amplifiers, conducting the process steps with sensitive intellectual property in our Washington facility. We assemble these components into complete fiber lasers in Washington and China.

        We purchase raw materials used to manufacture our products and other components, such as semiconductor wafer substrates, fiber laser chip packages, optics and other materials, from single or limited-source suppliers. We typically purchase our materials through purchase orders or agreed-upon terms and conditions and we do not have guaranteed supply arrangements with many of these suppliers. To mitigate raw material supply risks, we take a variety of actions such as second source qualification, accumulation of safety stock and vendor surveillance.

78


Table of Contents

        We believe our existing manufacturing facilities are adequate to meet current and anticipated near-term demand. If additional capacity is needed, we believe that such capacity will be available on commercially reasonable terms.

Backlog

        Backlog consists of purchase orders for products that we expect to ship within the next twelve months. As of December 31, 2017, we had backlog of $44.6 million. Our backlog is not necessarily indicative of revenues for any specific future period due to possible order cancellations or deferrals, and shipping or acceptance delays. Backlog does not represent any assurance that we will realize a profit from filling the orders represented thereby.

Quality Assurance

        Our products are mission critical to our customers, and the superior performance and reliability of our lasers is crucial to our competitive strategy. To ensure our products perform to the high standards that we and our customers demand, we have established rigorous quality assurance protocols that are compliant with state-of-the-art industry standards. Our Hillsboro, Oregon and Vancouver, Washington facilities are ISO 9001:2008 registered (ISO 9001:2015 pending). Our Shanghai, China facility and our Lohja, Finland facilities are ISO 9001:2015. Our team has the expertise in quality control, manufacturing and process engineering necessary to produce highly reliable products that consistently meet customer expectations.

Regulation

        We are subject to significant regulation by local, state, federal and international laws in all jurisdictions in which we operate. Compliance to these requirements can be costly and time consuming. We believe that our operations, products, services and actions substantially comply with applicable regulations in all jurisdictions. However, the risk of non-compliance cannot be eliminated and therefore there is no assurance that future costs related to these regulations will not be incurred. There is also the possibility that regulations will be retroactively applied, interpreted or applied differently to our operations, products, services and actions which will require significant time and resources.

        Lasers sold in the United States are classified as Class IV Laser Products under the applicable rules and regulations of the Center for Devices and Radiological Health, or CDRH, of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. CDRH regulations require a self-certification procedure pursuant to which a manufacturer must submit a filing to the CDRH with respect to each product incorporating a laser device, make periodic reports of sales and purchases and comply with product labeling standards, product safety and design features and informational requirements. The CDRH may seek fines and other remedies for violations of their requirements. Outside of the United States, most countries reference the International IEC60825-1 standard in their regulations, and our products are classified as Class 4. Our products are registered with the CDRH, but it is the responsibility of our customers to certify their product to CDRH and IEC60825 requirements.

Environmental

        Our products contain hazardous substances that are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing environmental health and safety, including those relating to the purchase, transportation, storage, use, disposal, land-usage and human exposure. We believe that our operations are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable environmental laws and regulations, including reporting requirements. In addition, we have put in place a wide range of safety training and internal controls regarding the handling of such hazardous substances. However, in the event that we fail to comply with pertinent laws and regulations, we may be subject to damages and liabilities.

79


Table of Contents

Occupational Health and Safety

        All of our operations are also subject to regulation by local, state, federal and international worker health and safety laws in all jurisdictions in which we operate. For instance, in the United States, we are required to comply with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration regulations and the applicable, more stringent Oregon and Washington requirements. Typical safety hazards are in the areas of laser, electrical and hazardous materials, whereas health hazards tend to be related to hazardous materials and ergonomics. We have designed controls and engage in continual improvement programs in order to better address these risks.

Export

        Certain products of ours are subject to the Export Administration Regulations, administered by the Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry Security, which require that we obtain an export license before we can export products or technology to specified countries. Additionally, some of our products are subject to International Traffic in Arms Regulations, a United States regulatory regime to restrict and control the export of defense and military related technologies to safeguard U.S. national security and further U.S. foreign policy objectives. Other products of ours are controlled by similar laws in other jurisdictions. Failure to comply with these laws could result in sanctions by the government, including substantial monetary penalties, denial of export privileges and debarment from government contracts. We maintain an export compliance program staffed by dedicated personnel under which we screen export transactions against current lists of restricted exports, destinations and end users with the objective of carefully managing export-related decisions and transactions and shipping logistics and ensuring compliance with these rules. We believe we have obtained all export licenses required for our shipments subject to these regulations.

Employees

        As of February 28, 2018, we had a total of 1,046 employees worldwide, of which 1,039 were full-time. The majority of our employees are located in the United States and China. In Finland, certain employees belong to labor unions for their specialty. There are no labor unions to which our employees belong in any other location. We have not experienced any work stoppages at any of our facilities. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

80


Table of Contents

Facilities

        Our facilities are leased and include the following:

Location
  Lease Expiration   Approximate Size
(sq. ft.)
  Primary Functions

Vancouver, Washington

  July 31, 2018 -
November 30, 2024
    122,400   Corporate headquarters; general corporate activities, product development, sales and support, chip fabrication and packaging and fiber laser operations

Hillsboro, Oregon

 

January 31, 2023

   

30,200

 

Aerospace and defense packaging

Lohja, Finland

 

April 1, 2022

   

31,800

 

Optical fiber development and manufacturing

Shanghai, China

 

April 16, 2019 -
January 31, 2021

   

82,828

 

Product development, China sales, service and chip packaging

Seoul, South Korea

 

September 30, 2018

   

1,400

 

South Korea sales; installation, training and service

        We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that we will be able to renew existing leases and obtain additional commercial space as needed.

Legal Proceedings

        In December 2013, we submitted a disclosure letter to the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Defense advising that we might not have been eligible for certain contracts we were awarded under the Small Business Innovation Research, or SBIR, Program, notwithstanding our prior representations that we were eligible. The matter was referred to the Small Business Administration and the U.S. Department of Justice for investigation of potential violations of the civil False Claims Act. In March 2015, a civil settlement agreement related to the SBIR matter was signed, in which we agreed to pay $420,000 and received a release of any civil liabilities with respect to the SBIR matter. This settlement has been paid in full.

        In October 2014, we received a request for information related to the SBIR matter from the U.S. Attorney's Office, Criminal Division. We provided documentation and an explanation of why a criminal investigation was unwarranted. In March 2015, we received an additional request, to which we also responded. The Criminal Division has contacted certain of our former employees as recently as June 2017. Although we are unable to predict the final outcome of this matter, in the event that the Criminal Division brings any claims, we intend to vigorously defend ourselves.

        In addition, we may, from time to time, be party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. As our growth continues, we may become party to an increasing number of litigation matters and claims. The outcome of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and the resolution of these matters could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

81


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of March 30, 2018:

Name
  Age   Position

Executive Officers:

       

Scott Keeney

  53   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Ran Bareket

  51   Chief Financial Officer

Robert Martinsen

  56   Chief Technology Officer

Non-Employee Directors:

       

Bandel Carano (4)

  56   Director

Douglas Carlisle (1)(3)

  61   Director

Bill Gossman (1) (4)

  56   Director

Raymond Link (1)(2)

  64   Director

Gary Locke (3)

  68   Director

Geoffrey Moore (2)

  71   Director

David Osborne

  78   Director

(1)
Member of the Audit Committee

(2)
Member of the Compensation Committee

(3)
Member of the Nominating and Governance Committee

(4)
Member of the Technology Security Compliance Committee

Executive Officers

Scott Keeney

        Scott Keeney, one of our co-founders, has served as our president, chief executive officer and as a member of our board of directors since July 2000 and as chairman of our board of directors since February 2018. Prior to joining us, from 1998 to 2000, Mr. Keeney served as chief executive officer for Aculight Corporation, a laser company acquired by Lockheed Martin Corporation in 2008. Prior to that, he served as a consultant for McKinsey & Company, a consulting firm, from 1993 to 1998. Mr. Keeney received a B.A. in economics from the University of Washington and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Keeney's perspective, experience and institutional knowledge as our co-founder, president and chief executive officer qualify him to serve as director.

Ran Bareket

        Ran Bareket has served as our chief financial officer since January 2018. Previously, from July 2015 to January 2018, Mr. Bareket served as corporate vice president and chief financial officer for Orbotech Ltd., a publicly-traded company. Prior to that, he served as vice president, finance and operations for the printed circuit boards division of Orbotech from July 2014 to June 2015. Before joining Orbotech, Mr. Bareket served as vice president and chief financial officer of IVC Industries, Inc., a manufacturer of nutritional supplements and non-pharmaceutical drug products from January 2012 to June 2014. From January 2000 to December 2011, he held various finance positions at Kulicke & Soffa Industries, Inc., a global designer and manufacturer of semiconductor, LED and electronic assembly equipment, including corporate vice president and principal accounting officer. Mr. Bareket is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Bareket received a B.A. in accounting and management from the Tel Aviv Management College and an M.B.A from Pennsylvania State University.

82


Table of Contents

Robert Martinsen

        Robert Martinsen has served as our chief technology officer since September 2013. Previously, from October 2004 to September 2013, Mr. Martinsen served as our vice president, product engineering. Prior to joining us, from February 2002 to September 2004, Mr. Martinsen served as director, product development for the semiconductor business unit of Coherent, Inc., a publicly-traded laser company. Prior to that, he served as director, product design at Novalux LED Ltd., a laser systems company, from July 2000 to February 2002. Mr. Martinsen received a B.E. in marine engineering from the State University of New York Maritime College, an M.E. in mechanical and aerospace engineering from the University of Virginia and a S.M. in ocean engineering and electrical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Board of Directors

Bandel Carano

        Bandel Carano has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2001, as a member of our compensation committee from February 2004 to December 2012 and as a member of our technology security compliance committee since February 2018, and from February 2005 to November 2006. Mr. Carano is a general partner of Oak Investment Partners, a multi-stage venture capital firm he joined in 1985. From 1983 to 1985, Mr. Carano was a member of Morgan Stanley's Venture Capital Group, where he was responsible for advising Morgan Stanley on high-tech new business development and sponsoring venture investments. Mr. Carano currently serves on the boards of directors of NeoPhotonics Corporation, Kratos Defense & Security Solutions, Inc. and numerous private companies. Mr. Carano also serves on the Investment Advisory Board of the Stanford Engineering Venture Fund. Mr. Carano received a B.S. and an M.S. in electrical engineering from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Carano's technical engineering background and experience advising growth-oriented technology companies as a venture capital investor, coupled with his experience as a director of numerous public and private companies, qualifies him to serve on our board.

Douglas Carlisle

        Douglas Carlisle has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2001, as a member of our audit committee since February 2005 and as a member of our nominating and governance committee since February 2018. Mr. Carlisle has been a general partner and managing director of Menlo Ventures, a venture capital firm investing primarily in engineering and technology based early-stage growth companies, since September 1984. Prior to that, from 1982 to September 1984, Mr. Carlisle was an associate at Menlo Ventures. Mr. Carlisle currently serves on the boards of directors of numerous private companies. Mr. Carlisle received a B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of California, Berkeley and a J.D. and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe that Mr. Carlisle's experience advising growth-oriented technology companies as a venture capital investor, coupled with his experience as a director of various companies, qualifies him to serve on our board.

Bill Gossman

        Bill Gossman has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2016, as a member of our compensation committee from May 2016 to February 2018, as a member of our technology and security compliance committee since May 2016, as a member of our audit committee since February 2018 and served as our acting chief financial officer from April 2001 to July 2001. Mr. Gossman has been a venture partner at Mohr Davidow Ventures since April 2009, when he rejoined the firm after serving from January 2001 to March 2003. In his capacity with Mohr Davidow, he has served on the boards of directors or as chief executive officer of several of its portfolio companies, including Marble Security, Inc. from May 2011 to July 2014 and AudienceScience, Inc., where he served as chief executive officer from 2003 to 2007, and

83


Table of Contents

again, at the company's request, from June 2016 until June 2017. AudienceScience entered into receivership and began to wind up its operations in June 2017. Prior to Mohr Davidow, Mr. Gossman founded and served as the chief operating officer and chief financial officer for @mobile, a wireless networking company, until its sale to Openwave in 2000. Prior to @mobile, Mr. Gossman served as vice president, strategic planning and international marketing with AT&T Custom Electronic Systems, and in a variety of engineering and management positions with Northrop Corporation and Hughes Aircraft Company. Mr. Gossman received a B.S. in engineering from Cornell University, an M.S. in engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the University of Maryland. We believe that Mr. Gossman's extensive senior management and business experience in venture capital, and as a founder, director and chief executive officer of numerous companies, qualifies him to serve on our board.

Raymond Link

        Raymond Link has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2010, as a member of our compensation committee since December 2011 and as a member of our audit committee since December 2010. From July 2005 to April 2015, Mr. Link served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of FEI Company, a leading supplier of scientific and analytical instruments for nanoscale imaging. Prior to FEI, from July 2001 to June 2005 Mr. Link was the chief financial officer of TriQuint Semiconductor, Inc., a manufacturer of electronic signal processing components for wireless communications which he joined in 2001 as a result of TriQuint's merger with Sawtek, Inc., where he was the chief financial officer. Mr. Link currently serves on the boards of directors of Electro Scientific Industries, Inc., a supplier of laser-based solutions for the microelectronics industry, and FormFactor, Inc., a leading provider of test and measurement solutions for the semiconductor industry. Mr. Link received a B.S. in business administration from the State University of New York at Buffalo and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, is a licensed Certified Public Accountant and a fellow with the National Association of Corporate Directors. We believe that Mr. Link's financial and accounting expertise, including his service as a chief financial officer and as a director of two public companies, qualifies him to serve on our board.

Gary Locke

        Gary Locke has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2017 and as a member of our nominating and governance committee since February 2018. Since 2014, Mr. Locke has been the chairman of Locke Global Strategies LLC, through which he provides strategic advice and consulting services to businesses in the United States and China. From 2011 until 2014, Mr. Locke, served as the United States Ambassador to China. Mr. Locke was the United States Secretary of Commerce from 2009 to 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Locke served two consecutive terms as Governor of the State of Washington from 1997 to 2005. Mr. Locke currently serves on the boards of directors of AMC Entertainment Holdings, Inc., an American movie theater chain, and Fortinet, Inc., a provider of unified threat management solutions. Mr. Locke received a B.A. in political science from Yale University and a J.D. from Boston University. We believe Mr. Locke's extensive leadership, executive experience and global business perspective from his roles as the Governor of Washington, Secretary of Commerce and United States Ambassador to China qualify him to serve on our board.

Geoffrey Moore

        Geoffrey Moore has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2012 and as a member of our compensation committee since December 2012. Currently, Dr. Moore serves as managing director of Geoffrey Moore Consulting. He also serves as chairman emeritus of TCG Advisors LLC, where he was a managing director from May 2003 until June 2011, as well as Chasm Institute and Chasm Group, management consulting firms he co-founded. Dr. Moore has been a venture partner at Mohr Davidow

84


Table of Contents

Ventures since February 1998 and serves as an advisor to many of its portfolio companies. From October 2006 until May 2015, Dr. Moore served on the board of directors of Akamai Technologies, Inc., a leading content delivery network and cloud services provider. Dr. Moore received a B.A. in literature from Stanford University and a Ph.D. in literature from the University of Washington. We believe that Dr. Moore's experience as a venture capital investor, as well as his public company board experience, qualifies him to serve on our board.

David Osborne

        David Osborne has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2000. Mr. Osborne served as a vice president at JDS Uniphase Corporation, a maker of fiber optic networking equipment, from August 1984 to January 1998. Prior to JDS, Mr. Osborne served as president of Osborne Associates from June 1981 to August 1984 and as a product marketing manager at Spectra Physics, a developer of high-performance precision lasers, from February 1973 to June 1981. Prior to Spectra, Mr. Osborne served as an engineering department manager at Memorex, a consumer electronics company, from June 1969 to February 1973. Mr. Osborne received a B.S. in electrical engineering from San Jose State University and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara University. We believe that Mr. Osborne's extensive leadership experience with companies in the laser industry qualifies him to serve on our board.

Board Composition

        Our board of directors is currently composed of eight members. Except for Mr. Locke, each of our directors was elected to our board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement that will terminate automatically by its terms upon the completion of this offering. After this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

        Our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2019 for the Class I directors, 2020 for the Class II directors and 2021 for the Class III directors.

    Our Class I directors will be Scott Keeney and David Osborne.
    Our Class II directors will be Bandel Carano, Raymond Link and Geoffrey Moore.
    Our Class III directors will be Douglas Carlise, Bill Gossman and Gary Locke.

        The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws" for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions found in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

Director Independence

        Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on The Nasdaq Global Market. Under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company's board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees must be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

85


Table of Contents

        Under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of that company's board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

        To be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (i) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

        In February 2018, our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that, other than Scott Keeney and Bill Gossman, none of our current directors has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is "independent" as that term is defined under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Leadership Structure

        Scott Keeney, our president and chief executive officer, is also the chairman of our board of directors. Our board of directors determined that having our principal executive officer also serve as the chairman of our board of directors provides us with optimally effective leadership and is in our best interests and those of our stockholders. Mr. Keeney founded and has led our company since its inception. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Keeney's strategic vision for our business, his in-depth knowledge of our products, the laser industry and his experience serving as our president and chief executive officer since our inception make him well qualified to serve as chairman of our board.

        The role given to the lead independent director helps ensure a strong independent and active board of directors. In February 2018, our board of directors appointed Raymond Link to serve as our lead independent director, effective upon the completion of this offering. As lead independent director, Mr. Link will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between the chairperson of our board of directors and the independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and governance committee and a technology security compliance committee, each of which has the composition and the responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

        The members of our audit committee are Raymond Link, Douglas Carlisle and Bill Gossman. Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market require that our audit committee have at least one independent member upon the listing of our common stock, have a majority of independent members within 90 days of the date of this prospectus and be composed entirely of independent members within one year of the date of this prospectus. Our board of directors determined that each of Raymond Link and Douglas Carlisle satisfy the independence standards for audit committee

86


Table of Contents

members established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, and that Bill Gossman does not satisfy the independence standards for an audit committee member. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial sophistication requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market. Our audit committee chairman, Raymond Link, is our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses financial sophistication, as defined under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market. Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and assists our board of directors in monitoring our financial systems. Our audit committee operates under a written charter that specifies its duties and responsibilities and satisfies the applicable listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market. Our audit committee will:

    approve the hiring, discharging and compensation of our independent registered public accounting firm;
    supervise and evaluate the work of our independent registered public accounting firm;
    evaluate the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;
    review and discuss our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures with management and with our independent registered public accounting firm;
    prepare an audit committee report to be included in our annual proxy statement;
    review and discuss with management, our internal auditor and our independent registered public accounting firm the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures;
    establish policies regarding hiring employees from our independent registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;
    review and discuss major financial risks and steps to monitor and control those risks with management and our independent registered public accounting firm;
    review our related party transaction policies and oversee all transactions, as required by law; and
    review and monitor compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics with regard to potential and actual conflicts of interest.

Compensation Committee

        The members of our compensation committee are Geoffrey Moore and Raymond Link. Our board of directors determined that each member of our compensation committee satisfies the independence standards for compensation committee members established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, is a "non-employee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and is an "outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Geoffrey Moore is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee oversees our compensation policies, plans and benefits programs. Our compensation committee operates under a written charter that specifies its duties and responsibilities and satisfies the applicable listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market. The compensation committee will:

    set compensation for our executive officers;
    oversee compensation plans and programs for our officers and employees; and
    review and discuss with management our compliance and governance procedures, including our reporting obligations to the SEC and our stockholders.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        The members of our nominating and governance committee are Gary Locke and Douglas Carlisle. Our board of directors determined that each member of our nominating and governance committee satisfies the independence standards for nominating and governance committee members established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market. Gary Locke is the chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Our nominating and governance committee oversees and assists

87


Table of Contents

our board of directors in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors. Our nominating and governance committee operates under a written charter that specifies its duties and responsibilities and satisfies the applicable listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market. The nominating and governance committee will:

    oversee our board composition, evaluation and nominating activities;
    annually review the structure and composition of each of our board committees and make recommendations to the board, as necessary; and
    oversee our corporate governance policies.

Technology Security Compliance Committee

        The members of our technology security compliance committee are Bandel Carano and Bill Gossman. Bandel Carano is the chairman of our technology security compliance committee. The technology security compliance committee oversees our classified business activities and security measures designed to protect our information technology, data and intellectual property. Our technology security compliance committee operates under a written charter that specifies its duties and responsibilities. The technology security compliance committee will:

    oversee our export compliance functions;
    protect our intellectual property and trade secrets;
    protect our information technology systems and data; and
    oversee our internal controls applicable to our business activities which involve matters that have been classified for purposes of national security by an agency or instrumentality of a government customer, if any.

        Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Director Compensation—2017

        To date, we have not paid cash compensation to any of our non-employee directors for serving on our board of directors. From time to time, we have granted stock options to certain of our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors, including to Messrs. Gossman, Link and Moore in May 2017 and Mr. Locke in August 2017. In connection with this offering, we expect to implement a formal cash and equity compensation program for our non-employee directors.

        The following table sets forth information concerning compensation paid or accrued for services rendered to us by members of our board of directors for the year ended December 31, 2017. We did not pay or accrue any compensation for any of our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2017, other than to Messrs. Gossman, Link, Locke and Moore. Mr. Keeney, our president, chief executive officer and director, did not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. Information concerning the compensation earned by Mr. Keeney is set forth in the section titled "Executive Compensation."

Name
  Option Awards ($) (1)   All Other
Compensation($)
  Total ($)  

Bill Gossman

    7,622 (2)   101,520 (3)   109,142  

Raymond Link

    7,622 (2)       7,622  

Gary Locke

    52,297 (4)       52,297  

Geoffrey Moore

    7,622 (2)       7,622  

(1)
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards granted in 2017. These amounts have been calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model without regard to estimated forfeitures. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value of our stock options. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that may be

88


Table of Contents

    recognized by the applicable non-employee directors upon vesting or exercise of the applicable awards. As of December 31, 2017, Mr. Gossman held stock options to purchase 361,569 shares of our common stock; Mr. Link held stock options to purchase 153,500 shares of our common stock; Mr. Locke held stock options to purchase 348,629 shares of our common stock. Mr. Locke was appointed to our board of directors in August 2017; and Dr. Moore held stock options to purchase 387,950 shares of our common stock. Messrs. Carano, Carlisle and Osborne did not hold any stock options as of December 31, 2017.

(2)
One-fifth of the shares subject to the option vest on June 1, 2018 and one-twentieth of the shares vest quarterly thereafter, subject to the holder's continued service through each applicable vesting date. In the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2001 Plan, 100% of the then-outstanding shares subject to the option will become vested.

(3)
Mr. Gossman earned $101,520 for consulting services provided to us in 2017. Information concerning this consulting arrangement is set forth in the section titled "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

(4)
One-fourth of the shares subject to the option vest on August 3, 2018 and one-forty-eighth of the shares vest quarterly thereafter, subject to the holder's continued service through each applicable vesting date. In the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2001 Plan, 100% of the then-outstanding shares subject to the option will become vested.

        From June to December 2017, Mr. Link exercised options to purchase 51,988 shares of our common stock for aggregate consideration of $9,111.

        We have a practice of reimbursing directors for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board or committee meetings.

Outside Director Compensation

        Our board of directors has adopted a compensation policy for outside directors, effective as of the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. This policy was developed, with input from our independent compensation consultant firm, Compensia, Inc., regarding practices and compensation level at comparable companies. It is designed to attract, retain, and reward non-employee directors.

        Under this director compensation policy, each non-employee director is expected to receive the cash and equity compensation for board services described below. We also expect to continue to reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable, customary and documented travel expenses to board meetings.

        Under this director compensation policy, no non-employee directors may be paid, issued or granted, in any fiscal year, cash compensation with an aggregate value greater than $150,000 and (equity compensation with an aggregate value greater than $300,000 (with the value of each award determined in accordance with the policy)). Any cash compensation paid or equity awards granted to an individual for his or her services as an employee, or for his or her services as a consultant (other than as an non-employee director), will not count against this limitation.

Cash Compensation

        Following the completion of this offering, the policy is expected to provide our non-employee directors with the following cash compensation for their services:

89


Table of Contents

        All cash payments to non-employee directors are expected to be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis no later than 30 days following the end of such quarter.

Equity Compensation

        Initial Award.     Subject to the limits in the 2018 Plan, each person who first becomes a non-employee director following the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is expected to receive an initial award of RSUs, or the initial award, covering a number of shares of our common stock having a value (determined in accordance with the policy) equal to $120,000, which grant is expected to be effective on the first trading date on which such person first becomes an non-employee director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the board of directors to fill a vacancy; provided, however, that the number of shares covered by an initial award will be rounded down to the nearest whole share. Each initial award is expected to vest 1/3 of the initial award on each of the first three anniversaries of the date the initial award is granted, in each case, subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a service provider through the applicable vesting date.

        Annual Award.     Subject to the limits in the 2018 Plan, each non-employee director is expected to automatically receive, on the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and on the date of each annual meeting of the Company's stockholders following the effective date of the policy, an annual award of RSUs, each of which we refer to as an annual award, covering a number of shares of our common stock having a value (determined in accordance with the policy) of $40,000, rounded down to the nearest whole share; provided that, for any annual award scheduled to be granted on the date of an annual meeting, any non-employee director who is not continuing as a director following the applicable annual meeting will not receive an annual award with respect to such annual meeting. Each annual award will vest on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the date the annual award is granted or (ii) the day prior to the date of the annual meeting next following the date the annual award is granted, in each case, subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a service provider through the applicable vesting date.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        We have a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions prior to the completion of this offering. Following this offering, a copy of the code will be posted on the investor section of our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        The members of our compensation committee are Geoffrey Moore and Raymond Link. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of us. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" for additional information.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon completion of this offering, will provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for

90


Table of Contents

monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

        As permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law, we have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers that require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors or officers. We expect to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which our directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or applicable securities laws.

        We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as our officers and directors. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving our directors or officers for whom indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

91


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        Our named executive officers for 2017, which consist of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers are:

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary ($)   Option
Awards ($)
(1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation($)
(2)
  All other
Compensation
($)
(3)
  Total ($)  

Scott Keeney

                                     

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2017     313,433     246,000     239,505     414     799,352  

    2016     304,565     22,250     117,950     69     444,834  

Kerry Hill (4)

                                     

Vice President, Finance and former acting Chief Financial

    2017     182,737     24,600     46,942     674     254,953  

Officer

    2016     173,026     26,700     28,611     308     228,645  

Robert Martinsen

                                     

Chief Technology Officer

    2017     216,234     24,600     82,616     774     324,224  

    2016     210,116     8,900     46,498     710     266,224  

(1)
The amounts disclosed in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the award as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model without regard to estimated forfeitures. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value of our stock options. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by the named executive officers upon vesting of the applicable awards.

(2)
The amounts reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column for 2016 represent bonuses earned and payable upon the achievement of corporate objectives, all of which were paid in 2017. The amounts reported for 2017 represent bonuses earned and payable upon the achievement of corporate objectives, part of which will be paid in 2018. For more information please see the section titled "—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" below.

(3)
These amounts represent for each named executive officer, company-paid premiums for such named executive officer's life insurance in 2017.

(4)
Ms. Hill served as our acting Chief Financial Officer until January 4, 2018.

92


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017

        The following table shows grants of stock options to each of our named executive officers outstanding at December 31, 2017.

Name
  Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Exercisable
(1)
  Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise Price ($)
(2)
  Option
Expiration Date

Scott Keeney

    200,000 (3)       0.15   01/21/2025

    1,664,726 (4)       0.15   02/26/2025

    285,000     15,000 (5)   0.15   02/26/2025

    225,000     75,000 (6)   0.15   02/26/2025

    161,538     138,462 (7)   0.15   02/26/2025

    275,000     225,000 (8)   0.15   04/18/2025

    1,250,000     1,250,000 (9)   0.15   06/27/2025

    62,500     187,500 (10)   0.22   07/01/2026

        2,000,000 (11)   0.29   06/02/2027

Kerry Hill

    5,000     7,500 (12)   0.15   02/26/2025

    4,000     18,000 (13)   0.15   04/18/2025

    25,000     75,000 (10)   0.22   07/01/2026

    80,000     120,000 (14)   0.22   07/01/2026

        200,000 (11)   0.29   06/02/2027

Robert Martinsen

    299,390 (4)       0.15   02/26/2025

    114,000     6,000 (5)   0.15   02/26/2025

    90,000     30,000 (6)   0.15   02/26/2025

    53,846     46,154 (7)   0.15   02/26/2025

    110,000     90,000 (8)   0.15   04/18/2025

    240,000 (15)       0.15   04/18/2025

    100,000     100,000 (9)   0.15   06/27/2025

    25,000     75,000 (10)   0.22   07/01/2026

        200,000 (11)   0.29   06/02/2027

(1)
Each of the outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock was granted pursuant to our 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended.

(2)
This column represents the fair value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant of the option (including options granted pursuant to our February 2015 stock option exchange program), in each case as determined by our board of directors. For more information on the option exchange program, see the section below titled "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—February 2015 Stock Option Exchange."

(3)
This option became fully vested on January 21, 2016.

(4)
This option became fully vested on February 26, 2016.

(5)
Pursuant to the terms of the February 2015 stock option exchange, three-fifths of the shares subject to the option became vested on February 26, 2016, and the remaining shares subject to the option vest in eight equal quarterly installments thereafter, subject to continued service with us through each such vesting date. In the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2001 Stock Option Plan, 100% of the then-outstanding shares subject to the option will become vested.

(6)
Pursuant to the terms of the February 2015 stock option exchange, two-fifths of the shares subject to the option became vested on February 26, 2016, and the remaining shares subject to the option vest in twelve equal quarterly installments thereafter, subject to continued service with us through each such vesting date. In the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2001 Stock Option Plan, 100% of the then-outstanding shares subject to the option will become vested.

(7)
Pursuant to the terms of the February 2015 stock option exchange, one-thirteenth of the shares subject to the option vest in equal quarterly installments after February 26, 2016, subject to continued service with us through each such vesting date. In the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2001 Stock Option Plan, 100% of the then-outstanding shares subject to the option will become vested.

(8)
One-fifth of the shares subject to the option vested on March 6, 2016, and one-twentieth of the shares subject to the option vest in quarterly installments thereafter, subject to continued service with us through each such vesting date. In the event of a

93


Table of Contents

    change in control, as defined in our 2001 Stock Option Plan, 100% of the then-outstanding shares subject to the option will become vested.

(9)
One-fifth of the shares subject to the option vested on June 9, 2016, and one-twentieth of the shares subject to the option vest in quarterly installments thereafter, subject to continued service with us through each such vesting date. In the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2001 Stock Option Plan, 100% of the then-outstanding shares subject to the option will become vested.

(10)
One-fifth of the shares subject to the option vested on July 1, 2017, and one-twentieth of the remaining shares subject to the option vest in quarterly installments thereafter subject to continued service with us through each such vesting date. In the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2001 Stock Option Plan, 100% of the then-outstanding shares subject to the option will become vested.

(11)
One-fifth of the shares subject to the option will vest on June 1, 2018, and one-twentieth of the remaining shares subject to the option vest in quarterly installments thereafter subject to continued service with us through each such vesting date. In the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2001 Stock Option Plan, 100% of the then-outstanding shares subject to the option will become vested.

(12)
Pursuant to the terms of the February 2015 stock option exchange, one-half of the shares subject to the option vested on February 26, 2016, and the remaining shares subject to the option vest in ten equal quarterly installments thereafter, subject to continued service with us through each such vesting date.

(13)
One-fifth of the shares subject to the option vested on March 6, 2016, and one-twentieth of the shares subject to the option vest in quarterly installments thereafter, subject to continued service with us through each such vesting date.

(14)
One-fifth of the shares subject to the option vested on October 12, 2016, and one-twentieth of the shares subject to the option vest in quarterly installments thereafter, subject to continued service with us through each such vesting date. In the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2001 Stock Option Plan, 100% of the then-outstanding shares subject to the option will become vested.

(15)
This option became fully vested on April 18, 2016.

        On February 17, 2018, Ran Bareket, our chief financial officer, received an option to purchase 1,250,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $1.94 per share. One-fifth of the shares subject to the option will vest on January 4, 2019, and one-twentieth of the shares subject to the option vest in quarterly installments thereafter, subject to continued service with us through each such vesting date. In the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2001 Plan, 100% of the then outstanding shares subject to the option will become vested.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

        Each of our named executive officers was awarded a discretionary annual cash bonus for 2017 based on attainment of corporate objectives for each of the first half and second half of 2017. Each of the first and second half 2017 target bonus amounts (expressed as a percentage of one half of the executive's base salary) for each named executive officer (60% for Mr. Keeney, 20% for Ms. Hill, and 30% for Mr. Martinsen) as well as other key employees, along with the related 2017 corporate objectives, were approved by our compensation committee of our board of directors for each of the first and second half of 2017. Each of the first and second half of 2017 corporate objectives were comprised of weighted goals with regard to sales product and financial objectives.

        In June 2017 and January 2018, the compensation committee of our board of directors assessed the achievement against the applicable first and second half 2017 corporate objectives, determined that 133% and 120% of the performance objectives had been achieved in the first and second half of 2017, respectively, and approved a bonus in the amount of 133% and 120% of the respective target bonus amount. The amounts in the Summary Compensation Table under the column "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" are based on the bonuses awarded under the above-described bonus program.

Employment Arrangements

Scott Keeney

        We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Keeney. The employment agreement does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Keeney is an at-will employee. Mr. Keeney's current annual

94


Table of Contents

base salary is $315,554, and he is eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment equal to 60% of his annual base salary.

        Pursuant to the employment agreement with Mr. Keeney, if we terminate the employment of Mr. Keeney other than for death, "disability," or "cause" (as such terms are defined in Mr. Keeney's employment agreement) outside the change in control period (as defined below), and Mr. Keeney executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor that becomes effective and irrevocable within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Keeney will be entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of his base salary for a period of 12 months and (ii) premium payments to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to "COBRA" for him and his respective dependents for up to 12 months, or taxable monthly payments of an equivalent amount for the same period. Mr. Keeney's then-outstanding equity awards will remain outstanding for three months or until the occurrence of a "change in control" (as defined in Mr. Keeney's employment agreement) (whichever is earlier) so that Mr. Keeney will be eligible to receive the vesting acceleration benefits described below to the extent applicable.

        In addition, pursuant to the employment agreement with Mr. Keeney, if, within the three-month period prior to or the 12 month period following a "change in control" (as defined in Mr. Keeney's employment agreement) (such period referred to as the "change in control period"), the employment of Mr. Keeney is terminated other than for death, "disability," or "cause" or Mr. Keeney resigns for "good reason" and Mr. Keeney executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor that becomes effective and irrevocable within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Keeney will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to 18 months of his base salary, (ii) premium payments to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to "COBRA" for him and his respective dependents for up to 18 months, or taxable monthly payments of an equivalent amount for the same period, and (iii) 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to his outstanding equity awards will immediately become vested and exercisable (in the case of equity awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals and other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at the greater of actual performance measured as of the date of termination or 100% of target levels, unless the applicable equity award agreement provides otherwise).

        Pursuant to the employment agreement, in the event of a "change in control" (as defined in our 2001 Plan), Mr. Keeney's outstanding equity awards granted prior to the effective date of his employment agreement will immediately become 100% vested and exercisable subject to him remaining a service provider with us.

Kerry Hill

        We have entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Hill. The employment agreement does not have a specific term and provides that Ms. Hill is an at-will employee. Ms. Hill's current annual base salary is $185,538, and she is eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment equal to 20% of her annual base salary.

        Pursuant to the employment agreement with Ms. Hill, if we terminate the employment of Ms. Hill other than for death, "disability," or "cause" (as such terms are defined in Ms. Hill's employment agreement) outside the change in control period (as defined below), and Ms. Hill executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor that becomes effective and irrevocable within 60 days following her termination, Ms. Hill will be entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of her base salary for a period of six months and (ii) premium payments to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to "COBRA" for her and her respective dependents for up to six months, or taxable monthly payments of an equivalent amount for the same period. Ms. Hill's then-outstanding equity awards will remain outstanding for three months or until the occurrence of a "change in control" (as defined in Ms. Hill's employment agreement) (whichever is earlier) so that Ms. Hill will be eligible to receive the vesting acceleration benefits described below to the extent applicable.

95


Table of Contents

        In addition, pursuant to the employment agreement with Ms. Hill, if, within the three-month period prior to or the 12 month period following a "change in control" (as defined in Ms. Hill's employment agreement) (such period referred to as the "change in control period"), the employment of Ms. Hill is terminated other than for death, "disability," or "cause" or Ms. Hill resigns for "good reason" and Ms. Hill executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor that becomes effective and irrevocable within 60 days following her termination, Ms. Hill will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of her base salary, (ii) premium payments to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to "COBRA" for her and her respective dependents for up to 12 months, or taxable monthly payments of an equivalent amount for the same period, and (iii) 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to her outstanding equity awards will immediately become vested and exercisable (in the case of equity awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals and other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at the greater of actual performance measured as of the date of termination or 100% of target levels, unless the applicable equity award agreement provides otherwise).

        Pursuant to the employment agreement, in the event of a "change in control" (as defined in our 2001 Plan), Ms. Hill's outstanding equity awards granted prior to the effective date of her employment agreement will immediately become 100% vested and exercisable subject to her remaining a service provider with us.

Robert Martinsen

        We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Martinsen. The employment agreement does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Martinsen is an at-will employee. Mr. Martinsen's current annual base salary is $217,697, and he is eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment equal to 30% of his annual base salary.

        Pursuant to the employment agreement with Mr. Martinsen, if we terminate the employment of Mr. Martinsen other than for death, "disability," or "cause" (as such terms are defined in Mr. Martinsen's employment agreement) outside the change in control period (as defined below), and Mr. Martinsen executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor that becomes effective and irrevocable within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Martinsen will be entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of his base salary for a period of six months and (ii) premium payments to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to "COBRA" for him and his respective dependents for up to six months, or taxable monthly payments of an equivalent amount for the same period. Mr. Martinsen's then-outstanding equity awards will remain outstanding for three months or until the occurrence of a "change in control" (as defined in Mr. Martinsen's employment agreement) (whichever is earlier) so that Mr. Martinsen will be eligible to receive the vesting acceleration benefits described below to the extent applicable.

        In addition, pursuant to the employment agreement with Mr. Martinsen, if, within the three month period prior to or the 12 month period following a "change in control" (as defined in Mr. Martinsen's employment agreement) (such period referred to as the "change in control period"), the employment of Mr. Martinsen is terminated other than for death, "disability," or "cause" or Mr. Martinsen resigns for "good reason" and Mr. Martinsen executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor that becomes effective and irrevocable within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Martinsen will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of his base salary, (ii) premium payments to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to "COBRA" for him and his respective dependents for up to 12 months, or taxable monthly payments of an equivalent amount for the same period, and (iii) 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to his outstanding equity awards will immediately become vested and exercisable (in the case of equity awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals and other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at the greater of actual performance measured as of the date of termination or 100% of target levels, unless the applicable equity award agreement provides otherwise).

96


Table of Contents

        Pursuant to the employment agreement, in the event of a "change in control" (as defined in our 2001 Plan), Mr. Martinsen's outstanding equity awards granted prior to the effective date of his employment agreement will immediately become 100% vested and exercisable subject to him remaining a service provider with us.

Ran Bareket

        We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Bareket. The employment agreement does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Bareket is an at-will employee. Mr. Bareket's current annual base salary is $250,000, and he is eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment equal to 50% of his annual base salary. Mr. Bareket received a signing bonus of $60,000 in January 2018 and is entitled to receive a bonus of $75,000 if he remains employed as our chief financial officer through June 2019. If Mr. Bareket leaves or is terminated by us for "cause" (as defined in Mr. Bareket's employment agreement), in either case, before June 4, 2019, then he is required to repay the entire signing bonus amount that he has received. He is entitled to receive up to $35,000 for relocation expenses.

        Pursuant to the employment agreement with Mr. Bareket, if we terminate the employment of Mr. Bareket other than for death, "disability," or "cause" (as such terms are defined in Mr. Bareket's employment agreement) outside the change in control period (as defined below), and Mr. Bareket executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor that becomes effective and irrevocable within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Bareket will be entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of his base salary for a period of six months and (ii) premium payments to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to "COBRA" for him and his respective dependents for up to six months, or taxable monthly payments of an equivalent amount for the same period. Mr. Bareket's then-outstanding equity awards will remain outstanding for three months or until the occurrence of a "change in control" (as defined in Mr. Bareket's employment agreement) (whichever is earlier) so that Mr. Bareket will be eligible to receive the vesting acceleration benefits described below to the extent applicable.

        In addition, pursuant to the employment agreement with Mr. Bareket, if, within the three-month period prior to or the 12 month period following a "change in control" (as defined in Mr. Bareket's employment agreement) (such period referred to as the "change in control period"), the employment of Mr. Bareket is terminated other than for death, "disability," or "cause" or Mr. Bareket resigns for "good reason" and Mr. Bareket executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor that becomes effective and irrevocable within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Bareket will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of his base salary, (ii) premium payments to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to "COBRA" for him and his respective dependents for up to 12 months, or taxable monthly payments of an equivalent amount for the same period, and (iii) 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to his outstanding equity awards will immediately become vested and exercisable (in the case of equity awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals and other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at the greater of actual performance measured as of the date of termination or 100% of target levels, unless the applicable equity award agreement provides otherwise).

        Pursuant to the employment agreement, in the event of a "change in control" (as defined in our 2001 Plan), Mr. Bareket's outstanding equity awards granted prior to the effective date of his employment agreement will immediately become 100% vested and exercisable subject to him remaining a service provider with us.

Potential Payments upon Termination in Connection with a Change of Control

        Our named executive officers and Mr. Bareket are eligible for the severance and change in control benefits described in "Executive Compensation—Employment Arrangements."

97


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2018 Equity Incentive Plan

        Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2018 Plan. We expect that our 2018 Plan will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our 2018 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations' employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations' employees and consultants. We expect that our 2001 Plan will terminate immediately prior to effectiveness of the 2018 Plan.

        Authorized Shares.     A total of            shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2018 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2018 Plan also will include (i) those shares reserved but unissued under our 2001 Plan as of immediately prior to the termination of the 2001 Plan, and (ii) shares subject to awards under our 2001 Plan that, on or after the termination of the 2001 Plan, expire or terminate and shares previously issued pursuant to our 2001 Plan, as applicable, that, on or after the termination of the 2001 Plan, are forfeited or repurchased by us (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to our 2018 Plan pursuant to (i) and (ii) is            shares). The number of shares available for issuance under our 2018 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2019, equal to the least of:

                shares;
            percent (        %) of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or
    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

        If an award granted under the 2018 Plan expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or performance shares, is forfeited or repurchased due to failure to vest, then the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under the 2018 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, only the net shares actually issued will cease to be available under the 2018 Plan and all remaining shares under stock appreciation rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2018 Plan. Shares that have actually been issued under the 2018 Plan under any award will not be returned to the 2018 Plan; provided, however, that if shares issued pursuant to awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares or performance units are repurchased or forfeited, such shares will become available for future grant under the 2018 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under the 2018 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in a reduction in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2018 Plan.

        Plan Administration.     Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer our 2018 Plan. The compensation committee of our board of directors is expected to administer our 2018 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under our 2018 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, such transactions will be structured with the intent that they satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2018 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer our 2018 Plan and make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2018 Plan,

98


Table of Contents

including but not limited to, the power to determine the fair market value of our common stock, select the service providers to whom awards may be granted, determine the number of shares covered by each award, approve forms of award agreements for use under the 2018 Plan, determine the terms and conditions of awards (including, but not limited to, the exercise price, the times or times at which the awards may be exercised, any vesting acceleration or waiver or forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any award or the shares relating thereto), construe and interpret the terms of our 2018 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2018 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to modify or amend each award, including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of awards (provided that no option or stock appreciation right will be extended past its original maximum term), and to allow a participant to defer the receipt of payment of cash or the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to such participant under an award. The administrator also has the authority to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price and/or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash, or by which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced. The administrator's decisions, interpretations and other actions are final and binding on all participants.

        Stock Options.     Stock options may be granted under our 2018 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2018 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years. With respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the option will remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. An option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2018 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

        Stock Appreciation Rights.     Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2018 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding ten years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation rights agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2018 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

        Restricted Stock.     Restricted stock may be granted under our 2018 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the

99


Table of Contents

administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2018 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

        RSUs.     RSUs may be granted under our 2018 Plan. RSUs are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2018 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment. The administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned restricted stock units in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any vesting requirements will be deemed satisfied.

        Performance Units and Performance Shares.     Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2018 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish performance objectives or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. The administrator may set performance objectives based on the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator on or prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

        Non-Employee Directors.     Our 2018 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under our 2018 Plan. We have adopted a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive equity awards under our 2018 Plan. In order to provide a maximum limit on the awards that can be made to our non-employee directors, our 2018 Plan provides that in any given fiscal year, a non-employee director will not be granted awards having a value greater than $300,000, excluding awards granted to him or her as a consultant or employee. The maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants to our non-employee directors under our 2018 Plan in the future.

        Non-Transferability of Awards.     Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2018 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime. If the administrator makes an award transferrable, such award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the administrator deems appropriate.

        Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2018 Plan, the administrator will

100


Table of Contents

adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2018 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits set forth in our 2018 Plan.

        Dissolution or Liquidation.     In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

        Merger or Change in Control.     Our 2018 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our 2018 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, without a participant's consent. The administrator is not required to treat all awards, all awards held by a participant or all awards of the same type, similarly.

        In the event that a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction, unless specifically provided for otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement with the participant. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an option or stock appreciation right is not assumed or substituted, the administrator will notify the participant in writing or electronically that such option or stock appreciation right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion and the option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

        For an outside director's awards upon a change in control, his or her options and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

        Amendment; Termination.     The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2018 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2018 Plan automatically will terminate in 2028, unless we terminate it sooner.

2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders will approve our ESPP. Our ESPP will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. However, no offering period or purchase period will begin unless and until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

        Authorized Shares.     A total of                        shares of our common stock will be available for sale under our ESPP. The number of shares of our common stock that will be available for sale under our ESPP also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2019, equal to the least of:

            shares;
            percent (        %) of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or
    such other amount as the administrator may determine.

        Plan Administration.     Our board of directors, or a committee appointed by our board of directors, will administer our ESPP, and have full but non-exclusive authority to interpret the terms of our ESPP and determine eligibility to participate, subject to the conditions of our ESPP, as described below. We expect our compensation committee to administer our ESPP. The administrator will have full and exclusive

101


Table of Contents

discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the ESPP, to delegate ministerial duties to any of our employees, to designate separate offerings under the ESPP, to designate our subsidiaries and affiliates as participating in the ESPP, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the ESPP and to establish procedures that it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the ESPP, including, but not limited to, adopting such procedures, sub-plans and appendices to the ESPP enrollment agreement as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the ESPP by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S. The administrator's findings, decisions and determinations are final and binding on all participants to the full extent permitted by law.

        Eligibility.     Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. The administrator, in its discretion, may, prior to an enrollment date for all options granted on such enrollment date in an offering, determine that an employee who (i) has not completed at least two years of service (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator) since his or her last hire date, (ii) customarily works not more than 20 hours per week (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator), (iii) customarily works not more than five months per calendar year (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to disclosure requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, is or is not eligible to participate in such offering period.

        However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase shares of our common stock under our ESPP if such employee:

    immediately after the grant would own capital stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or
    hold rights to purchase shares of our common stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of shares of our common stock for each calendar year.

        Offering Periods.     Our ESPP includes a component that allows us to make offerings intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and a component that allows us to make offerings not intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code to designated companies, as described in our ESPP. No offerings have been authorized to date by our board of directors under the ESPP. If our board of directors authorizes an offering period under the ESPP, our board of directors is authorized to establish the duration of offering periods and purchase periods, including the starting and ending dates of offering periods and purchase periods, provided that no offering period may have a duration exceeding 27 months.

        Contributions.     Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our common stock through contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise to the extent permitted by the administrator) of up to a percentage of their eligible compensation as determined by the plan administrator in accordance with the ESPP. A participant may purchase a maximum number of shares of our common stock during a purchase period as determined by the plan administrator in accordance with the ESPP.

        Exercise of Purchase Right.     If our board of directors authorizes an offering period or purchase period under the ESPP, amounts contributed and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be determined in accordance with the ESPP. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of our common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

102


Table of Contents

        Non-Transferability.     A participant may not transfer rights granted under our ESPP. If our compensation committee permits the transfer of rights, it may only be done by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

        Merger or Change in Control.     Our ESPP provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase right, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set that will be before the date of the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant's option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

        Amendment; Termination.     The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in our ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase shares of our common stock under our ESPP. Our ESPP automatically will terminate in 2038, unless we terminate it sooner.

2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended

        On April 24, 2001, our board of directors adopted our 2001 Plan. On February 25, 2002, our stockholders approved our 2001 Plan. The 2001 Plan has been amended from time to time, and was most recently amended and approved by our board of directors and stockholders on April 27, 2017. The 2001 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and the employees of any of our parent or subsidiaries, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors, and consultants or any employees, directors, and consultants of our parent or any subsidiary of the company. It is expected that as of one business day prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the 2001 Plan will be terminated and we will not grant any additional awards under the 2001 Plan thereafter. However, the 2001 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

        Authorized Shares.     As of December 31, 2017, the maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2001 Plan was 44,967,687 shares of our common stock. As of December 31, 2017, options to purchase 26,844,807 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2001 Plan with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.22 per share. In the event that an outstanding option for any reason expires or is canceled after the termination of the 2001 Plan, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such option shall be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2018 Plan, to the extent provided under the 2018 Plan, once adopted by our board of directors and our stockholders.

        Plan Administration.     Our board of directors or a committee delegated by our board of directors administers the 2001 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2001 Plan, the administrator has the authority to determine the fair market value of our common stock, select the service providers to whom options may be granted, determine the number of shares subject to each option, approve forms of agreement for use under the 2001 Plan, determine the terms and conditions of options granted under the 2001 Plan, prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2001 Plan, allow optionees to satisfy withholding obligations by electing to have us withhold from the shares to be issued upon exercise of an option that number of shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum required to be withheld and to construe and interpret the terms of the 2001 Plan and options granted under the 2001 Plan. All decisions, determinations, and interpretations of the administrator are final and binding on all individuals who hold an outstanding option under the 2001 Plan.

        Options.     Stock options may be granted under our 2001 Plan. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under our 2001 Plan must be no less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant; provided, however, that with respect to any employee who owns stock representing more than 10%

103


Table of Contents

of the voting power of all classes our outstanding stock, the exercise price must be no less than 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options granted under our 2001 Plan must be no less than 85% of the fair market value on the date of grant; provided, however that with respect to a service provider who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the exercise price must be no less than 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, options may be granted with a per share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction. The term of an option may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. However, with respect to an incentive stock option granted to an employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years. The administrator determines the method of payment of the exercise of an option, which may include cash, check, promissory note, other share of our common stock, provided shares acquired directly from us have been owned by the optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender and have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate price of the shares as to which the option sill be exercised, consideration received by us under a cashless exercise program, or any combination of the foregoing.

        If an individual's service terminates other than due to his or her death or disability, the optionee may exercise his or her option within 30 days of termination or such longer period of time as provided in his or her option agreement, to the extent vested at the time of termination. If an individual's service terminates due to his or her death or disability, the option may be exercised within six months of termination, or such longer period of time as provided in his or her option agreement, to the extent vested at the time of termination or death. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of the 2001 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

        Non-Transferability of Options.     Unless the administrator determines otherwise, our 2001 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options and only the recipient of an option may exercise an option during his or her lifetime.

        Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2001 Plan, the administrator will proportionately adjust the number and type of shares that have been authorized for issuance under the 2001 Plan but as to which no options have yet been granted or which have been returned to the 2001 Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an option, and the number and type of shares covered by each option, as well as the price per share covered by each such outstanding option.

        Dissolution or Liquidation.     In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the administrator will notify each optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of the proposed transaction and, to the extent it had not been previously exercised, an option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

        Merger or Change in Control.     Our 2001 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2001 Plan, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. If an option is not assumed or substituted, the option will terminate as of the date of the closing of the merger or change in control.

        Amendment, Termination.     The board of directors may at any time amend the Plan, provided that no amendment may impair the rights of any optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise in writing between the administrator and the optionee. As noted above our 2001 Plan will terminate in connection with our adoption of our 2018 Plan and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding options will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

104


Table of Contents

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

        Our board of directors has adopted our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, or our Incentive Compensation Plan, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Our Incentive Compensation Plan will allow our compensation committee to provide incentive awards, generally payable in cash, to employees selected by our compensation committee, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee.

        Under our Incentive Compensation Plan, our compensation committee determines the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation, (i) attainment of engineering and research and development milestones, (ii) sales bookings and design wins, (iii) business, partnerships, divestitures and acquisitions, (iv) cash flow, (v) cash position, (vi) earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including, but not limited to, earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings), (vii) earnings per share, (viii) net income, (ix) net profit, (x) net sales, (xi) operating cash flow, (xii) operating expenses, (xiii) operating income (or loss), (xiv) operating margin, (xv) overhead or other expense reduction, (xvi) product defect measures, (xvii) product release timelines, (xviii) productivity, (xix) profit, (xx) return on assets, (xxi) return on capital, (xxii) return on equity, (xxiii) return on investment, (xxiv) return on sales, (xxv) revenue, (xxvi) revenue growth, (xxvii) sales results, (xviii) sales growth, (xxix) stock price, (xxx) time to market, (xxxi) total stockholder return, (xxxii) working capital, and (xxxiii) individual or departmental objectives, including hiring, managerial and employee objectives, peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

        Our compensation committee will administer our Incentive Compensation Plan. The administrator of our Incentive Compensation Plan may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant's actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant's target award, in the discretion of the administrator. The administrator may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

        Actual awards will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the date the actual award is paid. The compensation committee reserves the right to settle an actual award with a grant of an equity award under the company's then-current equity compensation plan, which equity award may have such terms and conditions, including vesting, as the compensation committee determines. Payment of awards occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in our Incentive Compensation Plan.

        Our board of directors and our compensation committee will have the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate our Incentive Compensation Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned awards.

401(k) Plan

        We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, eligible employees are provided an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis by electing to defer a portion of their compensation, within the limits prescribed by the Code, on pre-tax or after-tax (Roth) basis. The 401(k) plan permits us to make discretionary matching contributions to eligible participants, and we have made discretionary matching contributions in recent years. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and earnings on Roth contributions are not taxable when distributed from the 401(k) plan.

105


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2015 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our executive officers, directors, promoters or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the section titled "Executive Compensation."

February 2015 Stock Option Exchange

        In February 2015, we offered eligible holders of our stock options, including our then-current directors, executive officers, employees and certain of our consultants the opportunity to exchange certain outstanding and unexercised options for new options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on February 26, 2015, the date on which the exchange occurred. Options eligible for exchange included all options held by eligible optionees that remained outstanding and unexercised on February 25, 2015. We determined that the fair market value of our common stock on February 26, 2015 was $0.15 per share.

        The new options issued in this exchange were exercisable for the same number of shares as the exchanged options and were subject to the same terms and conditions, except (i) the new options had a new expiration date of February 26, 2025, (ii) the new options had a revised vesting schedule such that (x) if the exchanged option was vested as to any shares on the exchange date, then, on the one year anniversary of the exchange date, the new option would vest as to the number of shares subject to the corresponding eligible option that would have been vested on the exchange date plus any shares that otherwise would vest under the eligible option's vesting schedule on the next quarterly vesting date, subject to the eligible optionee's continued service through such date (provided that if the eligible optionee's service was terminated without "cause" or due to the eligible optionee's death or "disability" prior to the one year anniversary of the exchange date, such shares would immediately vest), and following the one year anniversary of the exchange date, the remainder of the shares would vest in quarterly installments, subject to the eligible optionee's continued service through each applicable vesting date and (y) if the exchanged option was not vested as to any shares on the exchange date, following the one year anniversary of the exchange date the shares subject to the new option generally will vest quarterly over the same period as the corresponding eligible option would have vested, subject to the eligible optionee's continued service through each applicable vesting date, except that such period will be reduced by the number of quarters since the eligible option's vesting commencement date with credit given for any partially-completed quarters, and (iii) each new option granted to an employee on the exchange date was intended to be an incentive stock option for U.S. federal tax purposes to the maximum extent permitted by law, regardless of whether the corresponding eligible option was an incentive stock option or a nonstatutory stock option.

        On February 26, 2015, stock options to purchase 8,662,296 shares of our common stock were exchanged, including options to purchase an aggregate of 4,032,756 shares held by Messrs. Link and Moore, each a member of our board of directors, and certain of our executive officers, including Messrs. Keeney and Martinsen, Ms. Hill, our former acting chief financial officer from January 2016 through January 2018, and Dave Schaezler, our former chief financial officer who resigned in January 2016.

Customer Agreements

        We have entered into purchase orders for the sale of certain lasers and components to Philoptics Co., Ltd. and Samsung Display Co., Ltd., each of which are affiliated with Samsung Venture Investment Corporation, whose affiliates are also holders of our convertible preferred stock. For the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 we recorded revenues of approximately $1.3 million, $1.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively, under purchase orders with Samsung or one of its

106


Table of Contents

subcontract manufacturers. Prior to the closing of our Series G preferred stock financing in April 2017, Samsung Venture Investment Corporation (through its affiliates) was a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

Series F Preferred Stock Financing

        Between January 2015 and February 2016, we issued an aggregate of 31,422,434 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $1.029. The shares of Series F convertible preferred stock will convert into an equivalent number of shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series F convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock since January 2015:

 
Name
  Number of Shares of
Series F Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Aggregate
Purchase
Price($)
 

Menlo Ventures (1)

  10,204,082   10,500,001
 

Oak Investment Partners (2)

  7,045,675   7,250,000
 

Mohr, Davidow Ventures VI, L.P. (3)

  6,073,856   6,249,998
 

Greenover 2007, LLC (4)

  4,503,475   4,634,076
 

Osborne 2002 Living Trust (5)

  194,363   200,000

(1)
Affiliates of Menlo Ventures, whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting the above share ownership information, are Menlo Ventures IX, L.P., Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund IX, L.P., MMEF IX, L.P., Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund IX(A), L.P. Immediately prior to the closing of the Series F convertible preferred stock financing, the entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures were holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. In addition, Douglas Carlisle, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Menlo Ventures.

(2)
Affiliates of Oak Investment Partners, whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting the above share ownership information, are Oak Investment Partners X, L.P. and Oak X Affiliates Fund, L.P. Immediately prior to the closing of the Series F convertible preferred stock financing, the entities affiliated with Oak Investment Partners were holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. In addition, Bandel Carano, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Oak Investment Partners.

(3)
Immediately prior to the closing of the Series F convertible preferred stock financing, Mohr, Davidow Ventures VI, L.P. was a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. In addition, Bill Gossman and Geoffrey Moore, members of our board of directors, are affiliated with Mohr, Davidow Ventures VI, L.P.

(4)
Immediately prior to the closing of the Series F convertible preferred stock financing, Greenover 2007, LLC was a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(5)
David Osborne, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with the Osborne 2002 Living Trust.

Series G Preferred Stock Financing

        In April and May 2017, we issued an aggregate of 24,026,046 shares of our Series G convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $1.1977. The shares of Series G convertible preferred stock will convert into an equivalent number of shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. The

107


Table of Contents

table below sets forth the number of shares of Series G convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock:

 
Name
  Number of Shares of
Series G Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Aggregate
Purchase
Price($)
 

Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P. (1)

  16,698,673   20,000,001
 

Menlo Ventures (2)

  1,669,866   1,999,999
 

Oak Investment Partners (3)

  1,669,866   1,999,999
 

Greenover 2007, LLC (4)

  1,168,907   1,400,000

(1)
As a result of the Series G convertible preferred stock financing, Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman), L.P. became a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(2)
Affiliates of Menlo Ventures, whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting the above share ownership information, are Menlo Ventures IX, L.P., Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund IX, L.P., MMEF IX, L.P., Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund IX(A), L.P. Immediately prior to the closing of the Series G convertible preferred stock financing, the entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures were holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. In addition, Douglas Carlisle, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Menlo Ventures.

(3)
Affiliates of Oak Investment Partners, whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting the above share ownership information, are Oak Investment Partners X, L.P. and Oak X Affiliates Fund, L.P. Immediately prior to the closing of the Series G convertible preferred stock financing, the entities affiliated with Oak Investment Partners were holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. In addition, Bandel Carano, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Oak Investment Partners.

(4)
Immediately prior to the closing of the Series G convertible preferred stock financing, Greenover 2007, LLC was a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

Investors' Rights Agreement

        We have entered into an investors' rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, including the stockholders with which certain of our directors are affiliated. As of December 31, 2017, the holders of 127,779,798 shares of our common stock, including the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Voting Agreement

        We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, have agreed to vote their shares in a certain way on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors, and certain holders have the right to have a designated representative present at meetings of our board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors or the voting of our capital stock.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

        We are party to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, which imposes restrictions on the transfer of our capital stock. Upon the completion of this offering, the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate and the restrictions on the transfer of our capital stock set forth in this agreement will no longer apply.

108


Table of Contents

Other Transactions

        Since January 2015 we have engaged Bill Gossman, a member of our board of directors, to provide strategic consulting services, and other consulting services as we have reasonably requested, from time to time. Pursuant to this arrangement, Mr. Gossman earned $101,520, $53,816 and $211,905 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $47,325 from January 1, 2018 through February 28, 2018.

        We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers. For a description of these agreements, see the section titled "Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification."

        We have entered into employment arrangements with our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain severance and change in control benefits. For a description of these arrangements, see the section titled "Executive Compensation—Employment Arrangements."

        We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our directors. See the sections titled "Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017."

Related Party Transaction Policy

        We have a formal, written policy, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, that our executive officers, directors (including director nominees), holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities and any member of the immediate family of or any entities affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the approval or, in the case of pending or ongoing related party transactions, ratification of our audit committee. For purposes of our policy, a related party transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship where we were, are or will be involved and in which a related party had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

        The audit committee of our board of directors will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving transactions with related parties. Our audit committee charter provides that the audit committee shall review and approve any related party transactions. In reviewing proposed related party transactions, the audit committee will only approve or ratify related party transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of us and our stockholders.

        The transactions described above were consummated prior to the adoption of our formal, written policy, and therefore the foregoing policies and procedures were not followed with respect to these transactions. However, we believe that the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm's-length transactions.

109


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 30, 2018 by:

        The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering shown in the table is based upon 138,487,776 shares outstanding as of March 30, 2018, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of March 30, 2018 into an aggregate of 123,208,957 shares of common stock. The percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering shown in the table is based on                        shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

        Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules take into account shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before the 60th day after March 30, 2018. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or a warrant for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

110


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o nLIGHT, Inc., 5408 Northeast 88th Street, Building E, Vancouver, Washington 98665.

 
  BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP
PRIOR TO THIS
OFFERING
  BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP
AFTER THIS
OFFERING
 
 
  NUMBER   PERCENT   NUMBER   PERCENT  

NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER

                         

5% Stockholders

                         

Entities affiliated with Greenover Group, LP (1)

    8,069,609     5.8                                    

Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P. (2)

    16,698,673     12.1              

Entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures (3)

    29,805,268     21.5              

Entities affiliated with Mohr, Davidow Ventures (4)

    26,121,754     18.9              

Entities affiliated with Oak Investment Partners (5)

    27,735,472     20.0              

Named Executive Officers and Directors

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Scott Keeney (6)

    5,748,233     4.0              

Kerry Hill (7)

    206,500     *              

Robert Martinsen (8)

    1,095,620     *              

Bandel Carano (5)

    27,735,472     20.0              

Douglas Carlisle (3)

    29,805,268     21.5              

Bill Gossman (9)

    262,819     *              

Raymond Link (10)

    243,450     *              

Gary Locke

        *              

Geoffrey Moore (11)

    213,790     *              

David Osborne (12)

    819,937     *              

All current executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) (13)

    65,924,589     45.6              

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of 458,868 shares held of record by Greenover Group, LP and 7,610,741 shares held of record by Greenover 2007, LLC. Greenover Managers, LLC is the General Partner of Greenover Group, LP and Manager of Greenover 2007, LLC. J. Kelley Williams, Jr. is a member and manager of Greenover Managers, LLC and may be deemed to exercise voting and investment power with respect to the shares held of record by Greenover Group, LP and Greenover 2007, LLC. The address for each of these entities is 2030 Eastover Drive, Jackson, Mississippi 39211.

(2)
Consists of 16,698,673 shares held of record by Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P. Wellington Management Company LLP is the investment adviser to this entity. Wellington Management Company LLP is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is an indirect subsidiary of Wellington Management Group LLP. Wellington Management Company LLP and Wellington Management Group LLP may each be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) LLP or a nominee (Italianflare & Co.) on its behalf. The address of Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P. is c/o Wellington Management Company LLP, 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts, 02110. The address of Wellington Management Company LLP and Wellington Management Group LLP is 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

(3)
Consists of 28,151,745 shares held of record by Menlo Ventures IX, L.P., 929,000 shares held of record by Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund IX, L.P., 590,883 shares held of record by MMEF IX, L.P., and 133,640 shares held of record by Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund IX(A), L.P. H. DuBose Montgomery, John W. Javre, Douglas C. Carlisle, Mark A. Siegel and Shawn T. Carolan are the managing members of MV Management IX, L.L.C., which is the general partner of Menlo Ventures IX, L.P., Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund IX, L.P., Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund IX(A), L.P. and MMEF IX, L.P. As a result, these individuals may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the held of record by Menlo Ventures IX, L.P., Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund IX, L.P., MMEF IX, L.P. and Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund IX(A), L.P. The address for each of these entities is 2884 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(4)
Consists of 26,121,754 shares held of record by Mohr, Davidow Ventures VI, L.P., as nominee for Mohr, Davidow Ventures VI, L.P., MDV VI Leaders' Fund, L.P., MDV Entrepreneurs' Network Fund III (A), L.P., and MDV Entrepreneurs' Network Fund III (B), L.P. Jonathan Feiber and Nancy Schoendorf are managing members of Sixth MDV Partners, L.L.C., the general partner of each fund listed previously. Each of Jonathan Feiber and Nancy Schoendorf, and Sixth MDV Partners, L.L.C. may be

111


Table of Contents

    deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares held of record by Mohr, Davidow Ventures VI, L.P., as nominee for Mohr, Davidow Ventures VI, L.P., MDV VI Leaders' Fund, L.P., MDV Entrepreneurs' Network Fund III (A), L.P., and MDV Entrepreneurs' Network Fund III (B). The address for each of these entities is c/o Mohr Davidow Ventures, 777 Mariners Island Boulevard, Suite 550, San Mateo, California 94404.

(5)
Consists of 27,297,258 shares held of record by Oak Investment Partners X, LP, or Oak X, and 438,214 shares held of record by Oak X Affiliates Fund, LP, or Oak X Affiliates. Oak Associates X, LLC, or Oak Associates X GP is the general partner of Oak X. Oak X Affiliates, LLC, or Oak X Affiliates GP, is the general partner of Oak X Affiliates. Bandel L. Carano, Edward F. Glassmeyer, Fredric W. Harman and Ann H. Lamont, as the managing members of Oak Associates X GP and Oak X Affiliates GP, or the Oak managing members, share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held of record by Oak X and Oak X Affiliates. Each of the Oak Managing Members disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares held of record by Oak X and Oak X Affiliates. The address for each of these entities is c/o Oak Investment Partners, 525 University Avenue, Suite 1300, Palo Alto, California 94301.

(6)
Consists of 1,358,315 shares held of record and 4,389,918 shares issuable pursuant outstanding options to purchase our common stock which are exercisable within 60 days of March 30, 2018.

(7)
Consists of 55,500 shares held of record and 151,000 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding options to purchase our common stock which are exercisable within 60 days of March 30, 2018.

(8)
Consists solely of 1,095,620 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding options to purchase our common stock which are exercisable within 60 days of March 30, 2018.

(9)
Consists of 3,750 shares held of record and 259,069 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding options to purchase our common stock which are exercisable within 60 days of March 30, 2018.

(10)
Consists solely of 234,450 shares held of record and 9,000 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding options to purchase our common stock which are exercisable within 60 days of March 30, 2018.

(11)
Consists solely of 213,790 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding options to purchase our common stock which are exercisable within 60 days of March 30, 2018.

(12)
Consists of 13,801 shares held of record by Mr. Osborne and 806,136 shares held of record by the Osborne 2002 Living Trust. Mr. Osborne is the trustee of the Osborne 2002 Living Trust and exercises sole voting and investment power over the shares held thereby.

(13)
Consists of 59,957,192 shares beneficially owned by our current directors and executive officers and 5,967,397 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding options to purchase our common stock which are exercisable within 60 days of March 30, 2018.

112


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        This section provides a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and                shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

        All of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 123,208,957 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, based upon the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2017. Following this offering, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,072,225 shares of common stock will remain outstanding if they are not exercised prior to the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

        Based on 138,106,780 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017, including the conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017 into an aggregate of 123,208,957 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the issuance of                shares of common stock in this offering, and no exercise of options or warrants, there will be                shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. As of December 31, 2017, assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering, we had approximately 268 record holders of our common stock.

        As of December 31, 2017, there were 26,844,807 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and 1,072,225 shares of common stock subject to outstanding warrants, assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Voting Rights

        Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Therefore, the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. With respect to matters other than the election of directors, at any meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum is present or represented, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise required by law.

Dividends

        Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. For more information see the section titled "—Dividend Policy."

113


Table of Contents

Liquidation

        In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

        Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

        All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering, when paid for, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to                 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be senior to or greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing change in our control or other corporate action. Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

        As of December 31, 2017, a warrant exercisable for 100,408 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock (which will automatically convert into a warrant to purchase an equivalent number of shares of common stock in connection with this offering) with an exercise price of $1.4939 per share and a warrant exercisable for 971,817 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock (which will automatically convert into a warrant to purchase and equivalent number of shares of common stock in connection with this offering) with an exercise price of $1.029 were outstanding.

        These warrants have a net exercise provision under which their holders may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our stock at the time of exercise of the warrants after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. These warrants contain provisions for adjustment of the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

Registration Rights

        Under our investors' rights agreement, following the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 127,779,798 shares of common stock (including 1,072,225 shares underlying the warrants described in "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Warrants") have the right to require us to register the offer

114


Table of Contents

and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

Demand Registration Rights

        At any time after six months from the date of this prospectus, the holders of at least 30% of the shares having registration rights have the right to demand that we use commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement for the registration of the offer and sale of the shares having such registration rights, provided that the anticipated aggregate offering proceeds are greater than $15.0 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions. We are only obligated to file up to two registration statements in connection with the exercise of demand registration rights. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances and our ability to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to an exercise of such demand registration rights for up to 120 days under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

        At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, a stockholder with registration rights will have the right, subject to certain exceptions, to demand that we file a registration statement on Form S-3 to register such shares, provided that the aggregate proposed offering price to the public is $1.0 million or greater, net of underwriting discounts and commissions. We are not obligated to file any such Form S-3 registration statement within 180 days of a registration statement that we propose or if we have already effected two registration statements on Form S-3 within the 12 months preceding such request. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including our right to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to an exercise of such Form S-3 registration rights for up to 120 days under certain circumstances.

Piggyback Registration Rights

        If we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act in a public offering solely for cash, a stockholder with registration rights will have the right, subject to certain exceptions, to include its shares of common stock in the registration statement. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances, but not below 20% of the total number of shares covered by the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration

        We will pay all expenses relating to any demand registrations, Form S-3 registrations and piggyback registrations, other than underwriting discounts and commissions.

Termination

        The registration rights terminate upon the earliest of (i) the date that is five years after the closing of this offering and (ii) as to a given stockholder with registration rights, at the earlier of such time as when such stockholder holds 1% or less of our outstanding shares of common stock and when such stockholder can sell all of its registrable securities in a three month-period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

115


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Delaware Law

        We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with any "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

        Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

        In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Washington Business Corporation Act

        The laws of Washington, where our principal executive offices are located, impose restrictions on certain transactions between certain foreign corporations and significant stockholders. In particular, the Washington Business Corporation Act, or WBCA, prohibits a "target corporation," with certain exceptions, from engaging in certain "significant business transactions" with a person or group of persons which beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the target corporation, an "acquiring person," for a period of five years after such acquisition, unless:

116


Table of Contents

        Such prohibited transactions may include, among other things:

        After the five-year period, a significant business transaction may take place as long as it complies with certain fair price provisions of the statute or is approved at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

        We will be considered a "target corporation" so long as our principal executive office is located in Washington and (i) a majority of our employees are residents of the State of Washington or we employ more than one thousand residents of the State of Washington; (ii) a majority of our tangible assets, measured by market value, are located in the State of Washington or we have more than $50 million worth of tangible assets located in the State of Washington; and (iii) any one of the following: (a) more than 10% of our stockholders of record are resident in the State of Washington; (b) more than 10% of our shares are owned of record by state residents; or (c) 1,000 or more of our stockholders of record are resident in the state.

        If we meet the definition of a target corporation, the WBCA may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

117


Table of Contents

        The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock, voting as a single class.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar's address is 144 Fernwood Avenue, Edison, New Jersey 08837.

Listing

        We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "LASR."

118


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

        Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock,                shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or                shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed "restricted securities" as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

        As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701, and assuming no extension of the lock-up period, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed "restricted securities" will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

        We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options or warrants, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Lock-up Agreements

        We, our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and Raymond James & Associates, as representatives of the several underwriters of this offering, after the date of this prospectus. The representatives may, in their sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements at any time. These agreements are described below under the section titled "Underwriting."

119


Table of Contents

        The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, the representatives of the underwriters would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate for purposes of the Securities Act and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

        In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

        Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person's holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

120


Table of Contents

        As of December 31, 2017, there had been 9,319,078 shares of our outstanding common stock issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options. Substantially all of these shares, however, are subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions as discussed above, and, as a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of the representatives of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.

Stock Options

        As of December 31, 2017, options to purchase 26,844,807 shares of our common stock were outstanding. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of all shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options and all shares issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering these shares after the date of this prospectus, which will permit the resale of such shares by persons who are non-affiliates of ours in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act, subject, with respect to certain of the shares, to the provisions of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above.

Warrants

        Upon completion of this offering, the following warrants to purchase a total of 1,072,225 shares will remain outstanding:

        See "Description of Capital Stock—Warrants" for additional information. Such shares issued upon exercise of the warrants may be able to be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above subject the requirements of Rule 144 described above.

Registration Rights

        Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 127,779,798 shares of our common stock (including 1,072,225 shares underlying the warrants described in "Description of Capital Stock—Warrants"), will be eligible to exercise certain rights to cause us to register their shares for resale under the Securities Act, based on the shares outstanding as of December 31, 2017, subject to various conditions and limitations. These registration rights are described under the section titled "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

121


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES
FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

        The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different than those summarized below. We have not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

        This summary does not address the potential application of the U.S. federal tax on net investment income, the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or other jurisdiction, or U.S. federal estate, gift or generation-skipping tax, except to the extent provided below. This summary is limited to investors who will hold our common stock as a capital asset for tax purposes. This summary does not address all tax considerations that may be important to a particular investor in light of the investor's circumstances or to certain categories of non-U.S. investors that may be subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

        In addition, if a partnership (including any entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Therefore, this summary does not address tax considerations applicable to partnerships that hold our common stock. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

         You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate, gift, and generation-skipping tax rules or under the tax laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

        For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock, other than a partnership that is not: (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that was created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the

122


Table of Contents

District of Columbia; (iii) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (iv) a trust that either is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and has one or more U.S. persons with authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

        If you are a non-U.S. citizen individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Common Stock

        If we make distributions on our common stock, these distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent these distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

        Subject to the discussion below regarding withholding on foreign accounts, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

        Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are exempt from withholding. In order to claim this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding, are taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

        Subject to the discussion below regarding withholding on foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

123


Table of Contents

        If you are described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (net of certain deductions and credits), and if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, you may be subject to branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States).

        We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

        The information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments of dividends to certain U.S. stockholders of our common stock generally will not apply to dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder so long as the non-U.S. holder certifies its foreign status or otherwise establishes an exemption by properly certifying non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied.

        Under the Treasury regulations, the payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the beneficial owner certifies, under penalties of perjury, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder (and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, except as noted below. Information reporting, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of proceeds, even if that payment is made outside of the United States, if you sell our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is:

124


Table of Contents

unless the broker has documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary). Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to you under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information or returns are furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Accounts

        The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain "withholdable payments," including on dividends on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock to a "foreign financial institution" (as specifically defined for this purpose) unless such institution provides the withholding agent with a certification as to its FATCA status and either enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or such institution otherwise qualifies for an exemption. A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% is generally imposed on dividends on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification as to its FATCA status and either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or such entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption. Under applicable Treasury Regulations and IRS guidance, the withholding provisions described above currently apply to payments of dividends paid on our common stock, if any, and will generally apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the application of these withholding provisions to you.

Federal Estate Tax

        Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death generally will be includable in the decedent's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

125


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Stifel, Nicolaus & Company Incorporated and Raymond James & Associates are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters named below will severally agree to purchase from us the aggregate number of shares of common stock shown opposite their respective names below:

 
  Number of
Shares
 

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

                      

Raymond James & Associates

                      

Needham & Company

                      

Canaccord Genuity LLC

                      

D.A. Davidson & Co. 

                      

Total

                      

        The underwriting agreement will provide that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to various conditions, including approval of legal matters by counsel. The nature of the underwriters' obligations will commit them to purchase and pay for all of the shares of common stock listed above if any are purchased. The underwriters will reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares of Common Stock

        We will grant the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to            additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise their option in whole or in part, each of the underwriters will be separately committed, subject to the conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase the additional shares of our common stock in proportion to their respective commitments set forth in the table above.

Determination of Offering Price

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing conditions in the equity securities markets, including market valuations of publicly-traded companies considered comparable to our company, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:

        We cannot assure you that an active or orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or that our common stock will trade in the public markets subsequent to this offering at or above the initial public offering price.

Commissions and Discounts

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and at this price less a concession not in excess of $            

126


Table of Contents

per share of common stock to other dealers. After this offering, the offering price, concessions and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Our shares of common stock will be offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the underwriters and to the other conditions, including the right to reject orders in whole or in part.

        The following table summarizes the compensation to be paid to the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, payable to us:

 
   
  Total  
 
  Per Share   Without
Option to Purchase
Additional Shares
  With
Option to Purchase
Additional Shares
 

Initial public offering price

  $                    $                    $                   

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $                    $                    $                   

Proceeds, before estimated expenses, to us

  $                    $                    $                   

        We estimate that our total expenses in connection with this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            . We will also agree to reimburse the underwriters up to $            for certain of their expenses relating to the review of the offering by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Indemnification of Underwriters

        We will indemnify the underwriters against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities. We will also agree to indemnify the underwriters for losses if the shares (other than those purchased pursuant to the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares) are not delivered to the underwriters' accounts on the initial settlement date.

No Sales of Similar Securities

        We, our directors, executive officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock have entered, or will enter, into lock-up agreements with the representatives prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not offer, sell, contract to sell (including any short sale), pledge, hypothecate, establish an open "put equivalent position" within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, purchase any option or contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase or otherwise encumber, dispose of or transfer, grant any rights with respect to, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap hedge or other arrangement, subject to specified exceptions. These restrictions shall also apply to any common stock received upon exercise of options granted to or warrants owned by each of the persons or entities described in the immediately preceding sentence. These restrictions will not apply to us with respect to issuances of common stock or securities exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for common stock in connection with any acquisition, collaboration, merger, licensing or other joint venture or strategic transaction involving our company, subject to certain limitations.

        The representatives may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements which, in the case of officers and directors, shall be with notice.

127


Table of Contents

Listing

        We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "LASR."

Short Sales, Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids

        In order to facilitate this offering, persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the shares during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

Short Sales

        Short sales involve the sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are short sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of our common stock available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase the shares through their option.

        Naked short sales are any short sales in excess of such option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

Stabilizing Transactions

        The underwriters may make bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

Penalty Bids

        If the underwriters purchase shares of our common stock in the open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate covering transaction, they may reclaim a selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of this offering. Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of our common stock to be higher than it would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the shares if it discourages resales of the shares.

        The transactions above may occur on The Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. If such transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

Discretionary Sales

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to confirm sales of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority without obtaining the specific approval of the account holder.

128


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter's website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

Relationships

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided, and may in the future from time to time provide, investment banking and other financing and banking services to us, for which they have in the past received, and may in the future receive, customary fees and reimbursement for their expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments, including bank loans, for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments.

Notice to Residents of the European Economic Area

        In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. For purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.

        We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of us or the underwriters.

129


Table of Contents

Notice to Residents of the United Kingdom

        This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at (i) persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 as amended, or the Order, (ii) persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the Order; or (iii) persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Residents of Switzerland

        The securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. None of this prospectus or any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

        None of this prospectus or any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the securities.

Notice to Residents of Japan

        The underwriters will not offer or sell any of the shares of common stock directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any Japanese person or to others, for reoffering or resale directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person, except in each case pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese person" means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Residents of Hong Kong

        The underwriters and each of their affiliates have not (i) offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, any shares of common stock other than (a) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance; and (ii) issued or had in its possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in its possession for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere any advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong

130


Table of Contents

(except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance. The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Notice to Residents of Singapore

        This document has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this document and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the Securities and Futures Act), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.

        Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person, which is:

Notice to Residents of Canada

        This document constitutes an "exempt offering document" as defined in and for the purposes of applicable Canadian securities laws. No prospectus has been filed with any securities commission or similar regulatory authority in Canada in connection with the offer and sale of the shares. No securities commission or similar regulatory authority in Canada has reviewed or in any way passed upon this document or on the merits of the shares and any representation to the contrary is an offence.

         Canadian investors are advised that this document has been prepared in reliance on section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts ("NI 33-105"). Pursuant to section 3A.3 of NI 33-105, this document is exempt from the requirement that the company and the underwriters provide investors with certain conflicts of interest disclosure pertaining to "connected issuer" and/or "related issuer"

131


Table of Contents

relationships that may exist between the company and the underwriters as would otherwise be required pursuant to subsection 2.1(1) of NI 33-105.

Resale Restrictions

        The offer and sale of the shares in Canada is being made on a private placement basis only and is exempt from the requirement that the company prepares and files a prospectus under applicable Canadian securities laws. Any resale of shares acquired by a Canadian investor in this offering must be made in accordance with applicable Canadian securities laws, which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made in accordance with Canadian prospectus requirements, a statutory exemption from the prospectus requirements, in a transaction exempt from the prospectus requirements or otherwise under a discretionary exemption from the prospectus requirements granted by the applicable local Canadian securities regulatory authority. These resale restrictions may under certain circumstances apply to resales of the shares outside of Canada.

Representations of Purchasers

        Each Canadian investor who purchases the shares will be deemed to have represented to the company, the underwriters and to each dealer from whom a purchase confirmation is received, as applicable, that the investor (i) is purchasing as principal, or is deemed to be purchasing as principal in accordance with applicable Canadian securities laws, for investment only and not with a view to resale or redistribution; (ii) is an "accredited investor" as such term is defined in section 1.1 of National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions ("NI 45-106") or, in Ontario, as such term is defined in section 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario); and (iii) is a "permitted client" as such term is defined in section 1.1 of National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations .

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

        Any discussion of taxation and related matters contained in this document does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a Canadian investor when deciding to purchase the shares and, in particular, does not address any Canadian tax considerations. No representation or warranty is hereby made as to the tax consequences to a resident, or deemed resident, of Canada of an investment in the shares or with respect to the eligibility of the shares for investment by such investor under relevant Canadian federal and provincial legislation and regulations.

Rights of Action for Damages or Rescission

        Securities legislation in certain of the Canadian jurisdictions provides certain purchasers of securities pursuant to an offering memorandum, including where the distribution involves an "eligible foreign security" as such term is defined in Ontario Securities Commission Rule 45-501 Ontario Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and in Multilateral Instrument 45-107 Listing Representation and Statutory Rights of Action Disclosure Exemptions , as applicable, with a remedy for damages or rescission, or both, in addition to any other rights they may have at law, where the offering memorandum, or other offering document that constitutes an offering memorandum, and any amendment thereto, contains a "misrepresentation" as defined under applicable Canadian securities laws. These remedies, or notice with respect to these remedies, must be exercised or delivered, as the case may be, by the purchaser within the time limits prescribed under, and are subject to limitations and defenses under, applicable Canadian securities legislation. In addition, these remedies are in addition to and without derogation from any other right or remedy available at law to the investor.

132


Table of Contents

Language of Documents

        Upon receipt of this document, each Canadian investor hereby confirms that it has expressly requested that all documents evidencing or relating in any way to the sale of the securities described herein (including for greater certainty any purchase confirmation or any notice) be drawn up in the English language only. Par la réception de ce document, chaque investisseur canadien confirme par les présentes qu'il a expressément exigé que tous les documents faisant foi ou se rapportant de quelque manière que ce soit à la vente des valeurs mobilières décrites aux présentes (incluant, pour plus de certitude, toute confirmation d'achat ou tout avis) soient rédigés en anglais seulement.

133


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Seattle, Washington. O'Melveny & Myers LLP, Menlo Park, California, is representing the underwriters. Investment funds and an individual attorney associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation hold shares of our convertible preferred stock convertible into an aggregate of 80,185 shares of our common stock, which represents less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of nLIGHT, Inc. as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus constitutes only a part of the registration statement. Some items are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

        You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC.

        As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.nlight.net, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

134


Table of Contents


nLIGHT, INC.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
  Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

    F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (loss)

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

    F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-8  

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
nLIGHT, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of nLIGHT, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

        These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        We have served as the Company's auditor since 2003.

    /s/ KPMG LLP

Portland, Oregon
February 15, 2018

F-2


Table of Contents


nLIGHT, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2017   2016  

Assets

 

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 36,687   $ 13,500  

Accounts receivable, net

    13,353     9,697  

Inventory

    29,570     18,805  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    4,973     4,117  

Total current assets

    84,583     46,119  

Property and equipment, net

    17,968     17,323  

Intangible assets, net

    1,836     1,485  

Goodwill

    1,387     1,387  

Other assets

    4,374     4,745  

Total assets

  $ 110,148   $ 71,059  

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

       

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 12,920   $ 9,380  

Accrued liabilities

    12,650     8,347  

Customer advances

    575     203  

Deferred revenue

    386     13  

Current portion of long-term debt

    2,363     1,287  

Total current liabilities

    28,894     19,230  

Non-current income taxes payable

    3,930     2,572  

Long-term debt

    15,108     18,380  

Other long-term liabilities

    933     1,186  

Total liabilities

    48,865     41,368  

Stockholders' equity:

             

Convertible preferred stock—$0.0001 par value; 129,478 shares authorized, 123,209 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 100,255 shares authorized, 99,183 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016. Liquidation preference of $148,454 and $119,671 at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. 

    12     10  

Common stock—$0.0001 par value; 190,000 shares authorized, 14,898 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 150,000 shares authorized, 12,696 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016. 

    2     1  

Additional paid-in capital

    180,657     153,195  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (719 )   (3,009 )

Accumulated deficit

    (118,669 )   (120,506 )

Total stockholders' equity

    61,283     29,691  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 110,148   $ 71,059  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


nLIGHT, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2016  

Revenues

  $ 138,580   $ 101,325  

Cost of revenues

    94,306     78,159  

Gross profit

    44,274     23,166  

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

    15,123     15,239  

Sales, general and administrative

    19,353     17,265  

Total operating expenses

    34,476     32,504  

Income (loss) from operations

    9,798     (9,338 )

Other expense:

             

Interest expense, net

    (1,269 )   (2,229 )

Other expense

    (1,834 )   (753 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    6,695     (12,320 )

Income tax expense

    4,858     1,882  

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,837   $ (14,202 )

Less: Income allocated to preferred stockholders

  $ (1,837 ) $  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $   $ (14,202 )

Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted

  $ 0.00   $ (1.14 )

Shares used in basic and diluted per share calculations

    13,677     12,501  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


nLIGHT, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(In thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2016  

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,837   $ (14,202 )

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

    2,290     (627 )

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 4,127   $ (14,829 )

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


nLIGHT, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

Years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016

(In thousands)

 
  Convertible
preferred stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Common stock    
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
   
   
 
 
  Additional
paid-in
capital
  Accumulated
deficit
  Total
stockholders'
equity
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance, December 31, 2015

    87,521   $ 9     12,352   $ 1   $ 140,763   $ (2,382 ) $ (106,304 ) $ 32,087  

Net loss

                            (14,202 )   (14,202 )

Net proceeds from issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock

    11,662     1             11,963             11,964  

Exercise of stock options

            344         52             52  

Stock-based compensation

                    308             308  

Stock options issued in exchange for liability settlement

                    153             153  

Other financing costs

                    (44 )           (44 )

Cumulative translation adjustment, net of tax

                        (627 )       (627 )

Balance, December 31, 2016

    99,183   $ 10     12,696   $ 1   $ 153,195   $ (3,009 ) $ (120,506 ) $ 29,691  

Net income

                            1,837     1,837  

Net proceeds from issuance of Series G convertible preferred stock

    24,026     2             27,479             27,481  

Exercise of stock options

            2,202     1     335             336  

Other deferred offering costs

                    (721 )           (721 )

Stock-based compensation

                    369             369  

Cumulative translation adjustment, net of tax

                          2,290         2,290  

Balance, December 31, 2017

    123,209   $ 12     14,898   $ 2   $ 180,657   $ (719 ) $ (118,669 ) $ 61,283  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


nLIGHT, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2016  

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,837   $ (14,202 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    7,922     8,099  

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

    232     340  

Stock-based compensation

    369     308  

Deferred income taxes

    (424 )   226  

(Gain)/loss on disposal of property and equipment

    9     (9 )

Loss on debt extinguishment

    911      

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    (3,523 )   569  

Inventory

    (9,875 )   8,975  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (639 )   933  

Other assets

    (1,148 )   (3,069 )

Accounts payable

    2,491     601  

Accrued liabilities

    3,160     3,038  

Customer advances

    358     (223 )

Deferred revenue

    373     (243 )

Non-current income taxes payable

    1,358     616  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    3,411     5,959  

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Purchases of property, equipment and intangibles

    (5,483 )   (4,063 )

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    6     36  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (5,477 )   (4,027 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Principal payments on debt

    (15,318 )   (8,331 )

Net proceeds from debt financing

    12,499      

Cash paid on debt extinguishment

    (388 )    

Net proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock

    27,481     11,964  

Payments of other financing costs

    (191 )   (44 )

Proceeds from stock option exercises

    336     52  

Net cash provided by financing activities

    24,419     3,641  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    834     1,072  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    23,187     6,645  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    13,500     6,855  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 36,687   $ 13,500  

Supplemental disclosures:

             

Cash paid for interest

  $ 1,437   $ 2,060  

Cash paid for income taxes

    3,493     1,271  

Accrued purchases of property, equipment and intangibles

    969      

Accrued other financing costs

    530      

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

(1) Organization and Operations of the Company

        nLIGHT, Inc. (the Company) is a leading provider of high-power semiconductor and fiber lasers used in a variety of end applications in the industrial, microfabrication, and aerospace and defense markets. The Company, a Delaware corporation, is headquartered in Vancouver, Washington and is vertically integrated with manufacturing in Vancouver, Washington; Hillsboro, Oregon; Shanghai, China; and Lohja, Finland.

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a)   Use of Estimates

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to inventory valuation, allowances for doubtful accounts, warranty, sales return reserves and the recoverability of long-lived assets. Management of the Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(b)   Revenue Recognition

        Revenues are recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, product delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Title and risk of loss generally pass to the customer at the time of delivery of the product as indicated by the shipping terms. Revenues are recognized upon such delivery. In limited circumstances when customer-specified acceptance criteria exist, revenue is deferred until customer acceptance if the Company cannot demonstrate the product meets the specifications prior to shipment. If installation is included with the sale of a product, installation revenues are deferred until installation is complete. Taxes collected on behalf of a governmental entity are excluded from revenues.

        The recognition of revenues on arrangements with multiple elements is consistent with guidance provided by FASB ASC Subtopic 605-25, Revenue Recognition-Multiple-Element Arrangements . For arrangements with multiple elements, revenues are allocated across the separately identified deliverables and may be recognized or deferred. When vendor-specific objective evidence does not exist for undelivered elements, revenues are allocated to the elements based on third-party evidence, if available, or management's best estimate of fair value.

        The Company also has a limited number of design and development contracts, principally with governmental customers, which are accounted for in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Subtopic 605-35, Revenue Recognition-Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts , using the percentage-of-completion method. The Company utilizes a cost-to-cost methodology whereby it estimates the percent complete by calculating the ratio of costs incurred to the Company's estimate of total anticipated costs.

(c)   Product Warranty

        The Company's products are sold with warranty provisions that require the Company to remedy deficiencies in quality or performance over a specified period of time, generally three to 36 months, at no cost to its customers. A provision for the estimated future costs of warranty, based upon historical cost and product performance experience, is recorded when revenues are recognized.

F-8


Table of Contents

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The following is a reconciliation of the changes in the aggregate product warranty accrual:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Product warranty accrual, beginning

  $ 2,677   $ 1,691  

Warranty charges incurred, net

    (2,278 )   (1,789 )

Provision for warranty charges

    3,787     2,775  

Product warranty accrual, ending

  $ 4,186   $ 2,677  

        Warranty costs are included in the consolidated statement of operations within the cost of revenues. The warranty accrual is presented in accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities within the consolidated balance sheet.

(d)   Sales Returns and Allowances

        The Company's customers generally do not have a stated right to return product except for replacement of defective products under the warranty program. However, the Company has accepted customer returns on a case-by-case basis as customer accommodations in the past. As a result, the Company provides for these returns in the reserves for sales returns and allowances. The reserve is estimated at the end of each reporting period based on historical experience and knowledge of any applicable events or transactions. The return reserve was $8 thousand and $75 thousand at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively and is presented as a reduction of accounts receivables in the consolidated financial statements.

(e)   Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when acquired to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents included $126 thousand and $58 thousand of highly liquid investments at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

        The Company maintains the majority of its cash balance at a financial institution in the United States, which it believes to be high-credit quality financial institution with the Company's balance often exceeding the insurance limit set by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) of $250 thousand per bank. The Company has not historically experienced any losses due to such concentration of credit risk.

        As of December 31, 2017, the balance of restricted cash was $55 thousand and consisted of surety bonds and performance guarantees in the United States. As of December 31, 2016 the balance of restricted cash was $776 thousand, including $721 thousand of frozen funds related to a customer non-payment litigation in China that was released in July 2017 after conclusion of litigation.

(f)    Accounts Receivable

        Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company's best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company's existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience and knowledge of any applicable circumstances.

F-9


Table of Contents

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Activity related to the allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning

  $ 1,608   $ 1,477  

Provision for bad debts

    232     213  

Write offs and recoveries

    (1,402 )   (82 )

Allowance for doubtful accounts, ending

  $ 438   $ 1,608  

        Included in the write offs and recoveries for 2017 is a $1.0 million recovery related to a receivable fully reserved in 2015 and included in the allowance for doubtful accounts in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016. The amount noted above was recovered in July 2017 after extensive litigation with the customer and was recognized as a reduction in bad debt expense within the sales, general and administrative caption on the consolidated statement of operations. The Company also received $175 thousand in interest income as a result of this litigation which the Company recognized within the interest expense, net caption in the consolidated statement of operations.

(g)   Inventory

        Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (average cost) or net realizable value. The Company periodically reviews the quantities and carrying values of its inventory to assess recoverability. The costs associated with write-downs for excess quantities, technological obsolescence, or component rejections are charged to cost of revenues as incurred and result in a new cost basis for that item in inventory. The components of inventory at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Raw materials

  $ 11,326   $ 7,705  

Work in process and semi-finished goods

    6,039     3,762  

Finished goods

    12,205     7,338  

  $ 29,570   $ 18,805  

(h)   Risks and Uncertainties including Business and Credit Concentrations

        Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. Ten customers represented 67% and 62% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Seven of the ten customers were included in both periods presented.

        The Company generates a significant portion of its revenues from a relatively small number of customers. One customer accounted for 14% of revenues during the year ended December 31, 2017. The same customer as well as an additional customer accounted for 11% and 10%, respectively, of revenues during the year ended December 31, 2016.

        Included in the consolidated balance sheets are the net assets of the Company's foreign manufacturing operations located primarily in China which totaled approximately $13.3 million and $5.8 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

        The market for the Company's products is rapidly changing and evolving. The Company believes its future success will depend, in part, on its ability to increase sales of its existing products, penetrate new vertical markets, and to remain competitive in the marketplace. An inability of the Company to manage growth and generate increased demand for its products could have a material adverse impact on the

F-10


Table of Contents

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Company's financial position, results of operations and liquidity. It is the Company's belief that existing cash resources will be sufficient to support operations and meet its debt service requirements at least through February 15, 2019, twelve months from the date on which the consolidated financial statements were available for issuance.

(i)    Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost. Improvements and replacements are capitalized. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each asset, generally two to 10 years.

(j)    Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach under which deferred income taxes are provided based upon enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which taxes become payable.

        The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

(k)   Stock-Based Compensation

        Stock-based compensation is recognized for the fair value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis. The fair value of options granted in 2017 was determined to be approximately $1.0 million. The expenses recognized in 2017 and 2016 were $369 thousand and $308 thousand, respectively.

        Employee and non-employee stock options were granted by the Compensation Committee in 2016 on April 27, July 1, September 13, October 26, and December 31. In 2017, the Compensation Committee granted stock options on May 26, June 2, July 30, August 3, August 31, and December 14. For determining the fair value of stock options granted, the Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 
  2017   2016

Expected volatility

  30.2 - 40.1%   34.1 - 40.9%

Expected option term

  6.2 - 6.5 years   5.6 - 6.6 years

Risk-free interest rate

  1.9 - 2.2%   1.2 - 1.6%

Expected dividend yield

  None   None

        Included in the option pricing model is the fair value of the underlying common stock at the time of grant. Determining the fair value of the Company's common stock requires complex and subjective judgments and estimates. There is inherent uncertainty in making these judgments and estimates. The absence of an active market for the Company's common stock required the board of directors to estimate the fair value of the common stock for purposes of setting the exercise price of the options and estimating the fair value of the common stock at each meeting at which options were granted based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuations of comparable companies, operating and financial performance, lack of liquidity of the common stock and general and industry-specific economic outlook, among other factors.

F-11


Table of Contents

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Since 2012, the Company has obtained valuations prepared by an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair market value of its common stock. The board of directors and management of the Company considered these valuation reports when determining the fair market value of the Company's common stock and related option exercise price on the dates such awards were granted. The valuations determined as of the dates below are as follows:

 
  Fair Market Value  

November 13, 2014

  $ 0.15  

January 1, 2016

  $ 0.22  

May 1, 2017

  $ 0.29  

September 1, 2017

  $ 1.33  

        The average expected option term for awards granted reflects the application of the simplified method. The simplified method is based on the vesting period and the contractual term for each grant. The midpoint between the vesting date and the expiration date is used as the expected term under this method.

        The Company uses the historical stock price volatility for comparable publicly-traded competitors as the basis for its expected volatility assumption. The Company has assessed that the calculated volatility is representative of expected future stock price trends.

        The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed U.S. Treasury rates consistent with the expected term of the award. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company's history of no dividend payouts and an expectation that no dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future.

        The Company accounts for stock options issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718 and FASB ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity Based Payments to Non-Employees . Under FASB ASC Topic 718 and FASB ASC Subtopic 505-50, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure the fair value of stock options granted to non-employees on the measurement date.

(l)    Research and Development Costs

        Research and development is defined as activities aimed at developing or significantly improving a product or a process or technique whether the product or process is intended for sale or use. A process also may be used internally as a part of a manufacturing activity. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

(m)  Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of nLIGHT, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The wholly owned subsidiaries are Arbor Photonics, LLC, nLIGHT Cayman Ltd., nLIGHT Laser Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd, nLIGHT Oy (Finland), and nLIGHT Korea Inc. All intercompany balances have been eliminated.

(n)   Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, and intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the

F-12


Table of Contents

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

asset. There was no impairment of long-lived assets recorded for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

(o)   Commitments and Contingencies

        Liabilities for loss contingencies are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

        In July 2017, the Company received notification of a claim related to a quality dispute with a vendor alleging that the Company owed payment for future non-cancelable order quantities. The Company believes it is probable that a partial settlement of this claim will occur and has accrued $196 thousand related to this matter within accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017.

        In December 2013, the Company submitted a disclosure letter to the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Defense advising that it might not have been eligible for certain contracts it was awarded under the Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) Program, notwithstanding its prior representations that the Company was eligible. The matter was referred to the Small Business Administration and the US Department of Justice (DOJ) for investigation of potential violations of the False Claims Act. A liability of $420 thousand was accrued at December 31, 2014. In March 2015, a civil settlement agreement related to the SBIR matter was signed for the same amount. As of December 31, 2016, the remaining liability totaled $240 thousand. The full amount was paid in 2017.

        In October 2014, the Company received a request for information related to the SBIR matter from the U.S. Attorney's Office, Criminal Division. The Company provided documentation and an explanation of why a criminal investigation was unwarranted. In March 2015, the Company received an additional request, to which it also responded. Although the Company is unable to predict the final outcome of this matter, it intends to vigorously defend against any future claims.

        The Company becomes involved in various legal proceedings and claims incidental to normal business activities. As of December 31, 2017, the Company believes these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements.

(p)   Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized; rather, they are tested for impairment on at least an annual basis. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful lives. External costs incurred to file new patent applications, and extend the term of or defend the existing patents are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life.

F-13


Table of Contents

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(q)   Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

        The components of prepaid expenses and other current assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Prepaid expenses

  $ 1,248   $ 769  

Value-added tax receivable, net

    1,291     994  

Vendor prepayments

    1,391     1,117  

Prepaid foreign tax

    946     413  

Restricted cash

        721  

Other

    97     103  

  $ 4,973   $ 4,117  

(r)   Translation of Foreign Currencies

        The Company's international subsidiaries use their local currency as their functional currency. The financial statements of the international subsidiaries are translated to their U.S. dollar equivalents at end-of-period currency exchange rates for assets and liabilities and at average currency exchange rates for revenues and expenses. Translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within stockholders' equity. Realized and unrealized foreign currency gains or losses, net are recorded in other expense within the consolidated statement of operations. Realized and unrealized foreign currency losses were $0.9 million and $36 thousand, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2017. Realized and unrealized foreign currency losses were $1.0 million and $53 thousand, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2016.

(s)   Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts of certain of the Company's financial instruments, including cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, are shown at cost which approximates fair value due to the short term nature of these instruments. The fair value of the Company's term and revolving loans with Pacific Western Bank, also described in Note 8, approximates the carrying value due to the variable market rate used to calculate interest payments. The Company considers the fair value of its term loan with Multiplier Growth Partners SPV I, LP to be equal to the costs incurred to extinguish the liability subsequent to December 31, 2016. Refer to Note 8 for further information. The Company does not have any other significant financial assets or liabilities that are measured at fair value.

        Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

    Level 1 Inputs: Observable inputs, such as quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

    Level 2 Inputs: Observable inputs, other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are

F-14


Table of Contents

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

    Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

        The Company's financial instruments that are carried at fair value consist of Level 1 assets and Level 2 and Level 3 liabilities. Level 1 assets include highly liquid bank drafts classified as cash equivalents. Level 2 liabilities consist of the Company's loan with Pacific Western Bank while Level 3 liabilities are the Company's term loan with Multiplier Growth Partners SPV I, L.P.

(t)    Revision of Prior Period Financial Statement Disclosures

        Deferred income taxes and other adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities has been corrected in the consolidated statements of cash flows to present deferred income taxes and the change in non-current income taxes payable separately.

        Amortization of debt issuance costs as disclosed in Note 8 has been corrected to $194 thousand from $108 thousand, for the year ended December 31, 2016.

        Stock options to purchase common stock disclosed in Note 14 have been corrected from being presented net under the treasury stock method to gross options outstanding.

(u)   Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        The FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , in May 2014. ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU No. 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 for private entities. The Company expects to implement the provisions of ASU 2014-09 as of January 1, 2019. While the Company continues to assess the potential impacts of ASU 2014-09, and anticipates ASU 2014-09 could have an impact on the consolidated financial statements, the Company cannot reasonably estimate the quantitative impact on the financial statements at this time.

        The FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, in July 2015. ASU 2015-11 requires that inventory within the scope of this standard be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The amendments in this update do not apply to inventory that is measured using last-in, first-out (LIFO) or the retail inventory method. The amendments apply to all other inventory, including inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out (FIFO) or average cost. ASU 2015-11 is effective for the Company's annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2017. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements, financial condition or results of operations.

        The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) , in February 2016. ASU 2016-02 requires a lessee to recognize a right of use asset and a lease liability for virtually all leases, other than leases that meet the definition of short-term. The standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company expects to implement the provisions of ASU 2016-02 as of January 1, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU and cannot reasonably estimate the quantitative impact on the financial statements at this time.

        The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 842) , in March 2016. ASU 2016-09 amends the guidelines for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax

F-15


Table of Contents

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2018. The Company does not expect the implementation of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (Topic 230) , in August 2016. ASU 2016-15 provides guidance on eight different issues, intended to reduce diversity in practice on how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this ASU; however the Company does not expect that the adoption of ASU 2016-09 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (Topic 740) , in November 2016. ASU 2016-16 requires entities to recognize the current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs, as opposed to deferring the recognition of the income tax consequences until the asset has been sold to an outside party. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2018, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. The amendments in this ASU should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company does not expect the adoption of the amendments in this ASU to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

        The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Restricted Cash (Topic 230) , in November 2016. ASU 2016-18 requires entities to show the changes in the total of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. As a result, entities will no longer present transfers between cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. The update amends the guidance in ASC 230, which is principles-based and often requires judgment to determine the appropriate classification of cash flows as operating, investing or financing activities. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning January 1, 2019, and requires retrospective application. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period. The Company does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

        The FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (Topic 350) , in January 2017. ASU 2017-04 simplifies the test for goodwill impairment and removes step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Early adoption is permitted, but will be effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2020. The Company does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

        The FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) , in July 2017. ASU 2017-11 was issued to address the complexity associated with applying U.S. GAAP for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity. The ASU, among other things, eliminates the need to consider the effects of down round features when analyzing convertible debt, warrants and other financial instruments. As a result, a freestanding equity-linked financial feature (or embedded conversion option) no longer would be accounted for as a derivative liability at fair value as a result of the existence of a down round feature. The guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2019. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

F-16


Table of Contents

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 in December 2017, which provides SEC staff guidance for the application of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes , in the reporting period in which the 2017 Tax Act was signed into law. The Company applied the guidance for the purposes of the 2017 consolidated financial statements. Refer to Note 9 for further information.

(3) Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31:

(in thousands)
  Useful life
(years)
  2017   2016  

Computer hardware and software

  3 - 5   $ 3,732   $ 3,344  

Manufacturing and lab equipment

  2 - 7     43,432     37,805  

Office equipment and furniture

  5 - 7     1,053     942  

Leasehold improvements

  2 - 12     18,580     18,299  

        66,797     60,390  

Accumulated depreciation

        (48,829 )   (43,067 )

      $ 17,968   $ 17,323  

        Total depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $5.3 million and $5.4 million, respectively.

(4) Intangible Assets and Goodwill

(a)   Intangibles

        Through the purchases of Liekki Oy and Arbor Photonics, Inc., intangible assets were acquired. In addition, the Company capitalizes certain patent expenses as disclosed in Note 2(p). The details of the intangibles are as follows:

 
  December 31, 2017  
(in thousands)
  Average
amortization
period
  Gross
carrying
amount
  Accumulated
amortization
  Net value  

Amortizing intangible assets:

                       

Direct nanoparticle deposition technology

  6 yrs   $ 543   $ (543 ) $  

Patents

  5 yrs     3,310     (1,474 )   1,836  

Arbor acquired technology

  3 yrs     670     (670 )    

      $ 4,523   $ (2,687 ) $ 1,836  

 

 
  December 31, 2016  
(in thousands)
  Average
amortization
period
  Gross
carrying
amount
  Accumulated
amortization
  Net value  

Amortizing intangible assets:

                       

Direct nanoparticle deposition technology

  6 yrs   $ 478   $ (478 ) $  

Patents

  5 yrs     2,447     (962 )   1,485  

Arbor acquired technology

  3 yrs     670     (670 )    

      $ 3,595   $ (2,110 ) $ 1,485  

F-17


Table of Contents

(4) Intangible Assets and Goodwill (Continued)

        During 2016 the Company evaluated the remaining useful life of the Arbor acquired technology, and revised the remaining period of amortization to one year. As a result, the asset was fully amortized as of December 31, 2016.

        Amortization expense for intangible assets was $472 thousand and $779 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

(in thousands)
   
 

2018

  $ 528  

2019

    481  

2020

    409  

2021

    282  

2022

    136  

  $ 1,836  

(b)   Goodwill

        The Company's goodwill originated with the acquisition of Arbor Photonics, Inc. in December 2012.

        The Company reviews its goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. The Company completed its annual review of goodwill as of December 31, 2017 and determined that no impairment of its recorded goodwill was necessary.

        There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

(5) Other Assets

        Other assets consisted of the following as of December 31:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Demonstration assets, net

  $ 2,224   $ 2,981  

Deferred tax assets, net

    1,807     1,383  

Other

    343     381  

  $ 4,374   $ 4,745  

        Demonstration (demo) assets are equipment that is used for demonstration and other purposes with existing and prospective customers. Demo assets are recorded at cost and amortized over an estimated useful life of two years. Amortization expense for demo assets totaled $2.1 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

F-18


Table of Contents

(6) Accrued Liabilities

        Accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Accrued payroll

  $ 6,201   $ 5,075  

Product warranty, current

    3,589     2,146  

Income tax payable

    931     8  

Other accrued expenses

    1,929     1,118  

  $ 12,650   $ 8,347  

(7) Commitments

        The Company leases its facilities in Vancouver, Washington; Hillsboro, Oregon; China, Finland, and South Korea as well as certain equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2024. The Company had deposits of $301 thousand and $235 thousand as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, relating primarily to rent deposits on the China and Vancouver, Washington facility leases. Rent expense, before sublease income, totaled $2.7 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Sublease income totaled $86 thousand and $50 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

        The minimum future rent payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2017 are as follows:

(in thousands)
   
 

2018

  $ 2,751  

2019

    1,907  

2020

    1,379  

2021

    1,383  

2022

    641  

Thereafter

    998  

Total

  $ 9,059  

        Minimum rent payments under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, including any periods of free rent. Deferred rent liability associated with operating leases was $254 thousand and $180 thousand as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

(8) Long-Term Debt

Term and Revolving Loans

        In March 2014, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Pacific Western Bank (successor in interest to Square 1 Bank), as lender, and our subsidiary, Arbor Photonics, LLC, as co-borrower. The loan facility initially provided for up to $15.0 million in aggregate commitments, including a $7.5 million term loan and a revolving loan facility subject to a borrowing base of eligible accounts receivable and inventory. In August 2014, the revolving loan facility was increased to $20.0 million, with adjustments to the borrowing base. The facility was most recently amended in July and September 2017, and, as amended, the loan facility provides for $25.0 million in aggregate commitments, including a term loan of up to $15.0 million and a revolving loan facility equal to the lesser of (i) $25.0 million minus the unpaid principal amount of the term loan and the amount of any reserves for ancillary banking services, or (ii) a borrowing base equal to 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus the lesser of $5.5 million or 35% of

F-19


Table of Contents

(8) Long-Term Debt (Continued)

eligible inventory. The principal amount of the term loan will be repaid in thirty-six equal monthly installments beginning on July 14, 2018 with all outstanding principal and interest on the revolving loan due and payable on July 14, 2019. In conjunction with the loan facility, the Company issued a warrant to Pacific Western Bank, see Note 10 for details.

        The Company's loan with Pacific Western Bank is secured by liens, subject to certain exceptions, on substantially all of the Company's existing and future assets, including but not limited to accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, and intellectual property.

        In relation to the Pacific Western Bank loan, the Company is required to comply with, among other covenants, minimum revenue and minimum liquidity covenants and to stay below a maximum capital expenditure level. The Company was in compliance with all of its financial covenants as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

        The term loan balance was $13.5 million and $17.9 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The revolving loan balance was $3.7 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

        In 2015, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Multiplier Growth Partners SPV I, LP, or Multiplier, agreeing to a term loan with a principal amount of up to $15.0 million, an interest rate of 11% per annum, and a maturity date of July 16, 2020. The initial borrowing consisted of $12.5 million in principal including $150 thousand in fees. In conjunction with the term loan, the Company granted a stock warrant to Multiplier, see Note 10 for details. In July 2017, and concurrent with the increase in the borrowing base of the Company's loan facility with Pacific Western Bank noted above, the Company extinguished all debt outstanding with Multiplier. The transaction qualified as a debt extinguishment under FASB ASC Subtopic 470-50, Debt , and a loss of $911 thousand, associated with an early prepayment penalty of $375 thousand, write-down of debt issuance costs of $523 thousand, and other miscellaneous costs of $13 thousand, was recorded in other expense during the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result.

Subordinated Finnish Capital Loans

        Under the Finnish Companies Act, companies may use a subordinated loan, referred to as a capital loan, which is subordinated to all other debts of a company. At the time of acquisition, Liekki Oy had three capital loans through Tekes, the Finnish Funding Agency for Technology and Innovation. The interest for these loans is Finnish State Bank prime rate minus 1% with a minimum of 3%. In accordance with the Finnish Companies Act, the loan principal and accrued interest became payable as the Finnish entity had a positive equity balance starting December 31, 2014. The payment schedule was adjusted annually based on the entity's net income. The loans were paid in full as of December 31, 2016.

F-20


Table of Contents

(8) Long-Term Debt (Continued)

        Long-term debt at December 31, 2017 and 2016 consists of the following:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

2014 Pacific Western Bank, Term and Revolving Loans

  $ 17,200   $ 7,400  

2015 Multiplier, Term Loan

        12,512  

2014 Finland equipment loans, Danske Bank, 3 - 5 year terms, EURIBOR plus 1.7%

    80     104  

Capital leases, various

    191     236  

Total debt

    17,471     20,252  

Less: debt issuance costs

        (571 )

Less: current portion of long-term debt

    (2,363 )   (1,301 )

Non-current portion of long-term debt

  $ 15,108   $ 18,380  

        Amortization of debt issuance costs was $96 thousand and $194 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company has no estimated future amortization of debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2017.

        The Company has minimum payment schedules that call for future principal payments summarized as follows:

(in thousands)
   
 

2018

  $ 2,363  

2019

    15,061  

2020

    47  

  $ 17,471  

(9) Income Taxes

        In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (2017 Tax Act) was enacted. The 2017 Tax Act includes a number of changes to existing U.S. tax laws that impact the Company, most notably a reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 34% to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. The 2017 Tax Act also provides for a one-time transition tax on certain foreign earnings and the acceleration of depreciation for certain assets placed into service after September 27, 2017 as well as prospective changes beginning in 2018, including repeal of the domestic manufacturing deduction, acceleration of tax revenue recognition, capitalization of research and development expenditures, additional limitations on executive compensation and limitations on the deductibility of interest.

        The Company recognized the income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act in its 2017 financial statements in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which provides SEC staff guidance for the application of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes , in the reporting period in which the 2017 Tax Act was signed into law. As such, the Company's financial results reflect the income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC Topic 740 is complete and provisional amounts for those specific income tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC Topic 740 is incomplete but a reasonable estimate could be determined.

F-21


Table of Contents

(9) Income Taxes (Continued)

        The changes to existing U.S. tax laws as a result of the 2017 Tax Act, which we believe have the most significant impact on the Company's federal income taxes are as follows:

Reduction of the U.S. Corporate Income Tax Rate

        The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that will apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or paid. Accordingly, the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities were remeasured to reflect the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 34% to 21%, resulting in a $16.1 million increase in income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 and a corresponding decrease in net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2017. These adjustments were fully offset with a corresponding adjustment to the valuation allowance.

Transition Tax on Foreign Earnings

        The Company recognized a provisional income tax expense of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 related to the one-time transition tax on certain foreign earnings. This resulted in a corresponding decrease in deferred tax assets due to the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards. The final determination of the transition tax requires further analysis regarding the amount and composition of the Company's historical foreign earnings, and is expected to be completed during the year ending December 31, 2018.

        Net income (loss) before income tax expense for the years ended December 31 was as follows:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Domestic

  $ (9,064 ) $ (19,006 )

Foreign

    15,759     6,686  

Net income (loss) before income tax

  $ 6,695   $ (12,320 )

        Income tax provision for the year ended December 31 was as follows:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Current tax expense:

             

Federal

  $   $  

State

        8  

Foreign

    5,200     1,632  

Current tax expense

    5,200     1,640  

Deferred tax expense

             

Federal

         

State

         

Foreign

    (342 )   242  

Deferred tax expense

    (342 )   242  

Income tax expense

  $ 4,858   $ 1,882  

F-22


Table of Contents

(9) Income Taxes (Continued)

        The income tax provision differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to the loss before income tax as a result of the following differences:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Tax computed at federal statutory rate

  $ 2,276   $ (4,189 )

State tax, net of federal tax benefit

    (102 )   (125 )

Permanent items

    1,078     662  

Foreign dividends and unremitted earnings

    796     586  

Foreign rate differential

    (1,897 )   (991 )

Rate change due to tax reform

    17,176      

Federal credits

    (302 )   (363 )

Tax contingencies, net of reversals

    592     663  

Other

    109     302  

Valuation allowance

    (14,868 )   5,337  

Income tax expense

  $ 4,858   $ 1,882  

        The income tax expense recorded for 2017 and 2016 primarily relates to operations in China and Finland, which have income tax rates of 25% and 20%, respectively.

        The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are approximately as follows:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 21,626   $ 35,803  

Research and alternative minimum tax credits

    3,635     3,373  

Accrued expenses and other

    1,891     2,466  

Inventory

    2,280     2,155  

Property and equipment

    1,644     2,351  

Total gross deferred tax assets

    31,076     46,148  

Less valuation allowance

    (28,873 )   (43,741 )

Total deferred tax assets

    2,203     2,407  

Deferred tax liabilities

             

Intangible assets

    (396 )   (503 )

Unremitted foreign earnings

        (521 )

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (396 )   (1,024 )

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 1,807   $ 1,383  

Net deferred tax assets of $1.8 million and $1.4 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectivelly, are included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheet.

        In evaluating its valuation allowance, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance. Due to uncertainty with respect to ultimate realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company has provided a valuation allowance against the U.S. deferred tax assets. The net change in the total valuation allowance during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was a decrease of $14.9 million and an increase of $5.3 million, respectively.

F-23


Table of Contents

(9) Income Taxes (Continued)

        At December 31, 2017, the Company has U.S. and state net operating loss carryforwards of $104.5 million and $13.7 million, respectively. These net operating losses will expire between 2020 and 2037 if not used by the Company to reduce income taxes payable in future periods. The Company has U.S. and state research and development credits of $4.2 million and $59 thousand, respectively. These credits will begin to expire between 2018 and 2037 if not used by the Company to reduce income taxes payable in future periods.

        Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, credit carryforwards and certain deductions have been subject to annual limitations due to ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, substantial changes in the Company's ownership have required the Company to limit the amount of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards that were previously available to offset future taxable income. The Company has had three "change in ownership" events that limit the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards. The "change in ownership" events occurred twice in August of 2000 and in January of 2001, and resulted in net operating loss carryforward limitations of $17 thousand, $52 thousand, and $459 thousand. Additional limitations on the use of these tax attributes could occur in the event of possible disputes arising in examination from various taxing authorities.

        The following table presents a reconciliation of the changes in the unrecognized tax benefit:

(in thousands)
   
 

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $ 1,528  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    570  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

    3  

Other

    (51 )

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $ 2,050  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    365  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

    99  

Other

    3  

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $ 2,517  

        At December 31, 2017, the Company has recognized $1.5 million unrecognized tax benefits in non-current income taxes payable and $1.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits in noncurrent deferred tax assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. $2.5 million of the Company's unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. At December 31, 2016, the Company has recorded $1.3 million of unrecognized tax benefits in non-current income taxes payable and $759 thousand of unrecognized tax benefits recognized as an offset to noncurrent deferred tax assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company does not expect a significant decrease to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

        The Company will recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company has recognized penalties and interest during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, of $367 thousand and $145 thousand, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016 interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits were $939 thousand and $572 thousand, respectively. In addition, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $127 thousand and $75 thousand related to foreign currency translation adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

F-24


Table of Contents

(9) Income Taxes (Continued)

        At December 31, 2017, the Company's tax years 2014 through 2017, 2013 through 2017, and 2007 through 2017, remain open for examination in the federal, state and foreign jurisdictions, respectively. However, to the extent allowed by law, the taxing authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses and credits were generated and carried forward, and to make adjustments up to the net operating loss and credit carryforward amounts. The Company is not currently under federal, state, or foreign examination.

(10) Stockholders' Equity

(a)   Authorized Shares

        As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company was authorized to issue a total of 319.5 million and 250.3 million shares respectively, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. The authorized shares as of December 31, 2017 consist of 190.0 million shares of common stock and 129.5 million shares of convertible preferred stock (consisting of 22.9 million shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, 28.3 million shares of Series D convertible preferred stock, 11.8 million shares of Series E convertible preferred stock, 37.3 million shares of Series F convertible preferred stock, and 29.2 million shares of Series G convertible preferred stock). As of December 31, 2017, the Company had designated all 129.5 million shares of the authorized preferred stock as convertible preferred stock.

(b)   Common Stock

        At December 31, 2017 and 2016 there were 14.9 million and 12.7 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

(c)   Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

        In August and November 2000, the Company sold a total of 9.2 million shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at $1.030 per share to investors. In January 2001, the Company sold an additional 200 thousand shares of Series A convertible preferred stock for the same price. In January 2001, the Company sold 16.4 million shares of its Series B convertible preferred stock for $2.660 per share to investors. All of the outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock were converted to Series C convertible preferred stock and common stock in 2004.

(d)   Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G Convertible Preferred Stock

        In January, March, and October 2004, the Company sold a total of 7.8 million shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $1.698 per share to investors for a net consideration of $13.1 million (net of offering costs of $129 thousand).

        Holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock were provided an opportunity to participate in the Series C convertible preferred stock financing. Those investors that elected to participate in the Series C convertible preferred stock financing exchanged their Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock for a total of 15.1 million shares of Series C convertible preferred stock. All remaining shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock were converted to common stock on a one-for-one basis.

        At December 31, 2017 and 2016 there were 22.9 million shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding.

F-25


Table of Contents

(10) Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

        In March and May 2007, the Company sold a total of 16.6 million shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $0.918 per share to investors for a net consideration of $15.2 million (net of offering costs of $14 thousand).

        In January and June 2009, the Company sold a total of 11.7 million shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $0.918 per share to investors for a net consideration of $10.7 million (net of offering costs of $55 thousand).

        At December 31, 2017 and 2016 there were 28.3 million shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding.

        In February and July 2011, the Company sold a total of 11.7 million shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $1.4939 per share to investors for a net consideration of $17.4 million (net of offering costs of $135 thousand).

        At December 31, 2017 and 2016 there were 11.7 million shares of Series E convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding.

        In November 2014, the Company sold a total of 4.9 million shares of Series F convertible preferred stock at $1.029 per share to investors for a net consideration of $4.9 million (net of offering costs of $127 thousand).

        In January and April 2015, the Company sold a total of 19.8 million shares of Series F convertible preferred stock at $1.029 per share to investors for a net consideration of $20.3 million (net of offering costs of $71 thousand).

        In January and February 2016, the Company sold a total of 11.7 million shares of Series F convertible preferred stock at $1.029 per share to investors for a net consideration of $12.0 million (net of offering costs of $36 thousand).

        At December 31, 2017 and 2016 there were 36.3 million shares of Series F convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding.

        In April and May 2017, the Company sold a total of 24.0 million shares of Series G convertible preferred stock at $1.198 per share to investors for a gross consideration of $28.8 million. Total offering costs incurred in connection with the financing were $1.3 million, of which $45 thousand was incurred in 2016.

        At December 31, 2017 and 2016 there were 24.0 million and no shares of Series G convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding, respectively.

        The rights and privileges of the Series C, Series D, Series E, F, and G convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Dividends

        The holders of shares of Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends out of any assets legally available in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series C, Series D, or Series E convertible preferred stock or common stock. The dividend rate for the Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock is equal to $0.041 and $0.048 per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events) on each outstanding share of Series G and Series F convertible preferred stock, respectively. The holders of Series C convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock and Series E convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends payable out of any assets legally available in preference to any declaration

F-26


Table of Contents

(10) Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

or payment of any dividend (payable other than in common stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of common stock) on the common stock, at the rate of $0.068, in the case of the Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.037 in the case of the Series D convertible preferred stock, and $0.060 in the case of the Series E convertible preferred stock, per share per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events) on the preferred stock, payable annually. Such dividends are payable only if declared by the board of directors, and are not cumulative. As of December 31, 2017 no dividends have been declared.

Liquidation Preference

        In the event of liquidation the holders of Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock will be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Series C, D, and E convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock, a per share amount equal to $1.029 and $1.198, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. Upon the completion of distribution to holders of Series G and Series F convertible preferred stock, the holders of Series C, D, and E convertible preferred stock will be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common stock, a per share amount equal to $1.698, $0.918, and $1.494, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. After payment of the Liquidation Preference to the holders of Series C, D, and E convertible preferred stock, any remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution to stockholders will be distributed among the holders of common stock on a pro rata basis. As of December 31, the aggregate liquidation preference to the preferred stockholders was as follows:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Series C

  $ 38,820   $ 38,820  

Series D

    25,980     25,980  

Series E

    17,537     17,537  

Series F

    37,334     37,334  

Series G

    28,783      

  $ 148,454   $ 119,671  

Conversion

        Each share of Series C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into shares of the Company's common stock. Each share of Series C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock is initially convertible into one share of the Company's common stock. Shares of Series C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock automatically convert to shares of common stock upon the earlier of an initial public offering of the Company's equity securities of not less than $1.437 per share and gross aggregate cash proceeds of $50.0 million or the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, and the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series G convertible preferred stock, voting together as a separate class.

Voting Rights

        The holders of each share of Series C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock are entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares could be converted. In addition, the consent of the holders of a majority of the convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, is required for certain corporate actions. The holders of Series E, F and G convertible

F-27


Table of Contents

(10) Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

preferred stock have additional voting rights, which require the consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series E, F or G convertible preferred stock, each voting as a separate class, to consent to certain corporate actions as the case may be.

Warrants

        In conjunction with the Loan and Security Agreement with Pacific Western Bank, the Company granted 100 thousand warrants to purchase Series E convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.490 per share in 2014. The warrants expire on March 13, 2024. The fair value of the warrants was recorded as a debt discount and was not material to the consolidated financial statements.

        In conjunction with the Loan and Security Agreement with Multiplier, the Company granted 972 thousand warrants to purchase Series F convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.029 per share in 2015. The warrants expire on July 16, 2025. The warrants were measured at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with assumptions of expected term of five years, volatility of 39.0%, and risk free rate of 1.7%. The relative fair value of the warrants of $360 thousand was accounted for as debt discount, and was initially included in debt issuance costs before being expensed in the current year as a result of the debt extinguishment described in Note 8.

(e)   2000 and 2001 Stock Plans

        On August 29, 2000, the board of directors adopted the 2000 Stock Plan (the 2000 Plan). As of December 31, 2000, the Company had reserved 86.2 million shares of common stock for issuance under the 2000 Plan to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. The Company is no longer issuing options under the 2000 Plan.

        On April 24, 2001, the board of directors adopted the 2001 Stock Plan (the 2001 Plan). Under the 2001 Plan, either incentive or nonqualified options to purchase the Company's common stock may be granted at prices determined by the board of directors. Options granted under the 2001 Plan typically vest over 4 - 5 years and have terms of up to 10 years from the date of grant. All vested options must be exercised within three months of termination of employment.

        As of December 31, 2017 and 2016 the Company had reserved 45.0 million and 31.4 million shares of common stock for issuance under the 2001 Plan to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. Of these shares, a total of 8.3 million and 744 thousand shares, respectively, were available for issuance as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

F-28


Table of Contents

(10) Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the Company's stock option activity:

(in thousands)
  Number of
shares
  Weighted
average
exercise price
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)
  Aggregate
intrinsic value
 

Outstanding, December 31, 2016

    23,008   $ 0.17     8.2   $ 1,214  

Options granted

    7,288   $ 0.34              

Options exercised

    (2,202 ) $ 0.15              

Options canceled

    (1,249 ) $ 0.23              

Outstanding, December 31, 2017

    26,845   $ 0.22     7.4   $ 29,863  

Options exercisable at December 31, 2017

    11,854   $ 0.17     6.8   $ 13,760  

Options vested as of December 31, 2017 and expected to vest after December 31, 2017

    21,659   $ 0.22     8.0   $ 24,292  

        The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax value, based on the Company's common stock valuation of $1.33 at December 31, 2017 that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their in-the-money options on December 31, 2017.

        Total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $751 thousand and $32 thousand, respectively.

        Total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet recognized is $1.5 million and will be recognized over the next five years as follows:

(in thousands)
   
 

2018

  $ 447  

2019

    394  

2020

    302  

2021

    239  

2022

    114  

  $ 1,496  

(11) 401(k) Plan

        The Company has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (the Plan). Participation in the Plan is voluntary and is available to all employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the Plan on the first day of the month after their first day of employment. Participants may elect to contribute part of their annual salary to the Plan up to the statutorily prescribed limit. The Company may make discretionary matching or qualified nonelective contributions to the Plan. The Company maintains a match of 40% of each dollar up to the first 5% of compensation that is contributed to the Plan. The match for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $462 thousand and $376 thousand, respectively.

(12) Related-Party Transactions

        The Company has incurred costs related to consulting services provided by a member of the board of directors of $102 thousand and $54 thousand during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These costs were included in sales, general and administrative expense on the consolidated statement of operations.

F-29


Table of Contents

(12) Related-Party Transactions (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, a customer owned 5.3 million and 6.0 million shares of Series E preferred stock, respectively. There was $1.3 million of revenue recognized related to this customer in the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company recognized $1.4 million of revenue directly related to this customer in the year ended December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there was a balance of accounts receivable related to the above of $1 thousand and zero, respectively.

(13) Segment and Geographic Information

        The Company operates in one segment which involves the design, development, production and distribution of fiber lasers, semiconductor lasers, and other related products. Our chief operating decision-maker (CODM) is our Chief Executive Officer. The CODM regularly reviews financial information presented on a total company basis, accompanied by information about revenue and direct costs by product family for purposes of monitoring our product mix impact on total gross margin. Throughout the year, the CODM allocates capital resources on a project-by-project basis across the Company's entire asset base to maximize profitability regardless of the legal entity, product or end market basis.

        The Company markets and sells its products throughout the world through both direct sales and distribution channels. For the years ended December 31, the geographic sources of the Company's revenues based on the customer's location are as follows:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

China

  $ 55,344   $ 38,309  

North America

    46,489     36,200  

Other

    36,747     26,816  

  $ 138,580   $ 101,325  

        The geographic locations of the Company's long-lived assets, net, based on location of the assets, as of December 31, are as follows:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

United States

  $ 13,991   $ 13,811  

China

    8,433     8,341  

Other

    991     1,053  

  $ 23,415   $ 23,205  

(14) Net Income (Loss) per Share

        Net income (loss) per share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for multiple classes of common stock and participating securities.

        The participating securities include Series C, D, E, F and G convertible preferred stock, as the holders of these series of preferred stock are entitled to receive a noncumulative dividend in preference to the common stockholders in the event that a dividend is declared on common stock. In the year ended December 31, 2017 the amount of income generated by the Company was less than the stated annual dividend amount that would have been allocated to the preferred stockholders in the event that a dividend had been declared and thus no income has been allocated to the common stockholders. The holders of Series C, D, E, F and G preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses. As such, net loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 was not allocated to these participating securities.

F-30


Table of Contents

(14) Net Income (Loss) per Share (Continued)

        Basic income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, and excludes any dilutive effects of common stock equivalent shares such as stock options, warrants, and convertible preferred stock. Diluted income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and potentially dilutive common stock options, warrants, and convertible preferred stock.

        The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders during the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
  2017   2016  

Numerator:

             

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,837   $ (14,202 )

Participating securities:

             

Income allocated to participating securities

    (1,837 )    

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

        (14,202 )

Denominator:

             

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    13,677     12,501  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ 0.00   $ (1.14 )

        The following potentially dilutive shares of convertible preferred stock, preferred stock warrants, and stock options were not included in the calculation of diluted shares above as the effect would have been anti-dilutive:

(in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Convertible preferred stock

    115,473     98,871  

Preferred stock warrants

    1,072     1,072  

Stock options to purchase common stock

    26,845     23,008  

Total

    143,390     122,951  

F-31


Table of Contents


LOGO

                Shares
Common Stock


PROSPECTUS

                        , 2018


Stifel

Raymond James

Needham & Company

Canaccord Genuity

D.A. Davidson & Co.


Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. When you make a decision about whether to invest in our common stock, you should not rely upon any information other than the information in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of our common stock means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy these shares of common stock in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

   
  Amount
to be Paid
 
 

SEC registration fee

  $         *  
 

FINRA filing fee

            *  
 

Exchange listing fee

            *  
 

Printing and engraving expenses

            *  
 

Legal fees and expenses

            *  
 

Accounting fees and expenses

            *  
 

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

            *  
 

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

            *  
 

Miscellaneous

            *  
 

Total

  $         *  

*
To be completed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law empowers a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising out of their capacity or status as directors and officers, provided that the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe the person's actions were unlawful. The Delaware General Corporation Law further provides that the indemnification permitted thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation's bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise. The certificate of incorporation of the registrant provides for the indemnification of the registrant's directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, the bylaws of the registrant require the registrant to fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the registrant) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the registrant, or is or was a director or officer of the registrant serving at the registrant's request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful.

        Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for

II-1


Table of Contents

payments of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant's certificate of incorporation provides that the registrant's directors shall not be personally liable to the registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the registrant's directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

        Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved, or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of the registrant's directors and certain of the registrant's officers which require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees.

        The registrant expects to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which its directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not the registrant would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and the registrant's officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant's officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

        The underwriting agreement between the registrant and the underwriters filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant's directors and officers and certain controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act with respect to information provided by the underwriters specifically for inclusion in the registration statement.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us in the past three years. No underwriters were involved in the sales, and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.

    From March 30, 2015 through the date of this registration statement, the registrant granted an aggregate of 22,850,848 options under its 2001 Stock Option Plan. During this period, options to purchase 3,294,558 shares of common stock were exercised for aggregate consideration of $527,615.84, at exercise prices ranging from $0.04 to $0.82 per share. Of the options, the registrant cancelled options to purchase 2,605,113 shares of common stock.
    Between April 2015 and February 2016, the registrant issued an aggregate of 24,619,713 shares of its Series F convertible preferred stock to 21 accredited investors at a price per share of $1.029, for aggregate consideration of approximately $25.3 million. In connection with the closing of this

II-2


Table of Contents

      offering, all outstanding shares of Series F convertible preferred stock will convert into an equivalent number shares of common stock.

    In July 2015, the registrant issued a warrant to purchase 971,817 shares of its Series F convertible preferred stock to an accredited investor at an exercise price of $1.029 per share or approximately $1.0 million in the aggregate. In connection with the closing of this offering, the warrant will convert into a warrant to purchase an equivalent number of shares of common stock.
    Between April 2017 and May 2017, the registrant issued an aggregate of 24,026,046 shares of its Series G convertible preferred stock to eleven accredited investors at a price per share of $1.198, for aggregate consideration of approximately $28.8 million. In connection with the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of Series G convertible preferred stock will convert into an equivalent number of shares of common stock.

        The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under either Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

EXHIBIT
NUMBER
  DESCRIPTION
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
        
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, as currently in effect
        
  3.2 * Form Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, to be effective upon completion of the offering
        
  3.3   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant, as currently in effect
        
  3.4 * Form Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant, to be effective upon completion of the offering
        
  4.1 * Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the registrant
        
  4.2   Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated April 28, 2017, by and among the registrant and the parties named therein
        
  4.3   Warrant to purchase Series E convertible preferred stock, issued to PacWest Bancorp (as successor in interest by merger to Square 1 Bank), dated March 13, 2014
        
  4.4   Warrant to purchase Series F convertible preferred stock, issued to Multiplier Growth Partners SPV I, LP, dated July 16, 2015
        
  5.1 * Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
        
  10.1 * Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement
        
  10.2 + 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and related form agreements
        
  10.3 *+ 2018 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements
        
  10.4 *+ 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements
 
   

II-3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER
  DESCRIPTION
  10.5 + 2018 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan
        
  10.6 + Employment Agreement, dated March 29, 2018, by and between the registrant and Scott Keeney
        
  10.7 + Employment Agreement, dated March 29, 2018, by and between the registrant and Ran Bareket
        
  10.8 + Employment Agreement, dated March 29, 2018, by and between the registrant and Robert Martinsen
        
  10.9 + Employment Agreement, dated March 29, 2018, by and between the registrant and Kerry Hill
        
  10.10   Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 28, 2018, by and between the registrant and Pacific Western Bank
        
  10.11   North Park Industrial Center Business Park Lease Agreement, dated May 21, 2013, by and between the registrant and Aspen Hinton, LLC
        
  10.12   North Park Industrial Center Amended and Restated Lease Agreement, dated April 1, 2010, by and between the registrant and Dutton Aspen LLC (as successor in interest to Aspen North Park L.L.C.), as amended by the First Amendment to Lease, dated June 18, 2012 and the Second Amendment to Lease, dated August 1, 2016
        
  10.13   Lease Agreement, dated April 7, 2000, by and between the registrant and Juhani Leijamaa, as amended by the Lease Contract Extension dated March 21, 2016
        
  10.14   Lease Agreement, dated April 7, 2000, by and between the registrant and Hannele Saamio, as amended by the Lease Contract Extension, dated as of March 21, 2016
        
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the registrant
        
  23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
        
  23.2 * Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
        
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included in page II-6 herein)

*
To be filed by amendment.

+
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

(b) Financial statement schedules.

        Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission

II-4


Table of Contents

such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

            (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vancouver, State of Washington, on March 30, 2018.

 
   
   
    NLIGHT, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ SCOTT KEENEY

        Scott Keeney
        President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Scott Keeney and Ran Bareket as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (including his capacity as a director or officer of nLIGHT, Inc.) to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as they, he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE
 
TITLE
 
DATE

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ SCOTT KEENEY

Scott Keeney
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   March 30, 2018

/s/ RAN BAREKET

Ran Bareket

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

 

March 30, 2018

/s/ BANDEL CARANO

Bandel Carano

 

Director

 

March 30, 2018

/s/ DOUGLAS CARLISLE

Douglas Carlisle

 

Director

 

March 30, 2018

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE
 
TITLE
 
DATE

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ BILL GOSSMAN

Bill Gossman
  Director   March 30, 2018

/s/ RAYMOND LINK

Raymond Link

 

Director

 

March 30, 2018

/s/ GARY LOCKE

Gary Locke

 

Director

 

March 30, 2018

/s/ GEOFFREY MOORE

Geoffrey Moore

 

Director

 

March 30, 2018

/s/ DAVID OSBORNE

David Osborne

 

Director

 

March 30, 2018

II-7




Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NLIGHT, INC.

 

The undersigned, Scott H. Keeney, hereby certifies that:

 

1.                                       He is the duly elected and acting President of nLight, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

2.                                       The Certificate of incorporation of this Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on July 27, 2000 under the name nLight Photonics Corporation.

 

3.                                       The Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of this corporation is nLIGHT, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

(A)                                Classes of Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 319,477,812 shares, each with a par value of $0.0001 per share. 190,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock and 129,477,812 shares shall be Preferred Stock.

 

(B)                                Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock authorized by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 22,862,090 shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 28,300,533 shares. The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series E Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 11,839,175 shares. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series F Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 37,253,338 shares. The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series G Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 29,222,676 shares. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

 



 

1.               Dividend Provisions .

 

(a)                                  The holders of shares of Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to receive dividends out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Common Stock. The dividend rate for the Series F Preferred Stock shall be equal to $0.04116 per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events occurring after April 27, 2017 (the “ Filing Date ”)) on each outstanding share of Series F Preferred Stock. The dividend rate for the Series G Preferred Stock shall be equal to $0.04791 per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events occurring after the Filing Date) on each outstanding share of Series G Preferred Stock. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends payable out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of $0.06792, in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, $0.03672 in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, and $0.059756 in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock, per share per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, recapitalizations, and similar events occurring after the Filing Date) on such series of Preferred Stock, payable annually. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”), and shall not be cumulative.

 

(b)                                  No dividends or other distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock, other than dividends payable solely in Common Stock, unless the full preferential dividends of the Preferred Stock set forth in Section 1(a) above shall have first been declared and paid or set apart for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1, whether or not all declared dividends on the Preferred Stock shall have been paid or funds have been set aside therefor, the Corporation, at any time, out of funds legally available therefor (i) may repurchase shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or through the exercise of any right of first refusal or (ii) may exercise any rights of first refusal that the Corporation may have with respect to transfers by certain stockholders of their shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

2.               Liquidation .

 

(a)                                  Senior Preferred Preference . In the event of any Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, in the case of the Series F Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $1.029 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares occurring after the Filing Date) for each share of Series F Preferred Stock then held by them plus declared but unpaid dividends, if any, and, in the case of the Series G Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $1.1977 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares occurring after the Filing Date) for each share of Series G Preferred Stock then held by them plus declared but unpaid dividends, if any. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amount, then the entire

 

2



 

assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 

(b)                                  Junior Preferred Preference . Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a) above, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to $1.698 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares occurring after the Filing Date) for each share of Series C Preferred Stock then held by them, $0.918 (as adjusted for stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares occurring after the Filing Date) for each shares of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them, and $1.4939 (as adjusted for stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares occurring after the Filing Date) for each share of Series E Preferred Stock then held by them, in each case plus declared but unpaid dividends, if any. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amount, then the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 

(c)                                   Remaining Assets . Upon the completion of the distribution required by Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

 

(d)                                  Shares not Treated as Both Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution . Shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any distribution without first foregoing participation in the distribution, or series of distributions, as shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, as applicable. Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive with respect to a Liquidation Event (as defined below), each such holder of shares of a series of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder’s shares of such series into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert such series of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock. If any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to this paragraph, then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of Preferred Stock that have not converted (or have been deemed to have converted) into shares of Common Stock. The amount to which holder of shares of a series of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive with respect to a Liquidation Event is referred to herein as the “ Liquidation Amount ” for such series.

 

(e)                                   Certain Acquisitions .

 

(i)              Deemed Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (a “ Liquidation Event ”) shall be deemed to occur if the Corporation shall sell, convey, exclusively license or otherwise dispose of all or substantially

 

3



 

all of its property or business or merge into or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or other entity or person, or effect any other corporate reorganization (including through a merger or consolidation of a subsidiary of the Corporation in which the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock), in which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, do not own at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization in substantially the same proportions as the ownership of voting power immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, or effect any other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Corporation is disposed of, provided that this Section 2(e)(i) shall not apply to a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation or to a sale of stock for the sole purpose of raising capital.

 

(ii)           Valuation of Consideration . In the event of a Liquidation Event as described in Section 2(e)(i) above, if the consideration received by the stockholders of the Corporation or by Corporation itself is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

 

(A)        Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability (unless otherwise specified in the definitive agreement relating to such deemed liquidation):

 

(1)                                  If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

 

(2)                                  If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

 

(3)                                  If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including a majority of the directors designated by the holders of the Preferred Stock.

 

(B)        The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Section 2(e)(ii)(A) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

 

(iii)        Notice of Transaction . The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than fifteen (15) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or fifteen (15) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than fifteen (15) days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than fifteen (15) days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided , however , that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of

 

4



 

Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock.

 

(iv)       Effect of Noncompliance . In the event the requirements of Section 2(e)(iii) are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either cause the closing of the transaction to be postponed until such requirements have been complied with, or cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(e)(iii) hereof.

 

(v)          Effecting Certain Liquidation Events . The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Liquidation Event involving a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is a party unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a) , 2(b) , 2(c)  and 2(d) .

 

(f)                                    Redemption in Connection with Certain Liquidation Events .

 

(i)              In the event of a Liquidation Event to which Subsection 2(e)(v)  does not apply, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after the closing of such Liquidation Event, if the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150’) day after such Liquidation Event (the “ Redemption Date ”), to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the applicable Liquidation Amount with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock (the “ Redemption Price ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall ratably redeem each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in Subsections 2(a)  and 2(b) , and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2(e)(vi) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received from such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

(ii)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no proceeds from a Liquidation Event after which a redemption is effected in accordance with this Section that are retained in an escrow or holdback, or become payable upon the satisfaction of certain performance conditions (the “ Contingent Amount ”), shall be distributed pursuant to this Subsection (f) until thirty (30) days after the release or payment of such Contingent Amount to the Corporation.

 

(iii)        Redemption Mechanics.

 

(A)        The Corporation shall send written notice of a required redemption pursuant to Subsection 2(f) (the “ Redemption Notice ”) to each holder of record of Preferred Stock, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, not less than thirty (30)

 

5



 

days prior to the Redemption Date. The Redemption Notice shall state (i) the number of shares of each series of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date; (ii) the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price; and (iii) that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

 

(B)        On or before the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each such surrendered certificate shall be cancelled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.

 

(C)        From and after the Redemption Date, all rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice as holders of Preferred Stock (except the right to receive the Redemption Price without interest, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to the shares designated for redemption on such date, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

 

(D)        On or prior to the Redemption Date, the Corporation may deposit the Redemption Price of all shares of Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice and not yet redeemed with a bank or trust corporation having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000, as a trust fund for the benefit of the respective holders of the shares designated for redemption and not yet redeemed, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust corporation to pay the Redemption Price for such shares to their respective holders on or after the Redemption Date upon receipt of notification from the Corporation that such holder has surrendered a share certificate or share certificates to the Corporation pursuant to Section(2Xf)(iii). As of the Redemption Date, the deposit shall constitute full payment of the shares to their holders, and from and after the Redemption Date, the shares so called for redemption shall be redeemed and shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, and the holders thereof shall cease to be stockholders with respect to such shares and shall have no rights with respect thereto except the right to receive from the bank or trust corporation payment of the Redemption Price of the shares, without interest, upon surrender of their certificates therefor (in the case of certificated shares). The balance of any moneys deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 2(f)(iii)(D) remaining unclaimed at the expiration of two (2) years following the applicable Redemption Date shall thereafter be returned to the Corporation upon its request expressed in a resolution of its Board of Directors.

 

3.               Redemption . Except as set forth in Subsection 2(f)(i), the Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

 

4.               Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

 

6



 

(a)                                  Right to Convert .

 

(i)              Subject to Section 4(c) below, each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Price by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial “ Conversion Price ” per share shall be $1.698 for shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Conversion Price ”) $0.918 per share for shares of Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Conversion Price ”), $1.4939 per share for shares of Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Conversion Price ”), $1.029 per share for shares of Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Series F Conversion Price ”) and $1.1977 per share for shares of Series G Preferred Stock (the “ Series G Conversion Price ”). Such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d) below. The “Original Price” per share shall be $1.698 for shares of Series C Preferred Stock, $0.918 for shares of Series D Preferred Stock, $1.4939 for shares of Series E Preferred Stock, $1.029 for shares of Series F Preferred Stock and $1.1977 for shares of Series G Preferred Stock.

 

(b)                                  Automatic Conversion .

 

(i)              Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), the closing of the Corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), the public offering price of which is not less than $1.437 per share (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization occurring after the Filing Date) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of at least $50,000,000 (before underwriting discounts and commissions) (the “ Qualified IPO ”) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of (A) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis and (B) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock voting together as a single class. In the event of the automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock in connection with a Qualified FPO or a written consent, the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock immediately prior to the closing of such sale and issuance of securities or upon the date specified in such written consent, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board of Directors as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board of Directors as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Preferred Stock; provided , however, that in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Article IV, the

 

7



 

outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided , further , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such automatic conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock either are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen, or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering such Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

 

(d)                                  Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations . The applicable Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

(i)              Issuance of Additional Stock below the Conversion Price . If the Corporation shall issue, after the Filing Date, any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, the applicable Conversion Price for each such series in effect immediately prior to such issuance shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(d)(i), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(i).

 

(A)        Adjustment Formula . Whenever the Conversion Price of a series is adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i), the new Conversion Price for such series shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (the “ Outstanding Common ”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance of Additional Stock would purchase at such Conversion Price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock. For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the term “ Outstanding Common ” shall include shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E) below.

 

(B)        Definition of “Additional Stock” . For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i), “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E) by the Corporation after the Filing Date) other than

 

(1)                                  As a dividend or distribution on the Preferred Stock or any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to a transaction described in Section 4(d)(ii) hereof,

 

8



 

(2)                                  Shares of Common Stock issuable or issued to employees, consultants or directors of the Corporation directly or pursuant to a stock option plan, restricted stock plan or other similar arrangement approved by the Board of Directors,

 

(3)                                  Capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings or similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors,

 

(4)                                  Shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, options or other rights to purchase such shares outstanding as of the effective date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation,

 

(5)                                  Capital stock or warrants or options to purchase capital stock issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors,

 

(6)                                  Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, or upon conversion of securities convertible or exchangeable for Common Stock (“ Convertible Securities ”), provided that, except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4(d)(i)(B), such Convertible Securities shall be deemed “Additional Stock,”

 

(7)                                  Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering prior to or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock,

 

(8)                                  Shares of Series G Preferred Stock,

 

(9)                                  With respect to any series of Preferred Stock, capital stock excluded from the definition of “Additional Stock” by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, and

 

(10)                           Capital stock issued by way of dividend or other distribution on shares of Common Stock excluded from the definition of Additional Stock by the foregoing clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9) or this clause (10).

 

(C)        No Fractional Adjustments . No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

 

(D)        Determination of Consideration . In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof. In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

 

9



 

(E)         Deemed Issuances of Common Stock . In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the Filing Date) of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i):

 

(1)                                  The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

 

(2)                                  The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)).

 

(3)                                  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

 

(4)                                  Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities which remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

 

(5)                                  The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(1) and

 

10


 

4(d)(i)(E)(2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(3) or 4(d)(i)(E)(4).

 

(F)          No Increased Conversion Price . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4(d)(i), except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(3) and 4(d)(i)(E)(4), no adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

 

(ii)           Stock Splits and Dividends . In the event the Corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock Equivalents ”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the applicable Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such Preferred Stock shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(i)(E).

 

(iii)        Reverse Stock Splits . If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Filing Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the applicable Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such Preferred Stock shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

 

(e)                                   Other Distributions . Except as otherwise adjusted in this Section 4, in the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d)(ii) or Section 1 of this Article IV, then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(e) the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

 

(f)                                    Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or Section 2) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of such Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the applicable

 

11



 

Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

 

(g)                                   No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

 

(i)              No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock. The number of shares issuable to any holder upon conversion of any series of Preferred Stock shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of the series of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Common Stock’s fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors) on the date of conversion.

 

(ii)           Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock.

 

(h)                                  Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

 

(i)                                      Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of each series of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of each series of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(j)                                     Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, or with an overnight courier and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

12



 

5.               Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

 

6.               Protective Provisions .

 

(a)                                  So long as at least an aggregate of 40,000,000 shares (as adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization occurring after the Filing Date) of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by merger, consolidation, amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis:

 

(i)              increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock as a class or any series thereof;

 

(ii)           authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having a preference over, or being on a parity with, any series of the then-outstanding Preferred Stock with respect to redemption, voting, dividends, conversion or upon liquidation;

 

(iii)        pay dividends to or redeem any equity securities, other than (a) redemptions pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, (b) pursuant to any rights of first refusal that the Corporation may have with respect to transfers by certain stockholders of their shares or (c) the repurchase or withholding of shares by the Corporation upon the exercise of stock options, in order to address tax liabilities,

 

(iv)       effect a transaction deemed to be a Liquidation Event described in Section 2(e)(i) above or any liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation;

 

(v)          amend the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner (including the filing of a Certificate of Designation) that materially and adversely alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof;

 

(vi)       increase or decrease the authorized number of members of the Board of Directors from eight (8);

 

(vii)   issue securities of any subsidiary of the Corporation or create or cause the Corporation to hold capital stock in any subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned subsidiary or dispose of any subsidiary stock or substantially all of any subsidiary assets;

 

13



 

(viii) increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the Corporation’s existing stock option plans above 44,967,687 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations occurring after the Filing Date); or

 

(ix)   create or authorize the creation of any debt security.

 

(b)          So long as any shares (as adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization occurring after the Filing Date) of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by merger, consolidation, amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series:

 

(i)              amend the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner (including the filing of a Certificate of Designation) that materially and adversely alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock in a manner different from the other series of Preferred Stock then outstanding;

 

(ii)           increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock; or

 

(iii)        amend this Section 6(b).

 

(c)           So long as any shares (as adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization occurring after the Filing Date) of Series F Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by merger, consolidation, amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series:

 

(i)              amend the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner (including the filing of a Certificate of Designation) that materially and adversely alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series F Preferred Stock in a manner different from the other series of Preferred Stock then outstanding;

 

(ii)           increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series F Preferred Stock; or

 

(iii)        amend this Section 6(c).

 

(d)          So long as any shares of Series G Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by merger, consolidation, amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series:

 

(i)              amend the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner (including the filing of a Certificate of Designation) that materially and adversely alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series G Preferred Stock in a manner different from the other series of Preferred Stock then outstanding;

 

14



 

(ii)           increase or decrease (other than following conversion of shares of Series G Preferred Stock and only to the extent of the number of shares so converted) the total number of authorized shares of Series G Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)        authorize the issuance of securities having preference senior to the Series G Preferred Stock with respect to redemption, voting, dividends, conversion or upon a Liquidation Event in accordance with Section 2(e)(i) above;

 

(iv)       pay dividends to or redeem any equity securities, other than (a) redemptions pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, (b) pursuant to any rights of first refusal that the Corporation may have with respect to transfers by certain stockholders of their shares or (c) the repurchase or withholding of shares by the Corporation upon the exercise of stock options, in order to address tax liabilities;

 

(v)          enter into a transaction or series of transactions to effect a Liquidation Event in accordance with Section 2(e)(i) above if the non-contingent proceeds payable on a share of Series G Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 2(a) above are less than $1.437 per share for shares of Series G Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization occurring after the Filing Date); or

 

(vi)       amend this Section 6(d).

 

7.               Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation.

 

8.               Common Stock .

 

(a)          Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)          Liquidation Rights . Upon a Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article 1V(B).

 

(c)           Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

 

(d)          Voting Rights . Each holder of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote per share of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(6)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

15



 

ARTICLE V

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation subject to restrictions contained herein.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

(A)                                To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

(B)                                The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

 

(C)                                Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article WI, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

*   *   *

 

16



 

The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Executed at Vancouver, Washington, on April 27, 2017.

 

 

/s/ Scott Keeney

 

Scott H. Keeney, President

 




Exhibit 3.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

nLIGHT PHOTONICS CORPORATION

 

(effective as of November 13, 2014)

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES

1

 

 

 

1.1

REGISTERED OFFICE

1

 

1.2

OTHER OFFICES

1

 

 

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

 

 

 

2.1

PLACE OF MEETINGS

1

 

2.2

ANNUAL MEETING

1

 

2.3

SPECIAL MEETING

1

 

2.4

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

2

 

2.5

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

2

 

2.6

QUORUM

2

 

2.7

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

2

 

2.8

VOTING

2

 

2.9

WAIVER OF NOTICE

2

 

2.10

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

3

 

2.11

RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

3

 

2.12

PROXIES

4

 

2.13

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

4

 

2.14

ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINATIONS

4

 

2.15

ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS

5

 

 

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

5

 

 

 

3.1

POWERS

5

 

3.2

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

6

 

3.3

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

6

 

3.4

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

6

 

3.5

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

7

 

3.6

FIRST MEETINGS

7

 

3.7

REGULAR MEETINGS

7

 

3.8

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

7

 

3.9

QUORUM

7

 

3.10

WAIVER OF NOTICE

8

 

3.11

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

8

 

3.12

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

8

 

3.13

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

8

 

3.14

APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS

8

 

3.15

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

9

 

 

ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES

9

 

 

 

4.1

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

9

 

4.2

COMMITTEE MINUTES

9

 

4.3

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

9

 

 

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

10

 

 

 

5.1

OFFICERS

10

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

ELECTION OF OFFICERS

10

 

5.3

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

10

 

5.4

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

10

 

5.5

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

11

 

5.6

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

11

 

5.7

PRESIDENT

11

 

5.8

VICE PRESIDENT

11

 

5.9

SECRETARY

11

 

5.10

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

12

 

5.11

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

12

 

5.12

TREASURER

12

 

5.13

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

12

 

 

ARTICLE VI INDEMNITY

12

 

 

 

6.1

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

12

 

6.2

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

13

 

6.3

PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE

13

 

6.4

INSURANCE

13

 

 

ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS

13

 

 

 

7.1

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

13

 

7.2

INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

14

 

7.3

ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS

14

 

7.4

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

14

 

 

ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS

14

 

 

 

8.1

CHECKS

14

 

8.2

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

15

 

8.3

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

15

 

8.4

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

15

 

8.5

LOST CERTIFICATES

15

 

8.6

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

16

 

8.7

DIVIDENDS

16

 

8.8

FISCAL YEAR

16

 

8.9

SEAL

16

 

8.10

TRANSFER OF STOCK

16

 

8.11

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

16

 

8.12

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

17

 

 

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS

17

 

ii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

nLIGHT PHOTONICS CORPORATION

 

(Effective as of November 13, 2014)

 

ARTICLE I

 

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1          REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The registered office of nLight Photonics Corporation (the “ Corporation ”) shall be fixed in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

 

1.2          OTHER OFFICES

 

The board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1          PLACE OF MEETINGS

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation.

 

2.2          ANNUAL MEETING

 

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date, at a time and at a location designated by the board of directors. In the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the 1st Tuesday of May in each year at the executive offices of the Corporation. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

2.3          SPECIAL MEETING

 

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, or by the chairman of the board, or by the president.

 

1



 

2.4          NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

2.5          MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

 

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

2.6          QUORUM

 

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

2.7          ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2.8          VOTING

 

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

2.9          WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to

 

2



 

notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

2.10        STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the General Corporation Law of Delaware to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a Corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

2.11        RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

 

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

 

(a)           The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

(b)           The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed.

 

(c)           The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

3



 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2.12        PROXIES

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the Corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(c) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

2.13        LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

 

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

2.14        ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINATIONS

 

Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the board of directors or by any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the board of directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than twenty (20) days nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting; provided , however , that in the event less than thirty (30) days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by such person, (iv) any other information relating to such person that is required by law to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, and (v) such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of such stockholder, (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by such stockholder, and (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) relating to the nomination. At the request of the board of directors any person nominated by the board of directors

 

4



 

for election as a director shall furnish to the secretary of the Corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

2.15        ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS

 

At the annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be: (a) as specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the board of directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. Business to be brought before the meeting by a stockholder shall not be considered properly brought if the stockholder has not given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than twenty (20) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting; provided , however , that in the event that less than thirty (30) days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. A stockholder’s notice to the secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business, and (v) any other information that is required by law to be provided by the stockholder in his capacity as proponent of a stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section, and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

3.1          POWERS

 

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.

 

5



 

3.2          NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

The authorized number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of a majority of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

3.3          ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

 

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

3.4          RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

 

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

 

(a)           Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

(b)           Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

 

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

 

6



 

3.5          PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

 

The board of directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.6          FIRST MEETINGS

 

The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

3.7          REGULAR MEETINGS

 

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

 

3.8          SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

 

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two (2) directors.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail or electronic transmission, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the Corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone or by electronic transmission, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or electronic transmission at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone or electronic transmission may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

3.9          QUORUM

 

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present

 

7


 

at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

3.10        WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

3.11        ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

 

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

3.12        BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.13        FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

3.14        APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS

 

The Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

8



 

3.15        REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEES

 

4.1          COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, with each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in the bylaws of the Corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) amend the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation), (ii) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii) recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, (iv) recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (v) amend the bylaws of the Corporation; and, unless the board resolution establishing the committee, the bylaws or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

4.2          COMMITTEE MINUTES

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

4.3          MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section

 

9



 

3.10 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjournment and notice of adjournment), and Section 3.12 (action without a meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

5.1          OFFICERS

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, and a secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, a chief financial officer, a treasurer, one or more assistant vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2          ELECTION OF OFFICERS

 

The officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board of directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

5.3          SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

 

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

 

5.4          REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

10



 

5.5          VACANCIES IN OFFICES

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

 

5.6          CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

 

The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.

 

5.7          PRESIDENT

 

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the Corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the board of directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a Corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

 

5.8          VICE PRESIDENT

 

In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors, these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

 

5.9          SECRETARY

 

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

 

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

 

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. He shall keep the seal of the

 

11



 

Corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these bylaws.

 

5.10        CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

 

The chief financial officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

 

5.11        ASSISTANT SECRETARY

 

The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.

 

5.12        TREASURER

 

The treasurer shall, in the absence of the chief financial officer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.

 

5.13        AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

 

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

INDEMNITY

 

6.1          INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “ director ” or “ officer ” of the Corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request

 

12



 

of the Corporation as a director or officer of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a Corporation which was a predecessor Corporation of the Corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor Corporation.

 

6.2          INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

 

The Corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “ employee ” or “ agent ” of the Corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a Corporation which was a predecessor Corporation of the Corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor Corporation.

 

6.3          PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE

 

The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation entitled to indemnification hereunder in defending any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 6.1 in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that payment of expenses incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the director or officer to repay all amounts advanced if it should ultimately be determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under Section 6.1 or otherwise.

 

6.4          INSURANCE

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

7.1          MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

 

The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the board of directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

 

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably

 

13



 

related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

7.2          INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

 

Any director shall have the right to examine the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the Corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

7.3          ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS

 

The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the Corporation.

 

7.4          REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

 

The chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other Corporation or Corporations standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

GENERAL MATTERS

 

8.1          CHECKS

 

From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

14



 

8.2          EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

 

The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

8.3          STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

 

The shares of a Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the chief financial officer or treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

8.4          SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

 

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

8.5          LOST CERTIFICATES

 

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same

 

15



 

time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

8.6          CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

8.7          DIVIDENDS

 

The directors of the Corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

 

The directors of the Corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

8.8          FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

 

8.9          SEAL

 

The Corporation may have a corporate seal, which may be adopted or altered at the please of the Board of Directors, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

8.10        TRANSFER OF STOCK

 

Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

 

8.11        STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

 

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

16



 

8.12        REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

The original or other bylaws of the Corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the Corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

17




Exhibit 4.2

 

nLIGHT, INC.

 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

April 28, 2017

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Registration Rights

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

Definitions

2

 

1.2

Restrictions on Transferability

3

 

1.3

Restrictive Legend

4

 

1.4

Notice of Proposed Transfers

4

 

1.5

Request for Registration

5

 

1.6

Company Registration

6

 

1.7

Form S-3 Registration

7

 

1.8

Obligations of the Company

7

 

1.9

Furnish Information

9

 

1.10

Expenses of Registration

9

 

1.11

Underwriting Requirements

10

 

1.12

Delay of Registration

10

 

1.13

Indemnification

10

 

1.14

Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934

12

 

1.15

Assignment of Registration Rights

13

 

1.16

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

13

 

1.17

Lock-Up Agreement

14

 

1.18

Termination of Registration Rights

14

 

 

 

 

2.

Covenants of the Company

14

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

Delivery of Financial Statements

14

 

2.2

Inspection

15

 

2.3

Right of First Offer

15

 

2.4

Qualified Small Business Stock Status

17

 

2.5

Mandatory Offering Exception

17

 

2.6

Reservation of Common Stock

17

 

2.7

Right to Conduct Activities

17

 

2.8

Termination of Covenants

18

 

 

 

 

3.

Miscellaneous

18

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

Successors and Assigns

18

 

3.2

Amendments and Waivers

18

 

3.3

Supersession of Prior Rights Agreement

18

 

3.4

Notices

19

 

3.5

Severability

19

 

3.6

Governing Law

19

 

3.7

Counterparts

20

 

3.8

Titles and Subtitles

20

 

3.9

Aggregation of Stock

20

 

i



 

nLIGHT, INC.

 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 28th day of April, 2017, by and among nLight, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), PacWest Bancorp (“ PacWest ”), Multiplier Growth Partners SPV I, LP (“ Multiplier ”, and together with PacWest, the “ Lenders ”), nLight Holdings, LLC, a Washington limited liability corporation (“ nLight Holdings ”), the holders of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Series C Investors ”), the holders of Series D Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Exhibit B hereto (the “ Series D Investors ”), the holders of Series E Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Exhibit C hereto (the “ Series E Investors ”), the holders of Series F Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Exhibit D hereto (the “ Series F Investors ”) and the holders of Series G Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Exhibit E hereto (the “ Series G Investors ”) (the Series C Investors,  the Series D Investors, the Series E Investors, the Series F Investors and the Series G Investors, each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”), and Scott Keeney, Jason Farmer and Mark DeVito, each of whom is herein referred to as a “ Founder .” The Company, the Investors, the Lenders, nLight Holdings and the Founders are individually each referred to herein as a “ Party ” and are collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties .”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS: The Company, certain of the Investors, the Lenders, nLight Holdings and the Founders (among others) (the “ Existing Parties ”) are parties to the Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, as amended, dated as of November 13, 2014 (as amended, the “ Prior Rights Agreement ”), providing to the Existing Parties certain registration and other rights as set forth therein.

 

WHEREAS: Concurrently herewith the Series G Investors and the Company are entering into a Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith, providing for, among other things, the purchase and sale of shares of Series G Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Series G Preferred ”).

 

WHEREAS: In order to induce the Series G Investors to purchase shares of Series G Preferred and enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Existing Parties desire to grant to the Series G Investors certain registration, information and other rights set forth herein.

 

WHEREAS: The consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior Rights Agreement) now wish to amend and restate the Prior Rights Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE: In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the Company and the Existing Parties hereby amend the registration and other rights set forth in the Prior Rights Agreement by superseding and replacing such rights in their entirety with the rights set forth in this Agreement, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Registration Rights .  The Parties covenant and agree as follows:

 



 

1.1                                Definitions .  For purposes of this Section 1:

 

(a)          The term “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified person, any other person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person, including without limitation any affiliated fund, parent entity, subsidiary, general or limited partner, managing member, officer or director of such person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general or limited partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such person; provided, however, that (i) each Wellington Investor shall be deemed to be an  “Affiliate” of each other Wellington Investor, and (ii) an entity that is an “Affiliate” of a Wellington Investor shall not be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of any other Wellington Investor unless such entity is a Wellington Investor (and, for the avoidance of doubt, an “Affiliate” of such entity shall not be deemed an “Affiliate” of any Wellington Investor solely by virtue of being an “Affiliate” of such entity).

 

(b)          The term “ Exchange Common ” means the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 18, 2001 and the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 23, 2004.

 

(c)           The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).

 

(d)          The term “ Holder ” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.15 of this Agreement.

 

(e)           The term “ Lender Warrants ” means the warrants held by the Lenders.

 

(f)            The term “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Company’s Preferred Stock issued upon exercise of the Lender Warrants (the “ Lender Warrant Stock ”), (ii) the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 23, 2004, (iii) the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series D Purchase Agreements dated as of March 7, 2007, and January 23, 2009, (iv) the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of February 25, 2011, (v) the Company’s Series F Preferred issued pursuant to the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of November 13, 2014, as amended and (vi) the Company’s Series G Preferred issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

(g)           The term “ Qualified IPO ” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, the public offering price of which is not less than $1.437 per share (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization occurring after the date hereof) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of at least $50,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions).

 

(h)          The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

2



 

(i)              The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) 150,000 (adjusted for any stock dividend, split, combination, reclassification or recapitalization occurring after the date hereof) shares of Common Stock held by nLight Holdings (“ nLight Holdings’ Stock ”), other than shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.18 hereof, (ii) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, including those shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Lender Warrants, but other than shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.18 hereof, (iii) 2,344,416 (adjusted for any stock dividend, split, combination, reclassification or recapitalization occurring after the date hereof) shares of Common Stock held by the Founders (the “ Founders’ Stock ”), and (iv) the Exchange Common and any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares described in (i), (ii) and (iii); provided , however , that for purposes of Sections 1.5, 1.7, 1.15 and 1.16, the Founders’ Stock and any shares described in (iv) above attributable to the Founders’ Stock shall not be Registrable Securities and the Founders and their assignees and other successors with respect to such shares shall not be Holders on account of such shares; provided , further , that for purposes of Sections 1.5 and 1.16, the Lender Warrant Stock shall not be Registrable Securities and the Lenders and its assignees and other successors with respect to such shares shall not be Holders on account of such shares; provided , further , that the foregoing definition shall exclude in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his or her rights under this Agreement are not assigned.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as they have not been (A) sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, (B) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(a)(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions, and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale, or (C) securities that would otherwise be Registrable Securities held by a Holder who is then permitted to sell such securities within any three (3) month period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”).

 

(j)             The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities and which are, Registrable Securities.

 

(k)          The term “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 1.3 hereof (or any similar legend).

 

(l)              The term “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(m)      The term “ Wellington ” means Wellington Management Company LLP and any successor or affiliated investment advisor or subadvisor thereof to the Wellington Investors.

 

(n)          The term “ Wellington Investors ” means Investors, or permitted transferees of Registrable Securities held by Wellington Investors, that are advisory or subadvisory clients of Wellington.  For the sake of clarity, as of the date hereof, the sole Wellington Investor is Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.

 

1.2                                Restrictions on Transferability .

 

(a)          The Restricted Securities shall not be transferable except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding Section 1.4 below, until the Company’s Qualified IPO, the Restricted Securities shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, be

 

3



 

transferred to any entity (or any Affiliate thereof) engaged in the business of manufacturing, developing, marketing or selling lasers or any other electro-optical devices based upon semiconductor laser technology (a “ Competitor ”), and any such attempted transfer shall be void ab initio.  Each holder of Restricted Securities will cause any proposed transferee of the Restricted Securities held by such holder to agree to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Lenders, the Investors and the Founders that is a Covered Person (as defined in Section 2.3(e)), agrees (i) not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person other than the Company unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company and (ii) to promptly notify each other Party to this Agreement in writing if it or, to its knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification.  As used herein, “ Bad Actor Disqualification ” means any “bad actor” disqualification described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

1.3                                Restrictive Legend .  Each certificate representing (a) nLight Holdings’ Stock, (b) the Founders’ Stock, (c) the Preferred Stock, (d) the Lender Warrant Stock, (e) shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, and (f) any other securities issued in respect of the shares described in (a), (b), (c) and (d)  upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 1.4 below) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”).  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.  COPIES OF THE AGREEMENT COVERING THE PURCHASE OF THESE SECURITIES AND RESTRICTING THEIR TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES.

 

Each Party and Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Preferred Stock or the Common Stock in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Agreement.

 

1.4                                Notice of Proposed Transfers .  The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section.  Prior to any proposed transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transfer, the holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such holder’s intention to effect such transfer.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed transfer in sufficient detail, and shall, if the Company so requests, be accompanied by either (a) a written opinion of legal counsel, who shall be reasonably

 

4



 

satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company’s counsel, to the effect that the proposed transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, or (b) a “No Action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the holder to the Company; provided , however , that no opinion or No Action letter need be obtained with respect to a transfer to (i) any Affiliate of a holder of Restricted Securities, (ii) the estate of any partner of a holder of Restricted Securities, or (iii) the spouse, children, grandchildren or spouse of such children or grandchildren of any holder of Restricted Securities or to trusts for the benefit of any holder of Restricted Securities or such persons, provided that in each such case the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms hereof.  Each certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as provided above shall bear the appropriate restrictive legends described above, except that such certificate shall not bear any such restrictive legend if in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required.

 

1.5                                Request for Registration .

 

(a)          If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) April 28, 2020, or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the initial public offering of securities of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction), a written request from the Holders of thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions in excess of $15,000,000, then the Company shall, within fifteen (15) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.5(b), use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered within fifteen (15) days of the mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.4.

 

(b)          If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (“ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.5 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.5(a).  The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 1.8(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.5, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders and the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such

 

5



 

underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.  If the underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten and has indicated to the Holders that marketing factors would permit the inclusion of additional securities without an adverse effect on the offering, the Company may include securities for its own account or for the account of others in such registration if the underwriter so agrees and if the number of Registrable Securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.5, a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one-hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period.

 

(d)          In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.5:

 

(i)              After the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.5 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

 

(ii)           During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.6 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

 

(iii)        If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.7 below.

 

1.6                                Company Registration .  If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its shares under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan or a transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Securities Act, a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, or any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration.  Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.4, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.11, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it pursuant to this Section 1.6 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

 

6


 

1.7                                Form S-3 Registration .  In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (which request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of) and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

 

(a)          promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

 

(b)          as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.7:  (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $1,000,000; (iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.7; provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve month period; (iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.7; (v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance; (vi) during the period ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a registration statement that was subject to Section 1.6; or (vii) during the period ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the most recent registration pursuant to a request under Section 1.5.  The Company shall not be required to maintain and keep any such registration on Form S-3 effective after the earlier to occur of (x) one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of effectiveness of such registration statement, or (y) such date as the disposition of the Registrable Securities subject to such registration has been completed.

 

(c)           Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders.  Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.7 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.5 or 1.6, respectively.

 

1.8                                Obligations of the Company .  Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)          Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective until the earlier to occur of one hundred twenty (120) days

 

7



 

after the effective date of such registration statement or until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed.

 

(b)          Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with Section 1.8(a) above.

 

(c)           Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

 

(d)          Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

 

(e)           In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering.  Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

 

(f)            Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue until the earlier to occur of one hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date of such registration statement or until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed.  The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

(g)           Cause all such Registrable Securities registered hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange, or included in the Nasdaq Stock Market or similar quotation system, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

 

(h)          Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

 

(i)              Use its best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent

 

8



 

certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

 

1.9                                Furnish Information .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.  The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.5 or Section 1.7 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.5(a) or subsection 1.7(b)(ii), whichever is applicable.

 

1.10                         Expenses of Registration .

 

(a)          Demand Registration .  All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.5, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.5 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.5; provided further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.5.

 

(b)          Company Registration .  All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1.6 for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 1.15), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

 

(c)           Registration on Form S-3 .  All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with a registration requested pursuant to Section 1.7, including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

 

9



 

1.11                         Underwriting Requirements .  In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.6 or Section 1.7 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company.  If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders) but in no event shall (a) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, the selling stockholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included or (b) any securities held by a Founder be included if any securities held by any selling Holder are excluded.  For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “ selling stockholder ,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

1.12                         Delay of Registration .  No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

 

1.13                         Indemnification .  In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

 

(a)          To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder, each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and its legal counsel and independent accountants, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”):  (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any Rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity

 

10



 

agreement contained in this subsection 1.13(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person; provided further , however , that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or underwriter, or any person controlling such Holder or underwriter, from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased shares in the offering, if a copy of the prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Holder or underwriter to such person, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the shares to such person, and if the prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability.

 

(b)          To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, its legal counsel and independent accountants, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.13(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.13(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.13(b) exceed the proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but not expenses, from the offering received by such Holder; provided further , however , that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any other Holder or underwriter, or any person controlling such Holder or underwriter, from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased shares in the offering, if a copy of the prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Holder or underwriter to such person, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the shares to such person, and if the prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability.

 

(c)           Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.13 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.13, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other

 

11



 

indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding.  The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.13, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.13.

 

(d)          If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.13 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Subsection 1.13(d) exceed the proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but not expenses, from the offering received by such Holder.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)            The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.13 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

 

1.14                         Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 .  With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 and any other Rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

 

(a)          make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

(b)          take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the

 

12



 

fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

 

(c)           file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

 

(d)          furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any Rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

 

1.15                         Assignment of Registration Rights .  Subject to Section 1.2 hereof, the rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to (a) a transferee or assignee of the lesser of (i) 700,000 (adjusted for any stock dividend, split, combination, reclassification or recapitalization occurring after the date hereof) Registrable Securities held by such Holder and (ii) all of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder, or (b) any Affiliate of such Holder, provided the Company is, prior to such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided , further , that such assignment shall be effective only if (i) immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act and (ii) any proposed transferee or assignee of such right agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 1.17 hereof.  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such partners or spouses who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under Section 1.

 

1.16                         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.5 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of its securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 1.5(a) or within one hundred eighty (180) days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.5.

 

13



 

1.17                         Lock-Up Agreement .

 

(a)          Lock-Up Period; Agreement .  Each Holder hereby agrees that, if requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration, those acquired in the Company’s Qualified IPO and those acquired on the open market following the effectiveness of such registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the Company’s Qualified IPO.  Each Holder further agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 1.17.  The underwriters in connection with the Company’s Qualified IPO are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 1.17 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as if they were a party hereto.  Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

 

(b)          Limitations .  The obligations described in Section 1.17(a) shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company, all two percent (2%) securityholders, and all other persons with registration rights (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement) enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act.

 

(c)           Stop-Transfer Instructions .  In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in Section 1.17(a)).

 

(d)          Transferees Bound .  Each Holder agrees that prior to the Qualified IPO it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 1.17, provided that this Section 1.17(d) shall not apply to transfers pursuant to a registration statement or transfers after the twelve (12) month anniversary of the effective date of the Qualified IPO.

 

1.18                         Termination of Registration Rights .  No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (i) five (5) years following the consummation of the firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), and (ii) as to any Holder, such earlier time after the Initial Public Offering at which such Holder holds one percent (1%) or less of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (together with any Affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold immediately without registration in compliance with Rule 144.

 

2.                                       Covenants of the Company .

 

2.1                                Delivery of Financial Statements .

 

(a)          The Company shall deliver to each Investor holding at least 700,000 shares (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization after the date hereof) of Preferred Stock (each, a “ Major Investor ”):

 

(i)              as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year,

 

14



 

and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

(ii)           as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement, an unaudited statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, compared against the budget for such year and against the financial statements for such quarter of the immediately preceding year;

 

(iii)        as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than forty-five (45) days after the beginning of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for that fiscal year, prepared on a quarterly basis, and, as soon as prepared and approved by the Board of Directors, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company; and

 

(iv)       as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, a detailed capitalization table, reflecting the then-current capitalization of the Company.

 

2.2                                Inspection .  The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information; provided , further , that this right of inspection shall not extend to a Competitor.

 

2.3                                Right of First Offer .  Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined).  For purposes of this Section 2.3, Major Investor includes any Affiliates of a Major Investor.  A Major Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)          The Company shall deliver written notice (“ Notice ”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

 

(b)          Within 10 calendar days after delivery of the Notice, the Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities).  Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing thereunder.  The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that purchases all the shares available

 

15



 

to it (each, a “ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise.  During the ten (10)-day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by all Fully-Exercising Investors (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities).

 

(c)           The Company may, during the 60-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.3(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Notice.  If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

 

(d)          The right of first offer in this paragraph 2.3 shall not be applicable (i) to the issuance or sale of Common Stock (or options therefor) to employees, consultants and directors, pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Board of Directors for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services, (ii) to or after consummation of a Qualified IPO, (iii) to the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities, (iv) to the issuance of securities in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, (v) to the issuance or sale of shares of Series G Preferred on or after the date hereof pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, (vi) to the issuance of securities to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors, (vii) to any issuances of securities in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including, but not limited to (1) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (2) technology transfer or development arrangements; provided that such strategic transactions, and the issuance of securities therein, have been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and that such issuances are for other than primarily equity financing purposes, or (viii) the issuance of securities in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company.  In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable with respect to any Major Investor and any subsequent securities issuance, if (i) at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, the Major Investor is not an “ accredited investor ,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act, and (ii) such subsequent securities issuance is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

 

(e)                             No Major Investor shall have a right of first offer pursuant to this section if (i) immediately following the exercise of such Major Investor’s right of first offer it shall be a Covered Person (as defined below) and (ii) the Major Investor or any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members or any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of the securities of the Company held by the Major Investor (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any Bad Actor Disqualification, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act.  “ Covered Persons ” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated

 

16


 

on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Stock; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Stock (a “ Solicitor ”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

 

2.4                                Qualified Small Business Stock Status .  The Company agrees to use its best efforts (a) to notify each Major Investor prior to taking any action which could reasonably be expected to prevent the treatment of the Preferred Stock as “Qualified Small Business Stock” within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and (b) to allow any Major Investor the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company’s executive officers regarding such action.  The Company shall submit to the Internal Revenue Service and the Washington State Franchise Tax Board any reports, forms, schedules or other filings required to be submitted under Section 1202, related Treasury Regulations or required under Washington state laws or regulations pertaining to the issuance of qualified small business stock (collectively, the “ Required Reports ”).  Upon request, the Company shall submit copies of the Required Reports to any Major Investor.

 

2.5                                Mandatory Offering Exception .  The Company and the Investors agree that (a) SVIC No. 18 New Technology Business Investment L.L.P. or any of its Affiliates (collectively, “ Samsung ”) shall not be required to purchase any shares in any Mandatory Offering (as defined below) and shall not suffer a Disproportionate Adverse Change in Rights (as defined below) as a result of not purchasing any shares in any Mandatory Offering, and (b) they will not take any action to subject Samsung to a Mandatory Offering or cause Samsung to suffer a Disproportionate Adverse Change in Rights for not participating in a Mandatory Offering.  A “ Disproportionate Adverse Change in Rights ” means an adverse change in the existing rights of a holder of Preferred Stock (including the conversion of some or all of such holder’s Preferred Stock into Common Stock or another series of Preferred Stock pursuant to an amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) in a manner different than the Participating Investors (as defined below).  A “ Mandatory Offering ” means any financing of the Company pursuant to which a holder of Preferred Stock must acquire, or cause an Affiliate of such holder to acquire, part of the investment amount in the financing in order to avoid a Disproportionate Change in Rights (such an investor, a “ Participating Investor ”).

 

2.6                                Reservation of Common Stock .  The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

 

2.7                                Right to Conduct Activities .  The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that certain of the Major Investors (together with their Affiliates) are professional investment funds, and as such invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently propose to be conducted).  The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, neither the Major Investors nor any of their Affiliates shall be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by any Major Investor or any Affiliate of a Major Investor in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of any Major Investor or any Affiliate of a Major Investor to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Major Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

 

17



 

2.8                                Termination of Covenants .

 

(a)                            The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2  and 2.4 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

 

(b)                            The covenants set forth in Section 2.3 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) immediately following the consummation of a Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as may be amended from time to time).

 

(c)                             The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2  and 2.4 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 2.8(a) above.

 

3.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

3.1                                Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any of nLight Holdings’ Stock or the Preferred Stock (or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof)).  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

3.2                                Amendments and Waivers .  Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, not including the Founders’ Stock; provided that if such amendment has the effect of affecting the Founders’ Stock (a) in a manner different than securities issued to the Investors and (b) in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Founders’ Stock, then such amendment shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority of the Founders’ Stock; provided , further , that (i) if such amendment has the effect of affecting nLight Holdings’ Stock (A) in a manner different than securities issued to the other Investors and (B) in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of nLight Holdings’ Stock, then such amendment shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority of nLight Holdings’ Stock, and (ii) Samsung’s rights under Sections 2.5 and 3.2 may not be amended without the written consent of Samsung; provided, further , that no term of Sections 2.3 or 3.2 may be waived with respect to the Wellington Investors without their express written consent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, additional purchasers of Series G Preferred pursuant to the Purchase Agreement may become parties to this Agreement as “Investors” and “Holders” by executing a counterpart signature page to this Agreement without any amendment to this Agreement or the consent or approval of any other Holder.  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each party to the Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

 

3.3                                Supersession of Prior Rights Agreement .  The Prior Rights Agreement is hereby superseded in its entirety herein.  This Agreement shall be effective at such time as the Company and the Existing Parties who hold a majority of the Registrable Securities of the Company (excluding the Founders’ Stock) have executed and delivered a signed counterpart of this Agreement.  Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Rights Agreement shall be amended and restated in their entirety and superseded by the provisions set forth herein.

 

18



 

3.4                                Notices.

 

(a)                            All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed.(b)

 

(b)                            if to an Investor, to (and only to) the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, and if to Wellington or the Wellington Investors, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, 60 State Street, Boston, MA  02109, Attention: Jason L. Kropp, Esq.;

 

(c)                             if to a Founder, to that person’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;

 

(d)                            if to any other holder of Company securities subject to this Agreement, to such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, or, until any such holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of such securities for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(e)                             if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 5408 NE 88 th  Street, Building E, Vancouver, Washington 98665, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors or Common Holders or other such holders, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Patrick Schultheis, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. 701 5 th  Avenue, Suite 5100, Seattle, Washington 98104.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or two days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Agreement or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

3.5                                Severability .  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith.  In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

3.6                                Governing Law .  This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

19



 

3.7                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

3.8                                Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

3.9                                Aggregation of Stock .  All shares of the Preferred Stock held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

20



 

The parties have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY :

 

 

 

nLIGHT, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Keeney

 

 

Scott Keeney

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Address:

5408 NE 88th Street

 

 

Building E

 

 

Vancouver, Washington 98665

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH AMENDED & RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

FOUNDERS:

 

 

 

/s/ Scott Keeney

 

Scott Keeney

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

 

 

Mark DeVito

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH AMENDED & RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

FOUNDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

Scott Keeney

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

/s/ Mark DeVito

 

Mark DeVito

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH AMENDED & RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

HADLEY HARBOR MASTER INVESTORS (CAYMAN) L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment

 

adviser

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Emily Babalas

 

Name:

Emily Babalas

 

Title:

Managing Director and Counsel

 

 

 

Address: c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

 

Legal and Compliance

 

280 Congress Street

 

Boston, MA 02210

 

Telephone number: (617) 790-7429

 

Email: seclaw@wellington.com

 

 

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

 

60 State Street

 

Boston, MA 02109

 

Attention: Jason L. Kropp

 

Facsimile: +1-617-526-5000

 

Email: Jason.Kropp@wilmerhale.com

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH AMENDED & RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

MOHR, DAVIDOW VENTURES VI, L.P.

 

as nominee for

 

Mohr, Davidow Ventures VI, L.P.

 

MDV VI Leaders’ Fund, L.P.

 

MDV Entrepreneurs’ Network Fund III (A), L.P. and

 

MDV Entrepreneurs’ Network Fund III (B), L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Sixth MDV Partners, L.L.C., General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brett Teele

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

Brett Teele

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH AMENDED & RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS X, L.P.

 

By:

Oak Associates X, L.L.C., its general partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bandel L. Carano

 

 

Bandel L. Carano, General Partner

 

 

 

OAK X AFFILIATES FUND, L.P.

 

By:

Oak X Affiliates, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

By:

s/ Bandel L. Carano

 

 

Bandel L. Carano, General Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH AMENDED & RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

MENLO VENTURES IX, L.P.

 

MENLO ENTREPRENEURS FUND IX, L.P.

 

MENLO ENTREPRENEURS FUND IX (A), L.P.

 

MMEF IX, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

MV MANAGEMENT IX, L.L.C.

 

Their General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Doug Carlisle

 

 

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH AMENDED & RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

GREENOVER 2007, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Kelley Williams, Jr.

 

 

 

 

Name:

J. Kelley Williams, Jr.

 

 

 

 

Title:

Member, Greenover Managers, LLC, Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH AMENDED & RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

PRIVATE MARKET INVESTMENT FUND II, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven M. Dauphin

 

 

 

 

Name:

Steven M. Dauphin, Member

 

 

 

 

Title:

By: Fidelis Capital, LLC

 

 

Its: Authorized Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH AMENDED & RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

OSBORNE 2002 LIVING TRUST

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David D. Osborne

 

 

 

 

Name:

David D. Osborne

 

 

 

 

Title:

Trustee

 

 

 

DAVID D. OSBORNE

 

 

 

/s/ David D. Osborne

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH AMENDED & RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

DMG MORI CO., LTD.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Masahiko Mori

 

 

 

 

Name:

Masahiko Mori

 

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SEVENTH AMENDED & RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:

 

nLight Photonics Corporation

Number of Shares:

 

100,408

Class of Stock:

 

Series E Preferred

Initial Exercise Price:

 

$1.4939 per share

Issue Date:

 

March 13, 2014

Expiration Date:

 

March 13, 2024

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, SQUARE 1 BANK or its assignee (“ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “ Shares ”) of the corporation (the “ Company ”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “ Warrant Price ”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this warrant.

 

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

 

1.1                                Method of Exercise .  Holder may exercise this warrant during the term hereof by delivering this warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company.  Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2                                Conversion Right .  In lieu of exercising this warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time during the term hereof convert this warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares (rounded to the nearest whole Share) determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share.  The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.3.

 

1.3                                Fair Market Value .  If the Shares are traded regularly in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the average closing price of the Shares (or the average closing price of the Company’s stock into which the Shares are convertible) reported for the five (5) trading days immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company.  If the Shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4                                Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 



 

1.5                                Replacement of Warrants .  On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.6                                Acquisition of the Company .

 

1.6.1                      Acquisition .” For the purpose of this warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction; provided, that the foregoing shall not include any privately-placed sale of stock of the Company exclusively for capital raising purposes where the consideration received by the Company is solely cash, the cancellation or conversion of indebtedness, or a combination of both.

 

1.6.2                      Acquisition .  Subject to Section 1.6.3 below, upon the closing of any Acquisition, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing.

 

1.6.3                      Acquisition for Cash and/or Publicly Traded Securities .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.6.2 above, in the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration consists of cash or Publicly Traded Securities, or a combination of cash and Publicly Traded Securities, then, if required by the acquiring company and by the Company in a written notice to Holder, at least three Business Days prior to the record date for such Acquisition, this Warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the record date for such an Acquisition in accordance with Section 1.2, and thereafter the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company; provided that if the Acquisition does not close, then this Warrant shall not be deemed to have been exercised and this Warrant shall continue in full force and effect. As used herein, “Publicly Traded Securities” means securities issued by a corporation whose equity securities are traded on Nasdaq, NYSE or AMEX.

 

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

 

2.1                                Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc .  If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

 

2.2                                Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution .  Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification,

 

2



 

exchange, substitution, or other event.  Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the “ Restated Certificate ”), upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock.  The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property.  The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant.  The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3                                Adjustments for Combinations, Etc .  If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased.  If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.4                                Adjustments for Diluting Issuances .  In the event of the issuance (a “ Diluting Issuance ”) by the Company after the Issue Date of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Company’s Restated Certificate, as in effect at such time, that apply to Diluting Issuances as if the Shares were outstanding the date of such Diluting Issuance (subject to any condition, exceptions or waivers with respect to any Diluting Issuance as set forth in the Restated Certificate).

 

2.5                                Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

 

2.6                                Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the

 

3



 

nearest whole Share.  If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

 

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

3.1                                Representations and Warranties .  The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

 

(a)                                  The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this warrant is the price per share paid by investors in the Company’s most recent preferred stock financing for the shares of the Company’s Series E preferred stock prior to the Issue Date.

 

(b)                                  All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(c)                                   The Company’s capitalization table attached to this warrant as Appendix 2 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2                                Notice of Certain Events .  The Company shall provide Holder with not less than 10 days prior written notice, including a description of the material facts surrounding, any of the following events: (a) declaration of any dividend or distribution upon its common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) effecting any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock; or (c) an Acquisition or liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

 

3.3                                Information Rights .  So long as the Holder holds this warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (b) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

 

3.4                                Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended .  Upon amendment of the Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Company and other persons dated as of February 25, 2011 (the “ Rights Agreement ”) to add Holder as a party as a “Holder” to the Rights Agreement (which the Company shall make a good-faith effort to do), the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be “Registrable Securities,” and Holder shall be subject to all the terms thereunder as a Holder (as defined in the Rights Agreement) of Registrable Securities as set forth in the Rights Agreement, as amended, including but not limited to the lock-up agreement in Section 1.17 of the Rights Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1                                Term: Exercise Upon Expiration .  This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that

 

4



 

if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.  If this warrant has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by “cashless” conversion pursuant to Section 1.2.

 

4.2                                Legends .  This warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

 

4.3                                Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .  This warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.  The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder or if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144 (d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

 

4.4                                Transfer Procedure .  Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of the warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable).  No surrender or reissuance shall be required if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder.

 

4.5                                Holder Investment Representations .  Holder makes the representations to the Company set forth in Exhibit A hereof in connection with the issuance of this warrant and the Shares (collectively, the “ Securities ”).

 

4.6                                No Rights as a Shareholder .  Except as expressly provided herein, nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a shareholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose until the rights under this warrant shall have been exercised and the

 

5



 

Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

 

4.7                                Notices .  All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case maybe, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time.  All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

 

Square 1 Bank

Attn: Warrant Administrator

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Crowe Building

Durham, NC 27701

 

4.8                                Amendments .  This warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

4.9                                Attorneys’ Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

4.10                         Governing Law .  This warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date set forth above.

 

 

nLight Photonics Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Schaezler

 

Name:

David Schaezler

 

Title:

CFO

 

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date set forth above.

 

 

Company:

 

 

 

nLight Photonics Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holder:

 

 

 

Square 1 Bank

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Griffin

 

Name:

Mike Griffin

 

Title:

SVP

 

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]

 




Exhibit 4.4

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (the “1933 Act”), AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO UNDER THE 1933 ACT OR OTHERWISE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:

 

NLIGHT PHOTONICS CORPORATION

Number of Shares:

 

971,817 shares

Class of Stock:

 

Series F Preferred Stock

Initial Exercise Price:

 

$1.029 per share

Issue Date:

 

July 16, 2015

Expiration Date:

 

July 16, 2025

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, MULTIPLIER GROWTH PARTNERS SPV I, LP (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Class of Stock (the “Shares”) of NLIGHT PHOTONICS CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price”) set forth above, as constituted on the date hereof and as adjusted pursuant to the other terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. This Warrant is being issued pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Holder dated on or about the date hereof (the “Loan Agreement”) (Capitalized terms used herein, which are not defined, shall have the meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.)

 

ARTICLE 1.                            SHARES; EXERCISE.

 

1.1                                Number of Shares . The number of Shares initially subject to this Warrant shall initially be the number of Shares set forth above.

 

1.2                                Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering (including a facsimile transmission) a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.3, Holder shall also deliver to the Company the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased (i) by wire transfer or by check, or (ii) by notice of cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Holder, or (iii) a combination of (i) or (ii).

 

1.3                                Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Section 1.2, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon the proposed whole or partial exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.6 below.

 

1.4                                Effective Date of Exercise . This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided above. The person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on the date the Holder is deemed to have exercised this Warrant.

 



 

1.5                                No Rights of Shareholder . This Warrant does not entitle Holder to any voting rights as a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof.  Upon exercise hereof, as set forth herein, the Holder shall be deemed to be a shareholder of the Company holding the number of shares as to which this Warrant has been exercised on the date the Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 has been delivered to the principal office of the Company with any payment or other documents called for by the terms hereof.

 

1.6                                Fair Market Value . If the Shares are traded in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which the Shares are convertible) reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company.  If the Shares are not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment. The foregoing notwithstanding, if Holder advises the Board of Directors in writing that Holder disagrees with such determination, then the Company and Holder shall promptly agree upon a reputable investment banking firm to undertake such valuation. If the Company and Holder are unable to agree on such investment banking firm, then the Holder shall select three reputable investment banking firms, and from those three firms the Company shall select one to undertake such valuation. If the valuation of such investment banking firm is at least 5% greater than that determined by the Board of Directors, then all fees and expenses of such investment banking firm shall be paid by the Company.  In all other circumstances, such fees and expenses shall be paid by Holder.

 

1.7                                Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant exercisable for the Shares not so acquired shall be delivered to Holder.

 

1.8                                Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of an affidavit of an officer of the Holder of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.9                                Acquisition of the Company .

 

(a)                                  Acquisition . Subject to Section 1.9(b) below, upon the closing of any Acquisition, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. As used herein, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s voting securities before the transaction (for such purpose treating all outstanding options and warrants to purchase voting securities of the Company as having been exercised and treating all outstanding debt and equity securities convertible into voting securities of the Company as having been converted) beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

 

(b)                                  Acquisition for Cash and/or Publicly Traded Securities . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.9(a) above, in the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration consists solely of cash or Publicly Traded Securities, or a combination of cash and Publicly Traded Securities, then, if required by the acquiring company and by the Company in a written notice to Holder, at least three Business Days prior to the record date for such Acquisition, this Warrant shall be deemed to have

 

2



 

been automatically exercised on the record date for such an Acquisition in accordance with Section 1.3, and thereafter the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company; provided that if the Acquisition does not close, then this Warrant shall not be deemed to have been exercised and this Warrant shall continue in full force and effect. As used herein, “Publicly Traded Securities” means securities issued by a corporation which are traded on Nasdaq, NYSE or AMEX, and as to which, following the Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the securities that would be received by Holder in the Acquisition (except for restrictions arising solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, which would do not extend beyond six months from the date of the Acquisition).

 

1.10                         Automatic Exercise Prior to Expiration .  To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised as to all of the Shares subject hereto, and if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Warrant Price then in effect, this Warrant shall be deemed automatically exercised pursuant to Section 1.3 above (even if not surrendered) immediately before its expiration date as set forth in this Warrant. For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one Share upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.6 above. To the extent this Warrant or any portion thereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section, the Company agrees to promptly notify the holder hereof of the number of Shares, if any, the holder hereof is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

 

ARTICLE 2.                            ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.

 

2.1                                Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its Stock payable in Common Stock or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding Stock into a greater amount of Stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

 

2.2                                Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution .  Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s Common Stock. After the occurrence of such an event, the Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new Warrant for such new securities or other property. The new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3                                Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder will be proportionally decreased. If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price will be proportionally decreased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder will be proportionally increased.

 

3



 

2.4                                Price Adjustment . If the Company issues additional common shares (including shares of Common Stock ultimately issuable upon conversion of a security convertible into Common Stock) after the date of the Warrant and the consideration per additional common share is less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately before such issue, the price at which the Shares are converted to Common Stock shall be adjusted in accordance with the treatment of the series of securities of which the Shares are part under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect on the Issue Date, subject to all exceptions set forth therein.

 

2.5                                [intentionally omitted].

 

2.6                                Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Shares are a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, then, in the event that all outstanding shares of the class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

2.7                                Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

 

2.8                                Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder a cash amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

 

2.9                                Certificate as to Adjustments., Other Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price. If there is any change in the outstanding securities of the Company or any other event occurs, as to which, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, the other provisions of this Article 2 are not strictly applicable, or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the purchase rights of the Holder in accordance with such provisions, then the Board of Directors of the Company, in its good faith judgment, shall make an adjustment in the number and class of shares subject to this Warrant, the Warrant Price or the application of such provisions, so as to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid and to give the Holder, upon exercise for the same aggregate Warrant Price, the total number, class and kind of securities as it would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had it continued to hold such securities until after the event requiring the adjustment.

 

4



 

ARTICLE 3.                            REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

3.1                                Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

 

(a)                                  The initial Warrant Price hereunder is not greater than (i) the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arm’s length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold, or (ii) the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

 

(b)                                  All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company shall, at all times, reserve a sufficient number of Shares and of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon Holder’s exercise of its rights hereunder and conversion of the Shares.

 

(c)                                   The Capitalization Table attached hereto as Exhibit A is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2                                Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of outstanding shares of stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 30 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 30 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock will be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.

 

3.3                                Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all notices or other written communications to the shareholders of the Company, and (b) the information provided to the Major Investors (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) pursuant to Section 2.1(a) of the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated November 13, 2014, as the same is in effect on the date hereof, and as may be amended from time to time (the “Rights Agreement”); provided, however, that if the information rights set forth in Section 2.1(a) of the Rights Agreement are diminished or terminated, then the Holder will continue to be entitled to receive the information set forth in Section 2.1(a) of the Rights Agreement as such provisions existed immediately prior to their being diminished or terminated.

 

3.4                                Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended .  The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into Common Stock of the Company, such Common Stock, shall be subject to the registration rights set forth in Sections 1.6 and 1.7 of the Rights Agreement, subject to all of the applicable restrictions set forth therein, including but not limited to the lock-up provision in Section

 

5



 

1.17(a) of the Rights Agreement, and all of the provisions thereof are hereby incorporated herein by this reference. For purposes of the same, the Shares shall be deemed “Registrable Securities” as therein defined, and the Holder shall be deemed to be a “Holder” as therein defined.

 

ARTICLE 4.                            REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.   The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1                                Purchase for Own Account .  Except for transfers to Holder’s affiliates, this Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by the Holder will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the 1933 Act, and the Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. The Holder also represents that the Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2                                Disclosure of Information .  The Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. The Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to the Holder or to which the Holder has access.

 

4.3                                Investment Experience .  The Holder: (i) has experience as an investor in securities and acknowledges that the Holder is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of the Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or (ii) has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables the Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

4.4                                Accredited Investor Status . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Act.

 

ARTICLE 5.                            MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1                                Term . This Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above.

 

5.2                                Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTIO MAY BE EFFECTIVE WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AS PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.

 

6



 

5.3                                Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.

 

5.4                                Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 and 5.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Warrant, Holder shall not transfer this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

 

5.5                                Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or the Holder from time to time.

 

5.6                                Waiver; Amendment . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.7                                Issue Tax . The issuance of the securities subject to this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue tax (other than applicable income taxes) in respect thereof.

 

5.8                                Attorneys Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs reasonably incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

5.9                                Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures .  This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Warrant may be executed and delivered by executing and delivering a signature page hereto electronically or by facsimile, and the same shall be binding to the same extent as an original executed copy of this Warrant.

 

5.10                         Amendment . Neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but rather only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and Holder.

 

5.11                         Governing Law . This Warrant and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of Holder and Company shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

[Signatures on Next Page]

 

7



 

 

Company:

 

 

 

NLight Photonics Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ David Schaezler

 

Title

CFO

 

 

Holder:

 

 

 

MULTIPLIER GROWTH PARTNERS SPV I, LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ray C. Boone III

 

Title

Managing Member

 

 

[Signature Page—Warrant to Purchase Stock]

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

nLIGHT, Inc.

 

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

(As Amended through April 27, 2017)

 

1.                                       Purposes of the Plan .  The purposes of this Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.  Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant.

 

2.                                       Definitions .  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(b)                                  Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options are granted under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                      Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(ii)                                   The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

 

(iii)                                The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

 

(e)                                   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(f)                                    Committee ” means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(g)                                   Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(h)                                  Company ” means nLIGHT, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 



 

(i)                                      Consultant ” means any natural person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity and who satisfies the requirements of subsection (c)(1) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

(j)                                     Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(k)                                  Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(l)                                      Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.  For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91st day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(m)                              Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(n)                                  Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                      If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)                                   If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination; or

 

(iii)                                In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

(o)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(p)                                  Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)                                  Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(r)                                     Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(s)                                    Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

 

(t)                                     Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option granted under the Plan.

 



 

(u)                                  Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(v)                                  Plan ” means this 2001 Stock Option Plan.

 

(w)                                Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(x)                                  Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(y)                                  Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 below.

 

(z)                                   Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

3.                                       Stock Subject to the Plan .  Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to option and sold under the Plan is 44,967,687 Shares.  The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

If an Option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of an Option, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to an Option are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

4.                                       Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)                                  Administrator .  The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(b)                                  Powers of the Administrator .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

 

(i)                                      to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)                                   to select the Service Providers to whom Options may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)                                to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such Option granted hereunder;

 

(iv)                               to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v)                                  to determine the terms and conditions of any Option granted hereunder.  Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

 

(vi)                               to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

 



 

(vii)                            to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.  All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

 

(viii)                         to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Administrator’s Decision .  All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

5.                                       Eligibility .  Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6.                                       Limitations .

 

(a)                                  Incentive Stock Option Limit .  Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

 

(b)                                  At-Will Employment .  Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

 

7.                                       Term of Plan .  Subject to stockholder approval in accordance with Section 18, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board.  Unless sooner terminated under Section 14, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or (ii) the date of the most recent Board approval of an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

8.                                       Term of Option .  The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

9.                                       Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

 

(a)                                  Exercise Price .  The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)                                      In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

(A)                                granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the

 



 

Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)                                granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(ii)                                   In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

(A)                                granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)                                granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

 

(b)                                  Forms of Consideration .  The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant).  Such consideration  may consist of, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares, provided Shares acquired directly from the Company (x) have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may permit an Optionee to exercise his or her Option by delivery of a full-recourse promissory note secured by the purchased Shares.  The terms of such promissory note shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

10.                                Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .  Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.  Except in the case of Options granted to officers, Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted.  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder to officers and Directors shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.  An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.  Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse.  Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or

 



 

cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(b)                                  Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider .  If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Disability of Optionee .  If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Death of Optionee .  If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following Optionee’s death, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator.  If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.  If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan.  If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

11.                                Limited Transferability of Options .

 

(a)                                  Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.  If the Administrator in its sole discretion makes an Option transferable, such Option may only be transferred by (i) will, (ii) the laws of descent and distribution, (iii) instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Option is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the Optionee, or (iv) gift to a member of Optionee’s immediate family (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e) of the Exchange Act).  In addition, any transferable Option shall contain additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

(b)                                  Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may

 



 

not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Optionee upon the death or disability of the Optionee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

 

12.                                Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Change in Control .

 

(a)                                  Changes in Capitalization .  Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number and type of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, and the number and type of Shares covered by each outstanding Option, as well as the price per Share covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number or type of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.  The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.”  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number, type or price of Shares subject to an Option.

 

(b)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation .  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction.  The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable.  In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated.  To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(c)                                   Merger or Change in Control .  In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change in Control, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation.  If, in such event, the Option is not assumed or substituted, the Option shall terminate as of the date of the closing of the merger or Change in Control.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Option confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 



 

13.                                Time of Granting Options .  The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator.  Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

14.                                Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)                                  Amendment and Termination .  The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Stockholder Approval .  The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Amendment or Termination .  No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.  Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

15.                                Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)                                  Legal Compliance .  Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b)                                  Investment Representations .  As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

16.                                Inability to Obtain Authority .  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

17.                                Reservation of Shares .  The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

18.                                Stockholder Approval .  The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted.  Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

 

19.                                Information to Optionees .  Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Optionees under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Optionees pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Optionees pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Optionee the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Optionees or by written notice to the Optionees of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-

 



 

protected and of any password needed to access the information.  The Company may request that Optionees agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential.  If an Optionee does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 



 

nLIGHT, Inc.

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2001 Stock Option Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.                 NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share

 

$

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted

 

 

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price

 

$

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

o                                     Incentive Stock Option

 

 

o                                     Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

 

Term/Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

 

 

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

 

[25% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest twelve months after the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/12 th  of the remaining Shares subject to the Option shall vest at the end of each quarter thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date, for a period of three years, subject to Optionee continuing to be a Service Provider on such dates.]

 

Termination Period :

 

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider.  Upon Optionee’s death or Disability, this Option may be exercised for one (1) year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider.  In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section  12(c)  of the Plan.

 

Forfeiture of Option:

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph or anything to the contrary herein and subject to applicable laws, if at any time during the term of this Option the Optionee is in violation of the Company’s Employment,

 


 

Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, Non-Competition and Arbitration Agreement, or any equivalent agreement, then this Option shall terminate and be forfeited effective as of the date Optionee engages in such violation unless terminated and forfeited sooner by operation of another provision of this Option Agreement or the Plan.

 

II.                                    AGREEMENT

 

1.               Grant of Option .  The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  Subject to Section 14(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.  The Optionee represents and warrants that Optionee has previously entered into the Company’s Company’s Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, Non-Competition and Arbitration Agreement, or an equivalent agreement, as a material inducement to the Company to grant this Option.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.  Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).

 

2.               Exercise of Option .

 

(a)          Right to Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

(b)          Method of Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise complies with Applicable Laws.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.               Optionee’s Representations .  In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

4.               Lock-Up Period .  Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not

 



 

to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act.

 

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.  The obligations described in this Section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period.  Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section.

 

5.               Method of Payment .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

(a)          cash or check;

 

(b)          consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

 

(c)           surrender of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired from the Company, either directly or indirectly, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

 

6.               Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

 

7.               Non-Transferability of Option .  This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

8.               Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

 

9.               Tax Obligations .

 

(a)          Withholding Taxes .  Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)          Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares .  If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  Optionee agrees

 



 

that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

 

10.        Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Washington.

 

11.        No Guarantee of Continued Service .  OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER).  OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option.  Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.  Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

nLIGHT, Inc.

Attention:  Corporate Secretary

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,              , 20  , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase           shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of nLIGHT, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated             , 20   (the “Option Agreement”).

 

2.                                       Delivery of Payment .  Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

3.                                       Representations of Optionee .  Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4.                                       Rights as Stockholder .  Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

5.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal   Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Right of First Refusal”).

 

(a)                                  Notice of Proposed Transfer .  The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(b)                                  Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c)                                   Purchase Price .  The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 



 

(d)                                  Payment .  Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)                                   Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(f)                                    Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section.  “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister.  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

 

(g)                                   Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

6.                                       Tax Consultation .  Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  Legends .  Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON

 



 

TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices .  Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer .  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

8.                                       Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

9.                                       Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

10.                                Governing Law; Severability .  This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of Washington.  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Option Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

 

11.                                Entire Agreement .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

 

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

nLIGHT, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Title

 

 

 

Address :

 

Address :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:

 

 

 

COMPANY:

nLIGHT, Inc.

 

 

SECURITY:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

AMOUNT:

                            SHARES

 

 

DATE:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b)                                  Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein.  In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future.  Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)                                   Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 



 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)                                  Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

 

Signature of Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:                                       ,           

 


 

NLIGHT, INC.

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

PRC STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

nLIGHT, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby grants you, [NAME OF SERVICE PROVIDER] (the “ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) under the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase Common Stock (“ Shares ”) of the Company.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, the principal features of the Option are as follows:

 

Grant Number

 

Date of Grant

 

Vesting Commencement

Date

 

Exercise Price per Share

$

Number of Optioned Shares

 

Type of Option:

o

Incentive Stock Option (to the extent permitted by applicable law)

 

o

Nonstatutory Stock Option

Expiration Date:

 

 

Vesting Schedule

 

Subject to your continued status as a Service Provider (as defined in the Plan) through each of the applicable vesting dates and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Option shall become exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Option Agreement (attached hereto as Exhibit A) and the following schedule:

 

Vesting Date

 

Shares Exercisable

Second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date

 

25% of the Optioned Stock

 

 

 

Third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date

 

An additional 25% of the Optioned Stock

 

 

 

Fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date

 

An additional 25% of the Optioned Stock

 

 

 

Fifth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date

 

An additional 25% of the Optioned Stock

 

Escrow Provisions :

 

Your Option shall be held by the Company under the Escrow Provisions (attached hereto as Exhibit B).

 

Option Termination :

 

Event Triggering Option Termination

 

Maximum Time to Exercise After Triggering
Event*

Termination of Service (except as provided below)

 

3 months

 

 

 

Termination of Service due to Disability

 

12 months

 

 

 

Termination of Service due to death

 

12 months

 



 

Additionally, this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 12(c) of the Plan.

 


*However, in no event may the Option be exercised after the Expiration Date.  It is your responsibility to exercise the Option, if you so desire, before it expires or terminates.

 

Forfeiture of Option:

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph or anything to the contrary herein and subject to applicable laws, if at any time during the term of this Option the Optionee is in violation of the Company’s Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, Non-Competition and Arbitration Agreement, or any equivalent agreement, then this Option shall terminate and be forfeited effective as of the date Optionee engages in such violation unless terminated and forfeited sooner by operation of another provision of this Option Agreement or the Plan.

 

Your signature below indicates your agreement, understanding, and acceptance that the Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in Exhibit A, the Plan, and the Escrow Provisions (Exhibit B).  Please be sure to read all of Exhibits A and B, which contain the specific terms and conditions of the Option.  This Option Agreement does not represent a securities interest in the Company, and such interest shall accrue only upon the exercise of the Option in accordance with its terms.

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

OPTION AGREEMENT

 

1.                                       Grant of Option .  The Administrator hereby grants to the Optionee under the Plan the right to purchase the number of Shares set forth on the first page of this Option Agreement (the “Grant Notice”), at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Grant Notice, and subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Option Agreement and the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms in this Option Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Plan.  In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail unless otherwise indicated.

 

The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined with respect to each Incentive Stock Option at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted) of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under the Plan or any other plan of the Company) shall not exceed US$100,000.  If the Option is designated in the Grant Notice as an Incentive Stock Option, all or a portion of the Option may nonetheless be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in accordance with Section 6(a) of the Plan.

 

The Option, and any Shares or cash acquired pursuant hereto, shall be held by the Company under the Escrow Provisions (attached hereto as Exhibit B ).

 

2.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise .  If permitted by applicable law, the Option shall be exercisable during its term cumulatively according to the Vesting Schedule set out in the Grant Notice and with the applicable provisions of the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option shall not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .  The Optionee may instruct the Company to exercise the Option, to the extent then vested, on his or her behalf by delivery of a written exercise notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Exercise Notice ”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s beneficiary or other person entitled to exercise the Option in the event of the Optionee’s death under the Plan) and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Shares exercised.  The Option shall be deemed to be exercised as of the date (the “ Exercise Date ”) (i) the Company receives (as determined by the Administrator in its sole, but reasonable, discretion) the fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price and (ii) all other applicable terms and conditions of the Option Agreement are satisfied.

 

(c)                                   Compliance Restrictions on Exercise .  No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the issuance and exercise, including the form of consideration used to pay the Exercise Price, comply with Applicable Laws.

 

3.                                       Optionee’s Representations .  In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act on the Exercise Date, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of the Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , as well as any other representations necessary or appropriate, in the judgment of the Administrator, to comply with Applicable Laws.

 



 

4.                                       Lockup Agreement .  The Optionee hereby agrees that the Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act.

 

The Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, the Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.  The obligations described in this Section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period.  The Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section.

 

5.                                       Method of Payment .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following forms of consideration, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

(a)                                  If permitted by applicable law, and if the Optionee has funds held outside of the People’s Republic of China, with such funds in the form of cash or check;

 

(b)                                  at the discretion of the Administrator and if the Shares are publicly traded, consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

 

(c)                                   such other method or manner of payment as the Administrator may approve.

 

6.                                       Non-Transferability of Option .  The Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and the Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

7.                                       Term of Option .  The Option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Grant Notice, and may be exercised prior to the expiration date only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

2



 

8.                                       Tax Obligations .

 

(a)                                  Withholding Taxes .  The Optionee shall make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) for the satisfaction of all U.S. Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise.  The Optionee hereby acknowledges, understands and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if the withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of Shares .  If the Option granted to the Optionee herein is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, and if the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the Incentive Stock Option on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant and (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  The Optionee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

9.                                       Adjustment of Shares .  In the event of any transaction described in Section 12 of the Plan, the terms of the Option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of the Optioned Shares and the Exercise Price) may be adjusted as set forth in Section 12 of the Plan.  This Option Agreement shall in no way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer any part of its business or assets.

 

10.                                Legality of Initial Issuance .  No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option unless and until the Company has determined that: (i) the Company and the Optionee have taken all actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof, if applicable; (ii) all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Shares are listed have been satisfied; and (iii) all other applicable provisions of state or U.S. federal law or other Applicable Laws have been satisfied.

 

11.                                No Registration Rights .  The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other Applicable Laws.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Option Agreement to comply with any law.

 

12.                                Securities Law Restrictions .  Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on share certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other Applicable Laws.

 

13.                                General Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Notice .  Any notice required by the terms of this Option Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

 

3



 

(b)                                  Successors and Assigns .  Except as provided herein to the contrary, this Option Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Option Agreement, their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

(c)                                   No Assignment .  Except as otherwise provided in this Option Agreement, the Optionee shall not assign any of his or her rights under this Option Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion.  The Company shall be permitted to assign its rights or obligations under this Option Agreement, but no such assignment shall release the Company of any obligations pursuant to this Option Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Severability .  The validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Option Agreement shall not be affected even if one or more of the provisions of this Option Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

 

(e)                                   Administration .  Any determination by the Administrator in connection with any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the Optionee, the Company, and all other persons.

 

(f)                                    Headings .  The section headings in this Option Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience, and in no way define, limit or interpret the scope of this Option Agreement or of any particular section.

 

(g)                                   Counterparts .  This Option Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(h)                                  Entire Option Agreement; Governing Law .  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.  This Option Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Washington applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that state.

 

14.                                No Guarantee of Continued Service .  THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER).  THE OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE OPTION GRANTED HEREUNDER, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

o O o

 

4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

NLIGHT, INC.
2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

ESCROW PROVISIONS

 

1.                                       Option .  As set forth in the Share Option Agreement, to which these Escrow Provisions (the “ Escrow Provisions ”) are attached, you have been granted an Option under the Plan.  The Option will be held by the Company under these Escrow Provisions in an account in your name.

 

2.                                       Legal and Equitable Title .  Legal and equitable title to the Option and any cash or securities acquired pursuant to the Option, will remain with you at all times, notwithstanding that such items may be held by the Company pursuant to these Escrow Provisions.

 

3.                                       Exercise of Option .  You may instruct the Company to exercise the Option on your behalf at such time or times as permitted by the Share Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

4.                                       Proceeds of Exercise .  Shares acquired upon exercise of your Option will be retained in Escrow under these Escrow Provisions.  You may elect to keep any proceeds from the sale of such Shares (any such sale to be performed by the Company under your direction) in your account under these Escrow Provisions or to have them distributed to you in RMB.  If you elect to have the proceeds distributed to you in RMB, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to effect such distribution within 10 business days of the sale, pursuant to such channels as the Company reasonably determines appropriate.

 

5.                                       Powers of Company .  The Company may take any and all actions, and is hereby granted such powers and discretion, as may appear necessary or proper to comply with the applicable laws of any jurisdictions and to effectuate and carry out the terms and purposes of Escrow under these Escrow Provisions, including, but not limited to, the power to exercise the Option and hold or dispose of the proceeds of such exercise in accordance with the terms of these Escrow Provisions.

 

6.                                       Limitation of Liability .  The Company is not liable for any damage caused by the exercise of its discretion as authorized by these Escrow Provisions for any reason, except gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Company is not liable for honest mistakes of judgment or for losses or liabilities due to honest mistakes of judgment.

 

7.                                       Costs and Expenses of this Escrow .  All costs and expenses of these Escrow Provisions will be borne by the Company.

 

8.                                       Governing Law .  The Escrow under these Escrow Provisions will be administered in the State of Washington, and its validity, construction and all rights hereunder, are governed by the laws of the State of Washington.

 

o O o

 


 

EXHIBIT C

 

NLIGHT, INC.

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

nLIGHT, Inc.
5408 NE 88th Street

Building E

Vancouver, Washington 98665

Attention:  Secretary

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,              ,      , the undersigned (the “ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise the Optionee’s option to purchase           Ordinary Shares (the “ Shares ”) of nLIGHT, Inc. (the “ Company ”), under and pursuant to the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Share Option Agreement dated             ,      (the “ Option Agreement ”).  Unless otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms in this notice of exercise (the “ Exercise Notice ”) shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Plan.

 

2.               Delivery of Payment .  The Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price of the Shares with respect to which the Optionee is exercising the Option, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

3.               Representations of the Optionee .  The Optionee hereby acknowledges that the Optionee has received and read, and understands the Plan and the Option Agreement, and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4.               Rights as Stockholder .  Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

5.               Right of First Refusal .  Before any Shares held by the Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Right of First Refusal”).

 

(a)                                  Notice of Proposed Transfer .  The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(b)                                  Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder,

 



 

elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c)                                   Purchase Price .  The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

(d)                                  Payment .  Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)                                   Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(f)                                    Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section.  “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister.  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

 

(g)                                   Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

6.               Tax Consultation .  The Optionee hereby acknowledges that he or she understands that the Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  The Optionee hereby represents that the Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants the Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

7.               Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)                                  Legends .  The Optionee hereby acknowledges that the Optionee understands and agrees that the Company may cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other

 



 

legends that may be required by the Company or by state or U.S. federal securities laws or other Applicable Laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED OR REGISTERED UNDER STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS.  THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION, AND NEITHER THESE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION THEREIN MAY BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS AND THE APPLICABLE RULES AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices .  The Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   Rights of the Company .  The Company shall not (i) record on its books the transfer of any Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Exercise Notice or (ii) treat as the owner of Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Exercise Notice.  Any Transfer of Shares not made in conformance with this Exercise Notice shall be null and void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

 

(d)                                  Removal of Legends .  If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a certificate of shares representing Shares sold under this Exercise Notice is no longer required, the holder of the certificate shall be entitled to exchange the certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

(e)                                   Purchase Entirely for Own Account .  If the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act as of the Exercise Date, the Optionee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Optionee is purchasing the Shares as an investment for the Optionee’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Optionee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same.  The

 



 

Optionee does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Shares.

 

(f)                                    Reliance Upon Optionee’s Representations .  The Optionee understands that the Shares are not registered under the Securities Act on the ground that the issuance of Shares hereunder is exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the Optionee’s representations set forth herein.

 

(g)                                   Restricted Securities .  The Optionee understands that the Shares may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and that in the absence of an effective registration statement covering the Shares or an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Shares must be held indefinitely.  In particular, the Optionee is aware that the Shares may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act unless all of the conditions of that Rule are met.  Among the conditions for use of Rule 144 may be the availability of current information to the public about the Company.  The Optionee understands that such information is not now available and the Company has no present plans to make such information available.

 

8.               Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and the terms and conditions of this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, the terms and conditions of this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

9.               Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by the Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

10.        Governing Law; Severability .  This Exercise Notice is governed by the laws of the State of Washington applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that state.

 

11.        Entire Agreement .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement, the Escrow Provisions, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Exercise Notice is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

 

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

NLIGHT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Title

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXERCISE NOTICE

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:

 

 

 

COMPANY:

NLIGHT, INC.

 

 

SECURITIES:

COMMON STOCK

 

 

AMOUNT:

                     SHARES

 

 

DATE:

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the Optionee represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)          The Optionee hereby acknowledges that the Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  The Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for the Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

(b)          The Optionee hereby acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein.  In this connection, the Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if the Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future.  The Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  The Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend that prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, and with any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)           The Optionee hereby acknowledges that the Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as this term is defined under the Exchange Act); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during

 



 

any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)          The Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  The Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

 

Signature of the Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

NLIGHT, INC.
EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

 

1.                                       Purposes of the Plan. The Plan is intended to increase stockholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.

 

2.                                       Definitions.

 

(a)                                  “Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award.

 

(b)                                  “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.

 

(c)                                   “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(d)                                  “Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee may establish a Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.

 

(e)                                   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

(f)                                    “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will be the Committee administering the Plan.

 

(g)                                   “Company” means nLIGHT, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

(h)                                  “Disability” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Committee from time to time.

 

(i)                                      “Employee” means any Executive Officer or other selected employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

 

(j)                                     “Executive Officers” means members of the Company’s management team who are “officers” as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(k)                                  “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.

 



 

(l)                                      “Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.

 

(m)                              “Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months.

 

(n)                                  “Plan” means this Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as set forth in this instrument (including any appendix hereto) and as hereafter amended from time to time.

 

(o)                                  “Target Award” means the target award, at 100% of target level performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b).

 

(p)                                  “Termination of Service” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of an Affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an Affiliate.

 

3.                                       Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards.

 

(a)                                  Selection of Participants. The Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee or the Company, as applicable, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Performance Periods.

 

(b)                                  Determination of Target Awards. The Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant. The Target Awards may be expressed as a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period or a fixed dollar amount or such other amount or based on such other formula as the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) determines.

 

(c)                                   Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), in its sole discretion, may establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool.

 

(d)                                  Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual

 

2



 

Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, in the Committee’s discretion or the Company’s discretion (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers). The Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) may determine the amount of any increase, reduction or elimination on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

 

(e)                                   Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), in its sole discretion, will determine the performance goals (if any) applicable to any Target Award (or portion thereof) which may include, without limitation, (i) attainment of engineering and research and development milestones, (ii) sales bookings and design wins, (iii) business, partnerships, divestitures and acquisitions, (iv) cash flow, (v) cash position, (vi) earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including, but not limited to, earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings), (vii) earnings per share, (viii) net income, (ix) net profit, (x) net sales, (xi) operating cash flow, (xii) operating expenses, (xiii) operating income (or loss), (xiv) operating margin, (xv) overhead or other expense reduction, (xvi) product defect measures, (xvii) product release timelines, (xviii) productivity, (xix) profit, (xx) return on assets, (xxi) return on capital, (xxii) return on equity, (xxiii) return on investment, (xxiv) return on sales, (xxv) revenue, (xxvi) revenue growth, (xxvii) sales results, (xviii) sales growth, (xxix) stock price, (xxx) time to market, (xxxi) total stockholder return, (xxxii) working capital, and (xxxiii) individual or departmental objectives, including hiring, managerial and employee objectives, peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), the performance goals may be based on generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of Actual Awards under the Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The performance goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit, segment or Company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) determines, including, but not limited to, as applicable, (A) in absolute terms, (B) in combination with another performance goal(s) (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (C) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results for other periods, passage of time and/or against another company or companies or an index or indices), (D) on a per-share basis, (E) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company and/or (F) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the performance goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d). The Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) also may determine that a Target Award (or portion thereof) will not have a performance goal associated with it but instead will be granted (if at all) in the sole discretion of the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers).

 

3



 

4.                                       Payment of Awards.

 

(a)                                  Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.

 

(b)                                  Timing of Payment. Payment of each Actual Award shall be made as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period to which the Actual Award relates and after the Actual Award is approved by the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), but in no event later than the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month of the Fiscal Year immediately following the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Actual Award for any Performance Period is first no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, or (ii) March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Actual Award for any Performance Period is first no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), to earn an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the date the Actual Award is paid.

 

It is the intent that this Plan be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

(c)                                   Form of Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum. The Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to settle an Actual Award with a grant of an equity award under the Company’s then-current equity compensation plan, which equity award may have such terms and conditions, including vesting, as the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) determines in its sole discretion.

 

(d)                                  Payment in the Event of Death or Disability. If a Participant dies or is terminated due to his or her Disability prior to the payment of an Actual Award the Committee or the Company (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers) has determined will be paid for a prior Performance Period, the Actual Award will be paid to his or her estate or to the Participant, as the case may be, subject to the Committee’s discretion, or the Company’s discretion (with respect to Participants other than the Executive Officers), to reduce or eliminate any Actual Award otherwise payable.

 

5.                                       Plan Administration.

 

(a)                                  Committee is the Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.

 

4



 

(b)                                  Committee Authority. It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and subplans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.

 

(c)                                   Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and/or any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

 

(d)                                  Delegation by Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company. To the extent that under the terms of the Plan, discretion and decision making authority has been provided to “the Company” with respect to Participants other than Executive Officers, the Committee shall be deemed to have delegated such powers and discretion hereunder to the Company, and for such purposes, references to discretion and decisions of the Company shall be deemed to refer to discretion and decisions of the Executive Officers of the Company and their delegates.

 

6.                                       General Provisions.

 

(a)                                        Tax Withholding. The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations).

 

(b)                                        No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) will not be deemed a Termination of Service. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.

 

(c)                                         Participation. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

 

(d)                                        Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, merger, consolidation, or otherwise.

 

5



 

(e)                                         Nontransferability of Awards. No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

 

7.                                    Amendment, Suspension, Termination, and Duration.

 

(a)                                  Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Board and/or the Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. Except as may be set forth pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date first adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Board’s and/or Committee’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter until terminated.

 

8.                                    Legal Construction.

 

(a)                                  Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.

 

(b)                                  Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

 

(c)                                   Requirements of Law. The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

(d)                                  Governing Law. The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Washington, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

 

(e)                                   Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.

 

(f)                                    Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

 

6




Exhibit 10.6

 

NLIGHT, INC.

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the Effective Date (as defined below) by and between nLIGHT, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Scott Keeney (“ Executive ”).

 

1.             Duties and Scope of Employment .

 

(a)           Positions and Duties .  As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and report to the Board.  Executive will render business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to Executive by the Board.

 

(b)           Obligations .  During the period of time in which Executive is employed with the Company (such period, the “ Employment Term ”), Executive will perform Executive’s duties faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company.  For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to (i) actively engage in any other employment, occupation, or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration or (ii) serve on other boards of directors, in all cases, without the prior approval of the Board.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may, without additional approval by the Board, engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as the services and activities do not materially interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties as provided in this Agreement and the services and activities do not adversely affect the business, reputation or public stock price of the Company.  Executive further agrees to comply with all Company policies, including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any insider trading policies and compensation clawback policies currently in existence or that may be adopted by the Company during the Employment Term.

 

2.             At-Will Employment .  The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company remains “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice.  Executive understands and agrees that neither Executive’s job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of Executive’s employment with the Company.  However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance payments and benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

 

3.             Compensation .

 

(a)           Base Salary .  The Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $315,554 as compensation for Executive’s services.  The annual base salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings.  Executive’s annual base salary will be subject to periodic review by the Company’s board of directors or its compensation committee (either, the “ Committee ”) and adjustments may be made by the Committee.

 

(b)           Target Bonus .  Executive will be eligible to receive an annual target bonus of 60% of Executive’s annual base salary (the “ Target Bonus ”) upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Committee.  Executive’s Target Bonus will be subject to periodic review by the Committee and adjustments may be made by the Committee.    The amount of any Target Bonus to be paid

 



 

to Executive, if any, and the timing of such payment will be: (i) determined in the sole discretion of the Committee pursuant to the terms of the Company’s bonus plan governing such opportunity and (ii) subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the payment date.

 

(c)           Equity .  Executive will be eligible to receive Company equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time.  The Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any Company equity awards and the terms of any Company equity award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

 

4.             Employee Benefits .  Executive will be entitled to participate in employee benefit plans and programs of the Company, if any, on the same terms and conditions as other similarly-situated employees to the extent that Executive’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and other qualifications make Executive eligible to participate in the plans or programs, subject to the rules and regulations applicable thereto.  The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

5.             PTO .  Executive will be entitled to paid time off (PTO) in accordance with the Company’s PTO policy, with the timing and duration of specific days off mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties.

 

6.             Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

7.             Severance and Change in Control Benefits .

 

a.             Non-CIC Qualified Termination .  Subject to Section 9, on a Non-CIC Qualified Termination, Executive will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company:

 

i)      Continuing Salary Severance .  The Company will pay Executive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s Base Salary for a period of twelve (12) months.  The severance will be paid, less applicable withholdings, in installments over the severance period in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures, with the first installment to be paid on the first regular payroll date of the Company following the date on which the Release (as defined below) becomes irrevocable (subject to Section 9 of this Agreement).

 

ii)     COBRA Coverage .  Subject to Section 7(d), the Company will pay the premiums for COBRA coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents at the rates then in effect for active employees, subject to any subsequent changes in rates that are generally applicable to the Company’s active employees (the “ COBRA Coverage ”), until the earlier of (A) a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA.

 

iii)    Equity Vesting .  None of the then-unvested shares subject to each of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards will be entitled to accelerated vesting and, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, accelerated exercisability.  However, upon a Qualified Termination, any then-unvested portion of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards will remain outstanding for 3 months or

 

2



 

until the occurrence of a Change in Control (whichever is earlier) so that any benefits due on a CIC Qualified Termination as set forth in Section 7(b)(iii) below can be provided if a Change in Control occurs within 3 months following the applicable Qualified Termination (provided that in no event will Executive’s stock options or similar Equity Awards remain outstanding beyond the Equity Award’s maximum term to expiration).  If no Change in Control occurs within 3 months following an applicable Qualified Termination, any unvested portion of Executive’s Equity Awards automatically will be forfeited permanently on the date that is 3 months following such Qualified Termination.

 

b.             CIC Qualified Termination .  Subject to Section 9, on a CIC Qualified Termination, Executive will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company:

 

i)      Salary Severance .  The Company will pay Executive a lump-sum payment equal to eighteen (18) months of Executive’s Base Salary on the first regular payroll date of the Company following the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable (subject to any delay as required under Section 9 below).

 

ii)     COBRA Coverage .  Subject to Section 7(d), the Company will provide COBRA Coverage until the earlier of (A) a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA.

 

iii)    Equity Vesting .  100% of the then-unvested shares subject to each of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards will immediately vest and, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, will become exercisable (for the avoidance of doubt, no more than 100% of the shares subject to the then-outstanding portion of an Equity Award may vest and become exercisable under this provision).  In the case of an Equity Award with performance-based vesting, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Equity Award agreement governing such award, all performance goals and other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at the greater of actual performance measured as of the date of termination or 100% of target levels.  Any restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and/or similar full value awards that vest under this paragraph will be settled on the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable (subject to any delay as required under Section 9 below).

 

c.             Change in Control Benefit .  Pursuant to the contractual arrangements in effect with Executive prior to the Effective Date, 100% of any then-unvested portion of Executive’s Existing Equity Awards shall immediately vest and become exercisable in full upon a “change in control” (as defined in the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “ 2001 Plan ”)) as long as Executive remains a Service Provider (as defined in the 2001 Plan) through such time.  For the avoidance of doubt, no more than 100% of the total number of shares granted pursuant to any Existing Equity Award may become vested and exercisable upon such “change in control.”

 

d.             Termination other than a Qualified Termination .  If the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group is not a Qualified Termination, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits.

 

e.             Conditions to Receipt of COBRA Coverage .  Executive’s receipt of COBRA Coverage is subject to Executive electing COBRA continuation coverage within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents.  If the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA Coverage without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu

 

3



 

thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that the Executive would be required to pay to continue his or her group health coverage in effect on the date of his or her Qualified Termination (which amount will be based on the rates then in effect for active employees, subject to any subsequent changes in rates that are generally applicable to the Company’s active employees) (each, a “ COBRA Replacement Payment ”), which COBRA Replacement Payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will end on the earlier of (i) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (ii) the date the Company has paid an amount totaling the number of COBRA Replacement Payments equal to the number of months in the applicable COBRA Coverage period.  For the avoidance of doubt, the COBRA Replacement Payments may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA Replacement Payments without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive the COBRA Replacement Payments or any further COBRA Coverage.

 

f.             Non-Duplication of Payment or Benefits .  If (i) Executive’s Qualified Termination occurs prior to a Change in Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments and benefits under Section 7(a)  and (ii) a Change in Control occurs within the 3-month period following Executive’s Qualified Termination that qualifies Executive for severance payments and benefits under Section 7(b), then (A) Executive will cease receiving any further payments or benefits under Section 7(a) and (B) Executive will receive the payments and benefits under Section 7(b) instead but each of the payments and benefits otherwise payable under Section 7(b) will be offset by the corresponding payments or benefits Executive already received under Section 7(a).

 

g.             Death of Executive .  If Executive dies before all payments or benefits Executive is entitled to receive under this Agreement have been paid, the unpaid amounts will be paid to Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to Executive’s personal representative in a lump-sum payment as soon as possible following Executive’s death.

 

h.             Transfer between the Company Group .  For purposes of this Agreement, if Executive is involuntarily transferred from one member of the Company Group to another, the transfer will not be a termination without Cause but may give Executive the ability to resign for Good Reason.

 

i.              Exclusive Remedy .  In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group, the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, or in equity.  Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

8.             Accrued Compensation .  On any termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group, Executive will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

9.             Conditions to Receipt of Severance .

 

(a)           Separation Agreement and Release of Claims .  Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon Executive’s Qualified Termination under Section 7 is subject to Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s then-standard separation agreement and release of claims (which may

 

4



 

include restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, an agreement not to disparage any member of the Company Group, non-solicit provisions, an agreement to assist in any litigation matters, and other standard terms and conditions) (the “ Release ” and that requirement, the “ Release Requirement ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the 60th day following Executive’s Qualified Termination (the “ Release Deadline ”).  If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under Section 7.  In no event will severance payments or benefits under Section 7 be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.  To the extent that payments are delayed under Section 9(c), the Company will pay or provide Executive the severance payments and benefits that Executive would otherwise have received under Section 7 on or prior to that date, with the balance of the severance payments and benefits being paid or provided as originally scheduled.

 

(b)           Return of Company Property .  Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon Executive’s Qualified Termination under Section 7 is subject to Executive returning all documents and other property provided to Executive by any member of the Company Group (with the exception of a copy of the Employee Handbook and personnel documents specifically relating to Executive), developed or obtained by Executive in connection with his employment with the Company Group, or otherwise belonging to the Company Group.

 

(c)           Section 409A .  The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with this intent.  No payment or benefits to be paid to Executive, if any, under this Agreement or otherwise, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”), will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.  Any severance benefits that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the 60th day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required under this paragraph.  Except as required under this paragraph, any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the 60-day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the 60th day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments will be made as provided above..  If, at the time of Executive’s termination of employment, Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, then the payment of the Deferred Payments will be delayed to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, which generally means that Executive will receive payment on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is 6 months and 1 day following Executive’s termination of employment.  The Company reserves the right to amend this Agreement as it considers necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Executive or any other individual, to comply with any provision required to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A or to otherwise avoid income recognition under Section 409A prior to the actual payment of any benefits or imposition of any additional tax.  Each payment, installment, and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).  In no event will any member of the Company Group reimburse Executive for any taxes that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section 409A.

 

(d)           Resignation of Officer and Director Positions .  Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon Executive’s Qualified Termination under Section 7 is subject to Executive

 

5



 

resigning from all officer and director positions with all members of the Company Group and Executive executing any documents the Company may require in connection with the same.

 

10.          Limitation on Payments .

 

(a)           Reduction of Severance Benefits .  If any payment or benefit that Executive would receive from any Company Group member or any other party whether in connection with the provisions in this Agreement or otherwise (the “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Payment will be equal to the Best Results Amount.  The “ Best Results Amount ” will be either (A) the full amount of the Payment or (B) a lesser amount that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of those amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount.  If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting parachute payments is necessary so that the Payment equals the Best Results Amount, reduction will occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock awards; reduction of employee benefits.  In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, the acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards unless Executive elects in writing a different order for cancellation.  Executive will be solely responsible for the payment of all personal tax liability that is incurred as a result of the payments and benefits received under this Agreement, and Executive will not be reimbursed by any member of the Company Group for any of those payments of personal tax liability.

 

(b)           Determination of Excise Tax Liability .  The Company will select a professional services firm to make all of the determinations required to be made under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments.  The Company will request that firm provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive prior to the date on which the event that triggers the Payment occurs if administratively feasible, or subsequent to that date if events occur that result in parachute payments to Executive at that time.  For purposes of making the calculations required under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments, the firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith determinations concerning the application of the Code.  The Company and Executive will furnish to the firm any information and documents as the firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments.  The Company will bear all costs the firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by these paragraphs relating to parachute payments.  Any determination by the firm will be binding upon the Company and Executive, and the Company will have no liability to Executive for the determinations of the firm.

 

11.          Definitions .  The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

 

(a)           Base Salary .  “ Base Salary ” means Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s Qualified Termination (or if the termination is due to a resignation for Good Reason based on a material reduction in base salary, as applicable, then Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the reduction) or, if Executive’s Qualified Termination is a CIC Qualified Termination and the amount is greater, at the level in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

 

(b)           Board .  “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

6



 

(c)           Cause . “ Cause ” (i) Executive’s failure to perform Executive’s duties or responsibilities to the Company Group or deliberate violation of a Company Group policy, including but not limited to those relating to insider trading or sexual harassment; (ii) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other misconduct; (iii) unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company Group or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company Group; (iv) Executive’s breach of any of Executive’s obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company Group, including this Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; or (v) Executive’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company Group.

 

(d)           Change in Control . “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)    A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, (A) the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control, and (B) if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, the direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event will not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (i).  For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership will include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

 

(ii)   A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12)-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.  For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)  A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12)-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly,

 

7



 

by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3).  For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(e)           Change in Control Period . “ Change in Control Period ” means the period beginning 3 months prior to a Change in Control and ending 12 months following a Change in Control.

 

(f)            COBRA . “ COBRA ” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

 

(g)           Code .  “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(h)           Company Group . “ Company Group ” means the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

(i)            Disability . “ Disability ” means that Executive, at the time notice is given, has been unable to substantially perform his or her duties under this Agreement for not less than one-hundred and twenty (120) work days within a twelve (12) consecutive month period as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to a physical or mental condition and, if reasonable accommodation is required by law, after any reasonable accommodation.

 

(j)            Equity Awards . “ Equity Awards ” means (i) any Future Equity Awards and  (ii) any Existing Equity Awards, but, in the case of clause (ii), only to the extent that Executive experiences a Qualified Termination during the 3 months prior to a Change in Control.

 

(k)           Existing Equity Awards .  “ Existing Equity Awards ” means stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock that have been granted to Executive prior to the Effective Date and remain outstanding as of the Effective Date.

 

(l)            Future Equity Awards . “ Future Equity Awards ” means Company equity awards, including awards of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, or performance stock units, granted to Executive after the Effective Date.

 

(m)          Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” means the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group by Executive in accordance with the next sentence after the occurrence of one or more of the following events without Executive’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction of Executive’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities relative to Executive’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to the reduction; provided, however, that  continued employment following a Change in Control with substantially the same duties, authorities, or responsibilities with respect to the Company Group’s business and operations will not constitute “Good Reason” (for example, “Good

 

8



 

Reason” does not exist if Executive is employed by the Company Group or a successor with substantially the same duties, authorities, or responsibilities with respect to the Company Group’s business that Executive had immediately prior to the Change in Control regardless of whether Executive’s title is revised to reflect Executive’s placement within the overall corporate hierarchy or whether Executive provides services to a subsidiary, affiliate, business unit or otherwise); (ii) a material reduction by a Company Group member in Executive’s annual total target cash compensation; provided, however, that, a reduction of annual total target cash compensation that also applies to substantially all other similarly situated employees of the Company Group members will not constitute “Good Reason”;  (iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location by more than 50 miles from Executive’s then present location; provided, that a relocation to a location that is within 50 miles from Executive’s then-present primary residence will not be considered a material change in geographic location, or (iv) failure of a successor corporation to assume the obligations under this Agreement.  In order for the termination of Executive’s employment with a Company Group member to be for Good Reason, Executive must not terminate employment without first providing written notice to the Company of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a cure period of 30 days following the date of written notice (the “ Cure Period ”), the grounds must not have been cured during that time, and Executive must terminate Executive’s employment within 30 days following the Cure Period.

 

(n)           Qualified Termination . “ Qualified Termination ” means (i) a termination of Executive’s employment by a Company Group member without Cause (excluding by reason of Executive’s death or Disability) outside of the Change in Control Period (a “ Non-CIC Qualified Termination ”) or (ii) a termination of Executive’s employment either (A) by a Company Group member without Cause (excluding by reason of Executive’s death or Disability) or (B)  by Executive for Good Reason, in either case, during the Change in Control Period (a “ CIC Qualified Termination ”).

 

(o)           Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement .  “ Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement ” means the Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement that Executive previously executed in connection with the commencement of Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

12.          Confidential Information .  Executive confirms Executive’s continuing obligations under the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

 

13.          Assignment .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors, and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company.  Any successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes.  For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.  None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

14.          Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and will be effectively given (a) upon actual delivery to the party to be notified, (b) 24 hours after confirmed facsimile transmission, (c) 1 business day after deposit with a recognized overnight courier or (d) 3 business days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service by first class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed (i) if to Executive, at the address Executive shall have most recently furnished to the Company in writing, (ii) if to the Company, at the following address:

 

9



 

If to the Company:

nLIGHT, Inc.

5408 NE 88 th  St.

Vancouver, Washington 98665

Attention: Chair of the Compensation Committee

 

15.          Severability .  In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

16.          Integration .  This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement represent the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter in this Agreement and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including, but not limited to, the Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Agreement entered into between the parties, dated June 9, 2017.  With respect to Equity Awards, the acceleration of vesting provisions provided in this Agreement will apply to these Equity Awards except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable equity award agreement.  This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

17.          Waiver of Breach .  The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

18.          Headings .  All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

19.          Tax Withholding .  All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

20.          Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this Agreement or the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, will be settled by arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

 

21.          Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 

22.          Acknowledgment .  Executive acknowledges that Executive has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from Executive’s private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

23.          Gender Neutral .  Wherever used in this Agreement, a pronoun in the masculine gender will be considered as including the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

24.          Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement (in the case of the Company, by a duly authorized officer), effective as of the last date set forth below (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

 

nLIGHT, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kerry Hill

 

Date:

March 28, 2018

Kerry Hill

 

 

Corporate Secretary and VP of Finance

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement (in the case of the Company, by a duly authorized officer), effective as of the last date set forth below (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Scott Keeney

 

Date:

March 29, 2018

Scott Keeney

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

NLIGHT, INC.

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the Effective Date (as defined below) by and between nLIGHT, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Ran Bareket (“ Executive ”).

 

1.             Duties and Scope of Employment .

 

(a)           Positions and Duties .  As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”).  Executive will render business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to Executive by the CEO.

 

(b)           Obligations .  During the period of time in which Executive is employed with the Company (such period, the “ Employment Term ”), Executive will perform Executive’s duties faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company.  For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to (i) actively engage in any other employment, occupation, or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration or (ii) serve on other boards of directors, in all cases, without the prior approval of the Board.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may, without additional approval by the Board, engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as the services and activities do not materially interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties as provided in this Agreement and the services and activities do not adversely affect the business, reputation or public stock price of the Company.  Executive further agrees to comply with all Company policies, including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any insider trading policies and compensation clawback policies currently in existence or that may be adopted by the Company during the Employment Term.

 

2.             At-Will Employment .  The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company remains “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice.  Executive understands and agrees that neither Executive’s job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of Executive’s employment with the Company.  However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance payments and benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

 

3.             Compensation .

 

(a)           Base Salary .  The Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $250,000 as compensation for Executive’s services.  The annual base salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings.  Executive’s annual base salary will be subject to periodic review by the Company’s board of directors or its compensation committee (either, the “ Committee ”) and adjustments may be made by the Committee.

 

(b)           Target Bonus .  Executive will be eligible to receive an annual target bonus of 50% of Executive’s annual base salary (the “ Target Bonus ”) upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Committee.  Executive’s Target Bonus will be subject to periodic review by the Committee and adjustments may be made by the Committee.  The amount of any Target Bonus to be paid to

 



 

Executive, if any, and the timing of such payment will be: (i) determined in the sole discretion of the Committee pursuant to the terms of the Company’s bonus plan governing such opportunity and (ii) subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the payment date.

 

(c)           Signing Bonus .  Executive will be eligible to receive a $135,000  signing bonus (the “ Signing Bonus ”) paid in two installments. $60,000 of the Signing Bonus was paid to Executive prior to the Effective Date. $75,000 of the Signing Bonus will be paid to Executive on the first payroll date after June 4, 2019 if Executive remains employed with the Company full time at all times through June 4, 2019. If Executive leaves the Company or Executive is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), in either case, prior to June 4, 2019, then Executive will repay to the Company, within 30 days of Executive’s employment termination, the entire amount of the Signing Bonus that has been paid to Executive.

 

(d)           Relocation Expenses . The Company will cover Executive’s relocation expenses up to $35,000, subject to the terms of the Company’s reimbursement policy.

 

(e)           Equity .  Executive will be eligible to receive Company equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time.  The Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any Company equity awards and the terms of any Company equity award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

 

4.             Employee Benefits .  Executive will be entitled to participate in employee benefit plans and programs of the Company, if any, on the same terms and conditions as other similarly-situated employees to the extent that Executive’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and other qualifications make Executive eligible to participate in the plans or programs, subject to the rules and regulations applicable thereto.  The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

5.             PTO .  Executive will be entitled to paid time off (PTO) in accordance with the Company’s PTO policy, with the timing and duration of specific days off mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties.

 

6.             Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

7.             Severance and Change in Control Benefits .

 

a.             Non-CIC Qualified Termination .  Subject to Section 9, on a Non-CIC Qualified Termination, Executive will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company:

 

i)      Continuing Salary Severance .  The Company will pay Executive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s Base Salary for a period of six (6) months.  The severance will be paid, less applicable withholdings, in installments over the severance period in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures, with the first installment to be paid on the first regular payroll date of the Company following the date on which the Release (as defined below) becomes irrevocable (subject to Section 9 of this Agreement).

 

ii)     COBRA Coverage .  Subject to Section 7(d), the Company will pay the

 

2



 

premiums for COBRA coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents at the rates then in effect for active employees, subject to any subsequent changes in rates that are generally applicable to the Company’s active employees (the “ COBRA Coverage ”), until the earlier of (A) a period of six (6) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA.

 

iii)    Equity Vesting .  None of the then-unvested shares subject to each of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards will be entitled to accelerated vesting and, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, accelerated exercisability.  However, upon a Qualified Termination, any then-unvested portion of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards will remain outstanding for 3 months or until the occurrence of a Change in Control (whichever is earlier) so that any benefits due on a CIC Qualified Termination as set forth in Section 7(b)(iii) below can be provided if a Change in Control occurs within 3 months following the applicable Qualified Termination (provided that in no event will Executive’s stock options or similar Equity Awards remain outstanding beyond the Equity Award’s maximum term to expiration).  If no Change in Control occurs within 3 months following an applicable Qualified Termination, any unvested portion of Executive’s Equity Awards automatically will be forfeited permanently on the date that is 3 months following such Qualified Termination.

 

b.             CIC Qualified Termination .  Subject to Section 9, on a CIC Qualified Termination, Executive will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company:

 

i)      Salary Severance .  The Company will pay Executive a lump-sum payment equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary on the first regular payroll date of the Company following the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable (subject to any delay as required under Section 9 below).

 

ii)     COBRA Coverage .  Subject to Section 7(d), the Company will provide COBRA Coverage until the earlier of (A) a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA.

 

iii)    Equity Vesting .  100% of the then-unvested shares subject to each of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards will immediately vest and, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, will become exercisable (for the avoidance of doubt, no more than 100% of the shares subject to the then-outstanding portion of an Equity Award may vest and become exercisable under this provision).  In the case of an Equity Award with performance-based vesting, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Equity Award agreement governing such award, all performance goals and other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at the greater of actual performance measured as of the date of termination or 100% of target levels.  Any restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and/or similar full value awards that vest under this paragraph will be settled on the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable (subject to any delay as required under Section 9 below).

 

c.             Change in Control Benefit .  Pursuant to the contractual arrangements in effect with Executive prior to the Effective Date, 100% of any then-unvested portion of Executive’s Existing Equity Awards shall immediately vest and become exercisable in full upon a “change in control” (as defined in the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “ 2001 Plan ”)) as long as Executive remains a Service Provider (as defined in the 2001 Plan) through such time.  For the avoidance of doubt, no more than 100% of

 

3



 

the total number of shares granted pursuant to any Existing Equity Award may become vested and exercisable upon such “change in control.”

 

d.             Termination other than a Qualified Termination .  If the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group is not a Qualified Termination, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits.

 

e.             Conditions to Receipt of COBRA Coverage .  Executive’s receipt of COBRA Coverage is subject to Executive electing COBRA continuation coverage within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents.  If the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA Coverage without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that the Executive would be required to pay to continue his or her group health coverage in effect on the date of his or her Qualified Termination (which amount will be based on the rates then in effect for active employees, subject to any subsequent changes in rates that are generally applicable to the Company’s active employees) (each, a “ COBRA Replacement Payment ”), which COBRA Replacement Payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will end on the earlier of (i) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (ii) the date the Company has paid an amount totaling the number of COBRA Replacement Payments equal to the number of months in the applicable COBRA Coverage period.  For the avoidance of doubt, the COBRA Replacement Payments may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA Replacement Payments without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive the COBRA Replacement Payments or any further COBRA Coverage.

 

f.             Non-Duplication of Payment or Benefits .  If (i) Executive’s Qualified Termination occurs prior to a Change in Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments and benefits under Section 7(a)  and (ii) a Change in Control occurs within the 3-month period following Executive’s Qualified Termination that qualifies Executive for severance payments and benefits under Section 7(b), then (A) Executive will cease receiving any further payments or benefits under Section 7(a) and (B) Executive will receive the payments and benefits under Section 7(b) instead but each of the payments and benefits otherwise payable under Section 7(b) will be offset by the corresponding payments or benefits Executive already received under Section 7(a).

 

g.             Death of Executive .  If Executive dies before all payments or benefits Executive is entitled to receive under this Agreement have been paid, the unpaid amounts will be paid to Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to Executive’s personal representative in a lump-sum payment as soon as possible following Executive’s death.

 

h.             Transfer between the Company Group .  For purposes of this Agreement, if Executive is involuntarily transferred from one member of the Company Group to another, the transfer will not be a termination without Cause but may give Executive the ability to resign for Good Reason.

 

i.              Exclusive Remedy .  In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group, the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, or in

 

4



 

equity.  Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

8.             Accrued Compensation .  On any termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group, Executive will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

9.             Conditions to Receipt of Severance .

 

(a)           Separation Agreement and Release of Claims .  Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon Executive’s Qualified Termination under Section 7 is subject to Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s then-standard separation agreement and release of claims (which may include restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, an agreement not to disparage any member of the Company Group, non-solicit provisions, an agreement to assist in any litigation matters, and other standard terms and conditions) (the “ Release ” and that requirement, the “ Release Requirement ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the 60th day following Executive’s Qualified Termination (the “ Release Deadline ”).  If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under Section 7.  In no event will severance payments or benefits under Section 7 be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.  To the extent that payments are delayed under Section 9(c), the Company will pay or provide Executive the severance payments and benefits that Executive would otherwise have received under Section 7 on or prior to that date, with the balance of the severance payments and benefits being paid or provided as originally scheduled.

 

(b)           Return of Company Property .  Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon Executive’s Qualified Termination under Section 7 is subject to Executive returning all documents and other property provided to Executive by any member of the Company Group (with the exception of a copy of the Employee Handbook and personnel documents specifically relating to Executive), developed or obtained by Executive in connection with his employment with the Company Group, or otherwise belonging to the Company Group.

 

(c)           Section 409A .  The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with this intent.  No payment or benefits to be paid to Executive, if any, under this Agreement or otherwise, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”), will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.  Any severance benefits that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the 60th day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required under this paragraph.  Except as required under this paragraph, any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the 60-day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the 60th day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments will be made as provided above..  If, at the time of Executive’s termination of employment, Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, then the payment of the Deferred Payments will be delayed to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, which generally means that Executive will receive payment on the first payroll

 

5



 

date that occurs on or after the date that is 6 months and 1 day following Executive’s termination of employment.  The Company reserves the right to amend this Agreement as it considers necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Executive or any other individual, to comply with any provision required to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A or to otherwise avoid income recognition under Section 409A prior to the actual payment of any benefits or imposition of any additional tax.  Each payment, installment, and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).  In no event will any member of the Company Group reimburse Executive for any taxes that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section 409A.

 

(d)           Resignation of Officer and Director Positions .  Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon Executive’s Qualified Termination under Section 7 is subject to Executive resigning from all officer and director positions with all members of the Company Group and Executive executing any documents the Company may require in connection with the same.

 

10.          Limitation on Payments .

 

(a)           Reduction of Severance Benefits .  If any payment or benefit that Executive would receive from any Company Group member or any other party whether in connection with the provisions in this Agreement or otherwise (the “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Payment will be equal to the Best Results Amount.  The “ Best Results Amount ” will be either (A) the full amount of the Payment or (B) a lesser amount that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of those amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount.  If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting parachute payments is necessary so that the Payment equals the Best Results Amount, reduction will occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock awards; reduction of employee benefits.  In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, the acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards unless Executive elects in writing a different order for cancellation.  Executive will be solely responsible for the payment of all personal tax liability that is incurred as a result of the payments and benefits received under this Agreement, and Executive will not be reimbursed by any member of the Company Group for any of those payments of personal tax liability.

 

(b)           Determination of Excise Tax Liability .  The Company will select a professional services firm to make all of the determinations required to be made under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments.  The Company will request that firm provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive prior to the date on which the event that triggers the Payment occurs if administratively feasible, or subsequent to that date if events occur that result in parachute payments to Executive at that time.  For purposes of making the calculations required under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments, the firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith determinations concerning the application of the Code.  The Company and Executive will furnish to the firm any information and documents as the firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments.  The Company will bear all costs the firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by these paragraphs relating to parachute payments.  Any determination by the firm will be binding upon the Company and Executive, and the Company will have no liability to Executive for the determinations of the firm.

 

6



 

11.          Definitions .  The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

 

(a)           Base Salary .  “ Base Salary ” means Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s Qualified Termination (or if the termination is due to a resignation for Good Reason based on a material reduction in base salary, as applicable, then Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the reduction) or, if Executive’s Qualified Termination is a CIC Qualified Termination and the amount is greater, at the level in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

 

(b)           Board .  “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

(c)           Cause . “ Cause ” (i) Executive’s failure to perform Executive’s duties or responsibilities to the Company Group or deliberate violation of a Company Group policy, including but not limited to those relating to insider trading or sexual harassment; (ii) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other misconduct; (iii) unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company Group or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company Group; (iv) Executive’s breach of any of Executive’s obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company Group, including this Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; or (v) Executive’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company Group.

 

(d)           Change in Control . “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)    A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, (A) the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control, and (B) if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, the direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event will not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (i).  For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership will include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

 

(ii)   A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12)-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.  For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)  A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12)-month period

 

7



 

ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3).  For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(e)           Change in Control Period . “ Change in Control Period ” means the period beginning 3 months prior to a Change in Control and ending 12 months following a Change in Control.

 

(f)            COBRA . “ COBRA ” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

 

(g)           Code .  “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(h)           Company Group . “ Company Group ” means the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

(i)            Disability . “ Disability ” means that Executive, at the time notice is given, has been unable to substantially perform his or her duties under this Agreement for not less than one-hundred and twenty (120) work days within a twelve (12) consecutive month period as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to a physical or mental condition and, if reasonable accommodation is required by law, after any reasonable accommodation.

 

(j)            Equity Awards . “ Equity Awards ” means (i) any Future Equity Awards and  (ii) any Existing Equity Awards, but, in the case of clause (ii), only to the extent that Executive experiences a Qualified Termination during the 3 months prior to a Change in Control.

 

(k)           Existing Equity Awards .  “ Existing Equity Awards ” means stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock that have been granted to Executive prior to the Effective Date and remain outstanding as of the Effective Date.

 

8



 

(l)            Future Equity Awards . “ Future Equity Awards ” means Company equity awards, including awards of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, or performance stock units, granted to Executive after the Effective Date.

 

(m)          Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” means the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group by Executive in accordance with the next sentence after the occurrence of one or more of the following events without Executive’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction of Executive’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities relative to Executive’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to the reduction; provided, however, that  continued employment following a Change in Control with substantially the same duties, authorities, or responsibilities with respect to the Company Group’s business and operations will not constitute “Good Reason” (for example, “Good Reason” does not exist if Executive is employed by the Company Group or a successor with substantially the same duties, authorities, or responsibilities with respect to the Company Group’s business that Executive had immediately prior to the Change in Control regardless of whether Executive’s title is revised to reflect Executive’s placement within the overall corporate hierarchy or whether Executive provides services to a subsidiary, affiliate, business unit or otherwise); (ii) a material reduction by a Company Group member in Executive’s annual total target cash compensation; provided, however, that, a reduction of annual total target cash compensation that also applies to substantially all other similarly situated employees of the Company Group members will not constitute “Good Reason”;  (iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location by more than 50 miles from Executive’s then present location; provided, that a relocation to a location that is within 50 miles from Executive’s then-present primary residence will not be considered a material change in geographic location, or (iv) failure of a successor corporation to assume the obligations under this Agreement.  In order for the termination of Executive’s employment with a Company Group member to be for Good Reason, Executive must not terminate employment without first providing written notice to the Company of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a cure period of 30 days following the date of written notice (the “ Cure Period ”), the grounds must not have been cured during that time, and Executive must terminate Executive’s employment within 30 days following the Cure Period.

 

(n)           Qualified Termination . “ Qualified Termination ” means (i) a termination of Executive’s employment by a Company Group member without Cause (excluding by reason of Executive’s death or Disability) outside of the Change in Control Period (a “ Non-CIC Qualified Termination ”) or (ii) a termination of Executive’s employment either (A) by a Company Group member without Cause (excluding by reason of Executive’s death or Disability) or (B)  by Executive for Good Reason, in either case, during the Change in Control Period (a “ CIC Qualified Termination ”).

 

(o)           Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement .  “ Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement ” means the Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement that Executive previously executed in connection with the commencement of Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

12.          Confidential Information .  Executive confirms Executive’s continuing obligations under the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

 

13.          Assignment .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors, and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company.  Any successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes.  For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires

 

9



 

all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.  None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

14.          Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and will be effectively given (a) upon actual delivery to the party to be notified, (b) 24 hours after confirmed facsimile transmission, (c) 1 business day after deposit with a recognized overnight courier or (d) 3 business days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service by first class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed (i) if to Executive, at the address Executive shall have most recently furnished to the Company in writing, (ii) if to the Company, at the following address:

 

If to the Company:

nLIGHT, Inc.

5408 NE 88 th  St.

Vancouver, Washington 98665

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

15.          Severability .  In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

16.          Integration .  This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement represent the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter in this Agreement and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including, but not limited to, the offer letter entered into between the parties, dated December 30, 2017.  With respect to Equity Awards, the acceleration of vesting provisions provided in this Agreement will apply to these Equity Awards except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable equity award agreement.  This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

17.          Waiver of Breach .  The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

18.          Headings .  All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

19.          Tax Withholding .  All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

20.          Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this Agreement or the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, will be settled by arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

 

21.          Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 

22.          Acknowledgment .  Executive acknowledges that Executive has had the opportunity to

 

10



 

discuss this matter with and obtain advice from Executive’s private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

23.          Gender Neutral .  Wherever used in this Agreement, a pronoun in the masculine gender will be considered as including the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

24.          Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement (in the case of the Company, by a duly authorized officer), effective as of the last date set forth below (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

 

nLIGHT, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Keeney

 

Date:

March 29, 2018

Scott Keeney

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement (in the case of the Company, by a duly authorized officer), effective as of the last date set forth below (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ran Bareket

 

Date:

March 28, 2018

Ran Bareket

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 10.8

 

NLIGHT, INC.

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the Effective Date (as defined below) by and between nLIGHT, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Robert Martinsen (“ Executive ”).

 

1.                                       Duties and Scope of Employment .

 

(a)                                  Positions and Duties .  As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Technical Officer and report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”).  Executive will render business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to Executive by the CEO.

 

(b)                                  Obligations .  During the period of time in which Executive is employed with the Company (such period, the “ Employment Term ”), Executive will perform Executive’s duties faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company.  For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to (i) actively engage in any other employment, occupation, or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration or (ii) serve on other boards of directors, in all cases, without the prior approval of the Board.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may, without additional approval by the Board, engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as the services and activities do not materially interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties as provided in this Agreement and the services and activities do not adversely affect the business, reputation or public stock price of the Company.  Executive further agrees to comply with all Company policies, including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any insider trading policies and compensation clawback policies currently in existence or that may be adopted by the Company during the Employment Term.

 

2.                                       At-Will Employment .  The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company remains “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice.  Executive understands and agrees that neither Executive’s job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of Executive’s employment with the Company.  However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance payments and benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

 

3.                                       Compensation .

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  The Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $217,697 as compensation for Executive’s services.  The annual base salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings.  Executive’s annual base salary will be subject to periodic review by the Company’s board of directors or its compensation committee (either, the “ Committee ”) and adjustments may be made by the Committee.

 

(b)                                  Target Bonus .  Executive will be eligible to receive an annual target bonus of 30% of Executive’s annual base salary (the “ Target Bonus ”) upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Committee.  Executive’s Target Bonus will be subject to periodic review by the Committee and adjustments may be made by the Committee.    The amount of any Target Bonus to be paid

 



 

to Executive, if any, and the timing of such payment will be: (i) determined in the sole discretion of the Committee pursuant to the terms of the Company’s bonus plan governing such opportunity and (ii) subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the payment date.

 

(c)                                   Equity .  Executive will be eligible to receive Company equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time.  The Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any Company equity awards and the terms of any Company equity award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

 

4.                                       Employee Benefits .  Executive will be entitled to participate in employee benefit plans and programs of the Company, if any, on the same terms and conditions as other similarly-situated employees to the extent that Executive’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and other qualifications make Executive eligible to participate in the plans or programs, subject to the rules and regulations applicable thereto.  The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

5.                                       PTO .  Executive will be entitled to paid time off (PTO) in accordance with the Company’s PTO policy, with the timing and duration of specific days off mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties.

 

6.                                       Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

7.                                       Severance and Change in Control Benefits .

 

a.                                       Non-CIC Qualified Termination .  Subject to Section 9, on a Non-CIC Qualified Termination, Executive will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company:

 

i)                                Continuing Salary Severance .  The Company will pay Executive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s Base Salary for a period of six (6) months.  The severance will be paid, less applicable withholdings, in installments over the severance period in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures, with the first installment to be paid on the first regular payroll date of the Company following the date on which the Release (as defined below) becomes irrevocable (subject to Section 9 of this Agreement).

 

ii)                             COBRA Coverage .  Subject to Section 7(d), the Company will pay the premiums for COBRA coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents at the rates then in effect for active employees, subject to any subsequent changes in rates that are generally applicable to the Company’s active employees (the “ COBRA Coverage ”), until the earlier of (A) a period of six (6) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA.

 

iii)                          Equity Vesting .  None of the then-unvested shares subject to each of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards will be entitled to accelerated vesting and, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, accelerated exercisability.  However, upon a Qualified Termination, any then-unvested portion of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards will remain outstanding for 3 months or

 

2



 

until the occurrence of a Change in Control (whichever is earlier) so that any benefits due on a CIC Qualified Termination as set forth in Section 7(b)(iii) below can be provided if a Change in Control occurs within 3 months following the applicable Qualified Termination (provided that in no event will Executive’s stock options or similar Equity Awards remain outstanding beyond the Equity Award’s maximum term to expiration).  If no Change in Control occurs within 3 months following an applicable Qualified Termination, any unvested portion of Executive’s Equity Awards automatically will be forfeited permanently on the date that is 3 months following such Qualified Termination.

 

b.                                       CIC Qualified Termination .  Subject to Section 9, on a CIC Qualified Termination, Executive will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company:

 

i)                                Salary Severance .  The Company will pay Executive a lump-sum payment equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary on the first regular payroll date of the Company following the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable (subject to any delay as required under Section 9 below).

 

ii)                             COBRA Coverage .  Subject to Section 7(d), the Company will provide COBRA Coverage until the earlier of (A) a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA.

 

iii)                          Equity Vesting .  100% of the then-unvested shares subject to each of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards will immediately vest and, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, will become exercisable (for the avoidance of doubt, no more than 100% of the shares subject to the then-outstanding portion of an Equity Award may vest and become exercisable under this provision).  In the case of an Equity Award with performance-based vesting, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Equity Award agreement governing such award, all performance goals and other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at the greater of actual performance measured as of the date of termination or 100% of target levels.  Any restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and/or similar full value awards that vest under this paragraph will be settled on the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable (subject to any delay as required under Section 9 below).

 

c.                                        Change in Control Benefit .  Pursuant to the contractual arrangements in effect with Executive prior to the Effective Date, 100% of any then-unvested portion of Executive’s Existing Equity Awards shall immediately vest and become exercisable in full upon a “change in control” (as defined in the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “ 2001 Plan ”)) as long as Executive remains a Service Provider (as defined in the 2001 Plan) through such time.  For the avoidance of doubt, no more than 100% of the total number of shares granted pursuant to any Existing Equity Award may become vested and exercisable upon such “change in control.”

 

d.                                       Termination other than a Qualified Termination .  If the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group is not a Qualified Termination, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits.

 

e.                                        Conditions to Receipt of COBRA Coverage .  Executive’s receipt of COBRA Coverage is subject to Executive electing COBRA continuation coverage within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents.  If the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA Coverage without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu

 

3



 

thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that the Executive would be required to pay to continue his or her group health coverage in effect on the date of his or her Qualified Termination (which amount will be based on the rates then in effect for active employees, subject to any subsequent changes in rates that are generally applicable to the Company’s active employees) (each, a “ COBRA Replacement Payment ”), which COBRA Replacement Payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will end on the earlier of (i) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (ii) the date the Company has paid an amount totaling the number of COBRA Replacement Payments equal to the number of months in the applicable COBRA Coverage period.  For the avoidance of doubt, the COBRA Replacement Payments may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA Replacement Payments without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive the COBRA Replacement Payments or any further COBRA Coverage.

 

f.                                         Non-Duplication of Payment or Benefits .  If (i) Executive’s Qualified Termination occurs prior to a Change in Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments and benefits under Section 7(a)  and (ii) a Change in Control occurs within the 3-month period following Executive’s Qualified Termination that qualifies Executive for severance payments and benefits under Section 7(b), then (A) Executive will cease receiving any further payments or benefits under Section 7(a) and (B) Executive will receive the payments and benefits under Section 7(b) instead but each of the payments and benefits otherwise payable under Section 7(b) will be offset by the corresponding payments or benefits Executive already received under Section 7(a).

 

g.                                        Death of Executive .  If Executive dies before all payments or benefits Executive is entitled to receive under this Agreement have been paid, the unpaid amounts will be paid to Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to Executive’s personal representative in a lump-sum payment as soon as possible following Executive’s death.

 

h.                                       Transfer between the Company Group .  For purposes of this Agreement, if Executive is involuntarily transferred from one member of the Company Group to another, the transfer will not be a termination without Cause but may give Executive the ability to resign for Good Reason.

 

i.                                           Exclusive Remedy .  In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group, the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, or in equity.  Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Accrued Compensation .  On any termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group, Executive will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

9.                                       Conditions to Receipt of Severance .

 

(a)                                  Separation Agreement and Release of Claims .  Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon Executive’s Qualified Termination under Section 7 is subject to Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s then-standard separation agreement and release of claims (which may

 

4



 

include restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, an agreement not to disparage any member of the Company Group, non-solicit provisions, an agreement to assist in any litigation matters, and other standard terms and conditions) (the “ Release ” and that requirement, the “ Release Requirement ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the 60th day following Executive’s Qualified Termination (the “ Release Deadline ”).  If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under Section 7.  In no event will severance payments or benefits under Section 7 be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.  To the extent that payments are delayed under Section 9(c), the Company will pay or provide Executive the severance payments and benefits that Executive would otherwise have received under Section 7 on or prior to that date, with the balance of the severance payments and benefits being paid or provided as originally scheduled.

 

(b)                                  Return of Company Property .  Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon Executive’s Qualified Termination under Section 7 is subject to Executive returning all documents and other property provided to Executive by any member of the Company Group (with the exception of a copy of the Employee Handbook and personnel documents specifically relating to Executive), developed or obtained by Executive in connection with his employment with the Company Group, or otherwise belonging to the Company Group.

 

(c)                                   Section 409A .  The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with this intent.  No payment or benefits to be paid to Executive, if any, under this Agreement or otherwise, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”), will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.  Any severance benefits that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the 60th day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required under this paragraph.  Except as required under this paragraph, any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the 60-day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the 60th day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments will be made as provided above..  If, at the time of Executive’s termination of employment, Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, then the payment of the Deferred Payments will be delayed to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, which generally means that Executive will receive payment on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is 6 months and 1 day following Executive’s termination of employment.  The Company reserves the right to amend this Agreement as it considers necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Executive or any other individual, to comply with any provision required to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A or to otherwise avoid income recognition under Section 409A prior to the actual payment of any benefits or imposition of any additional tax.  Each payment, installment, and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).  In no event will any member of the Company Group reimburse Executive for any taxes that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section 409A.

 

(d)                                  Resignation of Officer and Director Positions .  Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon Executive’s Qualified Termination under Section 7 is subject to Executive

 

5



 

resigning from all officer and director positions with all members of the Company Group and Executive executing any documents the Company may require in connection with the same.

 

10.                                Limitation on Payments .

 

(a)                                  Reduction of Severance Benefits .  If any payment or benefit that Executive would receive from any Company Group member or any other party whether in connection with the provisions in this Agreement or otherwise (the “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Payment will be equal to the Best Results Amount.  The “ Best Results Amount ” will be either (A) the full amount of the Payment or (B) a lesser amount that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of those amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount.  If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting parachute payments is necessary so that the Payment equals the Best Results Amount, reduction will occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock awards; reduction of employee benefits.  In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, the acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards unless Executive elects in writing a different order for cancellation.  Executive will be solely responsible for the payment of all personal tax liability that is incurred as a result of the payments and benefits received under this Agreement, and Executive will not be reimbursed by any member of the Company Group for any of those payments of personal tax liability.

 

(b)                                  Determination of Excise Tax Liability .  The Company will select a professional services firm to make all of the determinations required to be made under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments.  The Company will request that firm provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive prior to the date on which the event that triggers the Payment occurs if administratively feasible, or subsequent to that date if events occur that result in parachute payments to Executive at that time.  For purposes of making the calculations required under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments, the firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith determinations concerning the application of the Code.  The Company and Executive will furnish to the firm any information and documents as the firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments.  The Company will bear all costs the firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by these paragraphs relating to parachute payments.  Any determination by the firm will be binding upon the Company and Executive, and the Company will have no liability to Executive for the determinations of the firm.

 

11.                                Definitions .  The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  “ Base Salary ” means Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s Qualified Termination (or if the termination is due to a resignation for Good Reason based on a material reduction in base salary, as applicable, then Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the reduction) or, if Executive’s Qualified Termination is a CIC Qualified Termination and the amount is greater, at the level in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

 

(b)                                  Board .  “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

6



 

(c)                                   Cause . “ Cause ” (i) Executive’s failure to perform Executive’s duties or responsibilities to the Company Group or deliberate violation of a Company Group policy, including but not limited to those relating to insider trading or sexual harassment; (ii) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other misconduct; (iii) unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company Group or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company Group; (iv) Executive’s breach of any of Executive’s obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company Group, including this Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; or (v) Executive’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company Group.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control . “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                            A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, (A) the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control, and (B) if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, the direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event will not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (i).  For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership will include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

 

(ii)                         A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12)-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.  For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)                      A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12)-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly,

 

7



 

by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3).  For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(e)                                   Change in Control Period . “ Change in Control Period ” means the period beginning 3 months prior to a Change in Control and ending 12 months following a Change in Control.

 

(f)                                    COBRA . “ COBRA ” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Code .  “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(h)                                  Company Group . “ Company Group ” means the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

(i)                                      Disability . “ Disability ” means that Executive, at the time notice is given, has been unable to substantially perform his or her duties under this Agreement for not less than one-hundred and twenty (120) work days within a twelve (12) consecutive month period as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to a physical or mental condition and, if reasonable accommodation is required by law, after any reasonable accommodation.

 

(j)                                     Equity Awards . “ Equity Awards ” means (i) any Future Equity Awards and  (ii) any Existing Equity Awards, but, in the case of clause (ii), only to the extent that Executive experiences a Qualified Termination during the 3 months prior to a Change in Control.

 

(k)                                  Existing Equity Awards .  “ Existing Equity Awards ” means stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock that have been granted to Executive prior to the Effective Date and remain outstanding as of the Effective Date.

 

(l)                                      Future Equity Awards . “ Future Equity Awards ” means Company equity awards, including awards of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, or performance stock units, granted to Executive after the Effective Date.

 

(m)                              Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” means the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group by Executive in accordance with the next sentence after the occurrence of one or more of the following events without Executive’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction of Executive’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities relative to Executive’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to the reduction; provided, however, that  continued employment following a Change in Control with substantially the same duties, authorities, or responsibilities with respect to the Company Group’s business and operations will not constitute “Good Reason” (for example, “Good

 

8



 

Reason” does not exist if Executive is employed by the Company Group or a successor with substantially the same duties, authorities, or responsibilities with respect to the Company Group’s business that Executive had immediately prior to the Change in Control regardless of whether Executive’s title is revised to reflect Executive’s placement within the overall corporate hierarchy or whether Executive provides services to a subsidiary, affiliate, business unit or otherwise); (ii) a material reduction by a Company Group member in Executive’s annual total target cash compensation; provided, however, that, a reduction of annual total target cash compensation that also applies to substantially all other similarly situated employees of the Company Group members will not constitute “Good Reason”;  (iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location by more than 50 miles from Executive’s then present location; provided, that a relocation to a location that is within 50 miles from Executive’s then-present primary residence will not be considered a material change in geographic location, or (iv) failure of a successor corporation to assume the obligations under this Agreement.  In order for the termination of Executive’s employment with a Company Group member to be for Good Reason, Executive must not terminate employment without first providing written notice to the Company of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a cure period of 30 days following the date of written notice (the “ Cure Period ”), the grounds must not have been cured during that time, and Executive must terminate Executive’s employment within 30 days following the Cure Period.

 

(n)                                  Qualified Termination . “ Qualified Termination ” means (i) a termination of Executive’s employment by a Company Group member without Cause (excluding by reason of Executive’s death or Disability) outside of the Change in Control Period (a “ Non-CIC Qualified Termination ”) or (ii) a termination of Executive’s employment either (A) by a Company Group member without Cause (excluding by reason of Executive’s death or Disability) or (B)  by Executive for Good Reason, in either case, during the Change in Control Period (a “ CIC Qualified Termination ”).

 

(o)                                  Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement .  “ Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement ” means the Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement that Executive previously executed in connection with the commencement of Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

12.                                Confidential Information .  Executive confirms Executive’s continuing obligations under the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

 

13.                                Assignment .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors, and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company.  Any successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes.  For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.  None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

14.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and will be effectively given (a) upon actual delivery to the party to be notified, (b) 24 hours after confirmed facsimile transmission, (c) 1 business day after deposit with a recognized overnight courier or (d) 3 business days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service by first class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed (i) if to Executive, at the address Executive shall have most recently furnished to the Company in writing, (ii) if to the Company, at the following address:

 

9



 

If to the Company:

nLIGHT, Inc.

5408 NE 88 th  St.

Vancouver, Washington 98665

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

15.                                Severability .  In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

16.                                Integration .  This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement represent the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter in this Agreement and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including, but not limited to, the offer letter entered into between the parties, dated September 1, 2004.  With respect to Equity Awards, the acceleration of vesting provisions provided in this Agreement will apply to these Equity Awards except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable equity award agreement.  This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

17.                                Waiver of Breach .  The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

18.                                Headings .  All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

19.                                Tax Withholding .  All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

20.                                Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this Agreement or the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, will be settled by arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

 

21.                                Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 

22.                                Acknowledgment .  Executive acknowledges that Executive has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from Executive’s private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

23.                                Gender Neutral .  Wherever used in this Agreement, a pronoun in the masculine gender will be considered as including the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

24.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement (in the case of the Company, by a duly authorized officer), effective as of the last date set forth below (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

 

nLIGHT, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Keeney

 

Date:

March 29, 2018

Scott Keeney

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement (in the case of the Company, by a duly authorized officer), effective as of the last date set forth below (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Martinsen

 

Date:

March 28, 2018

Robert Martinsen

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

NLIGHT, INC.

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the Effective Date (as defined below) by and between nLIGHT, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Kerry Hill (“ Executive ”).

 

1.                                       Duties and Scope of Employment .

 

(a)                                  Positions and Duties .  As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as the Company’s Vice President, Finance and report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”). Executive will render business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to Executive by the CEO.

 

(b)                                  Obligations .  During the period of time in which Executive is employed with the Company (such period, the “ Employment Term ”), Executive will perform Executive’s duties faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company.  For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to (i) actively engage in any other employment, occupation, or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration or (ii) serve on other boards of directors, in all cases, without the prior approval of the Board.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may, without additional approval by the Board, engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as the services and activities do not materially interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties as provided in this Agreement and the services and activities do not adversely affect the business, reputation or public stock price of the Company.  Executive further agrees to comply with all Company policies, including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any insider trading policies and compensation clawback policies currently in existence or that may be adopted by the Company during the Employment Term.

 

2.                                       At-Will Employment .  The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company remains “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice.  Executive understands and agrees that neither Executive’s job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of Executive’s employment with the Company.  However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance payments and benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

 

3.                                       Compensation .

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  The Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $185,538 as compensation for Executive’s services.  The annual base salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings.  Executive’s annual base salary will be subject to periodic review by the Company’s board of directors or its compensation committee (either, the “ Committee ”) and adjustments may be made by the Committee.

 

(b)                                  Target Bonus .  Executive will be eligible to receive an annual target bonus of 20% of Executive’s annual base salary (the “ Target Bonus ”) upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Committee.  Executive’s Target Bonus will be subject to periodic review by the Committee and adjustments may be made by the Committee.    The amount of any Target Bonus to be paid

 



 

to Executive, if any, and the timing of such payment will be: (i) determined in the sole discretion of the Committee pursuant to the terms of the Company’s bonus plan governing such opportunity and (ii) subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the payment date.

 

(c)                                   Equity .  Executive will be eligible to receive Company equity awards pursuant to any plans or arrangements the Company may have in effect from time to time.  The Committee will determine in its discretion whether Executive will be granted any Company equity awards and the terms of any Company equity award in accordance with the terms of any applicable plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time .

 

4.                                       Employee Benefits .  Executive will be entitled to participate in employee benefit plans and programs of the Company, if any, on the same terms and conditions as other similarly-situated employees to the extent that Executive’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and other qualifications make Executive eligible to participate in the plans or programs, subject to the rules and regulations applicable thereto.  The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

5.                                       PTO .  Executive will be entitled to paid time off (PTO) in accordance with the Company’s PTO policy, with the timing and duration of specific days off mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties.

 

6.                                       Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

7.                                       Severance and Change in Control Benefits .

 

a.                                       Non-CIC Qualified Termination .  Subject to Section 9, on a Non-CIC Qualified Termination, Executive will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company:

 

i)                                Continuing Salary Severance .  The Company will pay Executive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s Base Salary for a period of six (6) months.  The severance will be paid, less applicable withholdings, in installments over the severance period in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures, with the first installment to be paid on the first regular payroll date of the Company following the date on which the Release (as defined below) becomes irrevocable (subject to Section 9 of this Agreement).

 

ii)                             COBRA Coverage .  Subject to Section 7(d), the Company will pay the premiums for COBRA coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents at the rates then in effect for active employees, subject to any subsequent changes in rates that are generally applicable to the Company’s active employees (the “ COBRA Coverage ”), until the earlier of (A) a period of six (6) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA.

 

iii)                          Equity Vesting .  None of the then-unvested shares subject to each of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards will be entitled to accelerated vesting and, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, accelerated exercisability.  However, upon a Qualified Termination, any then-unvested portion of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards will remain outstanding for 3 months or

 

2



 

until the occurrence of a Change in Control (whichever is earlier) so that any benefits due on a CIC Qualified Termination as set forth in Section 7(b)(iii) below can be provided if a Change in Control occurs within 3 months following the applicable Qualified Termination (provided that in no event will Executive’s stock options or similar Equity Awards remain outstanding beyond the Equity Award’s maximum term to expiration).  If no Change in Control occurs within 3 months following an applicable Qualified Termination, any unvested portion of Executive’s Equity Awards automatically will be forfeited permanently on the date that is 3 months following such Qualified Termination.

 

b.                                       CIC Qualified Termination .  Subject to Section 9, o n a CIC Qualified Termination, Executive will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company:

 

i)                                Salary Severance .  The Company will pay Executive a lump-sum payment equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary on the first regular payroll date of the Company following the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable (subject to any delay as required under Section 9 below).

 

ii)                             COBRA Coverage .  Subject to Section 7(d), the Company will provide COBRA Coverage until the earlier of (A) a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA.

 

iii)                          Equity Vesting .  100% of the then-unvested shares subject to each of Executive’s then-outstanding Equity Awards will immediately vest and, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, will become exercisable (for the avoidance of doubt, no more than 100 % of the shares subject to the then-outstanding portion of an Equity Award may vest and become exercisable under this provision).  In the case of an Equity Award with performance-based vesting, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Equity Award agreement governing such award, all performance goals and other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at the greater of actual performance measured as of the date of termination or 100% of target levels.  Any restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and/or similar full value awards that vest under this paragraph will be settled on the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable (subject to any delay as required under Section 9 below).

 

c.                                        Change in Control Benefit .  Pursuant to the contractual arrangements in effect with Executive prior to the Effective Date, 100% of any then-unvested portion of Executive’s Existing Equity Awards shall immediately vest and become exercisable in full upon a “change in control” (as defined in the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “ 2001 Plan ”)) as long as Executive remains a Service Provider (as defined in the 2001 Plan) through such time.  For the avoidance of doubt, no more than 100% of the total number of shares granted pursuant to any Existing Equity Award may become vested and exercisable upon such “change in control.”

 

d.                                       Termination other than a Qualified Termination .  If the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group is not a Qualified Termination, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits.

 

e.                                        Conditions to Receipt of COBRA Coverage .  Executive’s receipt of COBRA Coverage is subject to Executive electing COBRA continuation coverage within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents.  If the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA Coverage without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu

 

3



 

thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that the Executive would be required to pay to continue his or her group health coverage in effect on the date of his or her Qualified Termination (which amount will be based on the rates then in effect for active employees, subject to any subsequent changes in rates that are generally applicable to the Company’s active employees) (each, a “ COBRA Replacement Payment ”), which COBRA Replacement Payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will end on the earlier of (i) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (ii) the date the Company has paid an amount totaling the number of COBRA Replacement Payments equal to the number of months in the applicable COBRA Coverage period.  For the avoidance of doubt, the COBRA Replacement Payments may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA Replacement Payments without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive the COBRA Replacement Payments or any further COBRA Coverage.

 

f.                                         Non- Duplication of Payment or Benefits .  If (i) Executive’s Qualified Termination occurs prior to a Change in Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments and benefits under Section 7(a)  and (ii) a Change in Control occurs within the 3-month period following Executive’s Qualified Termination that qualifies Executive for severance payments and benefits under Section 7(b), then (A) Executive will cease receiving any further payments or benefits under Section 7(a) and (B) Executive will receive the payments and benefits under Section 7(b) instead but each of the payments and benefits otherwise payable under Section 7(b) will be offset by the corresponding payments or benefits Executive already received under Section 7(a).

 

g.                                        Death of Executive .  If Executive dies before all payments or benefits Executive is entitled to receive under this Agreement have been paid, the unpaid amounts will be paid to Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to Executive’s personal representative in a lump-sum payment as soon as possible following Executive’s death.

 

h.                                       Transfer between the Company Group .  For purposes of this Agreement, if Executive is involuntarily transferred from one member of the Company Group to another, the transfer will not be a termination without Cause but may give Executive the ability to resign for Good Reason.

 

i.                                           Exclusive Remedy .  In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group, the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, or in equity.  Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Accrued Compensation .  On any termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Group, Executive will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

9.                                       Conditions to Receipt of Severance .

 

(a)                                  Separation Agreement and Release of Claims Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon Executive’s Qualified Termination under Section 7 is subject to Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s then-standard separation agreement and release of claims (which may

 

4



 

include restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, an agreement not to disparage any member of the Company Group, non-solicit provisions, an agreement to assist in any litigation matters, and other standard terms and conditions) (the “ Release ” and that requirement, the “ Release Requirement ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the 60th day following Executive’s Qualified Termination (the “ Release Deadline ”).  If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under Section 7.  In no event will severance payments or benefits under Section 7 be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.  To the extent that payments are delayed under Section 9(c), the Company will pay or provide Executive the severance payments and benefits that Executive would otherwise have received under Section 7 on or prior to that date, with the balance of the severance payments and benefits being paid or provided as originally scheduled.

 

(b)                                  Return of Company Property Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon Executive’s Qualified Termination under Section 7 is subject to Executive returning all documents and other property provided to Executive by any member of the Company Group (with the exception of a copy of the Employee Handbook and personnel documents specifically relating to Executive), developed or obtained by Executive in connection with his employment with the Company Group, or otherwise belonging to the Company Group.

 

(c)                                   Section 409A The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with this intent.  No payment or benefits to be paid to Executive, if any, under this Agreement or otherwise, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”), will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.  Any severance benefits that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the 60th day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required under this paragraph.  Except as required under this paragraph, any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the 60-day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the 60th day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments will be made as provided above..  If, at the time of Executive’s termination of employment, Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, then the payment of the Deferred Payments will be delayed to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, which generally means that Executive will receive payment on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is 6 months and 1 day following Executive’s termination of employment.  The Company reserves the right to amend this Agreement as it considers necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Executive or any other individual, to comply with any provision required to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A or to otherwise avoid income recognition under Section 409A prior to the actual payment of any benefits or imposition of any additional tax.  Each payment, installment, and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).  In no event will any member of the Company Group reimburse Executive for any taxes that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section 409A.

 

(d)                                  Resignation of Officer and Director Positions .  Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon Executive’s Qualified Termination under Section 7 is subject to Executive

 

5



 

resigning from all officer and director positions with all members of the Company Group and Executive executing any documents the Company may require in connection with the same.

 

10.                                Limitation on Payments .

 

(a)                                  Reduction of Severance Benefits .  If any payment or benefit that Executive would receive from any Company Group member or any other party whether in connection with the provisions in this Agreement or otherwise (the “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Payment will be equal to the Best Results Amount.  The “ Best Results Amount ” will be either (A) the full amount of the Payment or (B) a lesser amount that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of those amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount.  If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting parachute payments is necessary so that the Payment equals the Best Results Amount, reduction will occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock awards; reduction of employee benefits.  In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, the acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards unless Executive elects in writing a different order for cancellation.  Executive will be solely responsible for the payment of all personal tax liability that is incurred as a result of the payments and benefits received under this Agreement, and Executive will not be reimbursed by any member of the Company Group for any of those payments of personal tax liability.

 

(b)                                  Determination of Excise Tax Liability .  The Company will select a professional services firm to make all of the determinations required to be made under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments.  The Company will request that firm provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive prior to the date on which the event that triggers the Payment occurs if administratively feasible, or subsequent to that date if events occur that result in parachute payments to Executive at that time.  For purposes of making the calculations required under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments, the firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith determinations concerning the application of the Code.  The Company and Executive will furnish to the firm any information and documents as the firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under these paragraphs relating to parachute payments.  The Company will bear all costs the firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by these paragraphs relating to parachute payments.  Any determination by the firm will be binding upon the Company and Executive, and the Company will have no liability to Executive for the determinations of the firm.

 

11.                                Definitions .  The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  “ Base Salary ” means Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s Qualified Termination (or if the termination is due to a resignation for Good Reason based on a material reduction in base salary, as applicable, then Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the reduction) or, if Executive’s Qualified Termination is a CIC Qualified Termination and the amount is greater, at the level in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

 

(b)                                  Board .  “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

6



 

(c)                                   Cause . “ Cause ” (i) Executive’s failure to perform Executive’s duties or responsibilities to the Company Group or deliberate violation of a Company Group policy, including but not limited to those relating to insider trading or sexual harassment; (ii) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other misconduct; (iii) unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company Group or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company Group; (iv) Executive’s breach of any of Executive’s obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company Group, including this Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; or (v) Executive’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company Group.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control . “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                            A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent ( 50%)  of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, (A) the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent ( 50%)  of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control, and (B) if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, the direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event will not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (i).  For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership will include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

 

(ii)                         A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12)-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.  For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)                      A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12)-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent ( 50%)  of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent ( 50%)  or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent ( 50%)  or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent ( 50%)  of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly,

 

7



 

by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3).  For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(e)                                   Change in Control Period . “ Change in Control Period ” means the period beginning 3 months prior to a Change in Control and ending 12 months following a Change in Control.

 

(f)                                    COBRA . “ COBRA means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Code .  “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(h)                                  Company Group . “ Company Group ” means the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

(i)                                      Disability . “ Disability means that Executive, at the time notice is given, has been unable to substantially perform his or her duties under this Agreement for not less than one-hundred and twenty (120) work days within a twelve (12) consecutive month period as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to a physical or mental condition and, if reasonable accommodation is required by law, after any reasonable accommodation.

 

(j)                                     Equity Awards . “ Equity Awards ” means (i) any Future Equity Awards and  (ii) any Existing Equity Awards, but, in the case of clause (ii), only to the extent that Executive experiences a Qualified Termination during the 3 months prior to a Change in Control.

 

(k)                                  Existing Equity Awards .  “ Existing Equity Awards ” means stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock that have been granted to Executive prior to the Effective Date and remain outstanding as of the Effective Date.

 

(l)                                      Future Equity Awards . “ Future Equity Awards ” means Company equity awards, including awards of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, or performance stock units, granted to Executive after the Effective Date.

 

(m)                              Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” means the termination of Executive ’s employment with the Company Group by Executive in accordance with the next sentence after the occurrence of one or more of the following events without Executive’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction of Executive’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities relative to Executive’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to the reduction; provided, however, that  continued employment following a Change in Control with substantially the same duties, authorities, or responsibilities with respect to the Company Group’s business and operations will not constitute “Good Reason” (for example, “Good

 

8



 

Reason” does not exist if Executive is employed by the Company Group or a successor with substantially the same duties, authorities, or responsibilities with respect to the Company Group’s business that Executive had immediately prior to the Change in Control regardless of whether Executive’s title is revised to reflect Executive’s placement within the overall corporate hierarchy or whether Executive provides services to a subsidiary, affiliate, business unit or otherwise); (ii) a material reduction by a Company Group member in Executive’s annual total target cash compensation; provided, however, that, a reduction of annual total target cash compensation that also applies to substantially all other similarly situated employees of the Company Group members will not constitute “Good Reason”;  (iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location by more than 50 miles from Executive’s then present location; provided, that a relocation to a location that is within 50 miles from Executive’s then-present primary residence will not be considered a material change in geographic location, or (iv) failure of a successor corporation to assume the obligations under this Agreement.  In order for the termination of Executive’s employment with a Company Group member to be for Good Reason, Executive must not terminate employment without first providing written notice to the Company of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within 90 days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a cure period of 30 days following the date of written notice (the “ Cure Period ”), the grounds must not have been cured during that time, and Executive must terminate Executive’s employment within 30 days following the Cure Period.

 

(n)                                  Qualified Termination . “ Qualified Termination ” means (i) a termination of Executive’s employment by a Company Group member without Cause (excluding by reason of Executive’s death or Disability) outside of the Change in Control Period (a “ Non-CIC Qualified Termination ”) or (ii) a termination of Executive’s employment either (A) by a Company Group member without Cause (excluding by reason of Executive’s death or Disability) or (B)   by Executive for Good Reason, in either case, during the Change in Control Period (a “ CIC Qualified Termination ”).

 

(o)                                  Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement .  “ Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement ” means the Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement that Executive p reviously executed in connection with the commencement of Executive’s employment with the Company .

 

12.                                Confidential Information .  Executive confirms Executive’s continuing obligations under the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

 

13.                                Assignment .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors, and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company.  Any successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes.  For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.  None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

14.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and will be effectively given (a) upon actual delivery to the party to be notified, (b) 24 hours after confirmed facsimile transmission, (c) 1 business day after deposit with a recognized overnight courier or (d) 3 business days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service by first class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed (i) if to Executive, at the address Executive shall have most recently furnished to the Company in writing, (ii) if to the Company, at the following address:

 

9



 

If to the Company:

nLIGHT, Inc.

5408 NE 88 th  St.

Vancouver, Washington 98665

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

15.                                Severability .  In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

16.                                Integration .  This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement represent the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter in this Agreement and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including, but not limited to, the offer letter entered into between the parties, dated August 22, 2012.  With respect to Equity Awards, the acceleration of vesting provisions provided in this Agreement will apply to these Equity Awards except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable equity award agreement.  This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

17.                                Waiver of Breach .  The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

18.                                Headings .  All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

19.                                Tax Withholding .  All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

20.                                Arbitration .  Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this Agreement or the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement , will be settled by arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement .

 

21.                                Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 

22.                                Acknowledgment .  Executive acknowledges that Executive has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from Executive’s private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

23.                                Gender Neutral .  Wherever used in this Agreement, a pronoun in the masculine gender will be considered as including the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

24.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement (in the case of the Company, by a duly authorized officer), effective as of the last date set forth below (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

nLIGHT, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Keeney

 

Date:

March 29, 2018

Scott Keeney

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement (in the case of the Company, by a duly authorized officer), effective as of the last date set forth below (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

By:

/s/ Kerry Hill

 

Date:

March 28, 2018

Kerry Hill

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 10.10

 

Amended and Restated
Loan and Security Agreement

 

Borrowers:

 

NLIGHT, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

Address:

 

5408 NE 88th Street, Bldg. E

 

 

Vancouver, WA 98665

 

 

 

Date:

 

March 28, 2018

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into on the above date between PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“Lender”), whose address is 406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240, Durham, North Carolina 27701, and the borrower named above (the “Borrower”), whose chief executive office is located at the above address (“Borrower’s Address”).

 

This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 13, 2014, between Borrower (formerly known as nLIGHT Photonics Corporation), Arbor Photonics, LLC (“Existing Co-Borrower”) and Lender (as successor in interest by merger to Square 1 Bank) (as amended, the “Prior Loan Agreement”).  Except as provided by Section 9.23, any and all security agreements, pledge agreements, certified resolutions, guaranties, subordination agreements, intercreditor agreements, letter of credit agreements, treasury management agreements, and other documents, instruments and agreements relating to the Prior Loan Agreement continue in full force and effect and any references therein to the Prior Loan Agreement shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement.  All existing loans and other extensions of credit made pursuant to the Prior Loan Agreement shall continue in effect and shall be governed by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the present unpaid balances of the same shall constitute the opening balances of the Term Loans and Revolving Loans under this Agreement.

 

The Schedule to this Agreement (the “Schedule”) shall for all purposes be deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and the same is an integral part of this Agreement.  (Definitions of certain terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Section 8 below.)

 

1.               LOANS .

 

1.1          Loans .  Lender will make loans to Borrower (the “Loans”), in amounts not to exceed the limits shown on the Schedule, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and subject to deduction of Reserves with respect to the Revolving Loans as Lender deems proper from time to time in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

 

1.2          Interest .  All Loans and all other monetary Obligations shall bear interest at the interest rate shown on the Schedule. Accrued interest shall be payable monthly, on the last day of the month, and shall be charged to Borrower’s Revolving Loan account (and the same shall thereafter bear interest at the same rate as the other Revolving Loans).

 

1.3          Overadvances .  If at any time or for any reason the total of all outstanding Loans and all other monetary Obligations exceeds the Credit Limit (as defined in the Schedule), or the total outstanding Revolving Loans exceeds the Revolving Loan Limit (as defined in the Schedule) (each, an “Overadvance”), Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of the excess to Lender, without notice or demand. Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay to Lender the amount of any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Lender interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

 

1.4          Fees .   Borrower shall pay Lender the fees shown on the Schedule, which are in addition to all interest and other sums payable to Lender and are not refundable.

 

1.5          Revolving Loan Requests .  To obtain a Revolving Loan, Borrower shall make a request to Lender by facsimile, email or telephone (which notice shall be irrevocable). Revolving Loan requests received after 1:00 PM Eastern Time will be deemed made on the next Business Day. Lender may rely on any telephone request for a Revolving Loan given by a person whom Lender

 

1



 

believes is an authorized representative of Borrower, and Borrower will indemnify Lender for any loss Lender suffers as a result of that reliance.

 

1.6          Ancillary Services Sublimit Subject to the availability of Revolving Loans, at any time and from time to time from the date hereof through the Business Day immediately prior to the Maturity Date, Borrower may request the provision of Ancillary Services from Lender.  The aggregate amount of the Obligations relating to Ancillary Services at any time shall not exceed the Ancillary Services Sublimit, and availability of Revolving Loans shall be reduced by reserves for Ancillary Services in an amount equal to the aggregate amounts of the following (the “Ancillary Services Reserves”): (i) any outstanding and undrawn amounts under all Letters of Credit issued hereunder, (ii) corporate credit card services provided to Borrower, (iii) the total amount of any Automated Clearing House processing reserves, (iv) the applicable Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage, and (v) any other reserves taken by Lender in connection with other treasury management services requested by Borrower and approved by Lender.  In the event at any time there are insufficient Revolving Loans available to Borrower for such reserves, Borrower shall deposit and maintain with Lender cash collateral in an amount at all times equal to such deficiency, which shall be held as Collateral for all purposes of this Agreement.  In addition, Lender may, in its sole discretion, charge as Revolving Loans any amounts for which Lender becomes liable to third parties in connection with the provision of the Ancillary Services.  The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such Ancillary Services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Lender’s standard forms of application and agreement for the applicable Ancillary Services, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute, to the extent not already executed.

 

1.7          Letters of Credit .  Subject to Section 1.6 above, at the request of Borrower, Lender may, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, issue or arrange for the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Borrower, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion.  Borrower shall pay Lender’s standard fees and charges in connection with all Letters of Credit and all other all bank charges (including charges of Lender’s letter of credit department) in connection with the Letters of Credit (collectively, the “Letter of Credit Fees”).  Any payment by Lender under or in connection with a Letter of Credit shall constitute a Revolving Loan hereunder on the date such payment is made.  Each Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date no later than six months after the Maturity Date.  Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Lender harmless from any loss, cost, expense, or liability, including payments made by Lender, expenses, and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender arising out of or in connection with any Letters of Credit.  Borrower agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guarantied by Lender and opened for Borrower’s account or by Lender’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Lender for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Lender shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.  Borrower understands that Letters of Credit may require Lender to indemnify the issuing bank for certain costs or liabilities arising out of claims by Borrower against such issuing bank.  Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Lender harmless with respect to any loss, cost, expense, or liability incurred by Lender under any Letter of Credit as a result of Lender’s indemnification of any such issuing bank.  The provisions of this Loan Agreement, as it pertains to Letters of Credit, and any other Loan Documents relating to Letters of Credit are cumulative.

 

1.8          Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity If Borrower has not secured to Lender’s satisfaction its Obligations with respect to any Ancillary Services by the Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, without limiting Lender’s other rights and remedies, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Lender and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Lender in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding Ancillary Services.  Borrower authorizes Lender to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the applicable Ancillary Services are outstanding or continue.  Without limiting the foregoing, all Obligations relating to Ancillary Services shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

 

2.               SECURITY INTEREST .  To secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations when due, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in all of the following (collectively, the “Collateral”): all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to all of the following, whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired and wherever located: all Accounts; all Inventory; all Equipment; all Deposit Accounts; all General Intangibles (including without limitation all Intellectual Property); all Investment Property; all Other Property; and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above, and all guaranties and security for any of the above, and all substitutions and replacements for, additions, accessions, attachments, accessories, and improvements to, and proceeds (including proceeds of any insurance policies, proceeds of proceeds and claims against third parties) of, any and all of the above, and all Borrower’s books relating to any and all of the above.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any of the following property (the “Excluded Property”):

 

2



 

(i)                   property which consists of a license of Intellectual Property to Borrower, pursuant to a license which is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof (but only to the extent such prohibition on assignability is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 9408 of the Code);

 

(ii)                property which consists of a lease of Equipment leased to Borrower pursuant to a capital lease which by its terms is non-assignable (but only to the extent such prohibition on assignability is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9407 of the Code);

 

(iii)             Equipment as to which the granting of a security interest in it is prohibited by enforceable provisions of applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such prohibition, such Equipment shall automatically become part of the Collateral; or

 

(iv)            property that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, but only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law, and provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien; or

 

(v)               intent to use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whereby the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent that granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademarks would be contrary to applicable law, or

 

(vi)            property that consists of outstanding capital stock of any Foreign Sub in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such Foreign Sub entitled to vote;

 

provided that direct and indirect proceeds of Excluded Assets are not Excluded Assets, unless such proceeds themselves fall within one of the categories (i) through (vi) above.

 

3.               REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF BORROWER .

 

In order to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows, and Borrower covenants that the following representations in this Section 3 will continue to be true (except to the extent that such representation or warranty relates to a particular date), and that Borrower will at all times comply with all of the following covenants in this Section 3, throughout the term of this Agreement and until all Obligations have been paid and performed in full:

 

3.1          Corporate Existence and Authority Borrower is, and will continue to be, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization.  Borrower is and will continue to be qualified and licensed to do business in all jurisdictions in which any failure to do so would result in a Material Adverse Change.  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement, and all other documents contemplated hereby (i) have been duly and validly authorized, (ii) are not subject to any consents, which have not been obtained, (iii) are enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their terms (except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally), and (iv) do not violate Borrower’s articles or certificate of incorporation, or Borrower’s by-laws, or any law or any material agreement or instrument, which is binding upon Borrower or its property, and (v) do not constitute grounds for acceleration of any indebtedness or obligations in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate, under any agreement or instrument which is binding upon Borrower or its property.

 

3.2          Name; Trade Names and Styles .  As of the date hereof, the name of Borrower set forth in the heading to this Agreement is its correct name.  Listed in the Representations are all prior names of Borrower and all of Borrower’s present and prior trade names, as of the date hereof.  Borrower shall give Lender 10 days’ prior written notice before changing its name or doing business under any other name.  Borrower has complied, and will in the future comply, in all material respects, with all laws relating to the conduct of business under a fictitious business name.

 

3.3          Place of Business; Location of Collateral As of the date hereof, the address set forth in the heading to this Agreement is Borrower’s chief executive office.  In addition, as of the date hereof, Borrower has places of business and Collateral is located only at the locations set forth in the Representations.  Borrower will give Lender at least 10 days prior written notice before opening any additional place of business, changing its chief executive office, or moving any of the Collateral (excluding Excluded Inventory) with an aggregate fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 (for all Collateral so moved in any fiscal year) to a location other than Borrower’s Address or one of the locations set forth in the Representations, except that Borrower may maintain sales offices in the ordinary course of business at which not more than a total of $500,000 fair market value of Equipment and Inventory is located.

 

3



 

3.4          Title to Collateral; Perfection; Permitted Liens .

 

(a)               Borrower is now, and will at all times in the future be, the sole owner of all the Collateral, except for items of Equipment which are leased to Borrower, and except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business.  The Collateral now is and will remain free and clear of any and all Liens and adverse claims, except for Permitted Liens.  Lender now has, and will continue to have, a first-priority perfected and enforceable security interest in all of the Collateral, subject only to the Permitted Liens, and Borrower will at all times defend Lender and the Collateral against all claims of others.

 

(b)               Borrower has set forth in the Representations all of Borrower’s Deposit Accounts as of the date hereof, and Borrower will give Lender five Business Days advance written notice before establishing any new Deposit Accounts and, subject to Section 8(c) of the Schedule, will cause the institution where any such new Deposit Account is maintained to execute and deliver to Lender a control agreement in form sufficient to perfect Lender’s security interest in the Deposit Account and otherwise satisfactory to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment.  Nothing herein limits any requirements which may be set forth in the Schedule as to where Deposit Accounts will be maintained.

 

(c)                In the event that Borrower shall at any time after the date hereof have any commercial tort claims against others, which it is asserting or intends to assert, and in which the potential recovery exceeds $500,000, Borrower shall promptly notify Lender thereof in writing and provide Lender with such information regarding the same as Lender shall request.  Such notification to Lender shall constitute a grant of a security interest in the commercial tort claim and all proceeds thereof to Lender, and Borrower shall execute and deliver all such documents and take all such actions as Lender shall request in connection therewith.

 

(d)               None of the Collateral now is or will be affixed to any real property in such a manner, or with such intent, as to become a fixture.  Subject to any statutory landlord liens, Borrower is not and will not become a lessee under any real property lease pursuant to which the lessor may obtain any rights in any of the Collateral and no such lease now prohibits, restrains, impairs or will prohibit, restrain or impair Borrower’s right to remove any Collateral from the leased premises.  Without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, whenever any Collateral is located upon premises in which any third party has an interest, Borrower shall, whenever requested by Lender, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such third party to execute and deliver to Lender, in form acceptable to Lender, such waivers and subordinations as Lender shall specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment.  Borrower will keep in full force and effect, and will comply with all material terms of, any lease of real property where any of the Collateral now or in the future may be located.

 

(e)                Except as disclosed in the Representations, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any license or other agreement that is important for the conduct of Borrower’s business and that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property important for the conduct of Borrower’s business.

 

(f)                 Borrower is the sole owner of, or has licensee rights to, the Intellectual Property, except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business.  To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

3.5          Maintenance of Collateral Borrower will maintain the Inventory in good and merchantable condition and maintain all other tangible Collateral in good working condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and Borrower will not use the Collateral for any unlawful purpose.  Borrower will immediately advise Lender in writing of any material loss or damage to the Collateral.

 

3.6          Books and Records .  Borrower has maintained and will maintain at Borrower’s Address books and records, which are complete and accurate in all material respects, and comprise an accounting system in accordance with GAAP.

 

3.7          Financial Condition, Statements and Reports All financial statements now or in the future delivered to Lender have been, and will be, prepared in conformity with GAAP, and now and in the future will fairly present the results of operations and financial condition of Borrower, in accordance with GAAP, at the times and for the periods therein stated (except for non-compliance with ASC 718 Compensation — Stock Compensation in monthly financial statements, and, in the case of interim financial statements, for the lack of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments).  Between the last date covered by any such statement provided to Lender and the date hereof, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

 

3.8          Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions Borrower has timely filed, and will timely file, all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid, and will timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions now or in the future owed by Borrower.  Borrower may, however, defer payment of any contested

 

4



 

taxes, provided that Borrower (i) in good faith contests Borrower’s obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (ii) notifies Lender in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (iii) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to keep the contested taxes from becoming a Lien upon any of the Collateral.  Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower.  Borrower has paid, and shall continue to pay all amounts necessary to fund all present and future pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not and will not withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

3.9          Compliance with Law .

 

(a)               Except as disclosed in the Representations, Borrower has, to the best of its knowledge, complied, and will in the future comply, in all material respects, with all provisions of all foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to Borrower, including, but not limited to, those relating to Borrower’s ownership of real or personal property, the conduct and licensing of Borrower’s business, and all environmental matters.  Borrower has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

(b)               Borrower is not in violation of, and shall not violate, in any material respect any of the country or list based economic and trade sanctions administered and enforced by OFAC or as otherwise published from time to time.  Neither Borrower, nor to the knowledge of Borrower, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative thereof, (i) is a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity, (ii) has its assets located in a Sanctioned Entity, (iii) derives revenues from investments in, or transactions with a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity or (iv) is owned or controlled by a Sanctioned Entity or a Sanctioned Person.

 

(c)                Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Anti-Terrorism Laws.  No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any government official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

3.10   Litigation Except as disclosed in the Representations, as of the date hereof, there is no claim, suit, litigation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting Borrower in any court or before any governmental agency (or any basis therefor known to Borrower) involving any claim against Borrower of more than $1,000,000.  Borrower will promptly inform Lender in writing of any claim, proceeding, litigation or investigation in the future threatened or instituted, or any material updates or developments to any previously disclosed litigation, claim or investigation, against Borrower involving any claim against Borrower of more than $1,000,000 or which could reasonably have a material impact on the business of Borrower.

 

3.11   Use of Proceeds .  All proceeds of all Loans shall be used solely for Borrower’s working capital and general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures.  Borrower is not purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any “margin stock” or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock.”

 

3.12   Solvency, Payment of Debts Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4.               ACCOUNTS .

 

4.1          Representations Relating to Accounts .  Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows: Each Account with respect to which Revolving Loans are requested by Borrower shall, on the date each Revolving Loan is requested and made, (i) represent an undisputed bona fide existing unconditional obligation of the Account Debtor created by the sale, delivery, and acceptance of goods or the rendition of services, or the non-exclusive licensing of Intellectual Property, in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, and (ii) meet the Minimum Eligibility Requirements set forth in Section 8 below.

 

4.2          Representations Relating to Documents and Legal Compliance Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows: All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Accounts are and shall be true and correct in all material respects, and all such invoices, instruments and other documents and all of

 

5



 

Borrower’s books and records are and shall be genuine and in all respects what they purport to be.  All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations.  To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Accounts are and shall be genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are and shall be legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

4.3          Schedules and Documents relating to Accounts .  If requested by Lender, Borrower shall furnish Lender with copies (or, at Lender’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts, and Borrower warrants the genuineness of all of the foregoing.  Borrower shall also furnish to Lender an aged accounts receivable trial balance as provided in the Schedule.  In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Lender, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary endorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

 

4.4          [Intentionally Omitted].

 

4.5          [Intentionally Omitted].

 

4.6          Settlement of Accounts .  Borrower shall not forgive (completely or partially), compromise or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing, except that Borrower may do so, provided that: (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, and in arm’s length transactions, which are reported to Lender on the regular borrowing base certificates provided to Lender; (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Loans will not exceed the Credit Limit and the total outstanding Revolving Loans will not exceed the Revolving Loan Limit.

 

4.7          Returns Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly determine the reason for such return and promptly issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount.  In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Lender, and immediately notify Lender of the return of the Inventory.

 

4.8          Verification .  Lender may, from time to time, during the existence of an Event of Default or upon prior approval of Borrower, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, by means of mail, telephone or otherwise, either in the name of Borrower or Lender or such other name as Lender may choose, and Lender or its designee may, at any time, notify Account Debtors that it has a security interest in the Accounts.

 

4.9          No Liability Lender shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Lender be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account.  Nothing in this Section 4.9 shall, however, relieve Lender from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable order.

 

5.               ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF BORROWER .

 

5.1          Financial and Other Covenants .  Borrower shall at all times comply with the financial and other covenants set forth in the Schedule.

 

5.2          Insurance Borrower shall, at all times insure all of the tangible personal property Collateral and carry such other business insurance, with insurers reasonably acceptable to Lender, in such form and amounts as Lender may reasonably require and that are customary and in accordance with standard practices for Borrower’s industry and locations, and Borrower shall provide evidence of such insurance to Lender.  All such insurance policies shall name Lender as the exclusive loss payee, and shall contain a lenders loss payee endorsement in form reasonably acceptable to Lender and shall name Lender as an additional insured with regard to liability coverage.  Upon receipt of the proceeds of any such insurance, Lender shall apply such proceeds in reduction of the Obligations as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion, except that, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender shall release to Borrower insurance proceeds with respect to Equipment totaling less than $2,500,000, which shall be utilized by Borrower for the replacement of the Equipment with respect to which the insurance proceeds were paid.  Lender may require reasonable assurance that the insurance proceeds so released will be so used.

 

6



 

If Borrower fails to provide or pay for any insurance, Lender may, but is not obligated to, obtain the same at Borrower’s expense.  Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender copies of all material reports made to insurance companies.

 

5.3          Reports Borrower, at its expense, shall provide Lender with the written reports set forth in the Schedule, and such other written reports with respect to Borrower as Lender shall from time to time specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

 

5.4          Access to Collateral, Books and Records .  At reasonable times, and on five Business Days’ prior notice, Lender, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral, and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s books and records.  The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted no more frequently than once every 12 months, at Borrower’s expense and the charge therefor shall be $900 per person per day (or such other amount as shall represent Lender’s then current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including without limitation any additional costs and expenses of outside auditors retained by Lender).

 

5.5          Negative Covenants Except as may be permitted in the Schedule, Borrower shall not, without Lender’s prior written consent (which shall be a matter of its Good Faith Business Judgment), do any of the following:

 

(i)                   merge or consolidate with another corporation or entity, except that a Borrower may merge into another Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower may merge into Borrower or another Subsidiary, in each case with ten Business Days prior written notice to Lender;

 

(ii)                [intentionally omitted];

 

(iii)             enter into any other transaction outside the ordinary course of business (unless such transaction is not prohibited by the other provisions of this Section 5.5 and except for Borrower’s sale of equity securities in a public offering);

 

(iv)            sell or transfer any Collateral, except for (A) the sale of finished Inventory in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business, (B) the sale of obsolete or unneeded Equipment in the ordinary course of business, (C) non -exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business, or other licenses of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business that may be exclusive in certain respects, but that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property and that do not constitute a transfer of a significant portion of the value of the licensed property, (D) sales or transfers not otherwise permitted in this subsection (iv) which in the aggregate do not exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year, (E) sales or transfers from a Borrower to another Borrower, and (F) transfers otherwise explicitly permitted pursuant to other provisions of Section 5.5);

 

(v)               store any Inventory or other Collateral with any warehouseman or other third party, unless (A) such Inventory or Collateral has a fair market value of less than $1,000,000 in the aggregate (excluding Excluded Inventory), (B) such Inventory is Excluded Inventory, or (C) there is in place an agreement by such warehouseman or other third party in favor of Lender in such form as Lender shall specify in its good faith business judgment;

 

(vi)            [intentionally omitted];

 

(vii)         make any loans of any money or other assets or any other Investments, other than Permitted Investments;

 

(viii)      create, incur, assume or permit to be outstanding any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness;

 

(ix)            guarantee or otherwise become liable with respect to the Indebtedness of another party or entity other than Permitted Indebtedness;

 

(x)               pay or declare any dividends on Borrower’s stock (except for dividends payable solely in stock of Borrower);

 

(xi)            redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of Borrower’s stock or other equity securities, except for (A) repurchases of stock from former employees, consultants or directors of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year, and (B) repurchases of stock with the identifiable proceeds of Borrower’s issuance of equity securities received for such repurchase;

 

(xii)         engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related thereto, or become an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

(xiii)      directly or indirectly enter into, or permit to exist, any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, and are on fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the board of directors of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) compensation arrangements and benefit plans for officers and other employees of Borrower and its Subsidiaries entered into or maintained in the ordinary course of business; or

 

7



 

(xiv)     reincorporate in another state;

 

(xv)        change its fiscal year;

 

(xvi)     create a Subsidiary, except for Foreign Subs, provided that any newly formed Foreign Subs will be subject to the limitations and terms set forth in Section 8 of the Schedule to this Agreement;

 

(xvii) dissolve or elect to dissolve, except that a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower may dissolve, with ten Business Day prior written notice to the Lender, if all of its assets are distributed to the Borrower which owns 100% of its stock; or

 

(xviii) agree to do any of the foregoing, unless such agreement provides that it is subject to the prior written consent of Lender or subject to the payment in full of the Obligations hereunder and termination of this Agreement.

 

Transactions permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section are only permitted if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur as a result of such transaction.

 

5.6          Litigation Cooperation Should any third-party suit or proceeding be instituted by or against Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower, Borrower shall, without expense to Lender, make available Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Lender may deem them reasonably necessary in order to prosecute or defend any such suit or proceeding.

 

5.7          Notification of Changes .  Borrower will give Lender written notice of any change in its chief executive officer or chief financial officer within ten days after the date of such change.

 

5.8          Registration of Intellectual Property Rights .

 

(a)               Within 30 days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, Borrower shall promptly give Lender written notice of any applications or registrations it files or obtains with respect to Intellectual Property filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, including the date of any such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

 

(b)               Within 30 days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, Borrower shall (i) give Lender written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed; (ii) execute such documents as Lender may reasonably request for Lender to maintain its perfection in the Intellectual Property rights to be registered by Borrower; (iii) upon the request of Lender, either deliver to Lender or file such documents simultaneously with the filing of any such applications or registrations; (iv) promptly provide Lender with a copy of such applications or registrations together with any exhibits, evidence of the filing of any documents requested by Lender to be filed for Lender to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such Intellectual Property rights.

 

(c)                Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Intellectual Property, (ii) detect infringements of the Intellectual Property, and (iii) not allow any material Intellectual Property to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Lender, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(d)               Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at Borrower’s sole expense, any actions that Borrower is required under this Section 5.8 to take but which Borrower fails to take, after 15 days’ notice to Borrower.  Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify Lender for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Section.

 

5.9          Consent of Inbound Licensors Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any material inbound license agreement in the future, Borrower shall: (i) provide written notice to Lender of the material terms of such license agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition; and (ii) in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for Borrower’s interest in such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Lender to have a security interest therein, provided, however, that a failure to obtain any such consent or waiver and an inadvertent failure to timely notify Lender of such material inbound license agreement or shall not constitute a default under this Agreement.

 

5.10   Further Assurances .  Borrower agrees, at its expense, on request by Lender, to execute all documents and take all actions, as Lender, may, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, deem necessary or useful in order to perfect and maintain Lender’s perfected first-priority security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens), and in order to fully consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

8



 

6.               TERM .

 

6.1          Maturity Date .  This Agreement shall continue in effect until the maturity date set forth on the Schedule (the “Maturity Date”), subject to Sections 6.2 and 6.3 below.

 

6.2          Early Termination This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Maturity Date as follows: (i) by Borrower, effective five Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Lender (or such shorter period as consented to by Lender); or (ii) by Lender at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice, effective immediately.

 

6.3          Payment of Obligations .  On the Maturity Date or on any earlier effective date of termination, Borrower shall pay and perform in full all Obligations, whether evidenced by installment notes or otherwise, and whether or not all or any part of such Obligations are otherwise then due and payable.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if on the Maturity Date, or on any earlier effective date of termination, there are any outstanding Letters of Credit issued by Lender or issued by another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Lender, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Lender cash collateral in an amount equal to 100% of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit, plus all interest, fees and cost due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to said Letters of Credit, pursuant to Lender’s then standard form cash pledge agreement.  Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, all of Lender’s security interests in all of the Collateral and all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been paid and performed in full; provided that Lender may, in its sole discretion, refuse to make any further Loans after termination.  No termination shall in any way affect or impair any right or remedy of Lender, nor shall any such termination relieve Borrower of any Obligation to Lender, until all of the Obligations have been paid and performed in full.  Lender shall, at Borrower’s expense, release or terminate all financing statements and other filings in favor of Lender as may be required to fully terminate Lender’s security interests, provided that there are no suits, actions, proceedings or claims pending or threatened against any Person indemnified by Borrower under this Agreement with respect to which indemnity has been or may be sought, upon Lender’s receipt of the following, in form and content satisfactory to Lender: (i) cash payment in full of all of the Obligations and performance by Borrower of all non-monetary Obligations under this Agreement, (ii) written confirmation by Borrower that the commitment of Lender to make Loans under this Agreement has terminated, (iii) a general release of all claims against Lender, its officers, directors, agents, attorneys and Affiliates by Borrower relating to Lender’s performance and obligations under the Loan Documents, on Lender’s standard form, and (iv) an agreement by Borrower, and any new lender to Borrower to indemnify Lender for any payments received by Lender that are applied to the Obligations that may subsequently be returned or otherwise not paid for any reason.

 

7.               EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES .

 

7.1          Events of Default .  The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement, and Borrower shall give Lender immediate written notice thereof:

 

(a)               Any warranty, representation, statement, report or certificate made or delivered to Lender by Borrower or any of Borrower’s officers, employees or agents, now or in the future, shall be untrue or misleading in a material respect when made or deemed to be made; or

 

(b)               Borrower shall fail to pay when due any Loan or any interest thereon or any other monetary Obligation; or

 

(c)                the total Loans and other Obligations outstanding at any time shall exceed the Credit Limit or, the total Revolving Loans shall at any time exceed the Revolving Loan Limit; or

 

(d)               Borrower shall fail to comply with any non-monetary Obligation which by its nature cannot be cured, or shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 3.8 (titled “Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions”), Section 5.2 (titled “Insurance”), Section 5.4 (titled “Access to Collateral, Books and Records”), Section 5.5 (titled “Negative Covenants”), Section 5 of the Schedule (titled “Financial Covenants”), Section 6 of the Schedule (titled “Reporting”), or Section 8 of the Schedule (titled “Additional Provisions”); or

 

(e)                Borrower shall fail to perform any other non-monetary Obligation, which failure is not cured within five Business Days after the date due; or

 

(f)                 any Collateral becomes subject to any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) which is not cured within 10 days after the occurrence of the same; or

 

9


 

(g)                any Collateral is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within 10 days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a Lien on any of the Collateral, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of the Collateral by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency;

 

(h)               any default or event of default occurs under any Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000 which is not cured within any applicable cure period or waived in writing; or

 

(i)                   [intentionally omitted]; or

 

(j)                  a final, judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least
$1,000,000 (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower, and the same remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 10 days or more; or

 

(k)               Dissolution, termination of existence, temporary or permanent suspension of business, insolvency or business failure of Borrower; or appointment of a receiver, trustee or custodian, for all or any part of the property of, assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding by Borrower; or

 

(l)                   the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding against Borrower or any Guarantor, which is not cured by the dismissal thereof within 60 days after the date commenced (but no Loans or other extensions of credit need be made or provided by Lender until such dismissal has occurred); or

 

(m)           any revocation or termination of, or limitation or denial of liability upon, or default under, any guaranty of the Obligations, or any document or agreement securing such guaranty or relating thereto, or any attempt to do any of the foregoing, or commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding by any Guarantor, or death of any Guarantor; or

 

(n)               revocation or termination of, or limitation or denial of liability upon, or default under, any pledge of any certificate of deposit, securities or other property or asset of any kind pledged by any third party to secure any or all of the Obligations, or any attempt to do any of the foregoing, or commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding by or against any such third party; or

 

(o)               Borrower makes any payment on account of any indebtedness or obligation which has been subordinated to the Obligations, other than as permitted in the applicable subordination agreement, or if any Person who has subordinated such indebtedness or obligations terminates or in any way limits its subordination agreement; or

 

(p)               a Change in Control shall occur; or

 

(q)               [intentionally omitted]; or

 

(r)                  Borrower shall generally not pay its debts as they become due, or Borrower shall conceal, remove or transfer any part of its property, with intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors, or make or suffer any transfer of any of its property which may be fraudulent under any bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or similar law.

 

Lender may cease making any Loans hereunder during any of the above cure periods, and thereafter if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

7.2          Remedies Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, Lender, at its option, and without notice or demand of any kind (all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower), may do any one or more of the following: (a) Cease making Loans or otherwise extending credit to Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (b) Accelerate and declare all or any part of the Obligations to be immediately due, payable, and performable, notwithstanding any deferred or installment payments allowed by any instrument evidencing or relating to any Obligation; provided, however, that upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default described in Section 7.1(k) or Section 7.1(1), the obligation of any Lender to make Loans shall automatically terminate and the Obligations shall automatically become due and payable, and demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Lender in an amount equal to the amount of any Ancillary Services Reserves, as collateral security for the repayment of all Obligations, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees and other fees relating to Ancillary Services scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit or applicable Ancillary Service, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts (c) Take possession of any or all of the Collateral wherever it may be found, and for that purpose Borrower hereby authorizes Lender without judicial process to enter onto any of Borrower’s premises without interference to search for, take possession of, keep, store, or remove any of the Collateral, and remain on the premises or cause a custodian to remain on the premises in exclusive control thereof without charge for so long as Lender deems it necessary, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, in order to complete the enforcement of its rights

 

10



 

under this Agreement or any other agreement; provided, however, that should Lender seek to take possession of any of the Collateral by court process, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives: (i) any bond and any surety or security relating thereto required by any statute, court rule or otherwise as an incident to such possession; (ii) any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any suit or action to recover possession thereof; and (iii) any requirement that Lender retain possession of, and not dispose of, any such Collateral until after trial or final judgment; (d) Require Borrower to assemble any or all of the Collateral and make it available to Lender at places designated by Lender which are reasonably convenient to Lender and Borrower, and to remove the Collateral to such locations as Lender may deem advisable; (e) Complete the processing, manufacturing or repair of any Collateral prior to a disposition thereof and, for such purpose and for the purpose of removal, Lender shall have the right to use Borrower’s premises, vehicles, hoists, lifts, cranes, and other Equipment and all other property without charge; (f) Sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral, in its condition at the time Lender obtains possession of it or after further manufacturing, processing or repair, at one or more public and/or private sales, in lots or in bulk, for cash, exchange or other property, or on credit, and to adjourn any such sale from time to time without notice other than oral announcement at the time scheduled for sale.  Lender shall have the right to conduct such disposition on Borrower’s premises without charge, for such time or times as Lender deems reasonable, or on Lender’s premises, or elsewhere and the Collateral need not be located at the place of disposition.  Lender may directly or through any Affiliate purchase or lease my Collateral at any such public disposition, and if permissible under applicable law, at any private disposition.  Any sale or other disposition of Collateral shall not relieve Borrower of any liability Borrower may have if any Collateral is defective as to title or physical condition or otherwise at the time of sale; (g) demand payment of, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles comprising Collateral and, in connection therewith, Borrower irrevocably authorizes Lender to endorse or sign Borrower’s name on all collections, receipts, instruments and other documents, to take possession of and open mail addressed to Borrower and remove therefrom payments made with respect to any item of the Collateral or proceeds thereof, and, in Lender’s Good Faith Business Judgment, to grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and settle Accounts and the like for less than face value; (h) demand and receive possession of any of Borrower’s federal and state income tax returns and the books and records utilized in the preparation thereof or referring thereto; and (i) set off any of the Obligations against any general, special or other Deposit Accounts of Borrower maintained with Lender.  All reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses, costs, liabilities and obligations incurred by Lender with respect to the foregoing shall be added to and become part of the Obligations, shall be due on demand, and shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the Obligations.  Without limiting any of Lender’s rights and remedies, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the interest rate applicable to the Obligations and Letter of Credit Fees shall be increased by an additional five percent per annum (the “Default Rate”).

 

7.3          Standards for Determining Commercial Reasonableness Borrower and Lender agree that a sale or other disposition (collectively, “Sale”) of any Collateral which complies with the following standards will conclusively be deemed to be commercially reasonable: (i) notice of the Sale is given to Borrower at least ten days prior to the Sale, and, in the case o f a public Sale, notice of the Sale is published at least five days before the date of the Sale in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where the Sale is to be conducted; (ii) notice of the Sale describes the Collateral in general, non-specific terms; (iii) the Sale is conducted at a place designated by Lender, with or without the Collateral being present; (iv) the Sale commences at any time between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.; (v) payment of the purchase price in cash or by cashier’s check or wire transfer is required; (vi) with respect to any Sale of any of the Collateral, Lender may (but is not obligated to) direct any prospective purchaser to ascertain directly from Borrower any and all information concerning the same.  Lender shall be free to employ other methods of noticing and selling the Collateral, in its discretion, if they are commercially reasonable.

 

7.4          Investment Property .  If a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall hold all payments on, and proceeds of, and distributions with respect to, Investment Property in trust for Lender, and Borrower shall deliver all such payments, proceeds and distributions to Lender, immediately upon receipt, in their original form, duly endorsed, to be applied to the Obligations in such order as Lender shall determine.  Borrower recognizes that Lender may be unable to make a public sale of any or all of the Investment Property, by reason of prohibitions contained in applicable securities laws or otherwise, and expressly agrees that a private sale to a restricted group of purchasers for investment and not with a view to any distribution thereof shall be considered a commercially reasonable sale thereof.

 

7.5          Power of Attorney Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, without limiting Lender’s other rights and remedies, Borrower grants to Lender an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest, authorizing and permitting Lender (acting through any of its employees, attorneys or agents) at any time, at its option, but without obligation, with or without notice to Borrower, and at Borrower’s expense, to do any or all of the following, in Borrower’s name or otherwise, but Lender agrees that if it exercises any right hereunder, it will do so in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner: (a) execute on behalf of Borrower any documents that Lender may, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, deem advisable in order to perfect and maintain Lender’s security interest in the Collateral, or in order to exercise a right of Borrower or Lender, or in order to fully consummate all the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, and all other Loan Documents; (b) execute on behalf of Borrower, any invoices relating to any Account, any draft against any Account Debtor and

 

11



 

any notice to any Account Debtor, any proof of claim in bankruptcy, any Notice of Lien, claim of mechanic’s, materialman’s or other Lien, or assignment or satisfaction of mechanic’s, materialman’s or other Lien; (c) take control in any manner of any cash or non-cash items of payment or proceeds of Collateral; endorse the name of Borrower upon any instruments, or documents, evidence of payment or Collateral that may come into Lender’s possession; (d) endorse all checks and other forms of remittances received by Lender; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien and adverse claim in or to any of the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; (f) grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and settle Accounts and General Intangibles for less than face value and execute all releases and other documents in connection therewith; (g) pay any sums required on account of Borrower’s taxes or to secure the release of any Liens therefor, or both; (h) settle and adjust, and give releases of, any insurance claim that relates to any of the Collateral and obtain payment therefor; (i) instruct any third party having custody or control of any books or records belonging to, or relating to, Borrower to give Lender the same rights of access and other rights with respect thereto as Lender has under this Agreement; and a) take any action or pay any sum required of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and any other Loan Documents; (k) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Borrower and Lender without first obtaining Borrower’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending exhibits thereto, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks acquired by Borrower after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in which Borrower no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (1) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral; provided Lender may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clauses (k) and (I) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred.  Any and all reasonable sums paid and any and all reasonable costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender with respect to the foregoing shall be added to and become part of the Obligations, shall be payable on demand, and shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the Obligations.  In no event shall Lender’s rights under the foregoing power of attorney or any of Lender’s other rights under this Agreement be deemed to indicate that Lender is in control of the business, management or properties of Borrower.

 

7.6          Application of Proceeds All proceeds realized as the result of any Sale of the Collateral shall be applied by Lender first to the reasonable costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender in the exercise of its rights under this Agreement, second to the interest due upon any of the Obligations, and third to the principal of the Obligations, in such order as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion.  Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Lender for any deficiency.  If, Lender, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any Sale of Collateral, Lender shall have the option, exercisable at any time, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Lender of the cash therefor.

 

7.7          Remedies Cumulative .  In addition to the rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, Lender shall have all the other rights and remedies accorded a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code and under all other applicable laws, and under any other instrument or agreement now or in the future entered into between Lender and Borrower, and all of such rights and remedies are cumulative and none is exclusive.  Exercise or partial exercise by Lender of one or more of its rights or remedies shall not be deemed an election, nor bar Lender from subsequent exercise or partial exercise of any other rights or remedies.  The failure or delay of Lender to exercise any rights or remedies shall not operate as a waiver thereof, but all rights and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until all of the Obligations have been fully paid and performed.

 

8.               DEFINITIONS .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings: “Account Debtor” means the obligor on an Account.

 

Accounts ” means all present and future “accounts” as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, a relative, partner, shareholder, director, officer, or employee of such Person, or any parent or subsidiary of such Person, or any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

 

Ancillary Services ” means any of the products or services requested by Borrower and approved by Lender, including, without limitation, Automated Clearing House transactions, corporate credit card services, FX Contracts, Letters of Credit, and other treasury management services.

 

Ancillary Services Reserves ” is defined in Section 1.6

 

Ancillary Services Sublimit ” is set forth in Section 1 of the Schedule.

 

12



 

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” means any applicable laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224, the USA PATRIOT Act, the applicable laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the applicable laws administered by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto (as any of the foregoing applicable laws may from time to time be amended, renewed, extended or replaced).

 

this Agreement ”, “ the Loan Agreement ” and “ this Loan Agreement ” mean collectively to this Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement and the Schedule and all exhibits and schedules thereto, as the same may be modified, amended or restated from time to time by a written agreement signed by Borrower and Lender.

 

Business Day ” means a day on which Lender is open for business.

 

Change in Control ” means: (i) other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering, a change in the record or beneficial ownership of an aggregate of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of stock of Borrower, in one or more transactions, compared to the ownership of outstanding shares of stock of Borrower in effect on the date hereof, or Borrower shall cease to own 100% of the outstanding stock of any Subsidiary (unless otherwise permitted by this Agreement), in each case without the prior written consent of Lender, or (ii) a transaction other than a bona fide equity financing or series of financings on terms and from investors reasonably acceptable to Lender in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

 

Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the State of North Carolina from time to time.

 

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 above.

 

Contingent Obligation ” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

continuing ” and “ during the continuance of ” when used with reference to a Default or Event of Default means that the Default or Event of Default has occurred and has not been either waived in writing by Lender or cured within any applicable cure period.

 

Copyrights ” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

 

Default ” means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 above.

 

Deposit Accounts ” means all present and future “deposit accounts” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all general and special bank accounts, demand accounts, checking accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposit.

 

Designated Foreign Subs ” means nLight Laser Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. and nLight Oy (Finland).

 

Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts and General Intangibles of Borrower or the Designated Foreign Subs, arising in the ordinary course of their business from the sale of goods or the rendition of services, or the non-exclusive licensing of Intellectual Property, which Lender, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, shall deem eligible for borrowing.  Without limiting the fact that

 

13



 

the determination of which Accounts are eligible for borrowing is a matter of Lender’s Good Faith Business Judgment, the following (the “ Minimum Eligibility Requirements ”) are the minimum requirements for an Account to be an Eligible Account:

 

(i)                   the Account must not be outstanding for more than 90 days from its invoice date (the “ Eligibility Period ”);

 

(ii)                the Account must not represent progress billings (unless pre-approved in writing by Lender);

 

(iii)             the Account must not be subject to any contingencies (including Accounts arising from sales on consignment, guaranteed sale, bill and hold, sale on approval, or other terms pursuant to which payment by the Account Debtor may be conditional, but not including advanced billings (including maintenance Accounts) which have been pre-approved in writing by Lender);

 

(iv)            the Account must not be owing from an Account Debtor with whom Borrower or the Designated Foreign Sub has any dispute (whether or not relating to the particular Account), but if an Account is owing from an Account Debtor with whom Borrower or the Designated Foreign Sub has any dispute, the Account will not be Eligible under this clause (iv) only to the extent of the amount of the dispute;

 

(v)               the Account must not be owing from an Affiliate of Borrower;

 

(vi)            the Account must not be owing from an Account Debtor which is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding that Borrower has knowledge of (or should in the exercise of reasonable diligence have knowledge of), or whose financial condition is not acceptable to Lender, or which, fails or goes out of a material portion of its business;

 

(vii)         [intentionally omitted];

 

(viii)      [intentionally omitted];

 

(ix)            the Account must have been billed to the Account Debtor (except for Accounts that have not yet been billed, but which Lender has pre-approved in writing for inclusion as ‘Eligible Accounts’, and which meet the other Minimum Eligibility Requirements) and must not represent deposits (such as good faith deposits) or other property of the Account Debtor held by Borrower or the Designated Foreign Sub for the performance of services or delivery of goods which Borrower or the Designated Foreign Sub has not yet performed or delivered (“Account Debtor Deposits”), provided however, that the aggregate amount of Account Debtor Deposits held by Borrower from Persons who have no outstanding Indebtedness to Borrower shall be included in the determination of Eligible Accounts, but such amount included shall not at any time exceed $2,000,000; and

 

(x)               the Account must not be owing from an Account Debtor to whom Borrower or the Designated Foreign Sub is or may be liable for goods purchased from such Account Debtor or otherwise (but, in such case, the Account will be deemed not eligible only to the extent of any amounts owed by Borrower or the Designated Foreign Sub to such Account Debtor).

 

Accounts owing from one Account Debtor will not be deemed Eligible Accounts to the extent they exceed 25% of the total Accounts outstanding.  In addition, if more than 25% of the Accounts owing from an Account Debtor are outstanding for a period longer than their Eligibility Period or are otherwise not Eligible Accounts, then all Accounts owing from that Account Debtor will be deemed ineligible for borrowing.  Lender may, from time to time, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, revise the Minimum Eligibility Requirements, upon 30 days prior written notice to Borrower.

 

Eligible Inventory ” means Inventory consisting of finished goods held for sale in the ordinary course of their business by, and raw materials, subassemblies and work-in-process of, the Borrower or the Designated Foreign Subs, valued at the lower of cost or market in accordance with GAAP, which Lender, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, shall deem eligible for borrowing.  Without limiting the fact that the determination of which Inventory is eligible for borrowing is a matter of Lender’s Good Faith Business Judgment, the following (the “Minimum Inventory Eligibility Requirements”) are the minimum requirements for Inventory to be Eligible Inventory:

 

(i)                   the Inventory must be in the possession of Borrower or the Designated Foreign Subs, except for Inventory temporarily at vendors for further processing in the ordinary course of business in a total amount not to exceed $150,000, and (other than Inventory of the Designated Foreign Subs) the Inventory must be located at premises where there is in effect a Landlord Waiver or Agreement in favor of Lender, in form and substance acceptable to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment, provided that said Landlord Waiver with respect to Borrower’s premises located at Vancouver, Washington and Hillsboro, Oregon shall not be required until 45 days after the date hereof, during which time Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain said Landlord Waiver, and, if Borrower is not able to obtain said Landlord Waiver, no Landlord Agreement or Waiver will be required for such location (but Lender may, in its discretion, thereafter increase the Reserves by an amount equal to two month’s rent at such location)

 

14



 

(ii)                the Inventory (other than Inventory of the Designated Foreign Subs) must be subject to a perfected first priority security interest in Lender’s favor;

 

(iii)             the Inventory may not be (A) covered by any negotiable or non-negotiable warehouse receipt, bill of lading or other document of title, (B) on consignment from any consignor, or on consignment to any consignee or subject to any bailment unless the consignee or bailee has executed an agreement with Lender in form and substance acceptable to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment, or (C) located in any third-party warehouse, unless the warehouse has executed an agreement with Lender waiving any lien of such warehouse on the Inventory and containing such other provisions as Lender shall specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment;

 

(iv)            the Inventory may not consist of supplies, packaging, parts or sample Inventory, or customer supplied parts or Inventory;

 

(v)               the Inventory may not be damaged, defective, obsolete, slow moving or not currently saleable in the normal course of Borrower’s operations (except for raw materials for new products of Borrower that may not be saleable);

 

(vi)            the Inventory may not consist of Inventory that has been returned to Borrower or the Designated Foreign Subs, or that Borrower or the Designated Foreign Subs have attempted to return, are in the process of returning or intend to return to the vendor of the Inventory;

 

(vii)         the Inventory may not be subject to a Lien in favor of any Person other than Lender; and

 

(viii)      the Inventory may not constitute Excluded Inventory.

 

Equipment ” means all present and future “equipment” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

 

Event of Default ” means any of the events set forth in Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

 

Excluded Inventory ” means (i) any demonstration products delivered to customers or sales representatives in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) any inventory consigned to third parties in the ordinary course of business in connection with coding, processing or testing of such Inventory.

 

Foreign Subs ” has the meaning given in Section 8(d) of the Schedule.

 

FX Contracts ” means contracts between Borrower and Lender for foreign exchange transactions.

 

Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage ” means reserves in an amount equal to a percentage of FX Contracts outstanding, as determined by Lender, in its sole discretion from time to time.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as in effect from time to time in the United States.

 

General Intangibles ” means all present and future “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all Intellectual Property, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

Good Faith Business Judgment ” means Lender’s business judgment, exercised honestly and in good faith and not arbitrarily.

 

Guarantor ” means any Person who has guaranteed, or in the future guarantees, any of the Obligations.

 

including ” means including (but not limited to).

 

Indebtedness ” means (a) all indebtedness created, assumed or incurred in any manner by Borrower representing money borrowed (including by the issuance of debt securities, notes, bonds debentures or similar instruments), (b) all indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services, (c) the Obligations, (d) obligations and liabilities of any Person secured by a Lien or claim on property owned by Borrower, even though Borrower has not assumed or become liable therefor, (e) obligations and liabilities created or arising under any capital lease or conditional sales contract or other title retention agreement with respect to property used or acquired by Borrower, even though the rights and remedies of the lessor, seller or lender are limited to

 

15



 

repossession or otherwise limited; (f) all obligations of Borrower on or with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and other similar extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money; and (g) the amount of any Contingent Obligations.

 

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following: Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents; any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held; any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held; any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above; all licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use; and all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other state, federal or other bankruptcy or insolvency law, now or hereafter in effect, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation, or other relief.

 

Inventory ” means all present and future “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit, and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

Investment ” means any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, securities, partnership interest, limited liability company interest, or other interests), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person, including the creation or capital contribution to a wholly-owned or partially-owned subsidiary)

 

Investment Property ” means all present and future investment property, securities, stocks, bonds, debentures, debt securities, partnership interests, limited liability company interests, options, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts, commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, and all options and warrants to purchase any of the foregoing, wherever located, and all other securities of every kind, whether certificated or uncertificated.

 

Letter of Credit ” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Lender at Borrower’s request.

 

Letter of Credit Fees ” is defined in Section 1.7.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance (for the avoidance of doubt, prepayments on capital expenditures shall not constitute “Liens”).

 

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Representations, and all other present and future documents, instruments and agreements between Lender and Borrower, including, but not limited to those relating to this Agreement, and all amendments and modifications thereto and replacements therefor.

 

Material Adverse Change ” means any circumstances which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that, in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred, Lender will take into consideration (a) whether Borrower will have, as determined in Lender’s good faith judgment, sufficient cash resources to repay the Obligations as and when due, and (b) whether Borrower’s investors will continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary, in Lender’s good faith judgment, to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the operations, business or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) Borrower’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

Obligations ” means all present and future Loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, guaranties, covenants, duties and indebtedness at any time owing by Borrower to Lender, whether evidenced by this Agreement or any note or other instrument or document, or otherwise, whether arising from an extension of credit, opening of a letter of credit, banker’s acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification, Ancillary Service, or otherwise, whether direct or indirect (including, without limitation, those

 

16



 

acquired by assignment and any participation by Lender in Borrower’s debts owing to others, and any interest and other obligations that accrue after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney’s fees, expert witness fees, audit fees, letter of credit fees, collateral monitoring fees, closing fees, facility fees, termination fees, minimum interest charges and any other sums chargeable to Borrower under this Agreement or under any other Loan Documents.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, the term “Obligations” shall not include any of Borrower’s obligations under any warrants or other related agreements governing the rights of the holder of any warrant or equity security issuable upon exercise or conversion of a warrant.

 

OFAC ” means The Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

 

Other Property ” means the following as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and all rights relating thereto: all present and future “commercial tort claims” (including without limitation any commercial tort claims identified in the Representations), “documents”, “instruments”, “promissory notes”, “chattel paper”, “letters of credit”, “letter-of-credit rights”, “fixtures”, “farm products” and “money”; and all other goods and personal property of every kind, tangible and intangible, whether or not governed by the Code.

 

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 1.3.

 

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

 

Payment ” means all checks, wire transfers and other items of payment received by Lender (including proceeds of Accounts and payment of the Obligations in full) for credit to Borrower’s outstanding Loans.

 

Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

 

(i)                   the Obligations;

 

(ii)                Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and disclosed in the Representations;

 

(iii)             trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iii-A)  Indebtedness incurred on corporate credit cards in a total amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $1,000,000.

 

(iv)            Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)               capitalized leases and purchase money Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens in an aggregate amount not exceeding $3,000,000 at any time outstanding, provided the amount of such capitalized leases and purchase money Indebtedness do not exceed, at the time they were incurred, the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the property so leased or financed with such Indebtedness;

 

(vi)            Subordinated Debt;

 

(vii)         Indebtedness of a Borrower owed to another Borrower or to a Subsidiary (but payments on Indebtedness of a Borrower to Foreign Subs shall be subject to Section 8(d) of the Schedule);

 

(viii)      guaranties of Indebtedness that otherwise constitutes Permitted Indebtedness;

 

(ix)            Other Indebtedness not exceeding $1,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time; and

 

(x)               extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness in clauses (ii) through (ix) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased and the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower.

 

Permitted Intercompany Investments ” is defined in Section 8(d) of the Schedule.

 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(i)                   Investments existing on the date hereof and disclosed in the Representations;

 

(ii)                Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, Lender’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than one year from the date of

 

17



 

investment therein, and Lender’s money market accounts; Investments in regular deposit or checking accounts held with Lender or subject to a control agreement in favor of Lender;

 

(iii)             [intentionally omitted];

 

(iv)            Investments of a Borrower in another Borrower;

 

(v)               Investments not to exceed $500,000 outstanding in the aggregate at any time consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

(vi)            Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

(vii)         Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(viii)      Permitted Intercompany Investments; and

 

(ix)            other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year.

 

Permitted Liens ” means the following:

 

(i)                   purchase money security interests in specific items of Equipment;

 

(ii)                leases of specific items of Equipment;

 

(ii-A) Liens listed on the Representations;

 

(iii)             Liens for taxes not yet payable;

 

(iv)            additional security interests which are consented to in writing by Lender, which consent may be withheld in its Good Faith Business Judgment, and which are subordinate to the security interest of Lender pursuant to a Subordination Agreement or Intercreditor Agreement in such form and containing such provisions as Lender shall specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment;

 

(v)               Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default;

 

(vi)            security interests being terminated substantially concurrently with this Agreement;

 

(vii)         Liens incurred on deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other like laws or to secure the performance of statutory obligations, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000 at any time;

 

(viii)      Liens of mechanics, materialmen, workers, repairmen, fillers and common carriers arising by operation of law for amounts that are not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by Borrower by appropriate proceedings, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $1,000,000 at any time; and

 

(ix)            leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of business, and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

(x)               non-exclusive license of intellectual property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and other licenses of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business that may be exclusive in certain respects, but that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property and that do not constitute a transfer of a significant portion of the value of the licensed property;

 

(xi)            Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that, (A) such Liens are limited to usual and customary charges for services rendered in connection with said accounts, and erroneous entries or charge-backs to said accounts, and (B) subject to Section 8(c) of the Schedule to this Agreement, Lender has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts;

 

(xii)         Liens existing as of the date hereof and disclosed in the Representations;

 

18


 

(xiii)  Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; and

 

(xiv) deposits or pledges of cash to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money), leases, surety and appeal bonds and other obligations of a like nature arising in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not exceeding a total of $1,000,000 at any time.

 

Lender will have the right to require, as a condition to its consent under subparagraph (iv) above, that the holder of the additional security interest or voluntary Lien sign a subordination agreement on Lender’s then standard form, acknowledge that the security interest is subordinate to the security interest in favor of Lender, and agree not to take any action to enforce its subordinate security interest so long as any Obligations remain outstanding, and that Borrower agree that any uncured default in any obligation secured by the subordinate security interest shall also constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, government, or any agency or political division thereof, or any other entity.

 

Prime Rate ” means the variable rate of interest per annum, most recently announced by Lender as its “prime rate” (whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Lender).

 

Representations ” means the written Borrower Information Certificate provided by Borrower to Lender referred to in the Schedule.

 

Sanctioned Entity ” means (a) a country or a government of a country, (b) an agency of the government of a country, (c) an organization directly or indirectly controlled by a country or its government, or (d) a Person resident in or determined to be resident in a country, in each case, that is subject to a country sanctions program administered and enforced by OFCA.

 

Sanctioned Person ” means a Person named on the OFAC-maintained list of “Specially Designated Nationals” (as defined by OFAC).

 

Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Lender may from time to time establish and revise in its Good Faith Business Judgment, reducing the amount of Loans, and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower under the lending formulas provided in the Schedule: (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Lender in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Lender’s good faith belief that any Collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Lender is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Lender determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

 

Subordinated Debt ” means unsecured Indebtedness for borrowed money, which is on terms and conditions satisfactory to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment, which has a maturity date at least three months after the Maturity Date, and which is fully subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to a Subordination Agreement in such form as Lender shall specify in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Person of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Affiliates of such Person.

 

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

Other Terms .  All accounting terms used in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings given to such terms in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied; provided, however, that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any covenant or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Lender shall so request, Borrower and Lender shall negotiate in good faith to amend such covenant or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided, further, that until so amended, (i) such covenant or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) Borrower shall provide Bank financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP; provided further that

 

19



 

(x) any obligations of a Person under a lease (whether existing now or entered into in the future) that is not (or would not be) a capital lease obligation under GAAP as in effect on the date hereof shall not be treated as a capital lease obligation solely as a result of the implementation of changes in GAAP.  All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings provided by the Code, to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

9.      GENERAL PROVISIONS .

 

9.1    Application of Payments .  All payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied, and in Lender’s Good Faith Business Judgment reversed and re-applied, to the Obligations, in such order and manner as Lender shall determine in its Good Faith Business Judgment.  Lender shall not be required to credit Borrower’s account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment, and Lender may charge Borrower’s loan account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned to Lender unpaid.  In computing interest on the Obligations, all Payments will be deemed received when received in immediately available funds, and if such immediately available funds are received after 1:00 PM Eastern Time on any day, they shall be deemed received on the next Business Day.

 

9.2    Increased Costs and Reduced Return If Lender shall have determined that the adoption or implementation of, or any change in, any law, rule, treaty or regulation, or any policy, guideline or directive of, or any change in, the interpretation or administration thereof by, any court, central bank or other administrative or governmental authority, or compliance by Lender with any directive of, or guideline from, any central bank or other Governmental Authority or the introduction of, or change in, any accounting principles applicable to Lender (whether or not having the force of law) shall (i) subject the Lender to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to this Agreement or any Loan made hereunder, or change the basis of taxation of payments to Lender of any amounts payable hereunder (except for taxes on the overall net income of Lender), (ii) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against any Loan, or against assets of or held by, or deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, Lender, or (iii) impose on Lender any other condition regarding this Agreement or any Loan, and the result of any event referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be to increase the cost to Lender of making any Loan, or agreeing to make any Loan or to reduce any amount received or receivable by Lender, then, upon demand by Lender, the Borrower shall pay to Lender such additional amounts as will compensate the Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amount.  All amounts payable under this Section shall bear interest from the date of demand by the Lender until payment in full to the Lender at the highest interest rate applicable to the Obligations.  With respect to this Section 9.2, Lender shall treat Borrower no differently than Lender treats other similarly situated Borrowers.  A certificate of the Lender claiming compensation under this Section, specifying the event herein above described and the nature of such event shall be submitted by the Lender to the Borrower, setting forth the additional amount due and an explanation of the calculation thereof, and the Lender’s reasons for invoking the provisions of this Section, and the same shall be final and conclusive absent manifest error.

 

9.3    Charges to Accounts .  Lender may, in its discretion, require that Borrower pay monetary Obligations in cash to Lender, or charge them to Borrower’s Revolving Loan account (in which event they will bear interest at the same rate applicable to the Revolving Loans), or any of Borrower’s Deposit Accounts maintained with Lender.

 

9.4    Monthly Accountings Lender may provide Borrower monthly with an account of advances, charges, expenses and payments made pursuant to this Agreement.  Such account shall be deemed correct, accurate and binding on Borrower and an account stated (except for reverses and reapplications of payments made and corrections of errors discovered by Lender), unless Borrower notifies Lender in writing to the contrary within 60 days after such account is rendered, describing the nature of any alleged errors or omissions.

 

9.5    Notices .  All notices to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either personally or by reputable private delivery service or by regular first-class mail, or certified mail return receipt requested, addressed (i) to Borrower at the address shown in the heading to this Agreement, or (ii) to Lender at the address shown in the heading to this Agreement, or (iii) for either party at any other address designated in writing by one party to the other party.  All notices shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery in the case of notices personally delivered, or at the expiration of one Business Day following delivery to the private delivery service, or two Business Days following the deposit thereof in the United States mail, with postage prepaid.

 

9.6    Severability Should any provision of this Agreement be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable, such defect shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect.

 

9.7    Integration .  This Agreement and such other written agreements, documents and instruments as may be executed in connection herewith are the final, entire and complete agreement between Borrower and Lender and supersede all prior and contemporaneous negotiations and oral representations and agreements, all of which are merged and integrated in this Agreement.  There are no oral understandings, representations or agreements between the parties which are not set forth in this Agreement or in other written agreements signed by the parties in connection herewith .

 

20



 

9.8    Waivers; Indemnity The failure of Lender at any time or times to require Borrower to strictly comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive or diminish any right of Lender later to demand and receive strict compliance therewith.  Any waiver of any default shall not waive or affect any other default, whether prior or subsequent, and whether or not similar.  None of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to have been waived by any act or knowledge of Lender or its agents or employees, but only by a specific written waiver signed by an authorized officer of Lender and delivered to Borrower.  Borrower waives the benefit of all statutes of limitations relating to any of the Obligations or this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest and notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any commercial paper, instrument, account, General Intangible, document or guaranty at any time held by Lender on which Borrower is or may in any way be liable, and notice of any action taken by Lender, unless expressly required by this Agreement.  Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify Lender and its affiliates, subsidiaries, parent, directors, officers, employees, agents, and attorneys, and to hold them harmless from and against any and all claims, debts, liabilities, demands, obligations, actions, causes of action, penalties, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), of every kind, which they may sustain or incur based upon or arising out of any of the Obligations, or any relationship or agreement between Lender and Borrower, or any other matter, relating to Borrower or the Obligations; provided that this indemnity shall not extend to damages proximately caused by the indemnitee’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable order.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the indemnity agreement set forth in this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement and shall for all purposes continue in full force and effect.

 

9.9    Liability .  NEITHER LENDER NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, SUBSIDIARIES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIMS, DEMANDS, LOSSES OR DAMAGES, OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, MADE, CLAIMED, INCURRED OR SUFFERED BY BORROWER OR ANY OTHER PARTY THROUGH THE ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE OF LENDER, OR ITS PARENT OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, SUBSIDIARIES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS, BUT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL RELIEVE LENDER FROM LIABILITY FOR ITS OWN GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT AS DETERMINED BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY FINAL AND NON-APPEALABLE ORDER.  NEITHER LENDER NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, SUBSIDIARIES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO BORROWER OR TO ANY OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF ANY FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION HAVING BEEN EXTENDED, SUSPENDED OR TERMINATED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR AS A RESULT OF ANY OTHER ACT, OMISSION OR TRANSACTION.

 

9.10 Amendment The terms and provisions of this Agreement may not be waived or amended, except in a writing executed by Borrower and a duly authorized officer of Lender.

 

9.11 Time of Essence .  Time is of the essence in the performance by Borrower of each and every obligation under this Agreement.

 

9.12 Attorneys Fees and Costs Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all reasonable attorneys’ and consultant’s fees (including without limitation those of Lender’s outside counsel and in-house counsel, and whether incurred before, during or after an Insolvency Proceeding), and all filing, recording, search, title insurance, appraisal, audit, and other reasonable costs incurred by Lender, pursuant to, or in connection with, or relating to this Agreement (whether or not a lawsuit is filed), including, but not limited to, any reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs Lender incurs in order to do the following: prepare and negotiate this Agreement and all present and future documents relating to this Agreement; obtain legal advice in connection with this Agreement or Borrower; enforce, or seek to enforce, any of its rights; prosecute actions against, or defend actions by, Account Debtors; commence, intervene in, or defend any action or proceeding; initiate any complaint to be relieved of any automatic stay in bankruptcy; file or prosecute any probate claim, bankruptcy claim, third-party claim, or other claim; examine, audit, copy, and inspect any of the Collateral or any of Borrower’s books and records; protect, obtain possession of, lease, dispose of, or otherwise enforce Lender’s security interest in, the Collateral; and otherwise represent Lender in any litigation relating to Borrower.  All attorneys’ fees and costs to which Lender may be entitled pursuant to this Paragraph shall immediately become part of Borrower’s Obligations, shall be due on demand, and shall bear interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the Obligations.

 

9.13 Benefit of Agreement .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors, assigns, heirs, beneficiaries and representatives of Borrower and Lender; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Lender, and any prohibited assignment shall be void.  No consent by Lender to any assignment shall release Borrower from its liability for the Obligations.

 

21



 

9.14 Joint and Several Liability If Borrower consists of more than one Person, their liability shall be joint and several, and the compromise of any claim with, or the release of, any Borrower shall not constitute a compromise with, or a release of, any other Borrower.

 

9.15 Limitation of Actions .  Any claim or cause of action by Borrower against Lender, its directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants or attorneys, based upon, arising from, or relating to this Loan Agreement, or any other Loan Document, or any other transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or relating hereto or thereto, or any other matter, cause or thing whatsoever, occurred, done, omitted or suffered to be done by Lender, its directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants or attorneys, shall be barred unless asserted by Borrower by the commencement of an action or proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction by the filing of a complaint within one year after the first act, occurrence or omission upon which such claim or cause of action, or any part thereof, is based, and the service of a summons and complaint on an officer of Lender, or on any other person authorized to accept service on behalf of Lender, within thirty (30) days thereafter.  Borrower agrees that such one-year period is a reasonable and sufficient time for Borrower to investigate and act upon any such claim or cause of action.  The one-year period provided herein shall not be waived, tolled, or extended except by the written consent of Lender in its sole discretion.  This provision shall survive any termination of this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

9.16 Paragraph Headings; Construction .   Paragraph headings are only used in this Agreement for convenience.  Borrower and Lender acknowledge that the headings may not describe completely the subject matter of the applicable paragraph, and the headings shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit, define or interpret any term or provision of this Agreement.  This Agreement has been fully reviewed and negotiated between the parties and no uncertainty or ambiguity in any term or provision of this Agreement shall be construed strictly against Lender or Borrower under any rule of construction or otherwise.

 

9.17 [Intentionally Omitted].

 

9.18 Confidentiality Lender agrees to use the same degree of care that it exercises with respect to its own proprietary information, to maintain the confidentiality of any and all proprietary, trade secret or confidential information provided to or received by Lender from the Borrower, which indicates that it is confidential or would reasonably be understood to be confidential, including business plans and forecasts, non-public financial information, confidential or secret processes, formulae, devices and contractual information, customer lists, and employee relation matters, provided that Lender may disclose such information to its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, accountants, affiliates, participants, prospective participants, assignees and prospective assignees, and such other Persons to whom Lender shall at any time be required to make such disclosure in accordance with applicable law, and provided, that the foregoing provisions shall not apply to disclosures made by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment in connection with the enforcement of its rights or remedies after an Event of Default.  The confidentiality agreement in this Section supersedes any prior confidentiality agreement of Lender relating to Borrower.

 

9.19 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Arbitration .  This Agreement and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of the parties shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of North Carolina.  All disputes, controversies, claims, actions and other proceedings involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with, this Agreement or the relationship between Borrower and Lender, and any and all other claims of Borrower against Lender of any kind, shall be brought only in the General Court of Justice of North Carolina sitting in Durham County, North Carolina or the United States District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina, and each consents to fir jurisdiction of an such court, and waives any and all rights the party may have to object to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding, including, without limitation, any objection to venue or request for change in venue based on the doctrine of forum non conveniens ; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit the right of Lender to bring proceedings against Borrower in the courts of any other jurisdiction.  Borrower consents to service of process in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender, by personal delivery, or by mail addressed as set forth in this Agreement or by any other method permitted by law.  If the jury waiver set forth in Section 21 below is not enforceable, then any dispute, controversy, claim, action or similar proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by final and binding arbitration held in Durham County, North Carolina in accordance with the then current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with those rules.  The arbitrator shall apply North Carolina law to the resolution of any dispute, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration.  Judgment upon any award resulting from arbitration may be entered into and enforced by any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this Section.  The costs and expenses of the arbitration, including without limitation, the arbitrator’s fees and expert witness fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the parties to the arbitration may be awarded to the prevailing party, in the discretion of the arbitrator, or may be apportioned between the parties in any manner deemed appropriate by the

 

22



 

arbitrator.  Unless and until the arbitrator decides that one party is to pay for all (or a share) of such costs and expenses, both parties shall share equally in the payment of the arbitrator’s fees as and when billed by the arbitrator.  WITHOUT LIMITING THE ABOVE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS, THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR ORAL COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT, OR TO FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER WASHINGTON LAW .

 

9.20 Multiple Borrowers; Suretyship Waivers At any time that there are more than one Borrower, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)     Borrowers’ Agent.  Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints each other Borrower, as the agent, attorney-in-fact and legal representative of all Borrowers for all purposes, including requesting disbursement of Loans and receiving account statements and other notices and communications to Borrowers (or any of them) from Lender.  Lender may rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, on any request for a Loan, disbursement instruction, report, information or any other notice or communication made or given by any Borrower, whether in its own name, as Borrowers’ agent, or on behalf of one or more Borrowers, and Lender shall not have any obligation to make any inquiry or request any confirmation from or on behalf of any other Borrower as to the binding effect on it of any such request, instruction, report, information, other notice or communication, nor shall the joint and several character of Borrowers’ obligations hereunder be affected thereby.  In the discretion of the Lender, the Collateral Account may be in the name of any one or more of the Borrowers, and checks and other payments made payable to any Borrower may be deposited into such Collateral Account.

 

(b)     Waivers.  Each Borrower hereby waives: (i) any right to require Lender to institute suit against, or to exhaust its rights and remedies against, any other Borrower or any other person, or to proceed against any property of any kind which secures all or any part of the Obligations, or to exercise any right of offset or other right with respect to any reserves, credits or deposit accounts held by or maintained with Lender or any indebtedness of Lender to any other Borrower, or to exercise any other right or power, or pursue any other remedy Lender may have; (ii) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of any other Borrower or any Guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of any liability of any other Borrower or any Guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, with respect to all or any part of the Obligations, or by reason of any act or omission of Lender or others which directly or indirectly results in the discharge or release of any other Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person or any Obligations or any security therefor, whether by operation of law or otherwise; (iii) any defense arising by reason of any failure of Lender to obtain, perfect, maintain or keep in force any Lien on, any property of any Borrower or any other person; (iv) any defense based upon or arising out of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, liquidation or dissolution proceeding commenced by or against any other Borrower or any Guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, including without limitation any discharge of, or bar against collecting, any of the Obligations (including without limitation any interest thereon), in or as a result of any such proceeding.  Until all of the Obligations have been paid, performed, and discharged in full, nothing shall discharge or satisfy the liability of Borrower hereunder except the full performance and payment of all of the Obligations.  If any claim is ever made upon Lender for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received by Lender in payment of or on account of any of the Obligations, because of any claim that any such payment constituted a preferential transfer or fraudulent conveyance, or for any other reason whatsoever, and Lender repays all or part of said amount by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over Lender or any of its property, or by reason of any settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by Lender with any such claimant (including without limitation any other Borrower), then and in any such event, Borrower agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement and compromise shall be binding upon Borrower, notwithstanding any revocation or release of this Agreement or the cancellation of any note or other instrument evidencing any of the Obligations, or any release of any of the Obligations, and the Borrower shall be and remain liable to Lender under this Agreement for the amount so repaid or recovered, to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by Lender, and the provisions of this sentence shall survive, and continue in effect, notwithstanding any revocation or release of this Agreement.  Each Borrower hereby expressly and unconditionally waives all rights of subrogation, reimbursement and indemnity of every kind against any other Borrower, and all rights of recourse to any assets or property of any other Borrower, and all rights to any collateral or security held for the payment and performance of any Obligations, including (but not limited to) any of the foregoing rights which Borrower may have under any present or future document or agreement with any other Borrower or other person, and including (but not limited to) any of the foregoing rights which Borrower may have under any equitable doctrine of subrogation, implied contract, or unjust enrichment, or any other equitable or legal doctrine.  Each Borrower hereby waives any defense based on impairment or destruction of its subrogation or other rights against any other Borrower and waives all benefits which might otherwise be available to it under any statutory or common law suretyship defenses or marshalling rights, now and hereafter in effect.

 

23



 

(c)     Consents.  Each Borrower hereby consents and agrees that, without notice to or by Borrower and without affecting or impairing in any way the obligations or liability of Borrower hereunder, Lender may, from time to time before or after revocation of this Agreement, do any one or more of the following in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion: (i) accept partial payments of, compromise or settle, renew, extend the time for the payment, discharge, or performance of, refuse to enforce, and release all or any parties to, any or all of the Obligations; (ii) grant any other indulgence to any Borrower or any other person in respect of any or all of the Obligations or any other matter; (iii) accept, release, waive, surrender, enforce, exchange, modify, impair, or extend the time for the performance, discharge, or payment of, any and all property of any kind securing any or all of the Obligations or any guaranty of any or all of the Obligations, or on which Lender at any time may have a Lien, or refuse to enforce its rights or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any or all of such property; (iv) substitute or add, or take any action or omit to take any action which results in the release of, any one or more other Borrowers or any endorsers or Guarantors of all or any part of the Obligations, including, without limitation one or more parties to this Agreement, regardless of any destruction or impairment of any right of contribution or other right of Borrower; (v) apply any sums received from any other Borrower, any Guarantor, endorser, or co -signer, or from the disposition of any Collateral or security, to any indebtedness whatsoever owing from such person or secured by such Collateral or security, in such manner and order as Lender determines in its sole discretion, and regardless of whether such indebtedness is part of the Obligations, is secured, or is due and payable.  Borrower consents and agrees that Lender shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Borrower, or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.  Borrower further consents and agrees that Lender shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever with respect to any property securing any or all of the Obligations.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lender shall have no obligation to monitor, verify, audit, examine, or obtain or maintain any insurance with respect to, any property securing any or all of the Obligations.

 

(d)     Independent Liability.  Each Borrower hereby agrees that one or more successive or concurrent actions may be brought hereon against Borrower, in the same action in which any other Borrower may be sued or in separate actions, as often as deemed advisable by Lender.  Each Borrower is fully aware of the financial condition of each other Borrower and is executing and delivering this Agreement based solely upon its own independent investigation of all matters pertinent hereto, and Borrower is not relying in any manner upon any representation or statement of Lender with respect thereto.  Each Borrower represents and warrants that it is in a position to obtain, and each Borrower hereby assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information concerning any other Borrower’s financial condition and any other matter pertinent hereto as Borrower may desire, and Borrower is not relying upon or expecting Lender to furnish to it any information now or hereafter in Lender’s possession concerning the same or any other matter.

 

(e)     Subordination.  All indebtedness of a Borrower now or hereafter arising held by another Borrower is subordinated to the Obligations and the Borrower holding the indebtedness shall take all actions reasonably requested by Lender to effect, to enforce and to give notice of such subordination.

 

9.21 Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial LENDER AND BORROWER EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED.  EACH OF THE PARTIES, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT, WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), ACTION OR INACTION OF ANY OF THEM.  THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY LENDER OR BORROWER, EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY EACH OF THEM.  IF FOR ANY REASON THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION ARE VOID, INVALID OR UNENFORCEABLE, THE SAME SHALL NOT AFFECT ANY OTHER TERM OR PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND ALL OTHER TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE UNAFFECTED BY THE SAME AND CONTINUE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

 

9.22 PATRIOT Act Notice .  Lender hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, which information includes the names and addresses of each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and other information that will allow Lender, to identify Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

24



 

9.23 Release of Existing Co-Borrower Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, each of Borrower, Lender and the Existing Co-Borrower hereby agrees that (a) the Existing Co-Borrower shall be released from all of its obligations under the Prior Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, as a result thereof, shall not be a party to this Agreement and shall cease to be a party to each other Loan Document (as defined in the Prior Loan Agreement) to which it is a party as of the date hereof and (b) any and all Liens on the assets of the Existing Co-Borrower created pursuant to the Prior Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be automatically terminated and released.  Lender agrees to execute and deliver such releases and related documents as the Existing Co-Borrower may reasonably request in order to evidence or give public notice of such Lien termination.

 

[Signatures on Next Page]

 

25



 

Borrower:

 

NLIGHT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Kerry Hill

 

 

 

 

Title

VP Finance and Secretary

 

 

Lender:

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Mykolas Degesys

 

 

 

 

Title

VP

 

 

26


 

Schedule to
Amended and Restated
Loan and Security Agreement

 

Borrowers:

 

NLIGHT, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

Address:

 

5408 NE 88th Street, Bldg. E

 

 

Vancouver, WA 98665

 

 

 

Date:

 

March 28, 2018

 

This Schedule forms an integral part of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between PACIFIC WESTERN BANK and the above Borrowers of even date (the “Loan Agreement”).

 

1. CREDIT LIMIT
(Section 1.1):

 

The Loans shall consist of a Term Loan (the ‘Term Loan’) and Revolving Loans (the ‘Revolving Loans’) as follows. ‘Loans’ as used in the Loan Agreement means, collectively, the Term Loan and the Revolving Loans.)

 

(a)                                  Term Loan.

 

(1)                                  Disbursement of Term Loan. The Term Loan shall be in the original principal amount of $15,000,000, and, subject to the terms and conditions in the Loan Agreement, shall be disbursed to Borrower as follows:

 

(A)                                Prior to the date hereof, Term Loans in the aggregate principal amount of $13,500,000 have been disbursed to Borrower; and

 

(B)                                additional disbursements, if any, shall be made upon written request by Borrower, submitted to Lender at least two Business Days prior to the date the requested disbursement is to be made.

 

There shall be no disbursements made on or after July 14, 2018 (the “Disbursement End Date”).

 

(2)                                  Principal Payments. The principal of the Term Loan shall be repaid in 36 monthly installments, each equal to 1/36 of the outstanding principal balance as of the Disbursement End Date, beginning on July 14, 2018, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter until the Term Loan is paid in full, provided that, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the entire unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan, together with all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, shall be and become due and payable in accordance with the terms of Section 7.2 of the Loan Agreement.

 

(3)                                  Interest Payments. Accrued interest on the Term Loan shall be paid monthly as provided in Section 1.2 of the Loan Agreement.

 

27



 

 

 

(b)                                  Revolving Loans .

 

(1)                                  Amount . Revolving Loans may be made in an amount up to the lesser of (a) or (b) below (the “Revolving Loan Limit”), subject to Reserves (as defined in Section 8 of the Loan Agreement):

 

(a)                                  $25,000,000 minus the sum of:

 

(i)                                      the unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan, plus

 

(ii)                                   the amount of any Ancillary Services Reserves; or

 

(b)                                  The sum of the following:

 

(i)                                      85% (“Eligible Accounts Advance Rate”) of the amount of Borrower’s Eligible Accounts (as defined in Section 8 of the Loan Agreement), plus

 

(ii)                                   the lesser of $5,500,000 or 35% (“Eligible Inventory Advance Rate” together with the Eligible Accounts Advance Rate, the “Advance Rates”) of Borrower’s Eligible Inventory (as defined in Section 8 of the Loan Agreement),

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans against Non-Borrower Collateral shall not at any time exceed $4,000,000. “Non-Borrower Collateral” means Accounts and/or Inventory not owned by Borrower.

 

Lender may, from time to time, adjust Advance Rates, in its Good Faith Business Judgment, upon 30 days’ prior notice to the Borrower, based on changes in collection experience with respect to Accounts, or other issues or factors relating to the Accounts and Inventory or other Collateral or Borrower. If for any reason, at any time, the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loans exceeds the Revolving Loan Limit, Borrower shall immediately repay the excess to Lender without notice or demand.

 

(2)                                  Disbursement Requests . Requests by Borrower for disbursements of Revolving Loans shall be made in writing by Borrower to Lender at least two Business Days prior to the date the requested disbursement is to be made.

 

(3)                                  Maturity Date . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, Revolving Loans may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed, until the Maturity Date, on which date the entire unpaid principal balance of the Revolving Loans and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon shall be due and payable. After the Maturity Date no further Revolving Loans shall be made.

 

(4)                                  Interest Payments . Accrued interest on the revolving Loans shall be paid monthly as provided in Section 1.2 of the Loan Agreement.

 



 

 

 

 

Ancillary Services Sublimit:

 

$1,500,000.

 

 

 

Credit Limit:

 

Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, in no event shall the total Obligations (including without limitation the Term Loan, the Revolving Loans, and the Obligations relating to Ancillary Services) at any time outstanding exceed $25,000,000 (the “Credit Limit”).

 

 

 

2.               INTEREST.

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rates (Section 1.2):

 

The Term Loan shall bear interest at a rate equal to the Prime Rate in effect from time to time, plus 0.50% per annum, provided that the interest rate in effect on any day shall not be less than 5.00% per annum.

 

The Revolving Loans shall bear interest at a rate equal to the Prime Rate in effect from time to time, plus 0.50% per annum, provided that the interest rate in effect on any day shall not be less than 5.00% per annum.

 

Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. The interest rate applicable to the Obligations shall change on each date there is a change in the Prime Rate.

 

 

 

3.               FEES (Section 1.4):

 

Intentionally Omitted.

 

 

 

4.               MATURITY DATE

(Section 6.1):

 

July 14, 2019.

 

 

 

5.               FINANCIAL COVENANTS

(Section 5.1):

 

Borrower shall comply with each of the following covenants on a consolidated basis. Compliance shall be determined as of the end of each quarter:

 

 

 

Minimum Revenue:

 

Borrower shall maintain, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, consolidated revenue equal to no less than 80% of the Plan for such period. As used herein, “revenue” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in accordance with GAAP.

 

As used herein, the “Plan” shall refer to the annual operating plan and budget approved by the Borrower’s board of directors, and shared with Lender on January 26, 2018 Eastern Standard Time (Excel Document AOP18), or pursuant to Section 6(f) below. Any subsequent changes to the Plan after it has been delivered to Lender will not affect or alter the financial covenant unless agreed to in writing by Lender.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, in the event that Borrower’s Cash Plus Availability equals less than $15,000,000 at any time, the Minimum Revenue covenant set forth above may be replaced, at Lender’s option, with a covenant based upon Borrower’s EBITDA, as follows: (i) Lender shall send written notice to Borrower of Lender’s intention to so replace the Minimum Revenue covenant, (ii) Lender and Borrower shall then attempt to agree in writing on the minimum amounts of Borrower’s EBITDA to be maintained for each reporting period, and (iii) if for any reason Borrower and Lender are not able to agree in writing on the same, within 30 days of the date of the written notice referenced in subparagraph (i) hereof, then such minimum amounts of Borrower’s EBITDA for each such reporting period shall be determined by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

 



 

 

 

For purposes hereof, “Cash Plus Availability” means the sum of:

 

(a)                                  Borrower’s unrestricted cash and cash equivalents; plus

 

(b)                                  the total of all Loans available (not made and outstanding) pursuant to Section 1 of the Schedule.

 

 

 

Capital Expenditures:

 

During its 2018 fiscal year, Borrower shall not make Capital Expenditures in the aggregate exceeding $13,000,000.

 

 

 

Future Covenants:

 

For periods ending after December 31, 2018, with respect to any Plan approved by Borrower’s board of directors and delivered to Bank by January 31 in accordance with Section 6(f) below, if the consolidated revenue shown on such Plan for a fiscal quarter is not at least equal to the prior year’s consolidated revenue for such period, then Borrower shall, unless otherwise agreed by Lender, maintain consolidated revenue for such quarter equal to at least 80% of the consolidated revenue for the same period in the Plan for the prior fiscal year.

 

 

 

Definitions:

 

“Capital Expenditures” means unfinanced cash expenditures that are capitalized and amortized over a period of time in accordance with GAAP, including but not limited to capitalized cash expenditures for capital equipment, capitalized manufacturing and labor costs as they relate to fixed assets, and software development.

 

“EBITDA” means with respect to any fiscal period, on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to the earnings of Borrower before the sum of (a) tax, plus (b) depreciation and amortization, plus (c) interest, plus (d) non-cash expenses and charges, including, without limitation, any non-cash stock compensation expenses, plus (e) non-recurring charges in connection with workforce reductions.

 

 

 

6.               REPORTING.

(Section 5.3):

 

Borrower shall provide Lender with the following, all of which shall be in such form as Lender shall specify:

 

(a)                                  Monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, with borrowing base certificate, within 30 days after the end of each month;

 

(b)                                  Monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, within 30 days after the end of each month, provided that, if upon the last day of any month, the total Revolving Loans available but not made is at least $300,000, Borrower shall not be required to report, for such month, the total amount of Accounts owing from Account Debtor(s) to whom Borrower or the Designated Foreign Subs is or may be liable for goods purchased from such Account Debtor(s) or otherwise;

 

(c)                                   Monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports, and general ledger, within 30 days after the end of each month, except that Borrower shall not be required to provide such reconciliations with respect to the accounts receivable of the Designated Foreign Subs;

 

(d)                                  Monthly perpetual inventory reports for the Inventory valued on a weighted average or standard cost basis at the lower of cost or market (in accordance with GAAP) or such other inventory reports as are requested by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment, all 30 days after the end of each month;

 

(e)                                   Monthly unaudited financial statements, as soon as available, and in any event within 30 days after the end of each month (or 45 days if the end of such month is also the end of a calender quarter);

 



 

 

 

(f)                                    Annual operating budgets and financial projections (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrower prior to January 31 of such year, approved by Borrower’s board of directors;

 

(g)                                   Annual financial statements of Borrower on a consolidated basis, as soon as available, and in any event within 180 days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, certified by, and with an unqualified opinion of, independent certified public accountants acceptable to Lender;

 

(h)                                  Each of the financial statements in subsections (e) (for the end of each calendar quarter) and (g) above shall be accompanied by Compliance Certificates, in such form as Lender shall reasonably specify, signed by the Chief Financial Officer of Borrower, certifying that as of the end of such period Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Lender shall request in its Good Faith Business Judgment, including, without limitation, a statement that at the end of such period there were no held checks;

 

(i)                                      promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems;

 

(j)                                     such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Lender may reasonably request from time to time; and

 

(k)                                  within 30 days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a report signed by Borrower, in form reasonably acceptable to Lender, listing any applications or registrations that Borrower has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations, as well as any material change in Borrower’s Intellectual Property, including but not limited to any subsequent ownership right of Borrower in or to any Trademark, Patent or Copyright not specified in exhibits to any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to Lender by Borrower in connection with the Loan Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) Borrower shall not be required to provide the reports set forth in subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d) above (the “Subject Reports”) with respect to any month if, upon the last day of such month none of the Eligible Accounts against which Revolving Loans are outstanding consist of Accounts of the Designated Foreign Subs; and (ii) in the event that Borrower requests any Loan(s) against Eligible Account(s) of any of the Designated Foreign Subs, Lender shall not make such Loan(s) unless and until Lender has received from Borrower the Subject Reports (except for the Subject Reports required under Section 6(c) of the Schedule) for the Designated Foreign Subs for the immediately preceding month.

 

 

 

7.               BORROWER INFORMATION:

 

Borrower represents and warrants that the information set forth in the Borrower Information Certificate submitted to Lender on or prior to the date hereof (the “Representations”) is true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof.

 

 

 

8.               ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

(a)                                  Subordination of Inside Debt . All present and future indebtedness for borrowed money of Borrower to its officers, directors and shareholders (“Inside Debt”) shall, at all times, be subordinated to the Obligations

 



 

 

 

pursuant to a subordination agreement on Lender’s standard form. Borrower represents and warrants that there is no Inside Debt presently outstanding. Prior to incurring any Inside Debt in the future, Borrower shall cause the person to whom such Inside Debt will be owed to execute and deliver to Lender a subordination agreement on Lender’s standard form.

 

(b)                                  Warrants . Borrower has issued to Lender a warrant dated March 13, 2014, to purchase 100,408 shares of Series E Preferred stock of Borrower at a purchase price of $1.4939 per share, for a term of ten years and on the other terms set forth therein. Throughout the term of this Loan Agreement Borrower shall cause such warrant to continue in full force and effect, other than in accordance with its terms.

 

(c)                                   Deposit Accounts . Borrower shall at all times maintain its Deposit Accounts and primary investment accounts with Lender or Lender’s Affiliates, provided however, that Borrower may maintain Deposit Accounts with institutions other than Lender (“Excepted Deposit Accounts”) so long as the aggregate combined balance in all Excepted Deposit Accounts does not at any time exceed €200,000, or the equivalent thereof in US Dollars. As of the date hereof, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that Lender has obtained a control agreement for each other bank or other institutions where its investment accounts are maintained and such control agreements are sufficient to perfect Lender’s first-priority security interest in the same, provided that, without limiting the foregoing, Lender acknowledges and agrees that Borrower shall not be required to cause institutions at which Borrower maintains Excepted Deposit Accounts to enter into such control agreements.

 

(d)                                  Foreign Subsidiaries; Foreign Assets . Borrower represents and warrants that it has no partially-owned or wholly-owned Subsidiaries which are not Borrowers hereunder, except for (i) Arbor Photonics, LLC and (ii) Subsidiaries organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia (“Foreign Subs”). Borrower may make Investments in the Foreign Subs and payments on Indebtedness to Foreign Subs, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount necessary to fund the current operating expenses and capital needs for expansion of the Foreign Subs (taking into account their revenue from other sources); provided that the total of such investments and loans in any fiscal year to all such Foreign Subs and the total payments on Indebtedness to such Foreign Subs shall not exceed a total of $5,000,000 (“Permitted Intercompany Investments”). Except for Permitted Liens, Borrower shall not permit any of the assets of any of the Foreign Subs to be subject to any security interest, lien or encumbrance, and Borrower shall not agree with any other Person to restrict its ability to cause a Foreign Sub to grant any security interest in, or lien or encumbrance on, its assets.

 

(e)                                   Arbor Photonics . Borrower represents and warrants that Borrower’s subsidiary, Arbor Photonics, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, will at no time hold any assets or have any operations, other than that certain Amended and Restated Patent and Software License Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2012, by and between Arbor Photonics, LLC and the Regents of the University of Michigan, as may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(f)                                    Perfection of Security Interest in Stock of Foreign Subs . Within 60 days after Lender’s written request, Borrower shall take such steps as

 



 

 

 

are reasonably requested by Lender to perfect Lender’s security interest in 65% of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership held by Borrower in the following Foreign Subs: nLight Laser Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. and nLight Oy (Finland), in the jurisdictions in which they are organized, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, provided the perfection of such security interest(s) is feasible and can be accomplished at reasonable expense, as determined by Lender in its Good Faith Business Judgment.

 

[Signatures on Next Page]

 



 

Borrower:

 

Lender:

 

 

 

NLIGHT, INC.

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Kerry Hill

 

By

/s/ Mykolas Degesys

 

 

 

 

 

Title

Secretary and VP Finance

 

Title

VP

 




Exhibit 10.11

 

NORTH PARK INDUSTRIAL CENTER

 

BUSINESS PARK LEASE

 

1.               BASIC LEASE TERMS.

 

a.               DATE OF LEASE EXECUTION:     May 21.2013

 

b.               TENANT: nLIGHT Photonics Corp; a Delaware Corporation
Trade Name:    nLIGHT Corp
Address (Leased Premises):5408 NE 88 6  Street, Vancouver, WA
Building/Unit:  Bldg D- 1 Suite D- 406
Address (For Notices): 5408 NE 88 th  Street, Bldg E. Vancouver, WA 98665

 

c.                LANDLORD: Aspen Hinton, LLC
Address (For Notices): c/o Hinton Development 14010-A NE 3 rd  Court, Suite 106, Vancouver, WA 98665

 

d.               TENANTS USE OF PREMISES: Manufacturing, warehousing and shipping of laser related products

 

e.                PREMISES AREA: Approximately    26,350  Square Feet (Bays 1, 2 & 3 Suite D-406).

 

f.                 FINISHED AREA WITHIN SHELL: Approximately 7,205 Square Feet of standard office build-out in (2) levels 4,235 sqft on ground level and 2,970 sqft on upper level.

 

g.                PROJECT AREA: Approximately  69,700    Square Feet consisting of (1) building

 

BUILDING AREA: Approximately 69,700 Square Feet (BLDG “D-1”)

 

h.               AGREED UPON PREMISES PERCENT OF PROJECT:  37.80 %

 

AGREED PERCENT OF BUILDING  37.80%

 

i.                   INITIAL TERM OF LEASE: Commencement Date: Initial Term Commencement Date shall be:  May 21, 2013 Expiration Date: July 31, 2018 Sixty Three (63) Months.

 

j.                  INITIAL TERM BASE MONTHLY RENT SCHEDULE & EXPENSES: Tenant shall pay the following Base Rent as scheduled plus the Estimated Monthly Expenses.

 

Mths

 

Year

 

Effective Dates

 

Mthly
Shell Rent
Rate Per Sqft
9,350
(Bay 1 sqft)

 

Bay Rent
Schedule 17,000
(Bays 2 & 3 Sqft)

 

Mthly Office
Surcharge per
Sqft 7,205
(Office sqft)

 

Total Mthly
Base Rent

 

Annual
Increases

 

Estimated
Mthly NNN
Expenses
$0.145

 

Total Mthly
Rent Payment

 

1

 

1

 

May 21, 2013 thru May 31, 2013

 

$

0.420

 

Bay 1

 

$

0.60

 

$

2,927.42

 

0.00

%

$

481.07

 

$

3,408.49

 

8

 

1

 

June 1, 2013 thru Jan 31, 2014

 

$

0.420

 

Bay 1

 

$

0.60

 

$

8,250.00

 

0.00

%

$

1,355.75

 

$

9,605.75

 

3

 

1

 

Feb 1, 2014 thru April 30, 2014

 

$

0.420

 

Bays 2 & 3

 

$

0.60

 

$

7,140.00

 

0.00

%

$

3,820.75

 

$

10,960.75

 

12

 

2

 

May 1, 2014 thru April 30, 2015

 

$

0.426

 

Bays 1, 2 & 3

 

$

0.61

 

$

15,620.85

 

1.50

%

$

3,820.75

 

$

19,441.60

 

12

 

3

 

May 1, 2015 thru April 30, 2016

 

$

0.433

 

Bays 1, 2 & 3

 

$

0.62

 

$

15,855.16

 

1.50

%

$

3,820.75

 

$

19,675.91

 

12

 

4

 

May 1, 2016 thru April 30, 2017

 

$

0.439

 

Bays 1, 2 & 3

 

$

0.63

 

$

16,092.99

 

1.50

%

$

3,820.75

 

$

19,913.74

 

12

 

5

 

May 1, 2017 thru April 30, 2018

 

$

0,446

 

Bays 1, 2 & 3

 

$

0.64

 

$

16,334.39

 

1.50

%

$

3,820.75

 

$

20,155.14

 

3

 

6

 

May 1, 2018 thru July 31, 2018

 

$

0.45

 

Bays 1, 2 & 3

 

$

0.65

 

$

16,579.40

 

1.50

%

$

3,820.75

 

$

20,400.15

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

k.               PREPAID RENT: $ 2,927.42 (May 2013 Rent) + $ $481.07 (May 2013 initial estimate of Mthly Expenses) = $3,408.49 (May 2013 is prorated).

 

l.                   ABATED RENT PERIOD: Rent for Bay I is abated for the months of February, March and April of 2014; however, Tenant shall pay the Estimated Monthly Expenses for such months on the 1 st  day of such months. Rent and NNN for Bays 2 & 3 is abated for the period of May 13, 2013 through Jan. 31, 2014.

 

m.           SECURITY DEPOSIT: $20,400.15.

 

n.               PARKING SPACES: Tenant is granted a maximum number of (29) parking spaces (designated by Landlord) — (See attached Parking Map)) during normal business hours). Such 29 parking spaces shall include (2) handi-cap parking spaces said handi-cap parking spaces are located along the store front of the Premises.

 

o.               BROKER(S): The Parties have represented themselves principle-to-principle.

 

p.               GUARANTOR: nLIGHT Photonics Corporation

 

1



 

2.               PREMISES.   Landlord leases to Tenant the Premises described in Section 1 and in Exhibit A and A-1 (the “Premises”), located in the Project described on Exhibit B (the “Project”).  Such Premises does not include any racking or other personal property that may be depicted on Exhibit A-1.  By taking occupancy of the Premises, Tenant acknowledges that it has examined the Premises and accepts the Premises in their then AS-IS present condition, subject only to any work which Landlord has herein agreed to perform prior to commencement which Landlord and Tenant identify in writing (if any), prior to occupancy, as not completed.  Tenant acknowledges that the Premises and Project square footages set forth in Section 1 above are approximate only, but Tenant agrees that such approximations are agreed square footages that may not be contested; this Lease shall not be terminable nor shall any Rent be reduced or refunded based upon any subsequent remeasurement or recalculation of any such square footage.  Tenant understands that the Landlord is in the process of improving the vacant space in Bldg “D-1” as such Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in the event Landlord desires to paint, construct a demising wall or improve the adjacent bays to the Premises.  Such cooperation maybe to have Tenant relocate temporarily Tenant’s inventory in an adjacent bay located in Bldg “B”.

 

3.               TERM.   The term of this Lease is for the period set forth in Section 1, commencing on the Commencement Date in Section 1.  If Landlord, for any reason, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant upon the scheduled Commencement Date set forth in Section 1, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting from such delay.  In that event, however, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises as soon as practicable and the Commencement Date shall be the date of such delivery with the term of the Lease remaining unchanged, and all other terms and conditions of this Lease remaining in full force and effect.  However, if Landlord is delayed in delivering possession to Tenant for any reason attributable to Tenant, this Lease (including the obligation to pay all rents) shall commence on the scheduled Commencement Date set forth in Section 1 above.  If Landlord, for any reason not attributable to Tenant, is unable to deliver possession of the Premises within one hundred eighty (180) days following the scheduled Commencement Date, either party may terminate this Lease by written notice given within ten (10) days following expiration of such period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is a Work Letter attached to this Lease, the provisions of such Work Letter regarding delivery of possession and the determination of the Commencement Date shall supersede the foregoing provisions.

 

4.               RENT.

 

a.               Base Monthly Rent.   Tenant shall pay to Landlord base monthly rent in the amount in Section 1 which shall be payable monthly in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month (“Base Monthly Rent”); provided, however, the Base Monthly Rent for the first month of the term is due upon execution of this Lease by Tenant.  All charges and sums due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be deemed rent.

 

b.               Expenses.   Beginning on the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s share of Expenses related to the Project.  Tenant’s share of Expenses shall be the “Agreed upon Premises Percent of Project” multiplied by total Expenses; provided, however, that no materially different additional categories of Expenses not listed in this Section (1) may result in an allocation of such Expense without Tenant’s prior written consent.

 

(1)          Expense Defined.   The term “Expenses” shall mean all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord with respect to the ownership, management, operation, maintenance, repair or replacement, and insurance of the Project, including without limitation, the following costs:

 

(a)          All supplies, materials, labor, equipment, and utilities used in or related to the operation and maintenance of the Project;

 

(b)          All management, janitorial, legal, accounting, insurance (casualty, liability, loss of rents, and/or other coverages, all as elected by Landlord), and service agreement costs related to the Project;

 

(c)           All maintenance and repair costs relating to the areas within or around the Project, including, without limitation, air conditioning systems, sidewalks, landscaping, service areas, driveways, parking areas (including resurfacing and restriping parking areas), walkways, building exteriors (including painting), signs (not including Tenant’s specific pylon signage nor building signage) and directories, repairing and replacing roofs, walls, etc.  These costs may be included either based on actual expenditures or based on establishment of reasonable reserves.

 

(d)          Amortization (along with reasonable financing charges) of the cost of replacements, capital improvements made to the Project, and all other capital expenditures.  Reserves may be collected and retained for identified capital items.  If $10,000 or more of any capital cost is not covered by a previously collected reserve, the amount not covered shall be amortized over the actual useful life of the capital item as estimated by Landlord.  If any capital expenditure is less than $10,000 (or is covered by a previously collected reserve but for $10,000 or less), the expenditure (or the portion not covered by a reserve) shall not be amortized but rather shall be fully included in Expenses in the year incurred.

 

(e)           All Real Property Taxes, which shall mean and include all taxes, assessments (general and special) and other impositions or charges which may be taxed, charged, levied, assessed or imposed upon all or any portion of or in relation to the Project or any portion thereof, any leasehold estate in the Premises or measured by rent from the Premises, including any increase caused by the transfer, sale or encumbrance of the Project or any portion thereof.  “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any form of assessment, levy, penalty, license fee, franchise tax, or other charge or tax (other than estate, inheritance, or net income taxes) imposed by any authority having a direct or indirect power to tax or charge, including, without limitation, any city, county, state,

 

2



 

federal or any improvement or other district, whether such tax is (I) determined by the area of the Project or the rent or other sums payable under this Lease; (2) in lieu of or as a direct substitute in whole or in part of or in addition to any real property taxes on the Project; (3) based on any parking spaces or parking facilities provided in the Project; or (4) in consideration for services, such as police protection, fire protection, street, sidewalk and roadway maintenance, refuse removal or other services that may be provided by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency from time to time.  “Real Property Taxes” shall also include all assessments under recorded covenants or master plans and/or by owner’s associations.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the following items shall be excluded (or as applicable or deducted) by Landlord in determining or calculating Expenses: (a) the cost of repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other force majore casualty or loss, or by the exercise of eminent domain; book depreciation (excluding costs and expenses associated with normal physical wear & tear); (excessive over head or profit paid to the Landlord or subsidiaries or affiliates or Landlord for services to the Building if and to the extent the cost therefore is substantially exceeds customary competitive costs of such services in comparable projects or buildings located within the Clark County, WA area; (d) payments of principal, interest or other payments of any kind on deeds to secure debt, mortgages, ground or underlying lease(s), or other hypothecations for security of all or any part of the Project or Building by Landlord; (e) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons or entities in any commercial concessions (excluding and not to be construed as any professional goods or services required to operate the Project) operated by Landlord; (1) all items and services and goods for which Tenant separately reimburses Landlord; (g) estate, inheritance, gift, transfer and net income taxes of Landlord ( but in no event shall this subparagraph exclude in any manner whatsoever rent taxes, any franchise tax, any gross income tax, or any tax or assessment in lieu of and in substitution for real estate taxes); (h) all other items for which Tenant or any other party otherwise reimburses Landlord so that no duplication of payments by Tenant or to Landlord shall occur; (i) any fines or penalties incurred due to adjudicated violations of Landlord of any law or due to late payment of Landlord of Real Property Taxes where such late payment is not caused by delinquency or other act of Tenant; (j) expenses for the replacement of item covered under warranty to the extent of proceeds or proceeds or payments actually received by Landlord under such warranty; and (k) costs to to be reimbursed to the Tenant pursuant to the Work Letter.

 

(2)          Estimate and Payment of Expenses.   When Tenant takes possession of the Premises and prior to each subsequent calendar year, Landlord shall estimate the amount of Tenant’s percentage of Expenses for the applicable calendar year.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, such estimated share of Expenses in equal monthly installments through such year on the first day of each month.  As soon as practical following each calendar year, Landlord shall prepare an accounting of actual Expenses incurred during the prior calendar year and such accounting shall reflect Tenant’s share of Expenses.  Landlord shall deliver written notice of such accounting to Tenant (the “Accounting Notice”).  If the additional rent paid by Tenant under this Section 4.c during the preceding calendar year was less than the actual amount of Tenant’s share of Expenses, the Accounting Notice shall so state and Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord within 30 days of receipt of the Accounting Notice.  Such amount shall be deemed to have accrued during the prior calendar year and shall be due and payable from Tenant even though the term of this Lease has expired or this Lease has been terminated prior to Tenant’s receipt of this notice.  If Tenant’s payments were greater than the actual amount of Tenant’s share of Expenses, then such overpayment shall be credited by Landlord to all present rent next due under this Section 4.c.  Tenant shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of the Accounting Notice to give written notice of intent to audit the Expenses or Tenant’s share of Expenses for the calendar year covered by the Accounting Notice; failure to give written notice of audit to Landlord within such thirty (30) day period shall constitute conclusive agreement by Tenant of the treatment of Expenses for the calendar year covered by the Accounting Notice and final determination of Tenant’s share of the Expenses covered by the Accounting Notice.  In the event Tenant disagrees with the Accounting Notice, the sole remedy of Tenant shall be to provide notice of an audit within such thirty (30) day period and to receive the amount, if any, determined by the following provision.  In the event Tenant timely gives notice of an audit, Tenant shall undertake and complete such audit within sixty (60) days following receipt by Tenant of the Accounting Notice.  The audit must be conducted by Tenant and a CPA firm approved by Landlord who has not otherwise been employed by Tenant and who shall be compensated by Tenant and strictly on an hourly basis.  Tenant shall keep the fact of the audit, information reviewed in the audit, and the results of the audit confidential and shall deliver to Landlord, prior to commencement of the audit, a separate confidentiality agreement executed by Tenant and by the CPA.  The results of the audit shall be reduced to writing and shall be delivered to Landlord for review and approval.  If such audit shows a net overpayment, and if Landlord does not seek a judicial decision regarding the same, then any net overpayment shall be treated as an overpayment of estimated Expenses as set forth above; in the event the audit reveals any net underpayment by Tenant of Expenses with respect to the year covered by the Accounting Notice, then the net underpayment shall be paid in the same manner as provided above with respect to underpayments of estimated Expenses.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to give notice of an audit nor to complete any audit in progress in the event Tenant is in default under Section 19 below.

 

d.               Rent Without Offset and Late Charge.   All rent shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord monthly in advance on the first day of every calendar month, at the address shown in Section I, or such other place as Landlord may designate in writing from time to time.  All rent shall be paid without prior demand or notice and without any deduction or offset whatsoever.  All rent due for any partial month shall be prorated.  Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any rent or other sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain.  Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance or note secured by the Premises.  Therefore, if any rent or other sum due from Tenant is not received within ten (10) days of the date when first due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to Ten Percent (10%) of such overdue payment.  Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of any such late payment and that the late charge is in addition to any and all remedies available to the Landlord and that the assessment and/or collection of the late charge shall not be deemed a waiver of any default.  Additionally, all such

 

3



 

delinquent rent or other sums, plus this late charge, shall bear interest at the prime rate as published from time to time in the Wall Street Journal, plus 2%, on a fully floating basis (herein the “Default Rate”), from the date first due until the date paid in full.  Any payments of any kind returned for insufficient funds will be subject to an additional handling charge of $25.00, and thereafter, Landlord may require Tenant to pay all future payments of rent or other sums due by money order or cashier’s check.

 

5.                                       PREPAID RENT.   Upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the prepaid rent set forth in Section 1, and if Tenant is not in default of any provisions of this Lease, such prepaid rent shall be applied toward the Base Monthly Rent due for the first month of the term.  Upon a default by Tenant prior to such application, Landlord shall have the right, without waiver of the default or prejudice to other remedies, to use the prepaid rent or any of it to cure the default or to compensate Landlord for all or any damages resulting from the default.  Landlord’s obligations with respect to the prepaid rent are those of a debtor and not of a trustee, and Landlord can commingle the prepaid rent with Landlord’s general funds.  Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the prepaid rent.  Landlord shall be entitled to immediately endorse and cash Tenant’s prepaid rent; however, such endorsement and cashing shall not constitute Landlord’s acceptance of this Lease.  In the event Landlord does not accept this Lease, Landlord shall return said prepaid rent.

 

6.                                       DEPOSIT.   Upon execution of this lease, tenant shall deposit the security deposit set forth in section 1 with Landlord as security for the performance by tenant of the provisions of this lease.  Upon a default by tenant, Landlord shall have the right, without waiver of the default or prejudice to other remedies, to use the security deposit or any portion of it to cure the default or to compensate Landlord for any damages resulting from tenant’s default.  Upon demand, tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord a sum equal to the portion of the security deposit expended or applied by Landlord to maintain the security deposit in the amount initially deposited with Landlord.  In no event will tenant have the right to direct the application of any part of the security deposit to any rent or other sums due under this lease.  If tenant is not in default at the expiration or termination of this lease, Landlord shall return the entire security deposit to tenant, except for the portion designated in Section I, if any, which Landlord shall retain as a nonrefundable cleaning fee.  Landlord’s obligations with respect to the deposit are those of a debtor and not of a trustee, and Landlord can commingle the security deposit with Landlord’s general funds.  Landlord shall not be required to pay tenant interest on the deposit.  Landlord shall be entitled to immediately endorse and cash tenant’s security deposit; however, such endorsement and cashing shall not constitute Landlord’s acceptance of this lease.  In the event Landlord does not accept this lease, Landlord shall return said security deposit.  if Landlord sells its interest in the Premises during the term hereof and deposits with or credits to the purchaser the unapplied portion of the security deposit, thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability or responsibility with respect to the security deposit.

 

7.                                       USE OF PREMISES AND PROJECT FACILITIES.   Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purpose set forth in section 1 and for no other purpose without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned.  Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or with respect to the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of tenant’s business; further, Landlord has not agreed to undertake any modification, alteration or improvement to the Premises or the Project, except as provided in writing in this lease.  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may from time to time, at its sole discretion, make such modification, alterations, deletions, or improvements to the Project that do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, without compensation or notice to tenant.  tenant shall promptly and at all times comply with all federal, state and local statutes, laws, ordinances, orders, and regulations affecting the Premises and the Project (herein “laws”), as well as all master plans, restrictive covenants, and also any rules and regulations that Landlord may adopt from time to time.  tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises or bring or keep anything in the Premises that will in any way increase the premiums paid by Landlord on its insurance related to the Project or which will in any way increase the premiums for fire or casualty insurance carried by other tenants in the Project.  Tenant will not perform any act or carry on any practices that may injure the Premises or the Project; that may be a nuisance or menace to other tenants in the Project; or that shall in any way interfere with the quiet enjoyment of such other tenants.  Tenant shall not use the Premises for sleeping, washing clothes, cooking or the preparation, manufacture or mixing of anything that might emit any objectionable odor, noises, vibrations or lights onto such other tenants.  If sound insulation is required to muffle noise produced by tenant on the Premises, tenant at its own cost shall provide all necessary insulation.  Tenant shall not do anything on the Premises which will overload any existing parking or service to the Premises.  Pets and/or animals of any type shall not be kept on the Premises.

 

8.                                       SIGNAGE.   All signage shall comply with all laws and all rules and regulations set forth by Landlord as may be modified from time to time.  Landlord shall approve all signage to be placed on the exterior of the building..  Tenant shall place no window covering (e.g., shades, blinds, curtains, drapes, screens, or tinting materials), stickers, signs, lettering, banners or advertising or display material on or near exterior windows or doom if such materials are visible from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned.  Any material violating this provision may be removed by Landlord without compensation to tenant and at the expense of tenant.

 

9.                                       PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

a.               TAXES.   Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes, assessments, license fees and public charges levied, assessed or imposed upon its business operations as well as upon all trade fixtures, leasehold improvements, merchandise and other personal property in or about the Premises.

 

b.               FINANCING.   Tenant shall have the right to bring into the Premises personal property which is leased from and/or financed by one or more third parties. Landlord shall execute a document prepared by

 

4



 

Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Landlord allowing entry by such third parties for purposes consistent with their rights and containing provisions to protect Landlord from liability related to any such entry.

 

10.                                PARKING.   Landlord grants to tenant and tenant’s customers, suppliers, employees and invitees, an exclusive license to use the designated parking areas in the Project for the parking of motor vehicles during the term of this lease.  At no time shall tenant and its agents and visitors use more than the maximum number of parking spaces shown in section 1 above.

 

11.                                UTILITIES.   Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, sewer, electricity, telephone and/or other service metered, chargeable or provided to the Premises.  Landlord reserves the right (i) to install separate meters for any such utility and to charge Tenant for the cost of such installation, or (ii) to pay the costs of such utilities and to treat the same as an “Expense” (subject to a right of Landlord to elect to require Tenant to pay its actual portion of such Expense in lieu of its percentage share).  In no event shall Landlord have any liability for, nor shall this Lease be terminable or Rent hereunder be abated by reason of, any interruption of utilities.

 

12.                                MAINTENANCE.   Landlord shall maintain, in good condition, the structural parts of the Premises, which shall include only the foundations, bearing and exterior walls (excluding glass), subflooring and roof (excluding skylights), the unexposed electrical, plumbing and sewerage systems, including without limitation, those portions of the systems lying outside the Premises, exterior doors (excluding glass), window frames, gutters and downspouts on the Building and the normal and customary heating, ventilating and air conditioning system servicing the Premises; provided, however, (a) the cost of all such maintenance shall be considered “Expenses” for purposes of Section 4.c, and (b) the cost of any work required due to damage caused by Tenant or its agents shall be paid by Tenant.  Except as provided above, Tenant shall maintain and repair the Premises in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, including, without limitation, maintaining and repairing all interior walls, floors, ceiling, interior doors, exterior and interior windows and fixtures as well as damage caused by Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees.  Further, Tenant shall make such alterations and improvements to the Premises as are required from time to time to cause the same to comply with Laws, to the extent attributable to the unique and specific use of the Premises by Tenant, but Tenant shall have no obligation to make improvements or alterations required by Laws of general applicability (such as building codes requiring earthquake reinforcement, compliance with Americans with Disabilities Act, or environmental conditions not created or caused by Tenant; any such work shall be accomplished in compliance with f Section 13 below.  Upon expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as existed at the commencement of the term, except for reasonable wear and tear or damage caused by fire or other casualty for which Landlord has received all funds necessary for restoration of the Premises from insurance proceeds.  In the event, Tenant desires to install an exhaust or HVAC system that is not normal and customary for office or warehouse use i.e. for clean rooms and/or any other form of manufacturing or warehouse purposes, Tenant shall be responsible to maintain such systems and to remove such systems at the termination of the Lease.

 

13.                                ALTERATIONS.   Tenant shall not make any alterations to the Project; with the exception that Tenant shall have the opportunity however not the obligation to repaint the exterior green and gray painting (stripes, doors, awnings, etc.) on the Project; Tenant permitted to paint stripes blue and/or white, and doors and awnings gray or white .  Tenant shall use the services of WB Painting together with the exact same coatings product(s) recently utilized by WB Painting for such work in order to maintain a consistent warranty of recent exterior painting completed on Building D-l.  Tenant may solicit other proposals from other painting contractors for such work including the utilization of the exact same coatings product(s) recently utilized by WB Painting in order to confirm the competiveness of the pricing of WB Painting, and WB Painting shall match the average price from two other bidders if the average is lower than WB Painting’s pricing,.  Landlord will assist in coordination of said stripe repainting.  Any and all warranty of such contemplated painting shall be assigned to the Landlord.  Tenant shall not make any alterations to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed but which may be issued subject to reasonable conditions.  If Landlord gives its consent to such alterations, Landlord may post notices in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.  Any alterations made shall remain on and be surrendered with the Premises upon expiration or termination of this Lease, except that Landlord may, within 30 days before or 30 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant’s right of possession, elect to require Tenant to remove any alterations which Tenant may have made to the Premises with the exception of painting.  If Landlord so elects, at its own cost Tenant shall restore the Premises to the condition designated by Landlord in its election, before the last day of the term or within 30 days after notice of its election is given, whichever is later.  Any request for Landlord’s consent to alterations shall be made at least thirty (30) days before any work is commenced and shall be accompanied by (i) detailed and costed plans and specifications for all alterations, and (ii) Tenant’s written agreement to provide, upon completion of work, a complete set of as-built plans and specifications.  Landlord may withhold consent, in its sole discretion, or may issue such consent subject to conditions.  All alterations shall be constructed only after obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent and only in conformity with all Laws.  The issuance of Landlord’s consent shall not be a waiver of nor any opinion regarding Tenant’s obligation to comply with all laws.  Should Landlord consent in writing to Tenant’s alteration of the Premises, Tenant shall contract with a contractor approved by Landlord for the construction of such alterations, shall secure all appropriate governmental approvals and permits, and shall complete such alterations with due diligence in compliance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord.  All such construction shall be performed in a manner which will not interfere with the quiet enjoyment of other tenants of the Project.  Tenant shall pay all costs for construction of alterations and shall keep this Lease, the Premises and the Project free and clear of all liens which may result from work by third parties authorized by Tenant.  If any such lien is filed and not removed within ten (10) days of written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, the same shall be an event of default hereunder.  It shall be a further event of default for Tenant to fail to remove such lien within ten (10) days of the filing thereof.

 

5



 

14.                                RELEASE AND INDEMNITY.   As material consideration to Landlord, Tenant agrees that Landlord and Landlord’s owners, officers and agents, and all employees and agents of the foregoing (collectively the “Protected Parties”) shall not be liable to Tenant for any damage to Tenant or Tenant’s property from any act or omission of other tenants of the Project, their agents and invitees, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord arising from its property from such other tenants, their agents and invitees.  Subject to Sections 15c and 26 below, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and all other Protected Parties harmless from all claims, losses, damages, causes of action, costs and expenses attributable to use by Tenant or its agents of the Premises and/or the Project or other properties of Landlord.

 

15.                                INSURANCE.

 

a.                                       Insurance by Tenant.   Tenant shall, during the Lease Term, procure at its expense and keep in force the following insurance:

 

(1)                                  Commercial general liability insurance naming the Landlord, Landlord’s Agents and the other Protected Parities as additional insured against any and all claims for bodily injury and property damage occurring in or about the Premises arising out of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.  Such insurance shall have a combined single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence with a Two Million Dollar ($2,000,000) aggregate limit and excess umbrella liability insurance in the amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).  If the Tenant has other locations that it owns or leases, the policy shall include an aggregate limit per location endorsement.  Such liability insurance shall be primary and not contributing to any insurance available to Landlord and Landlord’s insurance shall be in excess thereto.  In no event shall the limits of such insurance be considered as limiting the liability Tenant under this Lease.

 

(2)                                  Personal property insurance insuring (if not insured by Landlord’s insurance required in subsection 15.b below) all alterations, leasehold improvements, and fixtures installed by Tenant hereunder and all equipment, trade fixtures, inventory, s and personal property located on or in the Premises for perils covered by the causes of loss — special form (all risk) and in addition, coverage for flood, earthquake and boiler and machinery (if applicable).  Such insurance shall be written on a replacement cost basis in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement value of the aggregate of the foregoing.

 

(3)          Workers’ compensation insurance in accordance with statutory law and employers’ liability insurance with a limit of not less than $500,000.

 

(2)          Business interruption insurance covering at least 12 months of all charges hereunder.

 

(4)          Such other insurance as Landlord deems necessary and prudent or required by any of Landlord’s lenders or ground lessors.

 

The policies required to be maintained by Tenant shall be with companies rated AX or better in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance Reports.  Insurers shall be licensed to do business in the state in which the Premises are located and shall be domiciled in the USA.  Any deductible amounts under any insurance policies required hereunder shall be commercially reasonable to Tenant and no less in amount than the deductibles in effect on the Effective Date.  Certificates of insurance (certified copies of the policies may be required) shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date and annually thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the old policy.  Tenant shall have the right to provide insurance coverage which it is obligated to carry pursuant to the terms hereof in a blanket policy provided such blanket policy expressly affords coverage to the Premises and to Landlord as required by this Lease.  Each policy of insurance shall require notification to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to any cancellation or modification to reduce the insurance coverage.  In the event Tenant does not purchase and keep in force the insurance required by this Lease or provide evidence of the same, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase such insurance or some part of it and pay the premium.  Tenant shall repay to Landlord, as additional rent, the amount so paid promptly upon demand.  In addition, Landlord may recover from Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay, as additional rent, any and all reasonable expenses (including attorney’s fees) and damages which Landlord may sustain by reason of the failure of Tenant to obtain and maintain such insurance.

 

b.               Landlord Insurance.   Landlord shall obtain and keep in full force and effect during the term a standard fire insurance policy with an extended coverage endorsement insuring the Premises in an amount equal to the full replacement cost of the Premises, the cost of which shall be an Expense for purposes of Section 4.c.

 

c.                                        Subrogation.   Without limiting the effect of any other waiver of or limitation on the liability of Landlord set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby each waive their respective rights of recovery against the other for any loss of, or damage to, the property of the waiving party, to the extent that such loss or damage is insured by an insurance policy required by this Lease to be in effect at the time of such loss or damage, or, if greater insurance is in effect, then to the extent of such greater insurance.  Each party shall obtain any special endorsements, if required by its insurer, whereby the insurer waives its rights of subrogation against the other party.

 

16.                                DESTRUCTION.   If the Premises or Project is more than 40% destroyed (based upon replacement cost) by any casualty or rendered inaccessible or unusable by any casualty, or if more than 25% of the Premises is destroyed during the last 12 months of the term of this Lease, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, terminate this Lease by delivery of notice to Tenant within 30 days of such event without compensation to Tenant.  If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease, and if, in Landlord’s estimation, the Premises cannot be restored

 

6



 

within 180 days following such destruction, the Landlord shall notify Tenant and Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivery of notice to Landlord within 30 days of receipt of Landlord’s notice.  If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to the foregoing provision, then Landlord shall commence to restore the Premises (exclusive of any leasehold improvements or alterations installed by Tenant) in compliance with then existing laws and shall complete such restoration with due diligence.  In such event, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, but there shall be an abatement of Base Monthly Rent between the date of destruction and the date of completion of restoration, based on the extent to which destruction interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises; provided, there shall be no abatement to the extent such damage is the result of Tenant’s gross negligence or intentional wrongdoing.  Tenant shall not to be entitled to any damages or compensation from Landlord for loss of use or any inconvenience occasioned by damage or any repair or restoration.

 

17.                                CONDEMNATION.

 

a.                                       Definitions.   The following definitions shall apply.  (1) “Condemnation” means (a) the exercise of any governmental power of eminent domain, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise by a Condemnor, and (b) the voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any condemnor either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are proceeding; (2) “Date of Taking” means the date the condemnor has the right to possession of the property being condemned; (3) “Award” means all compensation, sums or anything of value awarded, paid or received on a total or partial Condemnation; and (4) “Condemnor” means any public or quasi-public authority, or private corporation or individual, having a power of Condemnation.

 

b.                                       Total or Partial Taking.   If during the term of the Lease there is any taking of all or any Part of the Premises or the Project, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be determined pursuant to this Lease.  If the Premises are totally taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall terminate on the Date of Taking.  If any portion of the Premises is taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the Date of Taking, but shall in all other respects remain in effect, except that Tenant can elect to terminate this Lease if the remaining portion of the Premises is rendered unsuitable for Tenant’s continued use of the Premises.  If Tenant elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant must exercise its right to terminate by giving notice to Landlord within 30 days after the nature and extent of the Condemnation have been finally determined.  If Tenant elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall also notify Landlord of the date of termination, which date shall not be earlier than 30 days nor later than 90 days after Tenant has notified Landlord of its election to terminate; except that this Lease shall terminate on the Date of Taking if the Date of Taking falls on a date before the date of termination as designed by Tenant.  If any portion of the Premises is taken by Condemnation and this Lease remains in full force and effect, on the Date of Taking the Base Monthly Rent shall be reduced by an amount in the same ratio as the total number of square feet in the Premises taken bears to the total number of square feet in the Premises immediately before the Date of Taking.

 

c.                                        Landlord’s Election.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Project or any portion thereof is taken by Condemnation and the portion taken does not, in Landlord’s sole judgment, feasibly permit the continuation of the operation of the Premises by Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice given within thirty (30) days following the Date of Taking.

 

d.                                       Award.   The entire award shall be payable to and belong to Landlord.  Tenant shall have no right to participate in the Condemnation proceedings nor to claim all or any portion of the Award; provided this shall not limit Tenant’s right to seek and to receive compensation for relocation expenses or the value of its unattached personal property taken, so long as receipt of such compensation does not decrease the Award otherwise payable to Landlord.

 

18 (A).            ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE.   Tenant shall not assign or encumber its interest in this Lease or the Premises or sublease all or any part of the Premises or allow any other person or entity (except Tenant’s authorized representatives, employees, invitees, or guests) to occupy or use all or any part of the Premises without first obtaining Landlord’s consent which Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion.  If Tenant is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company, tenancy in common or other group or entity, a withdrawal or change (voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of any owner of an interest in Tenant, or the sale or transfer of any such interest, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment.  Further, any dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, or sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant shall be deemed a voluntary assignment.  The preceding restriction on transfer of ownership interests shall not apply to sales of stock in corporations the stock of which is traded through an exchange or over the counter.  All rent received by Tenant from its subtenants in excess of the rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease (allocated on a square footage basis in cases of partial subleasing) shall be paid to Landlord, and any sums to be paid by an assignee to Tenant in consideration of the assignment of this Lease shall be paid to Landlord.  If Tenant requests Landlord to consent to a proposed assignment or subletting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, whether or not consent is ultimately given, $500 or Landlord’s reasonable attomeys’ fees incurred in connection with such request, whichever is greater.  No interest of Tenant in this Lease shall be assignable by involuntary assignment through operation of law (including without limitation the transfer of this Lease by testacy or intestacy).  Each of the following acts shall be considered an involuntary assignment: (a) If Tenant is or becomes bankrupt or insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or institutes proceedings under the Bankruptcy Act in which Tenant is the bankrupt; or if Tenant is a partnership or consists of more than one person or entity, if any partner of the partnership or other person or entity is or becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (b) if a writ of attachment or execution is levied on this Lease; or (c) if in any proceeding or action to which Tenant is a party, a receiver is appointed with authority to take possession of the Premises.  An involuntary assignment shall constitute a default by Tenant and Landlord shall have the right to elect to terminate this Lease, in which case this Lease shall not be treated as an asset of Tenant.  Any assignment, sublease or encumbrance without the prior written consent of Landlord shall be void, and, at the election of Landlord, shall be a default.  No consent by Landlord to any assignment, sublease or encumbrance shall be a waiver of the requirement to obtain such consent with respect to any

 

7



 

other or later assignment, sublease or encumbrance.  Acceptance of rent or other performance by Landlord following an assignment, sublease or encumbrance, whether or not Landlord has knowledge of such assignment, sublease or encumbrance, shall not constitute consent to the same nor a waiver of the requirement to obtain consent to the same.  No assignment, sublease or encumbrance, with or without the prior written consent of Landlord, shall release Tenant from full and primary liability hereunder

 

18. (B).         SUBLEASING.   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 18.A above, Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its prior written consent to a sublease (but may impose reasonable conditions) if the following requirements are met :

 

(i.)                Such prior written consent is properly requested.

 

(ii.)             Tenant supplies such information regarding the proposed sublease and proposed subtenant as Landlord may request.

 

(iii.)          Tenant is not in default during the time period from the date consent is requested through the date consent is granted.

 

(iv.)         Tenant demonstrates that subtenant is capable of performing any and all obligations under the sublease, this Lease, and otherwise regarding the Premises.

 

(v).            Tenant and the subtenant execute and deliver an agreement prepared by Landlord which will include among others, provisions confirming the continuing obligation of Tenant and confirming that the subtenant will be bound by all provisions of this Lease.

 

(vi)            The subtenant provides insurance and proof of insurance as required hereunder.

 

18.(C)               CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 18.(A) above, Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its prior written consent to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease) to an entity directly or indirectly acquiring all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization, or otherwise (the “Affiliate Assignee”) if the following requirements are met:

 

(i.)           The requirements described in Section 18.(B) shall be met (with the term “subtenant” read as “Affiliate Assignee” and the term “sublease” read as “assignment”)(except that references to a lesser interest in the Premises and Project shall not apply).

 

(ii.)        If the net worth of the acquiring or surviving entity, determined in accordance with GAAP, shall be no less than the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such transactions.

 

19.                                DEFAULT.   The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default by Tenant:

 

(a)                                  A failure to pay rent or other charge when due or to pay any payment to a third party when and as required hereunder; provided, however, a failure by Tenant to pay rent or other charge to Landlord or a third party shall not be a default unless and until Landlord shall have given written notice of such failure to Tenant and Tenant shall not have cured such failure within ten days of the date that Landlord’s notice is deemed communicated pursuant to Section 23 of the Lease; provided further, however, Landlord need only give two (2) such written notices of default with respect to payments due in any calendar year, and any subsequent failure to pay rent or other charge due in the same calendar year shall be an event of default if the same is not paid as and when due without the need for any such written notice and opportunity to cure; or

 

(b)                                  Failure to perform any other provision of this Lease as and when such performance is first due hereunder; provided, however, such failure shall not be a “default” unless Tenant does not cure such failure within twenty (20) days following written notice of such failure from Landlord; and provided further, Landlord shall extend such twenty (20) day period by the number of days reasonably determined by Landlord to be necessary to complete cure if Tenant provides written request for extension within the 20 days accompanied by (x) proof that Tenant has diligently commenced cure within the twenty (20) days, and (y) a schedule of further efforts by Tenant which will result in cure by the earliest date reasonably possible; and provided further, that in an emergency situation where Landlord’s material interests reasonably will be adversely affected by the passage of such twenty (20) day period, then Landlord need give only such notice as is reasonable under the circumstances.

 

For purposes of this Lease, if Landlord is prevented from giving written notice of such failure by law or court order, a default shall be deemed to have occurred if Tenant fails to perform any obligation hereunder and such failure continues for the applicable cure period above, calculated from the first day of such failure; such notice shall be conclusively deemed given on the first day of such failure.

 

20.                                LANDLORD’S REMEDIES.

 

a.                                       Landlord shall have the following remedies if Tenant is in default.  These remedies are not exclusive; they are cumulative and in addition to any remedies now or later allowed by law.  Landlord may terminate this Lease and/or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time.  No act by Landlord other than

 

8



 

giving notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease.  Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of this Lease.  Upon termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord has the right to recover from Tenant: (1) The worth of the unpaid rent that had been earned at the time of such termination; (2) The worth of the amount of the unpaid rent that would have been earned after the date of such termination; and (3) reasonable costs of reletting, including court, attorney and collection costs, “The Worth” as used for Item 200) is to be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate.  “The Worth” as used for Item 20(2) is to be computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of termination of Tenant’s right of possession.

 

b.                                       All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent.  If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money owed to any party other than Landlord, for which it is liable hereunder, or if Tenant shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving such default or any other right or remedy, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such other act to be made or performed by Tenant.  All sums so paid by Landlord, and all necessary incidental costs, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date of expenditure by Landlord, shall be payable to Landlord on demand.

 

21,                                ENTRY ON PREMISES.   Landlord and its authorized representatives shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times (and at any time in case of an emergency) for any of the following purposes: (a) to determine whether the Premises are in good condition and whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Lease; (b) to do any necessary maintenance and to make any restoration to the Premises or the Project that Landlord has the right or obligation to perform; (c) to post “for sale” signs at any time during the term, to post “for rent” or “for lease” signs during the last 90 days of the term, or during any period while Tenant is in default; (d) to show the Premises to prospective brokers, agents, buyers, tenants or persons interested in leasing or purchasing the Premises, at any time during the term; or (e) to repair, maintain or improve the Project and to erect scaffolding and protective barricades around and about the Premises and to do any other act or thing necessary for the operation, safety or preservation of the Premises or the Project.  Landlord shall not be liable in any manner for any inconvenience, disturbance, loss of business, nuisance or other damage arising out of Landlord’s entry onto the Premises as provided in this Section 21.  Tenant shall not be entitled to an abatement or reduction of rent if Landlord exercises any rights reserved in this Section 21.  Landlord shall conduct its activities on the Premises as provided herein in a manner that will avoid unreasonable unnecessary disturbance to Tenant.  For each of these purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes.  Tenants shall not alter any lock or install a new or additional lock or bolt on any door of the Premises without prior written consent of Landlord.  If Landlord gives its consent, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a key for any such lock.

 

22.                                SUBORDINATION.   Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to (a) all ground leases or underlying leases which may now exist or hereafter be executed affecting the Project, and (b) the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust which may now exist or hereafter be executed in any amount for which the Project, ground leases or underlying leases, or Landlord’s interest or estate in any of said items is specified as security.  In the event that any ground lease or underlying lease terminates for any reason or any mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall, notwithstanding any subordination, attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor in interest to Landlord, at the option of such successor in interest.  Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord any additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Lease with respect to any such ground lease or underlying leases or the lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust.  Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as attorney-in-fact of Tenant to execute, deliver and record any such document in the name and on behalf of Tenant.  Tenant, within ten days from notice from Landlord, shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in recordable form, certificates stating that this Lease is not in default, is unmodified and in full force and effect, or in full force and effect as modified, and stating the modifications.  This certificate should also state the amount of current monthly rent, the dates to which rent has been paid in advance, the amount of any security deposit and prepaid rent, and such other matters as Landlord may request.  Failure to deliver this certificate to Landlord within ten days shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified except as may be represented by Landlord.  In addition, in connection with any sale or financing involving the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within twenty (20) days of request by Landlord, a current financial statement of Tenant and of each guarantor.

 

23.                                NOTICE.   Any notice, demand, request, consent, approval or communication desired by either party or required to be given, shall be in writing and either hand delivered or sent by prepaid certified first class mail, addressed as set forth in Section 1.  Either party may change its address by notification to the other party.  Notice shall be deemed to be communicated 48 hours from the time of such mailing, or upon the time of hand delivery as provided in this Section 23.

 

24.                                WAIVER.   No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy by Landlord shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver.  No act or conduct of Landlord, including without limitation, acceptance of the keys to the Premises, shall constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant before the expiration of the term.  Only written notice from Landlord to Tenant shall constitute acceptance of the surrender of the Premises and accomplish termination of the Lease.  Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.  Any waiver by Landlord of any default must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other default concerning the same or any other provision of the Lease.

 

9


 

25.                                SURRENDER OF PREMISES; HOLDING OVER.   Upon expiration of the term or the termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord the Premises and all improvements and alterations (except alterations which this Lease grants to Tenant the right or obligation to remove) in good condition, except for ordinary wear and tear.  Tenant shall remove all personal property including, without limitation, all wallpaper, paneling and other decorative improvements or fixtures and shall perform all restoration made necessary by the removal of any alterations or Tenant’s personal property before the expiration of the term, including for example, restoring all wall surfaces to their condition prior to the commencement of this Lease.  Landlord can elect to retain or dispose of in any manner Tenant’s personal property not removed from the Premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the term.  Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damage to Tenant resulting from Landlord’s retention or disposition of Tenant’s personal property.  Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for Landlord’s costs for storage, removal or disposal of Tenant’s personal property.  If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration of the term, or upon the termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of possession, (a) Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance at the base rental rate of 125% of the last rental rate hereunder and otherwise on the terms set forth herein, and (b) Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all resulting loss or liability, including without limitation, any claim made by any succeeding Tenant founded on or resulting from such failure.

 

26.                                LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.   In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant agrees that, as between Landlord and Tenant, regarding any claim against Landlord and/or any other Protected Party, including in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default by Landlord under this Lease, and in connection with any other claim or cause of action arising under this Lease or arising out of the Landlord/Tenant relationship, or arising out of the use by Tenant of the Premises, then: (a) the sole and exclusive remedy of Tenant shall be against the interest of Landlord in the Project, and neither Landlord nor any other Protected Party shall have any other liability whatsoever; and (b) if Landlord is a partnership corporation, trust, limited liability company, tenancy in common or other group or entity, no recourse shall be had to any owner of Landlord or other assets of any such owner; provided, however, nothing in this Lease shall preclude Tenant from seeking or obtaining contribution, equitable apportionment or other similar remedy from Landlord or any Protected Party for liabilities (such as environmental liabilities not caused or created by Tenant) imposed by Laws or claimed to be owed initially by Tenant to a third party for which Landlord or such Protected Party otherwise is or would be liable.  The covenants contained in this Section 26 are enforceable both by Landlord and also by any other Protected Party.  Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing provisions shall be applicable to any and all liabilities, claims and causes of action whatsoever, including those based on any provision of this Lease, any implied covenant, and/or any statute or common law principle.  Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default of any obligation with respect to this Lease unless and until Tenant shall have given written notice of a failure by Landlord under this Lease to Landlord and also to any secured lender of the Project and such failure is not cured by Landlord or any such lender within sixty (60) days following the giving of such written notice; provided, however, such 60-day period shall be extended so long as Landlord commences cure of any such failure within such 60-day period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, in no event whatsoever shall Landlord be responsible to Tenant for any consequential or incidental damages.

 

27.                                MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

a.                                       Time of Essence.   Time is of the essence of each provision of this Lease.

 

b.                                       Successor.   This Lease shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors, except as provided in Section 18 herein.

 

c.                                        Landlord’s Consent.   Any consent required by Landlord under this Lease shall be valid only if granted in writing.

 

d.                                       Commissions.   Each party represents that it has not had dealings with any real estate broker, finder or other person with respect to this Lease in any mannere.

 

e.                                        Other Charges.   If Landlord becomes a party to any litigation concerning this Lease, the Premises or the Project, by reason of any act or omission of Tenant or any agent, guest or invitee of Tenant, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all attorney’s fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such litigation, to the extent attributable to the actions, omissions or obligations of Tenant hereunder, including those incurred at and in preparation for arbitration, trial, appeal or review; this provision shall also apply to all litigation and other proceedings in bankruptcy court, including litigation or proceedings involving issues unique to bankruptcy law.  In the event of litigation between Tenant and Landlord and/or any other Protected Party, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all costs and attorney’s fees incurred both at and in preparation for arbitration, trial and any appeal or review; this provision shall also apply to all litigation and proceedings in bankruptcy court, including litigation or proceedings involving issues unique to bankruptcy law.  If Landlord employs a collection agency to recover delinquent charges, Tenant agrees to pay all collection agency and attorneys’ fees charged to Landlord in addition to rent, late charges, interest and other sums payable under this Lease.

 

f.                                         Landlord’s Successors .  In the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Project or a portion thereof including the Premises, or of Landlord’s interest in the foregoing, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any liability under this Lease attributable to the actions, omissions or obligations of Tenant hereunder, and in such event Landlord’s successor in interest shall be solely responsible for all obligations of Landlord under this Lease.

 

g.                                        Interpretation .  This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.  This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect

 

10



 

to the Premises and the Project, except for such guarantees or modifications as may be executed in writing by parties from time to time.  When required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural, and the masculine shall include the feminine and/or neuter.  “Party” shall mean Landlord or Tenant.  If more than one person or entity constitutes Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several.  The enforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision shall not render the other provisions unenforceable, invalid or illegal.

 

h.                                       Third Parties .  The Protected Parties shall have the right to enforce the provisions of this Lease which reference them.  Except for the foregoing, there are no third parties benefited hereby, this Lease being intended solely for the benefit of Landlord and Tenant.

 

i.                                           Survival .  The release and indemnity covenants of Tenant, the right of Landlord to enforce its remedies hereunder, the attorney’s fees provisions hereof, the provisions of Section 26 hereof, as well as all provisions of this Lease which contemplate performance after the expiration or termination hereof or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession hereunder, shall survive any such expiration or termination.

 

j.                                          Indoor Air Quality .  Tenant acknowledges that construction (either initial construction or remodeling) by Landlord in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project, and other operations in the Project, may involve processes or materials which have a temporary adverse effect on indoor air quality; accordingly, Tenant (1) shall follow directives of Landlord and its agents related to ventilation, occupancy of the Premises, and other steps related to indoor air quality, and (2) except as otherwise provided in this Lease, hereby waives any claims related to such effects, including claims for damages, breach of quiet enjoyment, and/or constructive eviction.

 

k.                                       Security .  Tenant specifically acknowledge that Landlord has no duty to provide security for any portion of the Project, including, without limitation, the Premises or the common areas, and Tenant has assumed sole responsibility and liability for the security of itself, its employees, customers and invitees and their respective property in, on or about the Project.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that to the extent Landlord elects to provide any security, Landlord is not warranting the effectiveness of any such security personnel, services, procedures or equipment and that Tenant is not relying and shall not hereafter rely on any such personnel, services, procedures or equipment.  Landlord shall not be responsible or liable in any manner for failure of any such security personnel, services, procedures or equipment to prevent or control, or to apprehend anyone suspected of, personal injury or property damage in, on or around the Project

 

l.                                           Zoning Disclaimer .  This Agreement will not allow use of the Project described in this Agreement in violation of applicable land use laws and regulations.  Before signing or accepting this Agreement, the person acquiring lease-hold to the Project should check with the appropriate City or County planning department to verify approved uses.

 

28.                                HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.

 

a.                                       Storage and Use .  Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not bring onto the Project or into the Premises any Hazardous Substances (as defined below).  Tenant shall request the prior written consent of Landlord before bringing any such Hazardous Substances into the Project, specifying the types and amounts of Hazardous Substances involved.  Landlord shall have the right to withhold its consent, except that Landlord shall not withhold its consent with regard to Hazardous Substances routinely required for the operation of Tenant’s business (as specified herein) in quantities customarily kept on hand in such businesses.  If any such Hazardous Substances are brought onto the Project, the same shall be used and stored by Tenant in compliance with all Laws and in accordance with any conditions imposed by Landlord.

 

b.                                       Disposal of Waste .  Tenant shall not keep any trash, garbage, waste or other refuse on the Premises except in sanitary containers and shall regularly and frequently remove same from the Premises.  Tenant shall keep all containers or other equipment used for the storage or disposal of such materials in a clean and sanitary condition.  Tenant shall properly dispose of all sanitary sewage and shall not use the sewage system for the disposal of anything except sanitary sewage nor in excess of the amount reasonably contemplated by the uses permitted under this Lease.  Tenant shall keep the sewage disposal system free of all obstructions and in good operating condition.

 

c.                                        Compliance with Law .  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall comply with all Laws in its use of the Premises, and in particular Laws relating to Hazardous Substances.  Tenant shall immediately and entirely clean up any contamination caused by Hazardous Substances brought onto the Project by Tenant.

 

d.                                       Indemnification.   Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, the other Protected Parties, the Premises, the Project, any ground lessor, and any lender holding a security interest in the Project, from and against all claims, causes of action, losses, damages, costs, response costs and expenses, liabilities, and other expenses caused by, arising out of, or in connection with, the generation, release, handling, storage, discharge, transportation, deposit or disposal in, on under or about the Premises or the Project by Tenant or any of its agents of the following (collectively referred to as “Hazardous Substances”): hazardous materials, hazardous substances, ultrahazardous materials, toxic wastes, toxic substances, pollutants, radioactive materials, petroleum products, underground tanks, oils, pollution, asbestos, PCB’s, materials, or contaminants, as those terms are commonly used or as defined by any present or future federal, state, and/or local law or regulation related to protection of health or the environment, including but not limited to, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) (42 U.S.C. (6901 et. seq.); the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) (42 U.S.C. (9601, et. seq.); the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. (2601, et. seq.); the Clean Water Act (33

 

11



 

U.S.C. (1251, et. seq.); the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. (7401 et. seq.); amendments to the foregoing; and/or any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such damages, costs, liabilities, and expenses shall include such as are finally assessed by any regulating and/or administering agency, or incurred by any ground lessor or master lessor of the Project, the holder of any Mortgage or Dead of Trust on the Project, and/or any successor of the Landlord named herein.  This indemnity shall include (a) claims of third parties, including governmental agencies, for damages, fines, penalties, response costs, monitoring costs, injunctive or other relief; (b) the costs, expenses or losses resulting from any injunctive relief, including preliminary or temporary injunctive relief; (c) the expenses, including fees of attorneys and experts, of reporting the existence of Hazardous Substances to any governmental agency as required by applicable laws and regulations; and (d) any and all expenses or obligations, including attorney’s and paralegal fees, incurred at, before and after any trial or appeal therefrom or review thereof, or an administrative proceeding or appeal therefrom or review thereof, whether or not taxable as costs, including, without limitation, attorney’s fees, paralegal fees, witness fees (expert and otherwise), deposition costs, photocopying and telephone charges and other expenses related to the foregoing, all of which shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord when such expenses are accrued.  This indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Lease or the termination of Tenant’s right of possession and be fully enforceable thereafter.  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall have no liability for any Hazardous Substances on, about, under or proximate to the Premises, Project or the Project that were not created by or brought onto the Project by Tenant, its agents or invitees.

 

e.                                        Information.   Tenant shall provide Landlord with any and all information regarding Hazardous Substances in the Premises, including contemporaneous copies of all filings and reports to governmental entities, and any other information requested by Landlord.  In the event of any accident, spill or other incident involving Hazardous Substances, Tenant shall immediately report the same to Landlord and supply Landlord with all information and reports with respect to the same.  All information described herein shall be provided to Landlord regardless of any claim by Tenant that it is confidential or privileged.

 

29.                                WORK LETTER.   Attached hereto as Exhibit D is the work letter governing preparation of the Premises for occupancy hereunder.

 

30.                                OPTION TO EXTEND THE TERM.

 

a.                                       Option.   Tenant shall have the option to extend the term of the Lease for up to two (2) consecutive additional five (5) year periods, commencing on the day following the Expiration Date of the initial term or the first extension term, as the case may be (“Extended Term”), upon the same terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, except that the Base Monthly Rent for the Extended Term shall be as determined pursuant to this Section 30.  Tenant’s option to extend the term of the Lease may be exercised only by Tenant delivering to Landlord written notice of such exercise (“Exercise Notice”) no later than two hundred seventy (270) days prior to the Expiration Date of the initial term or of the first Extended Term, as the case may be, and once given, such Exercise Notice shall be irrevocable.

 

b.                                       Rent During Extended Term .  If Tenant exercises its option to extend the term pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 30.a., then the Base Monthly Rent for the Extended Term shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market rental value of the Premises (“Market Rent”), as defined below; provided, however, that the Base Monthly Rent for the first year of the Extended Term shall not be less than the Base Monthly Rent in effect during the last lease year of the expiring initial term or first Extended Term, as the case may be, and Base Monthly Rent for the first year of the first Extended Term shall not be increased by more than eighteen percent (18%) of the Base Monthly Rent in effect during the last lease year of the expiring initial term.  There are no limits to an increase in Base Monthly Rent for the first year of the second Extended Term.

 

c.                                        Market Rent.  The term “Market Rent” shall mean the going market rental as of the date of the commencement of the Extended Term for similar space in the area where the Premises are located, taking into consideration the location, size and condition of the Premises, the existing improvements to the Premises, and the permitted uses of the Premises for a tenant proposing to sign a five (5) year lease.  The “Market Rent” shall be expressed as an amount of Base Monthly Rent for the first year of such Extended Term which shall then be increased by a 1.8% factor each 12 months during the Extended Term in the same manner as provided in Section 1 of this Lease on each anniversary of the commencement of the Extended Term.

 

(1)          Negotiation .  Commencing from the date that notice of Tenant’s exercise of the option to extend the term is delivered to Landlord, and continuing thereafter for thirty (30) days (“Negotiation Period”), the parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree upon the Market Rent.  If the parties are unable to agree on the Market Rent prior to the expiration of the Negotiation Period, the matter shall be submitted into appraisal pursuant to terms and conditions set forth below.

 

(2)          Appraisal .

 

(a)          Two Appraisers .  Within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the Negotiation Period, each party, at its own cost and by giving written notice to the other party, shall appoint an independent real estate appraiser who has not previously worked directly or indirectly with either party during the prior five year period, with a membership in the Appraisal Institute and at least five (5) years’ full-time commercial appraisal experience in the area where the Premises is located, to appraise and determine the Market Rent (i.e., the rate to be in effect for the first year of the Extended Term and then to be adjusted annually as provided above).  If, in the time provided, only one (1) party shall give written notice of appointment of an appraiser, the single appraiser appointed shall determine the Market Rent.  If two (2) appraisers are appointed by the parties, the two (2) appraisers shall independently, and without consultation, prepare an appraisal of the Market Rent within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the fifteen (15) day period following expiration of the Negotiation Period.  Each appraiser shall seal

 

12



 

its respective appraisal after completion.  After both appraisals are completed, the resulting appraisals of the Market Rent shall be opened and compared.  If the value of the appraisals differ by no more than ten percent (10%) of the value of the higher appraisal, then the Market Rent shall be the average of the two (2) appraisals.

 

(b)          Three Appraisers .   If the values of the appraisals differ by more than ten percent (10%) of the value of the higher appraisal, then within ten (10) days after the date the appraisals are compared, the two (2) appraisers selected by the parties shall appoint a third similarly qualified appraiser.  If the two (2) appraisers fail to so select a third appraiser, a third similarly qualified appraiser shall be appointed at the request of either Landlord or Tenant by the then presiding judge of the lowest state court of general jurisdiction within the county in which the Premises is located.  The third appraiser shall then issue his or her appraisal of Market Rent within thirty (30) days after appointment.  The Market Rent conclusively shall be the average of the two appraisals closest to each other.

 

(3)          Costs .  Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of their own appraiser, and fifty percent (50%) of the fees and expenses of, and the cost of appointing, the third appraiser.

 

(4)          Criteria.   Subject to the criteria set forth above, the Market Rent shall be determined using the “market comparison approach” (i.e., by reference to the rental rates of comparable properties in reasonable proximity to the Premises, adjusted for differences), and shall exclude the value of the alterations and improvements made by Tenant, including the office improvements, clean rooms, and Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment and personal property.  The appraisers shall use their best efforts to fairly and reasonably appraise and determine the Market Rent in accordance with the terms of the Lease, and shall not act as advocates for either Landlord or Tenant.

 

(5)          Limitation on Appraisers’ Authority.   The appraisers shall have no power to modify the provisions of this Lease, and their sole function shall be to determine the Market Rent in accordance with this Section.

 

d.                                       Contingency Procedure.   If, for any reason, the Base Monthly Rent to be paid during the Extended Term is not determined prior to the first day of the Extended Term, this Lease shall nevertheless remain in effect, and during the interim period until such rental rate is finally determined, Tenant shall pay Base Monthly Rent in an amount equal to the amount which was scheduled to be paid for the final full month of the initial term.  Any accrued payment shortage or overage, together with interest at the prime rate of interest on unpaid amounts from the applicable dates, shall be paid within ten days of the determination of the new rental rate.

 

e.                                        Personal Nature of Option.   The options to extend this Lease are personal to Tenant and may not be assigned by Tenant, either separately or in connection with an assignment of this Lease except as part of an assignment of this Lease in accordance with section 18c above.  Except as noted in the preceding sentence, upon any assignment of this Lease, the right to exercise the options to extend shall terminate.  The right to exercise the options to extend shall also terminate upon the termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of possession and the option to extend may not be exercised at any time that Tenant is in default; provided, if the option to extend shall have been exercised prior to a termination for default, then the calculation of damages upon such termination shall include damages with respect to the Extended Term.

 

f.                                         Amendment to Lease.   If Tenant exercises the option to extend this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver an amendment to this Lease setting forth such fact and the amount of Base Monthly Rent payable during the Extended Term.  At that time, Tenant and Landlord shall adjust the security deposit to equal the same respective percentages of the then calculated last month’s Base Monthly Rent as was previously in effect.

 

31.                                QUIET ENJOYMENT.   Upon Tenant paying the rent reserved hereunder and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all provisions of this Lease.

 

13



 

EXHIBIT D

 

WORK LETTER — TENANT IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE/REIMBURSEMENT

 

THIS WORK LETTER is a part of that certain Lease dated  May 21, 2013 by and between the undersigned Landlord and the undersigned Tenant. The capitalized, defined terms used in the Lease shall have the same meanings when used herein. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Work Letter and those of the Lease, the provisions of this Work Letter shall govern the rights of the parties; provided, however, nothing contained in this Work Letter shall diminish the protections afforded to Landlord pursuant to Sections 14 and 26 of the Lease.

 

1.                                       Construction Provisions.

 

1.1                                Building Shell.   The Building shell and improvements are fully completed.  Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises with the Building shell and improvements in their present “AS IS” condition.  The tenant improvements if any are to be installed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s cost and such tenant improvements shall be designed and constructed as set forth below by the Tenant.

 

1.2                                Plans and Specifications.   —Landlord shall provide full set of detailed construction drawings as the Landlord may have on-hand to Tenant no later than the date this agreement is executed.

 

1.2.1                      Final Plans and Specifications.   In the event Tenant desires to modify the Premises Tenant shall submit to the Landlord Tenants plans; however in not event shall such Plans diminish the amount of total office square footage of 7,205 sqft nor reduce the rent calculated in Section 1 above.

 

1.2.2                      Changes.   All Tenant Improvement Work to be completed by Tenant Premises is delivered AS-IS.

 

1.2.3                      Exterior Striping of Building.   Tenant shall have the opportunity however not the obligation to repaint the exterior green and gray painting (stripes, doors, awnings, etc.) on the Project; Tenant permitted to paint stripes blue and/or white, and doors and awnings gray or white .  Tenant shall use the services of WB Painting together with the exact same coatings product(s) recently utilized by WB Painting for such work in order to maintain a consistent warranty of recent exterior painting completed on Building D-1.  Tenant may solicit other proposals from other painting contractors for such work including the utilization of the exact same coatings product(s) recently utilized by WB Painting in order to confirm the competiveness of the pricing of WB Painting, and WB Painting shall match the average price from two other bidders if the average is lower than WB Painting’s pricing,.  Landlord will assist in coordination of said stripe repainting.

 

1.3                                Construction Obligation.   All Tenant Improvement Work to be completed by Tenant.  Premises delivered AS-IS.

 

1.4                                Timing and Delays.

 

1.4.1                      Target Substantial Completion Date.   Premises delivered to Tenant AS-IS on May 13, 2013 broom cleaned.

 

1.4.2                      Delays.   Not Applicable

 

1.4.3                      Remedies for Landlord Delay.   In the event, Landlord is unable to deliver the Premises by May 14, 2013 due to circumstances beyond Landlord’s control, Landlord shall not be deemed in default nor shall the Lease terminate; in such event, the Commencement Date shall be adjusted accordingly to the time of delivery to Tenant however in no event shall any delay be extended beyond sixty (60) days following May 13, 2013.

 

1.5                                Completion and Inspection.   Not Applicable — Premises delivered AS-IS

 

1.5.1                      Substantial Completion Date.   Premises are fully completed delivered AS-IS

 

1.5.2                      Inspection and Creation of Punch list.   Not Applicable — Premises delivered AS-IS

 

1.5.3                      Performance of Punch list Work; Final Completion.   All work by Landlord is fully complete.  Premises delivered AS-IS.

 

1.5.4                      Estoppel Certificate.   Upon request by Landlord made from time to time Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an Estoppel Certificate; noting that the Lease is in full force and effect.

 

1.6                                Costs.

 

1.6.1                      Definition.   The term “Costs” means and includes all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, including but not limited to the costs of labor, materials, permits and fees, general conditions, architect fees, development fees, attorneys fees, other professional fees, profit, and construction management expenses.

 

1.6.2                      Reimbursement of Costs.   Landlord shall reimburse Tenant the amount of Three Dollars and 50/100 ($3.50) per sqft calculated on the shell square footage of 9,350 sqft for a total amount of Thirty Two Thousand Seven Hundred Twenty Five Dollars and no/100 ($32,725.00) plus the amount of Eight Thousand One

 

14



 

TENANT : nLIGHT Photonics, Corp; a Delaware Corporation

 

LANDLORD : Aspen Hinton, LLC

 

 

 

/s/ David Schaezler

 

/s/ Mark Hinton

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Daniel Schaezler

 

By:

Mark Hinton

Its:

CFO

 

Its:

Member Manager

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A — Premises, Parking Map

 

 

 

A-1 Premises

 

 

 

B — Project

 

 

 

C — Signs

 

 

D — Work Letter, Exhibit E Rules and Regulations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant’s Notary

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON

)

 

 

 

)     ss.

 

 

 

County of Clark

)

 

 

 

 

On this 21 st   day of  May, 2013 before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the state of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared David Schaezler, known to be the CFO  of  nLIGHT Photonics Corporation  the corporation that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of that corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the instrument on behalf of the corporation.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

             /s/ Stephanie Ann Leach

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC for the State of Washington

 

 

My Commission Expires:  May 14, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

Landlord’s Notary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF WASHINTON

)

 

 

 

 

)     ss.

 

 

 

County of Clark

)

 

 

 

 

On this  22  day of  May, 2013 before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the state of Washington, duly commissioned sworn, personally appeared  Mark Hinton  known to be the  MEMBER MANAGER  of  ASPEN HINTON, LLC, the Limited Liability Company that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of that Limited Liability Company for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the instrument on behalf of the Limited Liability Company.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

             /s/ Robert Hinton

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC for the State of Washington

 

 

My Commission Expires:  5/3/14

 

15



 

Hundred Eight Dollars ($8,108) to be utilized in the construction of the Demising wall between Bay l and Bay 2; such Demising wall, shall be constructed with minimum of 18 gauge full length steel studs, sheet rocked and fired taped on both sides from slap to under structure with R19 batt insulation (full height and width of the demising wall) such amount shall be reimbursed to Tenant upon notice provided to Landlord and after thirty (30) days of occupancy by Tenant of the Premises.  Tenant shall have utilized such funds for painting of the building exterior and interior office spaces, demising wall, floor coverings, shell and office HVAC, shell and office electrical distribution equipment and wiring, lighting, security systems, and fire safety systems, clean-room, fixtures and other repairs and updates to the interior of the Premises.  Tenant shall provide an accounting of such work completed to Landlord together with the notice of request for reimbursement.

 

2.                                       Commencement Date .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Lease, the term of this Lease shall commence upon the “Commencement Date.”  The Commencement Date is May 21, 2013.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

Aspen Hinton, LLC, a Washington limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Hinton

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Mark Hinton

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

Member/Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT: nLIGHT Photonics, a Delaware Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/  David Schaezler

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

     CFO

 

16


 

EXHIBIT 1

 

DRAWINGS

 

PROVIDED IN FULL SIZE TO TENANT

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 


 

 



 

 



 

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

NORTH PARK INDUSTRIAL CENTER AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE

 

RECITALS

 

Effective Date:  As of April 1, 2010

 

A.                                     Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain North Park Industrial Center Lease dated October 30, 2000 with regard to the demise of Building E in North Park Industrial Center, as amended by the First Amendment to Lease, executed effective as of November 17, 2000, and further amended by the Second Amendment to Lease, executed effective as of February 28, 2001 (collectively, the “Original Lease”).

 

B.                                     The parties desire to restate the Original Lease as of the Effective Date hereof and to enter into a new and governing lease effective from and after the Effective Date hereof (such new tease, the “Lease”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the mutual covenants herein contained, the reliance by each party hereon, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       BASIC LEASE TERMS.

 

a.                           TENANT: nLight Photonics Corp.
Address (Leased Premises):North Park Industrial Center
Building/Unit: Building E
Address (For Notices): 5408 NE 88 th  Street, Building B, Vancouver WA 98665

 

b.                           LANDLORD:  Aspen North Park, LLC
Address (For Notices):                                                              14010 A NE 3 rd  Court, Suite 106
Vancouver, WA 98685

 

c.                            TENANTS USE OF PREMISES: general office and the manufacturing of electronic/laser equipment and semiconductor devices.

 

d.                           PREMISES AREA: Approximately 66,000 Square Foot Building which includes approximately 18,000 Square Feet of office.

 

e.                            PROJECT AREA: Approximately 189,300 Square Feet

 

f.                             AGREED UPON PREMISES PERCENT OF PROJECT:  30.11%

 

g.                            TERM OF LEASE:  Commencement Date: As of April 1, 2010
Expiration Date: March 31, 2017
Number of Months: 84

 



 

h.                           BASE MONTHLY RENT:  Base Monthly Rent for the first twelve (12) months shall be $29,880.  Base Monthly Rent for each succeeding twelve (12) month period shall be 101.8% of the amount for the preceding twelve (12) month period.

 

i.                               RENT ADJUSTMENT:  N/A

 

j.                              [Omitted]

 

k.                           SECURITY DEPOSIT:  $33,255.79 (Initial Base Monthly Rent, escalated at 101.8%)

 

l.                               BROKER(S): None

 

m.                       LETTER OF CREDIT AMOUNT:

 

·                               From the Effective Date until October 31, 2011, $90,000, at which time the letter of credit, if not previously drawn in accordance with the terms of this Lease, shall be cancelled.  Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant to effect the reduction of the existing letter of credit to $90,000 on and after the Effective Date.

 

2.                                       PREMISES.   Landlord leases to Tenant the Premises described in Section I and in Exhibit A and commonly known as 5408 NE 88 th  Street, Building E, Vancouver, WA 98665 (the “Premises”), located in the Phase described on Exhibit A (the “Phase”) and within the Project described on Exhibit B (the “Project”).  References herein to the “Phase” include the Building/Premises; references to the “Project” include the Phase Tenant acknowledges that it has examined the Premises and accepts the Premises in their then present condition.

 

3.                                       TERM.   The term of this Lease is for the period set forth in Section 1, commencing on the Commencement Date in Section 1.

 

4.                                       RENT .

 

a.                           Base Monthly Rent .  Tenant shall pay to Landlord base monthly rent in the amount in Section 1 which shall be payable monthly in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month (“Base Monthly Rent”).  All charges and sums due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be deemed rent.

 

b.                           Rent Adjustment.  [Intentionally Omitted]

 

c.                            Expenses.  Beginning on the Effective Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s share of Expenses related to the Project.  Tenant’s share of Expenses shall be (i) 100% of Expenses related to the Phase, plus (ii) the “Agreed upon Premises Percent of Project” of “Project Level Expenses” as defined below; provided, however, that no materially different additional categories of “Expenses” or “Project Level Expenses” not listed in this Section (1) and no increase in the “Agreed upon Premises Percent of Project” over that which has been paid by or assessed against Tenant under the Original Lease shall be paid by or assessed against Tenant without Tenant’s prior written consent:

 

2



 

(1)                      Expense Defined .  The term “Expenses” shall mean all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord with respect to the ownership, management, operation, maintenance, or repair (but, except as otherwise provided expressly below), not replacement, and insurance of the Phase including without limitation, the following costs:

 

(a)                      All supplies, materials, labor, equipment, and utilities used in or to the extent related to the operation and maintenance of the Phase;

 

(b)                      All management, janitorial, legal, accounting, insurance (casualty, liability, loss of rents, and/or other coverages), and service agreement costs related to the Phase;

 

(c)                       All maintenance and repair costs relating to the areas within the Phase, including, without limitation, air conditioning systems, sidewalks, landscaping, service areas, driveways, parking areas, walkways, building exteriors (including painting), and signs and directories.

 

(d)                      Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Section 4(c), the amortized portion (amortized over the useful life thereof along with reasonable financing charges) of the cost of replacements, and reasonable capital improvements made to the Phase; provided, however, that Tenant shall not pay any costs associated with (i) the repair, maintenance or replacement of the foundation, load bearing or exterior walls, and subflooring of the Building, or (ii) replacements or capital improvements necessitated by a casualty or other event that is required to be insured by Landlord hereunder; provided, limiter, that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection 4(c)(1)(d), Tenant agrees and shall pay the costs of replacing any HVAC units, the roof, asphalt on the Phase, seal coating of the asphalt, and repainting of the exterior of the Building that require replacement during the Term.  Reserves may be collected and retained for the repair and replacement of the following capital items: roof work, asphalt on the Phase, seal coating of the asphalt, and repainting of’ the exterior of the Building ; if no reserve or an insufficient reserve is available for any such cost, the amount not covered by a reserve shall be amortized as provided herein.  If any capital expenditure or series of related capital expenditures required to be paid by Tenant hereunder is less than $10,000 (or is covered by a previously collected reserve but the reserve is insufficient by S10,000 or less), the expenditure (or the portion not covered by such reserve,) shall not be amortized but rather shall be fully included in Expenses in the year incurred.

 

(e)                       All Real Property Taxes, which shall mean and include all taxes, assessments (general and special) and other impositions or charges which may be taxed, charged, levied, assessed or imposed upon all or any portion of or in relation to the Phase or any portion thereof, any leasehold estate in the Premises or measured by rent from the Premises, including any increase caused by the transfer, sale or encumbrance of the Phase or any portion thereof.  “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any form of assessment, levy, license fee, franchise tax, or other charge or tax (other than estate, inheritance, or net income taxes) imposed by any authority having a direct or indirect power to tax or charge, including, without limitation, any city, county, state, federal or any improvement or other district, whether such tax is (1) determined by the area of the Phase or the rent or other sums payable under this Lease; (2) in lieu of or as a direct substitute in whole or in part of or in addition to any real property taxes on the

 

3



 

Phase; (3) based on any parking spaces or parking facilities provided in the Phase; or (4) in consideration for services, such as police protection, fire protection, street, sidewalk and roadway maintenance, refuse removal or other services that may be provided by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency from time to time.  “Real Property Taxes” shall also include all assessments under recorded covenants or master plans and/or by owner’s associations.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the following items shall be excluded (or, as applicable, deducted) by Landlord in determining or calculating Expenses: (a) the cost of repairs, replacements or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm, or other casualty or loss, or by the exercise of eminent domain; (b) depreciation; (c) overhead or profit paid to Landlord or subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services to the Building if and to the extent the cost therefore exceeds competitive costs for such services in comparable projects or buildings located within the Clark County area; (d) payments of principal, interest, or other payments of any kind on any deeds to secure debt, mortgages, ground or underlying leases(s), or other hypothecations for security of all or any part of the Project, Phase or Premises by Landlord; (e) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants, or other persons or entities in any commercial concessions operated by Landlord; (f) all items and services and goods for which Tenant separately reimburses Landlord; (g) estate, inheritance, gift, transfer, and net income taxes of Landlord (but in no event shall this subparagraph exclude rent taxes, any franchise tax, any gross income tax, or any tax or assessment in lieu of and in substitution for real estate taxes); (h) all other items for which Tenant or any other party otherwise reimburses Landlord so that no duplication of payments by Tenant or to Landlord shall occur; (i) any lines or penalties incurred due to violations by Landlord of any law or due to late payment by Landlord of Real Property Taxes to the extent such late payment is not caused by delinquency or other act of Tenant; (j) expenses for the replacement of any item covered under warranty to the extent of proceeds or payments actually received by Landlord under such warranty and (k) the cost of repair, maintenance and/or replacement of the foundation, load bearing and exterior walls and subflooring of the Building.

 

(2)                      Estimate and Payment of Expenses.  When Tenant takes possession of the Premises and prior to each subsequent calendar year, Landlord shall estimate the amount of Tenant’s payment obligation under this Section 4c for Expenses and Project Level Expenses (for convenience referred to in this paragraph simply as Tenant’s Share of Expenses) for the applicable calendar year.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, such estimated Share of Expenses amount in equal monthly installments through such year on the first day of each month.  As soon as practical following each calendar year, Landlord shall prepare an accounting of actual Expenses incurred during the prior calendar year and such accounting shall reflect Tenant’s Share of Expenses.  Landlord shall deliver written notice of such accounting to Tenant (the “Accounting Notice”).  If the additional rent paid by Tenant under this Section 4.c during the preceding calendar year was less than the actual amount of Tenant’s Share of Expenses, the Accounting Notice shall so state and Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord within 30 days of receipt of the Accounting Notice.  Such amount shall be deemed to have accrued during the prior calendar year and shall be due and payable from Tenant even though the term of this Lease has expired or this Lease has been terminated prior to Tenant’s receipt of this notice.  If Tenant’s payments were greater than the actual amount of Tenant’s Share of Expenses, then such overpayment shall be credited by Landlord to all present rent next due under this Section 4.c, or if none, then paid to Tenant.  Tenant shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of the Accounting

 

4



 

Notice to give written notice of intent to audit the Expenses or Tenant’s Share of Expenses for the calendar year covered by the Accounting Notice; failure to give written notice of audit to Landlord within such thirty (30) day period shall constitute conclusive agreement by Tenant of the treatment of Expenses for the calendar year covered by the Accounting Notice and final determination of Tenant’s share of the Expenses covered by the Accounting Notice.  In the event Tenant disagrees with the Accounting Notice, the sole remedy of Tenant shall be to provide notice of an audit within such thirty (30) day period and to receive the amount, if any, determined by the following provision, In the event Tenant timely gives notice of an audit, Tenant shall undertake and complete such audit within sixty (60) days following receipt by Tenant of the Accounting Notice.  The audit must be conducted by Tenant and a CPA firm approved by Landlord, acting reasonably, who has not otherwise been employed by Tenant and who shall be compensated by Tenant and strictly on an hourly or fixed fee basis and not a percentage or contingency basis.  Tenant shall keep the tact of the audit, information reviewed in the audit, and the results of the audit confidential and shall deliver to Landlord, prior to commencement of the audit, a separate confidentiality agreement executed by Tenant and by the CPA.  The results of the audit shall be reduced to writing and shall be delivered to Landlord for review and approval.  If such audit shows a net overpayment, and if Landlord does not seek a judicial decision regarding the same, then any net overpayment shall be treated as an overpayment of estimated Expenses as set forth above; in the event the audit reveals any net underpayment by Tenant of Expenses with respect to the year covered by the Accounting Notice, then the net underpayment shall be paid in the same manner as provided above with respect to underpayments of estimated Expenses.  The costs of such audit shall be borne and paid by Tenant: provided, however, if such audit shall result in the adjustment positively or negatively of more than 7.2% of the Expenses as reported by Landlord in the Accounting Notice, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all its out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with the audit.

 

(3)                      Project Level Expenses.   In the same manner as paying Expenses, Tenant shall pay its “Agreed upon Premises Percent of Project” of “Project Level Expenses”.  Project Level Expenses arc costs incurred by Landlord regarding outdoor common areas in the Project, including those of the types identified in Section 4c(1), whether incurred in the operation of the Project or allocated to Landlord as an owner of land within the Project.  Examples of Project Level Expenses include maintenance costs for common access ways or landscaping at entryways; Project Level Expenses exclude payments for maintenance of other buildings and parking lots serving the same.

 

(4)                      Insurance Expense.   Tenant’s current use of the Premises is viewed by insurers as posing an environmental risk, and Tenant currently maintains a blanket $2.0 million face amount environmental insurance policy covering its multiple operations and facilities in the United States.  Tenant shall maintain such insurance during the Term of this Lease.  Such insurance shall name Landlord as an additional insured and shall include an extended reporting period of at least one (1) year.

 

d.                           Rent Without Offset and Late Charge.   All rent shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord monthly in advance on the first day of every calendar month, at the address shown in Section 1, or such other place as Landlord may designate in writing from time to time.  All rent shall be paid without prior demand or notice and without any deduction or offset whatsoever.

 

5



 

All rent due for any partial month shall be prorated.  Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any rent or other sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain.  Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance or note secured by the Premises.  Therefore, if any rent or other sum due from Tenant is not received within ten (10) days of the date when first due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 10% of such overdue payment.  Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of any such late payment and that the late charge is in addition to any and all remedies available to the Landlord and that the assessment and/or collection of the late charge shall not be deemed a waiver of any default.  Additionally, all such delinquent rent or other sums, plus this late charge, shall bear interest at the prime rate as published from time to time in the Wall Street Journal, plus 2%, on a fully floating basis (herein the “Default Rate”), from the date first due until the date paid in full.  Any payments of any kind returned for insufficient funds will be subject to an additional handling charge of $25.00.  If two or more checks of Tenant arc so returned, Landlord may require Tenant to pay all future payments of rent or other sums due by money order or cashier’s check.

 

5.                                       [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.]

 

6.                                       DEPOSIT AND FINANCIAL REPORTING.

 

a.                           Cash Deposit.   Tenant has deposited the security deposit set forth in Section 1 with Landlord as security for the performance by Tenant of the Provisions of this Lease.  To the extent such amount is less than the amount held by Landlord, Landlord shall remit such excess to Tenant.  Upon a default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right, without waiver of the default or prejudice to other remedies, to use the security deposit or any portion of it to cure the default or to compensate Landlord for any damages resulting from Tenant’s default recoverable under this Lease.  Upon demand, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord a sum equal to the portion of the security deposit expended or applied by Landlord to maintain the security deposit in the amount initially deposited with Landlord.  In no event will Tenant have the right to direct the application of any part of the security deposit to any rent or other sums due under this Lease.  If Tenant is not in default at the expiration or termination of this Lease, Landlord shall return the entire security deposit to Tenant.  Landlord’s obligations with respect to the deposit are those of a debtor and not of a trustee, and Landlord can commingle the security deposit with Landlord’s general funds.  Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the deposit.  If Landlord sells its interest in the Premises during the term hereof and deposits with or credits to the purchaser the unapplied portion of the security deposit, thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability or responsibility with respect to the security deposit.

 

b.                           Letter of Credit.   To secure performance by Tenant under this Lease during the first year of the Term, Tenant has provided to Landlord an irrevocable standby letter of credit issued by a bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord with offices at which the letter of credit may be drawn in Vancouver, Washington and/or Portland, Oregon.  Any replacement of the existing letter of credit shall be substantially in the form of the current letter of credit.  The letter of credit required hereunder from time to time is the “Letter of Credit”.

 

6



 

(1)                      Term.   The term of the Letter of Credit shall expire October 31, 2011.

 

(2)                      Amount.   The amount of the Letter of Credit shall be the amount required by Section 1 above.

 

(3)                      Payment.   Landlord may draw all or a portion of the Letter of Credit upon a default by Tenant not cured as permitted hereunder.  The Letter of Credit shall state that the full amount of the same shall be immediately paid to Landlord upon presentation by Landlord to the issuing financial institution of a letter from landlord stating that an uncured default by Tenant has occurred under this Lease and/or that Landlord is otherwise authorized under this Lease to fully draw the Letter of Credit.  No other or further condition to payment shall be stated in the Letter of Credit nor shall apply to the Letter of Credit.

 

(4)                      Receipt of Proceeds by Reason of Default.   In the event the funds represented by the Letter of Credit are paid to Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to use such proceeds to correct any default by Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any such default in accordance with the provisions of this Lease; any and all remaining proceeds shall be added to the security deposit described in Section 6a above but Tenant’s obligation to replenish the security deposit thereafter shall only apply as and to the extent the remaining balance of the security deposit is not equal to or greater than the amount originally required to be deposited on the Effective Date.  Tenant shall have no right to direct the application of any proceeds of any Letter of Credit.  No drawing of the Letter of Credit nor application of any proceeds drawn, and no acceptance of a payment of money to be added to the security deposit, shall be a waiver of any default by Tenant nor a waiver of any other remedy or right of Landlord.

 

(5)                      Letter of Credit Failures.   In the event Tenant fails to deliver any renewal of the Letter of Credit as required in this Lease, or in the event any replacement Letter of Credit fails to conform to the requirements of this Lease, the same, if not cured within ten days of written notice thereof from Landlord, shall be a default in which case Landlord shall be entitled to exercise all remedies for default.  In the event the financial institution issuing the Letter of Credit does not provide at least sixty (60) days’ advance written notice of renewal prior to each scheduled annual expiration date of the Letter of Credit, or in the event any renewal of the Letter of Credit is not actually delivered to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the then scheduled expiration date of the Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right, upon ten days prior written notice to Tenant, if not cured by Tenant within such ten day period, to draw down the full amount of the Letter of Credit, in which event the proceeds of the Letter of Credit shall be added to the security deposit as provided in subsection (4) above  It shall be the responsibility of Tenant to cause the financial institution to issue the prior written notice of renewal and to deliver the renewal Letter of Credit within the time frames provided in this Section 6.

 

c.                            Financial Reporting.   Tenant shall provide to Landlord, within thirty (30) days of written request thereof from Landlord, financial statements of Tenant prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied certified by Tenant to be true and correct.  Landlord shall keep such information strictly confidential and shall not use or disclose such information without Tenant’s prior written consent; provided, such information may be disclosed to actual or intended lenders, investors and buyers that are advised of the confidentiality required in this Lease.

 

7



 

7.                                       USE OF PREMISES AND PROJECT FACILITIES.   Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purpose set forth in Section 1 and for no other purpose without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.  Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or with respect to the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business; further, Landlord has not agreed to undertake any modification, alteration or improvement to the Premises or the Project, except as provided in writing in this Lease.  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may from time to time, at its sole discretion, make such modification, alterations, deletions, or improvements to the Project that do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, without compensation or notice to Tenant.  Tenant shall promptly and at all times comply with all federal, state and local statutes, laws, ordinances, orders, and regulations with respect to Tenant’s operations on the Premises (herein “Laws”), as well as all “CCR’s” defined as master plans, restrictive covenants, and also any reasonable rules and regulations that Landlord may adopt from time to time; provided, in the event of any direct conflict between a CCR and this Lease, this Lease shall govern.  Tenant will not perform any act or carry on any practices that may injure the Premises or the Project; that may be a nuisance or menace to other tenants in the Project; or that shall in any way interfere with the quiet enjoyment of such other tenants.  Tenant shall not use the Premises for sleeping, washing clothes, cooking (other than the heating of individual employee meals) or the preparation, manufacture or mixing of anything that might emit any objectionable odor, noises, vibrations or lights onto such other tenants.  If sound insulation is required to muffle noise produced by Tenant on the Premises, Tenant at its own cost shall provide all necessary insulation.  Tenant shall not do anything on the Premises which will overload any existing parking or service to the Premises.  Pets and/or animals of any type shall not be kept on the Premises.  Landlord acknowledges that, to Landlord’s actual knowledge without investigation, Tenant’s current operations and use of the Premises are in compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.

 

8.                                       SIGNAGE.   All signage shalt comply with all Laws and all reasonable rules and regulations set forth by Landlord as may be modified from time to time.  Current rules and regulations relating to signs are described on Exhibit C.  Except safety signage required by Laws, Tenant shall place no additional or new window covering (e.g., shades, blinds, curtains, drapes, screens, or tinting materials), stickers, signs, lettering, banners or advertising or display material on or near exterior windows or doors if such materials arc visible from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlord’s prior written consent, not unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.  Any material violating this provision may be removed by Landlord without compensation to Tenant and at the expense of Tenant,

 

9.                                       PERSONAL PROPERTY.

 

a.                           Taxes.   Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes, assessments, license fees and public charges assessed or imposed upon its business operations as well as upon all trade fixtures, leasehold improvements, merchandise and other personal property in or about the Premises.

 

b.                           Financing.   Tenant shall have the right to bring into the Premises personal property which is leased from and/or financed by one or more third parties.  Landlord shall execute a

 

8



 

document prepared by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Landlord allowing entry by such third parties for purposes consistent with their rights and containing provisions to protect Landlord from liability related to any such entry.

 

10.                                PARKING .   Landlord grants to Tenant and Tenant’s customers, suppliers, employees and invitees, a license to exclusively use the designated parking areas in the Phase as shown on Exhibit “A” for the parking of motor vehicles during the Term of this Lease, which license shall be irrevocable so long as Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease.  Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to parking policies of Tenant such as valet parking or restriping, so long as Tenant complies with all Laws and all governmental approvals applicable to the Project.  Parking outside of the Phase, including on street parking, is prohibited; Tenant shall cause its employees, agents and visitors to comply with this prohibition.

 

11.                                UTILITIES .   Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, sewer, electricity, telephone or other service metered, chargeable or provided to the Premises but without markup for a profit for Landlord, all of which are separately metered.  In no event shall Landlord have any liability for, nor shall this Lease be terminable or Rent hereunder be abated by reason of, any interruption of utilities; provided, if Tenant is prevented from using all or part of the Premises due to a utility interruption caused by Landlord, the rent hereunder that would otherwise accrue during the duration of the interruption shall be equitably abated in proportion to the loss of use.

 

12.                                MAINTENANCE .   Landlord shall repair and maintain in good condition, the structural parts of the Building, which shall include only the foundations, bearing and exterior walls (excluding glass), subflooring and roof (excluding skylights), the unexposed electrical, plumbing and sewerage systems lying outside the Building, exterior doors (excluding glass), window frames, gutters and downspouts on the Building, and the exterior portions of the Phase (parking and other paved areas and landscaped areas); provided, however, (a) the cost of all such maintenance shall be considered “Expenses” for purposes of Section 4.c except to the extent excluded by Section 4.c, (b) to the extent not covered by insurance, the cost of any work required due to damage or excessive wear caused by Tenant or its agents shall be paid by Tenant, and (c) Landlord shall not be obligated to maintain any outdoor equipment or improvements of Tenant such as any tank farm nor to perform any work related to any Betterment or necessitated due to any Betterment, all of which shall be performed by Tenant at its expense.  Except as provided above, Tenant shall maintain and repair (but, except as provided in Section 4.c, not replace) the Premises in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, including, without limitation, maintaining and repairing all other walls, floors, ceiling, interior doors, exterior and interior windows and fixtures as well as damage caused by Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees.  Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord a service and maintenance contract for all HVAC units and systems serving the Building.  Tenant shall, through such contract and as otherwise necessary, repair and maintain such HVAC in operating condition and any replacements shall be treated as provided in Section 4(c) above.  Such contract shall be renewed so as to be in constant force and effect; the terms and form of such contract are subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord.  Tenant shall make such alterations and improvements to the Premises as are required to comply with Laws to the extent attributable to the unique and specific use of the Premises by Tenant, but Tenant shall have no obligation to make improvements or alterations required by Laws of general applicability (such as building codes requiring earthquake reinforcement, compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, or environmental conditions not created or

 

9



 

caused by Tenant); any such work shall be accomplished in compliance with Section 13 below.  Upon expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as existed at the commencement of the term, except for reasonable wear and tear.

 

13.                                ALTERATIONS .   Landlord acknowledges that it has consented to all alterations and improvements made to the Premises by Tenant prior to the Effective Date, including clean rooms and approximately 12,000 square feet of office space.  Tenant shall not make any additional alterations to the Project or the Phase after the Effective Date other than to the Premises (the Premises shall include the outdoor tank farm).  Tenant shall not make any additional alterations to the Premises after the Effective Date without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed but which may be issued subject to reasonable conditions.  If Landlord gives its consent to such alterations, Landlord may post notices in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.  All alterations other than Tenant’s trade fixtures, and any equipment and personal property, shall be a part of the Premises and shall remain on and be surrendered with the Premises upon expiration or termination of this Lease, except for those which Landlord elects shall be removed by written notice given during the Lease Term or within sixty (60) days thereafter; provided, however, Landlord hereby agrees that it accepts and will not require Tenant to remove at expiration or termination of this Lease, the approximately 12,000 square feet of additional office space added by Tenant or the wiring, or plumbing now or hereafter installed by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.  If any alterations are to be removed, Tenant at its own cost shall restore the Premises to the condition existing prior to such alteration being made, before the last day of the term or, if later, within thirty (30) days (or such additional time as reasonably shall be necessary to remove same) of Landlord’s written notice to Tenant to remove the same.  Any request for Landlord’s consent to alterations shall be made at least thirty (30) days before any work is commenced and shall be accompanied by (i) detailed and cost plans and specifications for all alterations, and (ii) Tenant’s written agreement to provide, upon completion of work, a complete set of as-built plans and specifications.  Landlord may issue such consent subject to conditions (including but not limited to conditions requiring deposit with Landlord of funds and/or bonds to cover one-third (1/3) of anticipated alteration costs).  All alterations shall be constructed only after obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent and only in conformity with all Laws.  The issuance of Landlord’s consent shall not be a waiver of nor any opinion regarding Tenant’s obligation to comply with all Laws.  Should Landlord consent in writing to Tenant’s alteration of the Premises, Tenant shall contract with a contractor approved by Landlord for the construction of such alterations (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed but which may be issued subject to reasonable conditions), shall secure all appropriate governmental approvals and permits, and shall complete such alterations with due diligence in compliance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord, All such construction shall be performed in a manner which will not unreasonably interfere with the quiet enjoyment of other tenants of the Project.  Tenant shall pay all costs for construction of alterations and shall keep this Lease, the Premises and the Project free and clear of all liens which may result from work by third parties authorized by Tenant.  If any such lien is filed, and not removed within ten (10) days of written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, the same shall be an event of default hereunder.

 

10


 

14.                                RELEASE AND INDEMNITY.   As material consideration to Landlord, Tenant agrees that Landlord and Landlord’s owners, managers, officers and agents, and all employees and agents of the foregoing (collectively the “Protected Parties”) shall not be liable to Tenant for any damage to Tenant’s property from any act or omission of other tenants of the Project, their agents and invitees, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord arising from damage to its property from such other tenants, their agents and invitees.  Subject to Sections 15c and 26 below, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and all other Protected Parties harmless from all claims, losses, damages, causes of action, costs and expenses attributable to use by Tenant or its agents of the Premises and/or the Phase or other properties of Landlord.

 

15.                                INSURANCE.

 

a.                           Insurance by Tenant.   Tenant shall, during the Lease Term, procure at its expense and keep in force the following insurance:

 

(1)                      Commercial general liability insurance naming the Landlord, Landlord’s Agents and the other Protected Parties as additional insured (using a form at least as broad as ISO Form 2026 1185 without modification) against any and all claims for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage occurring in or about the Phase and Project and/or arising out of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.  Such insurance shall have a combined single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence with a Two Million Dollar ($2,000,000) aggregate limit and excess umbrella liability insurance in the amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).  If the Tenant has other locations that it owns or leases, the policy shall include an aggregate limit per location endorsement.  Such liability insurance shall be primary and not contributing to any insurance available to Landlord and Landlord’s insurance shall be in excess thereto.  In no event shall the limits of such insurance be considered as limiting the liability Tenant under this Lease.

 

(2)                      Personal property insurance insuring (if not insured by Landlord’s insurance required in subsection 15.b below) all alterations, leasehold improvements, and fixtures installed by Tenant hereunder or under the Original Lease (“Betterments”) and all equipment, trade fixtures, inventory, and personal property located on or in the Phase for perils covered by the causes of loss — special form (all risk) and in addition, coverage for flood, earthquake and boiler and machinery (if applicable).  Such insurance shall be written on a replacement cost basis in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement value of the aggregate of the foregoing.

 

(3)                      Workers’ compensation insurance in accordance with statutory law and employers’ liability insurance with a limit of not less than $500,000.

 

(4)                      Business interruption insurance covering at least 12 months of all charges hereunder.

 

(5)                      Pollution liability insurance in accordance with Section 4(c)(4) above.

 

The policies required to be maintained by Tenant shall be with companies rated AX or better in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance Reports.  Insurers shall be licensed to do business in the state in which the Premises are located and shall be domiciled in the USA.  All

 

11



 

liability policies shall include contractual liability coverage and shall include a waiver of any exclusion for such coverage.  Any deductible amounts under any insurance policies required hereunder shall be commercially reasonable to Tenant and no less in amount than the deductibles in effect on the Effective Date.  Certificates of insurance (certified copies of the policies may be required) shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date and annually thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the old policy.  Tenant shall have the right to provide insurance coverage which it is obligated to carry pursuant to the terms hereof in a blanket policy provided such blanket policy expressly affords coverage to the Premises and to Landlord as required by this Lease.  Each policy of insurance shall require notification to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to any cancellation or modification to reduce the insurance coverage.  In the event Tenant does not purchase and keep in force the insurance required by this Lease or provide evidence of the same, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase such insurance or some part of it and pay the premium.  Tenant shall repay to Landlord, as additional rent, the amount so paid promptly upon demand.  In addition, Landlord may recover from Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay, as additional rent, any and all reasonable expenses (including attorney’s fees) and damages which Landlord may sustain by reason of the failure of Tenant to obtain and maintain such insurance.

 

b.                           Landlord Insurance.   Landlord shall obtain and keep in full force and effect during the term a standard fire insurance policy with an extended coverage endorsement insuring the Premises in an amount equal to the full replacement cost of the Premises, the cost of which shall be an Expense for purposes of Section 4.c.

 

c.                            Subrogation.   Without limiting the effect of any other waiver of or limitation on the liability of Landlord set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby each waive their respective rights of recovery against the other for any loss of, or damage to, the property of the waiving party, to the extent that such loss or damage is insured by an insurance policy required by this Lease to be maintained in effect by the waiving party at the time of such loss or damage, or, if greater insurance is then maintained by the waiving party, then to the extent of such greater insurance.  Each party shall obtain any special endorsements, if required by its insurer, whereby the insurer waives its rights of subrogation against the other party.

 

16.                                DESTRUCTION .   If the Premises is more than 40% destroyed (based upon replacement cost) by any casualty or rendered inaccessible or unusable by any casualty, or if more than 25% of the Premises is destroyed during the last 12 months of the term of this Lease, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, terminate this Lease by delivery of notice to Tenant within 30 days of such event without compensation to Tenant.  If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease, and if, in Landlord’s reasonable estimation, the Premises cannot be restored within 180 days following such destruction, the Landlord shall notify Tenant and Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivery of notice to Landlord within 30 days of receipt of Landlord’s notice.  If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to the foregoing provision, then Landlord shall commence to restore the Premises, other than Betterments, and shall complete such restoration with due diligence.  In such event, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, but there shall be an abatement of Base Monthly Rent between the date of destruction and the date of completion of restoration, based on the extent to which destruction interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises; provided, there shall be no abatement to the extent such damage is the result of Tenant’s gross negligence or intentional wrongdoing.  Tenant shall, at its expense, with due diligence restore all

 

12



 

Betterments damaged by casualty unless this Lease is terminated due to such casualty.  Except to the extent covered by insurance, Tenant shall not to be entitled to any damages or compensation from Landlord for loss of use or any inconvenience occasioned by damage or any repair or restoration.

 

17.                                CONDEMNATION.

 

a.                           Definitions.   The following definitions shall apply.  (1) “Condemnation” means (a) the exercise of any governmental power of eminent domain, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise by a Condemnor, and (b) the voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any condemnor either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending; (2) “Date of Taking” means the date the condemnor has the right to possession of the property being condemned; (3) “Award” means all compensation, sums or anything of value awarded, paid or received on a total or partial Condemnation; and (4) “Condemnor” means any public or quasi-public authority, or private corporation or individual, having a power of Condemnation.

 

b.                           Total or Partial Taking.   If during the term of the Lease there is any taking of all or any part of the Premises, Phase or the Project, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be determined pursuant to this Lease.  If the Premises arc totally taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall terminate on the Date of Taking.  If any portion of the Premises or Phase is taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the Date of Taking, but shall in all other respects remain in effect, except that Tenant can elect to terminate this Lease lithe remaining portion of the Premises or Phase is rendered unsuitable to any material extent for Tenant’s intended use of the Premises or Phase.  If Tenant elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant must exercise its right to terminate by giving notice to Landlord within 30 days after the nature and extent of the Condemnation have been filially determined and written notice thereof is provided to Tenant.  If Tenant elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall also notify Landlord of the date of termination, which date shall not be earlier than 30 days nor later than 90 days after Tenant has notified Landlord of its election to terminate; except that this Lease shall terminate on the Date of Taking if the Date of Taking falls on a date before the date of termination as designed by Tenant.  If any portion of’ the Premises or Phase is taken by Condemnation and this Lease remains in full force and effect, on the Date of Taking the Base Monthly Rent shall be reduced by an amount in the same ratio as the total number of square feet in the Premises and/or Phase taken bears to the total number of square feet in the Premises and/or Phase, as applicable, immediately before the Date of Taking.

 

c.                            Landlord’s Election.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Project or any portion thereof is taken by Condemnation and the portion taken does not, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, feasibly permit the continuation of the operation of the Premises by Landlord in an economically viable fashion, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice given within thirty (30) days following the Date of Taking.

 

d.                           Award.   The entire award shall be payable to and belong to Landlord.  Tenant shall have no right to participate in the Condemnation proceedings nor to claim all or any portion of the Award; provided this shall not limit Tenant’s right to seek and to receive compensation for relocation expenses or the value of its trade fixtures, equipment or personal property taken, so

 

13



 

long as receipt of such compensation does not decrease the Award otherwise payable to Landlord.

 

18.                                ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE.

 

a.                           Generally.   Tenant shall not assign or encumber its interest in this Lease or the Premises or sublease all or any part of the Premises or allow any other person or entity (except Tenant’s authorized representatives, employees, invitees, or guests) to occupy or use all or any part of the Premises without first obtaining Landlord’s consent which, except as provided in this Section, Landlord may withhold in its sole but reasonable discretion.  If Tenant is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company, tenancy in common or other group or entity, a withdrawal or change (voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of a controlling interest in Tenant, or the sale or transfer of any such controlling interest, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment; provided, the grant and exercise of stock options in the ordinary course of business and/or the sale of stock to new or existing investors to raise additional capital shall not be “assignments” for purposes of this Lease.  Further, any dissolution and liquidation, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, or sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant shall be deemed a voluntary assignment.  The preceding restriction on transfer of ownership interests shall not apply to sales of stock to the public by corporations the stock of which is traded through an exchange or over the counter.  All rent received by Tenant from its subtenants in excess of the rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease (allocated on a square footage basis in cases of partial subleasing) shall be paid to Landlord, and any sums to be paid by an assignee to Tenant in consideration of the assignment of this Lease shall be paid to Landlord.  If Tenant requests Landlord to consent to a proposed assignment or subletting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, whether or not consent is ultimately given, Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with such request.  No interest of Tenant in this Lease shall be assignable by involuntary assignment through operation of law (including without limitation the transfer of this Lease by testacy or intestacy).  Each of the following acts shall be considered an involuntary assignment: (a) If Tenant is or becomes bankrupt, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or institutes proceedings under the Bankruptcy Act in which Tenant is the bankrupt; or if Tenant is a partnership, if any partner of the partnership is or becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (b) if a writ of attachment or execution is levied on this Lease and not discharged within thirty (30) days; or (c) if in any proceeding or action to which Tenant is a party, a receiver is appointed with authority to take possession of the Premises.  An involuntary assignment shall constitute a default by Tenant and Landlord shall have the right to elect to terminate this Lease, in which case this Lease shall not be treated as an asset of Tenant.  Any assignment, sublease or encumbrance without the prior written consent of Landlord shall be void, and, at the election of Landlord, shall be a default.  No consent by Landlord to any assignment, sublease or encumbrance shall be a waiver of the requirement to obtain such consent with respect to any other or later assignment, sublease or encumbrance.  Acceptance of rent or other performance by Landlord following an assignment, sublease or encumbrance, whether or not Landlord has knowledge of such assignment, sublease or encumbrance, shall not constitute consent to the same nor a waiver of the requirement to obtain consent to the same.  No assignment, sublease or encumbrance, with or without the prior written consent of Landlord, shall release Tenant from full and primary liability hereunder.

 

14



 

b.                           Subleasing.   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 18a above, Landlord will not unreasonably withhold or delay, or condition its prior written consent to a sublease (but may impose reasonable conditions) if the following requirements are met:

 

(i)                                      Such prior written consent is properly requested.

 

(ii)                                   Tenant supplies such information regarding the proposed sublease and proposed subtenant as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

(iii)                                Tenant is not in default during the time period from the date consent is requested through the date consent is granted.

 

(iv)                               Tenant reasonably demonstrates that the subtenant is capable of performing its obligations under the sublease, this Lease, and otherwise regarding the Premises.

 

(v)                                  Tenant and the subtenant execute and deliver an agreement prepared by Landlord which will include, among others, provisions confirming the continuing obligations of Tenant and confirming that the subtenant will be bound by all provisions of this Lease appropriately adjusted to reflect the subtenant’s lesser interest in the Premises and Phase.

 

(vi)                               The subtenant provides insurance and proof of insurance as required hereunder, with the property damage, workers’ compensation, business interruption, personal property and pollution coverage appropriately adjusted to reflect subtenant’s use of the Premises and its lesser interest in the Premises and Phase.

 

c.                            Corporate Transactions.   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 18a above, Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its prior written consent to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease to an entity directly or indirectly acquiring all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (the “Affiliate Assignee”) if the following requirements are met:

 

(i)                                      The requirements described in Section 18b shall be met (with the term “subtenant” read as “Affiliate Assignee” and the term “sublease” read as “assignment”) (except that references to a lesser interest in the Premises and Phase shall not apply).

 

(ii)                                   The net worth of the acquiring or surviving entity, determined in accordance with GAAP, shall be no less than the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such transactions.

 

19.                                DEFAULT .   The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default by Tenant:

 

(a)                                  A failure to pay rent or other charge when due or to pay any payment to a third party when and as required hereunder; provided, however, a failure by Tenant to pay rent or other charge to Landlord or a third party shall not be a default unless

 

15



 

and until Landlord shall have given written notice of such failure to Tenant and Tenant shall not have cured such failure within ten days of the date that Landlord’s notice is deemed communicated pursuant to Section 23 of the Lease; provided further, however, Landlord need only give two (2) such written notices of default with respect to payments due in any calendar year, and any subsequent failure to pay rent or other charge due in the same calendar year shall be an event of default if the same is not paid as and when due without the need for any such written notice and opportunity to cure; or

 

(b)                                  Failure to perform any other provision of this Lease as and when such performance is first due hereunder; provided, however, such failure shall not be a “default” unless Tenant does not cure such failure within twenty (20) days following written notice of such failure from Landlord; and provided further, Landlord shall extend such twenty (20) day period by the number of days reasonably determined by Landlord to be necessary to complete cure if Tenant provides written request for extension within the 20 days accompanied by (x) proof that Tenant has diligently commenced cure within the twenty (20) days, and (y) a schedule of further efforts by Tenant which will result in cure by the earliest date reasonably possible; and provided further, that in an emergency situation where Landlord’s material interests reasonably will be adversely affected by the passage of such twenty (20) day period, then Landlord need give only such notice as is reasonable under the circumstances.

 

For purposes of this Lease, if Landlord is prevented from giving written notice of such failure by law or court order, a default shall be deemed to have occurred if Tenant fails to perform any obligation hereunder and such failure continues for the applicable cure period above, calculated from the first day of such failure; such notice shall be conclusively deemed given on the first day of such failure.

 

20.                                LANDLORD’S REMEDIES.

 

a.                           Landlord shall have the following remedies if Tenant is in default.  These remedies are not exclusive; they are cumulative and in addition to any remedies now or later allowed by law.  Landlord may terminate this Lease and/or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time.  No act by Landlord other than giving notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease, Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of this Lease.  Upon termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord has the right to recover from Tenant: (1) The worth of the unpaid rent that had been earned at the time of such termination; (2) The worth of the amount of the unpaid rent that would have been earned after the date of such termination less the net amount which Tenant proves could be obtained by re-leasing the Premises; and (3) reasonable costs of retelling, including court, attorney and collection costs.  “The Worth” as used for Item 20a(1) is to be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate.  “The Worth” as used for Item 20a(2) is to be computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of termination of Tenant’s right of possession.

 

16



 

b.                           All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent.  If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money owed to any party other than Landlord, for which it is liable hereunder, or if Tenant shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving such default or any other right or remedy, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such other act to be made or performed by Tenant.  All sums so paid by Landlord, and all necessary incidental costs, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date of expenditure by Landlord, shall be payable to Landlord on demand.

 

21.                                ENTRY ON PREMISES .   Landlord and its authorized representatives shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times (and at any time in case of an emergency) for any of the following purposes: (a) to determine whether the Premises are in good condition and whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Lease; (b) to do any necessary maintenance and to make any restoration to the Premises or the Project that Landlord has the right or obligation to perform; (c) to post “for sale” signs at any time during the term, to post “for rent” or “for lease” signs during the last 90 days of the term, or during any period while Tenant is in default; (d) to show the Premises to prospective brokers, agents, buyers, tenants or persons interested in leasing or purchasing the Premises, at any time during the term; or (e) to repair, maintain or improve the Project and to erect scaffolding and protective barricades around and about the Premises and to do any other act or thing reasonably necessary for the operation, safety or preservation of the Premises or the Project; provided, however, that any such repair, maintenance or improvement shall be done in the manner least intrusive to Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises and the Phase.  Except in cases of emergency or necessity, Landlord shall comply with any reasonable safety or confidentiality policies as requested by Tenant.  Landlord shall not be liable in any manner for any inconvenience, disturbance, loss of business, nuisance or other damage arising out of Landlord’s entry onto the Premises as provided in this Section 21.  Tenant shall not be entitled to an abatement or reduction of rent if Landlord exercises any rights reserved in this Section 21.  For each of these purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes and its clean rooms and Hazardous Substances storage areas.  Tenants shall not alter any lock or install a new or additional lock or bolt on any door of the Premises without prior written consent of Landlord.  If Landlord gives its consent, Tenant shalt furnish Landlord with a key for any such lock.

 

22.                                SUBORDINATION .   Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to (a) all ground leases or underlying leases which may now exist or hereafter be executed affecting the Project, and (b) the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust which may now exist or hereafter be executed in any amount for which the Project, ground leases or underlying leases, or Landlord’s interest or estate in any of said items is specified as security.  In the event that any ground lease or underlying lease expires or terminates for any reason or any mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall, notwithstanding any subordination, attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor in interest to Landlord, at the option of such successor in interest.  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, so long as Tenant pays all rent and is not in default hereunder, Tenant’s occupancy hereunder shall not be disturbed.  Tenant covenants

 

17



 

and agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form reasonably requested by Landlord any additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Lease with respect to any such ground lease or underlying leases or the lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust.  Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as attorney-in-fact of Tenant to execute, deliver and record any such document in the name and on behalf of Tenant.  Each party, within ten days from notice from the other, shall execute and deliver to the other party, in recordable form, certificates stating that this Lease is not in default, and is unmodified and in full force and effect, or in full force and effect as modified and stating any defaults and/or modifications.  This certificate shall also state the amount of current monthly rent, the dates to which rent has been paid in advance, the amount of any security deposit and prepaid rent, and such other matters as may be reasonably requested.  In addition, in connection with any sale or financing involving the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within twenty (20) days of request by Landlord, a current financial statement of Tenant.

 

23.                                NOTICE .  Any notice, demand, request, consent, approval or communication desired by either party or required to be given, shall be in writing and either hand delivered or sent by prepaid certified first class mail, addressed as set forth in Section 1.  Either party may change its address by notification to the other party.  Notice shall be deemed to be communicated 43 hours from the time of such mailing, or upon the time of hand delivery as provided in this Section 23.

 

24.                                WAIVER .   No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy by Landlord shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver.  No act or conduct of Landlord, including without limitation, acceptance of the keys to the Premises, shall constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant before the expiration of the term.  Only written notice from Landlord to Tenant shall constitute acceptance of the surrender of the Premises and accomplish termination of the Lease.  Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.  Any waiver by Landlord of any default must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other default concerning the same or any other provision of the Lease.

 

25.                                SURRENDER OF PREMISES; HOLDING OVER.   Upon expiration of the term or the termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord the Premises and all improvements and alterations (except alterations which this Lease grants to Tenant the right or obligation to remove) in good condition, except for ordinary wear and tear.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the parties otherwise mutually agree, Tenant shall remove all trade fixtures, equipment and personal property including, without limitation, all wallpaper, paneling and other decorative improvements or fixtures and shall perform all restoration made necessary by the removal of any alterations or Tenant’s personal property before the expiration of the term, including for example, restoring all wall surfaces to their condition prior to the commencement of this Lease, ordinary wear and tear excepted.  Landlord can elect to retain or dispose of in any reasonable manner Tenant’s personal property not removed from the Premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the term.  Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damage to Tenant resulting from Landlord’s retention or disposition of Tenant’s personal properly.  Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for Landlord’s costs for storage, removal or disposal of Tenant’s personal property.  If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration of the term, or upon the termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s

 

18



 

right of possession, (a) Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance at the base rental rate of 125% of the last rental rate hereunder and otherwise on the terms set forth herein, and (b) Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all resulting loss or liability, including without limitation, any claim made by any succeeding tenant founded on or resulting from such failure.

 

26.                                LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.   In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant agrees that, as between Landlord and Tenant, any claim against Landlord and/or any other Protected Party, including in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default by Landlord under this Lease, and in connection with any other claim or cause of action arising under this Lease or arising out of the Landlord/Tenant relationship, or arising out of the use by Tenant of the Premises, then: (a) the sole and exclusive remedy of Tenant shall be against the interest of Landlord in the Project, and neither Landlord nor any other Protected Party shall have any other liability whatsoever; and (b) if Landlord is a partnership corporation, trust, limited liability company, tenancy in common or other group or entity, no recourse shall be had to any owner of Landlord or any other assets of any such owner; provided, however, nothing in this Lease shall preclude Tenant from seeking or obtaining contribution, equitable apportionment or other similar remedy from Landlord or any Protected Party for liabilities (such as environmental liabilities not caused or created by Tenant) imposed by Laws or claimed to be owed initially by Tenant to a third party for which Landlord or such Protected Party otherwise is or would be liable.  The covenants contained in this Section 26 are enforceable both by Landlord and also by any other Protected Party.  Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing provisions shall be applicable to any and all liabilities, claims and causes of action whatsoever, including those based on any provision of this Lease, any implied covenant, and/or any statute or common law principle.  Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default of any obligation with respect to this Lease unless and until Tenant shall have given written notice of a failure by Landlord under this Lease to Landlord and also to any secured lender of the Phase and such failure is not cured by Landlord or any such lender within sixty (60) days following the giving of such written notice; provided, however, such 60-day period shall be extended so long as Landlord commences cure of any such failure within such 60-day period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, in no event whatsoever shall Landlord be responsible to Tenant for any consequential or incidental damages.

 

27.                                MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

a.                           Time of Essence .  Time is of the essence of each provision of this Lease,

 

b.                           Successor .  This Lease shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors, except as provided in Section IS herein.

 

c.                            Landlord’s Consent .  Any consent required by Landlord under this Lease shall be valid only if granted in writing.

 

d.                           Commissions .  Each party represents that it has not had dealings with any real estate broker, finder or other person with respect to this Lease in any manner, except for the broker(s) identified in Section 1, who shall be compensated by Landlord.

 

19


 

e.                            Other Charges .  If Landlord becomes a party to any litigation concerning this Lease, the Premises or the Project, by reason of any act or omission of Tenant or any agent, guest or invitee of Tenant, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all attorneys fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such litigation to the extent attributable to the actions, omissions or obligations of Tenant hereunder, including those incurred at and in preparation for arbitration, trial, appeal or review; this provision shall also apply to all litigation and other proceedings in bankruptcy court, including litigation or proceedings involving issues unique to bankruptcy law.  In the event of litigation between Tenant and Landlord and/or any other Protected Party, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all costs and attorneys fees incurred both at and in preparation for arbitration, trial and any appeal or review; this provision shall also apply to all litigation and proceedings in bankruptcy court, including litigation or proceedings involving issues unique to bankruptcy law.  If Landlord employs a collection agency to recover delinquent charges, Tenant agrees to pay all collection agency and attorneys’ fees charged to Landlord in addition to rent, late charges, interest and other sums payable under this Lease.

 

f.                             Landlord’s Successors .  In the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Project or a portion thereof including the Premises, or of Landlord’s interest in the foregoing, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any liability under this Lease attributable to actions, events or circumstances occurring after the date thereof, and in such event Landlord’s successor in interest shall be solely responsible for and shall be deemed to have assumed all obligations of Landlord under this Lease thereafter arising.

 

g.                            Interpretation .  This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.  This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Premises and the Project, except for such guarantees or modifications as may be executed in writing by parties from time to time.  When required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural, and the masculine shall include the feminine and/or neuter.  “Party” shall mean Landlord or Tenant.  If more than one person or entity constitutes Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several.  The enforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision shall not render the other provisions unenforceable, invalid or illegal.

 

h.                           Third Parties .  The Protected Parties shall have the right to enforce the provisions of this Lease which reference them.  Except for the foregoing, there are no third parties benefited hereby, this Lease being intended solely for the benefit of Landlord and Tenant.

 

i.                               Survival .  The release and indemnity covenants of Tenant, the right of Landlord to enforce its remedies hereunder, the attorneys fees provisions hereof, the provisions of Section 26 hereof, as well as all provisions of this Lease which contemplate performance after the expiration or termination hereof or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession hereunder, shall survive any such expiration or termination.

 

j.                              Indoor Air Quality .  Tenant acknowledges that construction (either initial construction or remodeling) by Landlord in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project, and other operations in the Project, may involve processes or materials which have a temporary adverse effect on indoor air quality; accordingly, Tenant (1) shall follow directives of Landlord and its

 

20



 

agents related to ventilation, occupancy of the Premises, and other steps related to indoor air quality, and (2) except as otherwise provided in this Lease, hereby waives any claims related to such effects, including claims for damages, breach of quiet enjoyment, and/or constructive eviction.

 

k.                           Security .  Tenant specifically acknowledge that Landlord has no duty to provide security for any portion of the Project, including, without limitation, the Premises or the common areas, and Tenant has assumed sole responsibility and liability for the security of itself, its employees, customers and invitees and their respective property in, on or about the Project.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that to the extent Landlord elects to provide any security, Landlord is not warranting the effectiveness of any such security personnel, services, procedures or equipment and that Tenant is not relying and shall not hereafter rely on any such personnel, services, procedures or equipment.  Landlord shall not be responsible or liable in any manner for failure of any such security personnel, services, procedures or equipment to prevent or control, or to apprehend anyone suspected of, personal injury or property damage in, on or around the Project.

 

l.                               Zoning Disclaimer .  This Agreement will not allow use of the Phase described in this Agreement in violation of applicable land use laws and regulations.  Before signing or accepting this Agreement, the person acquiring lease-hold to the Phase should check with the appropriate City or County planning department to verify approved uses.

 

28.                                HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.

 

a.                           Storage and Use .  Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not bring onto the Project or into the Premises any Hazardous Substances (as defined below).  Tenant shall request the prior written consent of Landlord before bringing any such Hazardous Substances onto the Project, specifying the types and amounts of Hazardous Substances involved.  Landlord shall have the right to withhold its consent, except that Landlord shall not withhold its consent with regard to, and Tenant may bring on to the Phase, subject to compliance with all Laws and all other provisions of this Lease, those substances used in connection with the normal course of its business, including producing or testing products produced by Tenant.  If any Hazardous Substances are brought onto the Project, the same shall be used and stored by Tenant in compliance with all Laws and in accordance with any reasonable conditions imposed by Landlord.

 

b.                           Disposal of Waste .  Tenant shall not keep any trash, garbage, waste or other refuse on the Premises except in sanitary containers and shall regularly and frequently remove same from the Premises.  Tenant shall keep all containers or other equipment used for the storage or disposal of such materials in a clean and sanitary condition.  Tenant shall properly dispose of all sanitary sewage and shall not use the sewage system for the disposal of anything except sanitary sewage nor in excess of the amount reasonably contemplated by the uses permitted under this Lease.  Tenant shall keep the sewage disposal system free of all obstructions and in good operating condition.

 

c.                            Compliance with Law .  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall comply with all Laws in its use of the Premises, and in particular Laws

 

21



 

relating to Hazardous Substances.  Tenant shall immediately and entirely clean up any contamination caused by Hazardous Substances brought onto the Project by Tenant.

 

d.                           Indemnification .  Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, the other Protected Parties, the Premises, the Project, any ground lessor, and any lender holding a security interest in the Project, from and against all claims, causes of action, losses, damages, costs, response costs and expenses, liabilities, and other expenses caused by, arising out of, or in connection with, the generation, release, handling, storage, discharge, transportation, deposit or disposal in, on under or about the Premises or the Project by Tenant or any of its agents of the following (collectively referred to as “Hazardous Substances”): hazardous materials, hazardous substances, ultrahazardous materials, toxic wastes, toxic substances, pollutants, radioactive materials, petroleum products, underground tanks, oils, pollution, asbestos, PCB’s, materials, or contaminants, as those terms arc commonly used or as defined by any present or future applicable federal, state, and/or local law or regulation related to protection of health or the environment, including but not limited to, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) (42 U.S.C. (6901 et. seq.); the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) (42 U.S.C. (9601, et. seq.); the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. (2601, et. seq.); the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. (1251, et. seq.); the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. (7401 et. seq,); amendments to the foregoing; and/or any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such damages, costs, liabilities, and expenses shall include such as are finally assessed by any regulating and/or administering agency, or incurred by any ground lessor or master lessor of the Project, the holder of any Mortgage or Dead of Trust on the Project, and/or any successor of the Landlord named herein.  This indemnity shall include (a) claims of third parties, including governmental agencies, for damages, fines, penalties, response costs, monitoring costs, injunctive or other relief; (b) the costs, expenses or losses resulting from any injunctive relief, including preliminary or temporary injunctive relief; (c) the expenses, including fees of attorneys and experts, of reporting the existence of Hazardous Substances to any governmental agency as required by applicable laws and regulations; and (d) any and all expenses or obligations, including attorney’s and paralegal fees, incurred at, before and after any trial or appeal therefrom or review thereof, or an administrative proceeding or appeal therefrom or review thereof, whether or not taxable as costs, including, without limitation, attorney’s fees, paralegal fees, witness fees (expert and otherwise), deposition costs, photocopying and telephone charges and other expenses related to the foregoing, all of which shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord when such expenses are incurred.  This indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Lease or the termination of Tenant’s right of possession and be fully enforceable thereafter.  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall have no liability for any Hazardous Substances on, about, under or proximate to the Premises, Phase or the Project that were not created by or brought onto the Project by Tenant, its agents or invitees,

 

e.                            Information .  Tenant shall provide Landlord with any and all information regarding Hazardous Substances in the Premises, including contemporaneous copies of all filings and reports to governmental entities, and any other information requested by Landlord.  In the event of any accident, spill or other incident involving Hazardous Substances brought onto the Phase or created by Tenant, Tenant shall immediately report the same to Landlord and supply Landlord with all information and reports with respect to the same.  Upon execution by Landlord of a confidentiality agreement reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, all information described herein

 

22



 

shall be provided to Landlord regardless of any claim by Tenant that it is confidential or privileged.

 

29.                                OPTION TO EXTEND THE TERM.

 

a.                           Option.  Tenant shall have the option to extend the term of the Lease for up to two (2) consecutive additional five (5) year periods, commencing on the day following the Expiration Date of the initial term or the first extension term, as the case may be (“Extended Term”), upon the same terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, except that the Base Monthly Rent for the Extended Term shall be as determined pursuant to this Section 29.  Tenant’s option to extend the term of the Lease may be exercised only by Tenant delivering to Landlord written notice of such exercise (“Exercise Notice”) no later than two hundred seventy (270) days prior to the Expiration Date of the initial term or of the first Extended Term, as the case may be, and once given, such Exercise Notice shall be irrevocable.

 

b.                           Rent During Extended Term .  If Tenant exercises its option to extend the term pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 29.a., then the Base Monthly Rent for the Extended Term shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market rental value of the Premises (“Market Rent”), as defined below; provided, however, that the Base Monthly Rent for the first year of the Extended Term shall not be less than the Base Monthly Rent in effect during the last lease year of the expiring initial term or first Extended Term, as the case may be, and Base Monthly Rent for the first year of the first Extended Term shall not be increased by more than eighteen percent (18%) of the Base Monthly Rent in effect during the last lease year of the expiring initial term.  There are no limits to an increase in Base Monthly Rent for the first year of the second Extended Term.

 

c.                            Market Rent .  The term “Market Rent” shall mean the going market rental as of the date of the commencement of the Extended Term for similar space in the area where the Premises are located, taking into consideration the location, size and condition of the Premises, the existing improvements to the Premises, and the permitted uses of the Premises for a tenant proposing to sign a five year lease.  The “Market Rent” shall be expressed as an amount of Base Monthly Rent for the first year of such Extended Term which shall then be increased by a 1.8% factor each 12 months during the Extended Term in the same manner as provided in Section 1 of this Lease on each anniversary of the commencement of the Extended Term.

 

(1)                      Negotiation.   Commencing from the date that notice of Tenant’s exercise of the option to extend the term is delivered to Landlord, and continuing thereafter for thirty (30) days (“Negotiation Period”), the parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree upon the Market Rent.  If the parties are unable to agree on the Market Rent prior to the expiration of the Negotiation Period, the matter shall be submitted into appraisal pursuant to terms and conditions set forth below.

 

(2)                      Appraisal.

 

(a)                                  Two Appraisers .  Within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the Negotiation Period, each party, at its own cost and by giving written notice to the other party, shall appoint an independent real estate appraiser who has not previously worked directly

 

23



 

or indirectly with either party during the prior five year period, with a membership in the Appraisal Institute and at least five (5) years’ full time commercial appraisal experience in the area where the Premises is located, to appraise and determine the Market Rent (i.e., the rate to be in effect for the first year of the Extended Term and then to be adjusted annually as provided above).  If, in the time provided, only one (1) party shall give written notice of appointment of an appraiser, the single appraiser appointed shall determine the Market Rent.  If two (2) appraisers are appointed by the parties, the two (2) appraisers shall independently, and without consultation, prepare an appraisal of the Market Rent within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the fifteen (15) day period following expiration of the Negotiation Period.  Each appraiser shall seal its respective appraisal after completion.  After both appraisals are completed, the resulting appraisals of the Market Rent shall be opened and compared.  If the value of the appraisals differ by no more than ten percent (10%) of the value of the higher appraisal, then the Market Rent shall be the average of the two (2) appraisals.

 

(b)                                  Three Appraisers .  If the values attic appraisals differ by more than ten percent (10%) of the value of the higher appraisal, then within ten (10) days after the date the appraisals are compared, the two (2) appraisers selected by the parties shall appoint a third similarly qualified appraiser.  If the two (2) appraisers fail to so select a third appraiser, a third similarly qualified appraiser shall be appointed at the request of either Landlord or Tenant by the then presiding judge of the lowest state court of general jurisdiction within the county in which the Premises is located.  The third appraiser shall then issue his or her appraisal of Market Rent within thirty (30) days after appointment.  The Market Rent conclusively shall be the average of the two appraisals closest to each other.

 

(3)                      Costs .  Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of their own appraiser, and fifty percent (50%) of the fees and expenses of, and the cost of appointing, the third appraiser.

 

(4)                      Criteria .  Subject to the criteria set forth above, the Market Rent shall be determined using the “market comparison approach” (i.e., by reference to the rental rates of comparable properties in reasonable proximity to the Premises, adjusted for differences), and shall exclude the value of the alterations and improvements made by Tenant, including the office improvements, clean rooms, and Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment and personal property.  The appraisers shall use their best efforts to fairly and reasonably appraise and determine the Market Rent in accordance with the terms of the Lease, and shall not act as advocates for either Landlord or Tenant.

 

(5)                      Limitation on Appraisers’ Authority .  The appraisers shall have no power to modify the provisions of this Lease, and their sole function shall be to determine the Market Rent in accordance with this Section.

 

d.                           Contingency Procedure .  If, for any reason, the Base Monthly Rent to be paid during the Extended Term is not determined prior to the first day of the Extended Term, this Lease shall nevertheless remain in effect, and during the interim period until such rental rate is finally determined, Tenant shall pay Base Monthly Rent in an amount equal to the amount which was scheduled to be paid for the final full month of the initial term.  Any accrued payment

 

24



 

shortage or overage, together with interest at the prime rate of interest on unpaid amounts from the applicable dates, shall be paid within ten days of the determination of the new rental rate.

 

e.                            Personal Nature of Option .  The options to extend this Lease are personal to Tenant and may not be assigned by Tenant, either separately or in connection with an assignment of this Lease except as part of an assignment of this Lease in accordance with section 18c above.  Except as noted in the preceding sentence, upon any assignment of this Lease, the right to exercise the options to extend shall terminate.  The right to exercise the options to extend shall also terminate upon the termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of possession and the option to extend may not be exercised at any time that Tenant is in default; provided, if the option to extend shall have been exercised prior to a termination for default, then the calculation of damages upon such termination shall include damages with respect to the Extended Term.

 

f.                             Amendment to Lease .  If Tenant exercises the option to extend this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver an amendment to this Lease setting forth such fact and the amount of Base Monthly Rent payable during the Extended Tem.  At that time, Tenant and Landlord shall adjust the security deposit to equal the same respective percentages of the then calculated last month’s Base Monthly Rent as was previously in effect.

 

30.                                RIGHT OF NEGOTIATION.  The provisions of this Section 30 provide a first right of negotiation in favor of Tenant.

 

a.                           Compliance Required .  Landlord shall not sell, convey, transfer, or exchange title to the Phase nor ground lease the Phase (a “Transfer”) without first complying with this Section 30.

 

b.                           Negotiation .  In the event Landlord decides to Transfer or to market the Phase, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing.  Tenant shall then have a period of up to eighteen (18) days within which to enter into a sale agreement with Landlord for the acquisition of the Phase.  If the parties do not execute such an agreement within such time period, or if Tenant earlier communicates that it will not acquire the Phase, then Landlord shall be free to market and Transfer the Phase to any third party on any terms, whether similar or dissimilar to any terms discussed with Tenant.  Neither Landlord nor Tenant is obligated to execute any sale agreement that is not acceptable to such party, in its sole discretion.  This Section 30 sets forth a “one time only” right of notification and shall be observed no more than one time.

 

c.                            Exclusions from Coverage .  This Section 30 shall not apply to any change of ownership of Landlord, nor to any transfer or all or any interest in the Phase:

 

(1)                      to any entity owned, controlled by, under common control or ownership with, or which owns Landlord;

 

(2)                      by condemnation or eminent domain, or as a result of a threat thereof;

 

(3)                      that is involuntary;

 

(4)                      in the form of an easement, dedication of right of way, or similar conveyance or transfer;

 

25



 

(5)                      other than a transfer of fee title or ground lease;

 

(6)                      any Transfer to a lender, any foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, or any Transfer whatsoever after a foreclosure or acquisition of title by a lender or its designee; or

 

(7)                      any Transfer after Landlord has once complied with the provisions of this Section 30.

 

d.                           Personal Rights .  The rights of Tenant under this Section are not assignable and shall terminate upon any assignment or sublease (other than as permitted in Section 18c above), any uncured default hereunder by Tenant, or any termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of possession as permitted hereunder.

 

e.                            No Covenant .  Landlord has not promised that Landlord will decide to Transfer or market the Phase or that such an event shall occur on or before any particular date.  Landlord shall have no liability for the failure of Landlord to decide to Transfer or market the Phase.  In no event shall any actual or alleged failure by Landlord under this Section allow Tenant to terminate this lease.

 

f.                             Certificate .  At such time as Tenant has no rights under this Section, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a certificate so stating, setting forth the compliance of Landlord with the process set forth in this Section, and stating such other matters as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

31.                                RESTATEMENT OF ORIGINAL LEASE .  From and after the Effective Date hereof, the Original Lease shall be superceded and replaced by this Lease; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, each party shall retain its right to enforce and to pursue remedies (including the right to seek damages and indemnification) for (a) any breach of the Original Lease by the other party that has occurred prior to the Effective Date, and (b) any third party claim which arose or accrued prior to the Effective Date (but Landlord shall not have rights for indemnification against governmental claims for environmental matters that arose during the Original Lease that were not caused by Tenant).

 

 

TENANT: nLight Photonics Corp., a Delaware corporation

LANDLORD:

Aspen North Park, LLC, a limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Schaezler

 

By:

/s/ JR for Aspen Mortgage, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

VP Finance

 

Its:

designated agent

 

EXHIBITS

 

A — Premises and Phase

B — Project

C — Signs

 

26



 

STATE OF WASHINGTON

)

 

 

)

ss.

 

County of Clark

)

 

 

 

On this 19 day of   May  , 2010, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the state of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared  David Schaezler  , to me known to be the    V.P. Finance   of nLight Photonics Corp., the corporation that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed to that corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the instrument on behalf of the corporation.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

/s/ D R Kanso

 

NOTARY PUBLIC for the State of Washington

 

Residing at:

Vanc, WA

 

My Commission Expires:

1-8-13

 

 

STATE OF OREGON

)

 

 

)

ss.

County of Washington

)

 

 

On this 18 day of   May  , 2010, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the state of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared  Irving Potter  , to me known to be the    Agent   of nLight Photonics Corp., the corporation that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed to that corporation for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the instrument on behalf of the corporation.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year first above written.

 

 

/s/ Terri Lynn Searing

NOTARY PUBLIC for the State of Washington

Residing at:

Beaverton, OR

My Commission Expires:

5-24-14

 

 

 

 

 

27


 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

1.  EXHIBIT A

 

North Park Industrial Center

 



 

1.  EXHIBIT B

 

North Park Industrial Center

 



 

SIGN CRITERIA

 

Basic Identification Sign.

 

Each Tenant is allowed a basic identification sign to display company name in 14” microgramma (a.k.a. Eurostile Bold Extended) letters the color of which shall match the accent stripe on the building (Ameritone “Tall Tree Green” 1B1.16A).  Logos or symbols of the same construction as letters may be added, a maximum of 24” in any one dimension, color may be determined by Tenant and approved by ownership.  Letters and logos are to be non-illuminated and individually mounted with the building facade providing the background.  Corporate or company names will be listed in capital letters only, no lower case letters arc allowed.  Letter height will remain consistent at 14” with the length of the sign varying according to the length of the name displayed.  Logos or symbols are to be centered from top to bottom in the sign area.  Names will be mounted above the entry, centered in the area below the accent stripe and above the glass line.  If there is a double storefront, the name shall be justified to the left of the right entry, and justified right for the left entry.  If it is a single entrance, the company name will be centered above the entrance.  Logo placement is dependent upon sign location.

 

Window Signs

 

Identity signs displaying trademarks or logos may be used on the glass panel to the left or the right of the entrance door depending upon location of basic identification sign (see above), i.e., if identification sign is mounted to the right of the outside window frame, then window sign would be placed on glass panel to the left of the entrance door.  These signs may be either painted or pressure sensitive vinyl or a combination of both.  Company names shall be listed in 3” white pressure sensitive capital letters in the microgramma style.  Logos and symbols may be in corporate colors as determined by Tenant.  Tenant is required to submit a layout to the ownership for final approval.

 

Rear Loading Signs

 

Each Tenant will be allowed to identify its rear door for shipping and receiving purposes.  The company name shall be placed on a 36” x 24” aluminum panel adjacent to the rear doors.  The aluminum panel shall be painted to match the building.

 

Copy shall consist of 3” vinyl capital letters only in Rama Bold style, and color of which shall match the accent stripe of the building.  Company names and logos only are allowed.

 

Landlord reserves the right to deny any copy it considers unsuitable.  Layout must be approved by Landlord prior to installation of any signage.  The cost of all lettering and logos will be the responsibility of the Tenant.  No other signs are allowed in the windows or doors.

 

1.  EXHIBIT C

 

North Park Industrial Center

 



 

1.  SCHEDULE D

 

North Park Industrial Center

 



 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
(5408 NE 88th Avenue)

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“First Amendment”) dated for reference purposes June 18, 2012, is by and between ASPEN NORTH PARK L.L.C., an Oregon limited liability company (“Landlord”) and nLIGHT PHOTONICS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation:

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Lease dated April 1, 2010 (the “Lease”), Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord certain premises located at 5408 NE 88th Street, Building E, Vancouver, Washington and more particularly described therein (the “Premises”).  Except as noted herein, defined terms in this First Amendment shall have the same meaning given to such teams in the Lease.

 

B.                                     In order to accommodate the expansion of Tenant’s parking area, the boundary of the Phase was adjusted to include additional real property in the northeast corner of the Phase Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease and confirm the boundary and slat) of the Phase and the Project.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Section 2 (The Premises).   Section 2 of the Lease is hereby amended by replacing the first sentence in its entirety with the following:

 

“Landlord leases to Tenant the Premises described in Section 1 and in Exhibit A and commonly known as 5408 NE 88 th  Street, Building E, Vancouver, WA 98665 (the “Premises”), located in the Phase described on Exhibits A and A-1 (the “Phase”) and within the Project described on Exhibits B and B-1 (the “Project”).

 

2.                                       Exhibit A.   The reference to “Tax Lot 1/5” in Exhibit A is changed to reference “Tax Lot 4/5” and Exhibit A-1 attached hereto shall be attached to the Lease as Exhibit A-1 thereto.

 

3.                                       Exhibit B.   Exhibit B to the Lease is hereby replaced in its entirety with (i) the Site Plan attached as Exhibit B hereto, which depicts the Project, and (ii) Exhibit B-1, which depicts Phase 2/3 Spaces (as defined below).

 

4.                                       Phase and Premises.   Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, pursuant to Exhibit B, as hereby amended, the Phase consists of 13.5 acres dreg property and that the “Agreed Upon Premises Percent of Project” is 30.11 percent

 

5.                                       Phase 2/3 Parking.   Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has obtained approval to construct 155 additional parking spaces on the Phase pursuant to the Type II Development and Environmental Review, Staff Report & Decision dated November 14, 2011, Case Nos. PSR2011-00040, SEP2011-00022 and WET2011-00029 (the “Parking Approval”).  Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord, Aspen North Park L.L.C. or its affiliate, Hinton Development Corp. (for purposes of this Paragraph 5, collectively, “Aspen”) to construct the 70 “Phase 2/3” parking spaces (the “Phase 2/3 Spaces”) as illustrated on Exhibit B-1.  Any such Phase 2/3 Spaces constructed, shall be constructed in accordance with all requirements of the Parking Approval.

 



 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall not have any responsibility for the payment of the cost of such construction.

 

6.                                       Additional Parking.   Pursuant to Section 13 of the Lease and in connection with the Parking Approval, Landlord hereby consents to Tenant’s construction of up to 85 parking spaces in addition to the Phase 2 / 3  Spaces in accordance with all the requirements of the Parking Approval.

 

7.                                       Waiver.   Landlord acknowledges that Tenant is working in good faith to resolve any issues with parking and hereby waives any default under the Lease that arises with respect to Section 10 of the Lease (“Parking”) prior to construction of the Phase 2/3 Spaces.

 

8.                                       Full Force and Effect.   Except as amended by this First Amendment, the Lease is in full force and effect.

 

ASPEN NORTH PARK L.L.C., an Oregon limited liability company

nLIGHT PHOTONICS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ GM

 

By:

/s/ Scott Keeney

Its:

Member

 

Its:

CEO

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B-1

 

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
(5408 NE 88th Avenue)

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Second Amendment”), dated for reference purposes August 1, 2016, is by and between DUTTON ASPEN LLC, an Oregon limited liability company (“Landlord”) and nLIGHT, Inc., formerly nLIGHT PHOTON1CS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Lease dated April 1, 2010 (the “Lease”) originally between Aspen North Park L.L.C. (“Aspen North”) and Tenant, Aspen North leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Aspen North certain premises located at 5408 NE 88th Street, Vancouver, Washington and more particularly described therein (the “Premises”).

 

B.            The Lease was amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated June 18, 2012 (the “First Amendment”), whereby, among other matters (i) certain property was added to the Premises, and (ii) Tenant authorized the construction of additional parking spaces on the Premises.  The Lease and the First Amendment are referred to herein collectively as the “Lease.”

 

C.            Pursuant to an Assignment of Lease dated June 25, 2012, Aspen North assigned all of its interest under the Lease to Landlord.

 

D.            Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease on the terms and conditions set forth below.  Except as noted herein, defined terms in this Second Amendment shall have the same meaning given to such terms in the Lease.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.             Renewal Option (Section 29.a).   Tenant has exercised its option to renew the term of the Lease for the first Extended Term.  The first Extended Term will commence on April 1, 2017 and will end on March 31, 2022.

 

2.             Renewal Rent (Section 29.6).   Base Monthly Rent during the first year of the first Extended Term shall be $38,750, Landlord agrees to provide a one-time rent allowance of $12,500 for the first month of the Extended Term, such that Base Monthly Rent for April 2017 shall be $26,250.  Base Monthly Rent shall increase by 1.8% annually during the first Extended Term in accordance with the terms of Section 1(h) of the Lease (i.e., on April 1, 2018, Base Monthly Rent shall increase to $39,447.50).

 

3.             Reserves (Section 4.d).   Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Landlord currently holds the sum of $199,911 in the reserve account, which Landlord will, in accordance with Section 4(d) of the Lease, utilize to replace the asphalt surface of the parking lot, seal coat the parking lot, replace the roof and paint the exterior of the Premises.

 

4.             Full Force and Effect.   Except as amended by the First Amendment and this Second Amendment, the Lease is in full force and effect.

 



 

LANDLORD:

DUTTON ASPEN LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ B. Daniel Dutton

 

 

B. Daniel Dutton, Manager

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

nLIGHT, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kerry Hill

 

Its:

CFO & Secretary

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

Lease Agreement (1)

 

For part of Lot number 5:126 in Lohja town in the village of Muijala and for the industrial building located on the lot.

 

1                      Under this agreement and according to the terms of this agreement, Juhani Leijamaa leases part of industrial lot number 5:126, which he owns, located in the town of Lohja in the village of Muijala and the industrial building located on the lot at address Sorronrinne 9.

 

The surface area of the factory hall is about 1350 m 2 . The tenant has the right to use without any extra payment the parking area located on the lot and the area on the yard which is surrounded by fence and the gates.

 

monthly rent 27,606.00 (FIM) Finnish Marks per month

 

2                      Lease term starts on 1 July 2000 and is 120 months long. The lease term will then continue for one year at a time unless the contract is terminated by either party at least three months before the expiration of the contract period. The lease is fixed for two years and then the tenant has the right to terminate the lease with a notice of three months, however, with the first notice of termination on 1 July 2002. If the tenant terminates the lease prior to 30 June 2002, the tenant is obliged to pay 24-month rent as a penalty in addition to the rents already paid until then.

 

If the tenant terminates the lease after 30 June 2002, the tenant is liable to pay damages for the early termination of the lease. The amount of compensation for the period 30 June 2002 to 30 June 2003 is 120,000 FIM. The compensation is reduced annually by 15,000 FIM starting from 1 July 2004. In addition to the above liabilities, the tenant is liable to pay 3-month notice period rent.

 

After the written notice for termination is given, the landlord has the right to show the lot and the building starting from the date of notice.

 

3                      The rent is tied to the Finnish cost of living index. The base index to be used is the May 2000 cost of living index. The rent is first checked for the rental period beginning on July 1, 2001.

 

If the cost of living index has increased the landlord will inform in writing the tenant latest by the end of June 2001 what is the new rent starting from 1 July 2001. Possible decrease in the cost of living index does not affect the rent.

 


(1)   NOTE: The final document is in Finnish and does not include the English language.  This document constitutes a fair and accurate English translation of the foreign language document.

 



 

4                      The rent is paid monthly in advance so that the monthly rent is paid latest on the 3rd day of each month to the landlord’s bank account XXXYYY.

 

The tenant pays a two-month rent as a security deposit. The security deposit shall be paid before 1 July 2000.

 

5                      The tenant is entitled, at its own expense, to carry out internal alterations in the property which are necessary for the tenant to conduct its business. But before these alterations the tenant shall obtain all the needed permits from all necessary authorities, with the assistance of the landlord, and has to make sure that the changes do not reduce the value of the property.

 

All the HVAC modifications and structural modifications which do not require a construction permit procedure and which differ materially from the original condition of the building need to be returned to the original condition if the landlord so desired when the lease term ends. This applies for example to the changes that have been done for the non-load-bearing partition wall structures.

 

6                      At the end of the lease agreement, the tenant has the right to remove equipment related to its own process and other equipment which were purchased at the tenant’s expense (for example air compressor, surveillance cameras, etc.). After removal of the equipment, the tenants shall return the space to its original condition.

 

7                      The tenant shall pay all utility costs of the of the rented premises such as electricity, heating, water and waste removal as well as operation and maintenance of HVAC equipment. In addition to this the tenant shall pay for other expenses related to the use and operation of the premises, such as snow removal, winter sanding and maintenance of the premises in neat, sanitary and clean condition free of trash and debris, so that the lack of taking care of these responsibilities does not cause damage to the users of the property and / or damage to the property itself. The tenant shall also insure its own property. However, the landlord is responsible for the costs of the property insurance and the property tax.

 

T he tenant is also responsible at its own cost for maintenance of the leased property so that any damages and breakages to the property and/or equipment that are caused by the tenant using the property will be repaired immediately.

 

The landlord takes care of the basic structural maintenance costs of the property.

 

8                      In order to determine the condition of the property, an annually review of the real estate shall be held between the parties.

 

2



 

9                     The initial term of this lease and rental payment shall begin on 1 July 2000. The tenant shall get the possession of the premises on 1 July 2000.

 

10               If the landlord wishes to sell the leased property, he must first offer it to the tenant for the same price and under the same conditions than a third party has offered to pay for the property. The landlord shall show the tenant a written third party offer for evidence of such an offer. The tenant is entitled within 30 days after receiving a written redemption notice to redeem the property with the above terms.

 

This lease agreement does not include following equipment and structures:

 

· Electrically operated lift doors
· Automatic fire and smoke alarm and burglary alarm systems
· HVAC equipment

 

This equipment can be used by the tenant if the tenant takes care of its operating costs and maintenance and servicing,

 

We accept this agreement and commit to meeting the terms of this agreement.

 

This lease agreement has been signed in two identical copies, one for each party,

 

In Lohja, April 7, 2000

 

Landlord

 

Tenant

 

 

 

/s/ Juhani Leijamaa

 

/s/ Markku Rajala

Juhani Leijamaa

 

Markku Rajala

 

In witness of

 

/s/ Suppo Lindisor

 

 

Suppo Lindisor

 

 

17A, LOHJA

 

 

019-323944

 

 

 

3



 

Suoniementaival 141

21 March 2016

 

08350 LOHJA

 

 

 

nLight Corporation

 

Heikki Ihalainen

 

 

LEASE CONTRACT EXTENSION (1)

 

Landlord

Juhani Leijamaa

 

 

Tenant

nLight Corporation ( Liekki Oy )

 

 

Property

In the town of Lohja, in Immula village Industrial lot called Niitti, Lot number 5:126 and an industrial building located on this lot.

 

 

Subject

We will continue the lease agreement of the above defined property which ends 1 July 2016 using the following terms:

 

 

 

lease term 72 months, which is divided into two 36-month periods

 

 

 

monthly rent is for the next 72 months (starting from 1 April 2016) 5400.00 €, if the lease shall be terminated earliest on 1 April 2022.

 

 

 

If the lease shall be terminated 1 April 2019, the tenant shall pay in addition to the last month payment a rent increase based on the Finnish standard of living cost index back dated starting from 1 July 2016. The base index to be used as a comparison for the rent increase is 1724 which is the index value in 1 July 2009.

 

 

 

Other terms and conditions of the original lease contract signed on 7 April 2000 shall prevail.

 

 

 

In Lohja, 21 March 2016

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Juhani Leijamaa

 

 

Vuokranantaja

 

 

Juhani Leijamaa

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Heikki Ihalainen

 

/s/ Simo Karrinen

 

nLight Corporation

 

nLight Corporation

 

Heikki Ihalainen

 

Simo Karrinen

 


(1)   NOTE: The final document is in Finnish and does not include the English language.  This document constitutes a fair and accurate English translation of the foreign language document.

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

Lease Agreement (1)

 

For part of Lot number 5:127 in Lohja town in the village of Muijala and for the industrial building located on the lot.

 

1                     Under this agreement and according to the terms of this agreement, Hannele and Pekka Saarnio lease part of industrial lot number 5:127, which they own, located in the town of Lohja in the village of Muijala and the industrial building located on the lot at address Sorronrinne 9.

 

The surface area of the factory hall is about 1600 m 2 . The tenant has the right to use without any extra payment the parking area located on the lot and the area on the yard which is surrounded by fence and the gates.

 

monthly rent 32,394.00 (FIM) Finnish Marks per month

 

2                     Lease term starts on 1 July 2000 and is 120 months long. The lease term will then continue for one year at a time unless the contract is terminated by either party at least three months before the expiration of the contract period. The lease is fixed for two years and then the tenant has the right to terminate the lease with a notice of three months, however, with the first notice of termination on 1 July 2002. If the tenant terminates the lease prior to 30 June 2002, the tenant is obliged to pay 24-month rent as a penalty in addition to the rents already paid until then.

 

If the tenant terminates the lease after 30 June 2002, the tenant is liable to pay damages for the early termination of the lease. The amount of compensation for the period 30 June 2002 to 30 June 2003 is 120,000 FIM. The compensation is reduced annually by 15,000 FIM starting from 1 July 2004. In addition to the above liabilities, the tenant is liable to pay 3-month notice period rent.

 

After the written notice for termination is given, the landlord has the right to show the lot and the building starting from the date of notice.

 

3                     The rent is tied to the Finnish cost of living index. The base index to be used is the May 2000 cost of living index. The rent is first checked for the rental period beginning on July 1, 2001.

 

If the cost of living index has increased the landlord will inform in writing the tenant latest by the end of June 2001 what is the new rent starting from 1 July 2001. Possible decrease in the cost of living index does not affect the rent.

 


(1)   NOTE: The final document is in Finnish and does not include the English language.  This document constitutes a fair and accurate English translation of the foreign language document.

 



 

4                     The rent is paid monthly in advance so that the monthly rent is paid latest on the 3rd day of each month to the landlord’s bank account XXXYYY.

 

The tenant pays a two-month rent as a security deposit. The security deposit shall be paid before 1 July 2000.

 

5                     The tenant is entitled, at its own expense, to carry out internal alterations in the property which are necessary for the tenant to conduct its business. Before these alterations the tenant shall obtain all the needed permits from all necessary authorities, with the assistance of the landlord, and shall make sure that the changes do not reduce the value of the property.

 

The tenant is entitled at its expense, to the extent permitted by the construction permit authorities, to raise the roof of the building to about 9-meter height from the ground on the side closest to the street over a length of approximately 5 meters. At the end of the lease term, the restructuring of the roof will be left free of charge to the landlord.

 

All the HVAC modifications and structural modifications which do not require a construction permit procedure and which differ materially from the original condition of the building need to be returned to the original condition if the landlord so desired when the lease term ends. This applies for example to the changes that have been done for the non-load-bearing partition wall structures.

 

6                     At the end of the lease agreement, the tenant has the right to remove equipment related to its own process and other equipment which were purchased at the tenant’s expense (for example air compressor, surveillance cameras, etc.). After removal of the equipment, the tenants shall return the space to its original condition.

 

7                     The tenant shall pay all utility costs of the of the rented premises such as electricity, heating, water and waste removal as well as operation and maintenance of HVAC equipment. In addition to this the tenant shall pay for other expenses related to the use and operation of the premises, such as snow removal, winter sanding and maintenance of the premises in neat, sanitary and clean condition free of trash and debris, so that the lack of taking care of these responsibilities does not cause damage to the users of the property and / or damage to the property itself. The tenant shall also insure its own property. However, the landlord is responsible for the costs of the property insurance and the property tax.

 

T he tenant is also responsible at its own cost for maintenance of the leased property so that any damages and breakages to the property and/or equipment that are caused by the tenant using the property will be repaired immediately.

 

2



 

The landlord takes care of the basic structural maintenance costs of the property.

 

8                      To determine the condition of the property, an annual review of the real estate shall be held between the parties.

 

9                     The initial term of this lease and rental payment shall begin on 1 July 2000. The tenant shall get the possession of the premises on 1 July 2000.

 

10              If the landlord wishes to sell the leased property, he must first offer it to the tenant for the same price and under the same conditions than a third party has offered to pay for the property. The landlord shall show the tenant a written third party offer for evidence of such an offer. The tenant is entitled within 30 days after receiving a written redemption notice to redeem the property with the above terms.

 

This lease agreement does not include following equipment and structures:

 

· Electrically operated lift doors
· Automatic fire and smoke alarm and burglary alarm systems
· HVAC equipment

 

This equipment can be used by the tenant if the tenant takes care of its operating costs and maintenance and servicing,

 

We accept this agreement and commit to meeting the terms of this agreement.

 

This lease agreement has been signed in two identical copies, one for each party,

 

In Lohja, April 7, 2000

 

Landlord

 

Tenant

 

Hannele ja Pekka Saarnio

 

Liekki Oy

Business code 15706081

 

/s/ Hannele Saarnio

 

/s/ Pekka Saarnio

 

/s/ Markku Rajala

Hannele Saarnio

 

Pekka Saarnio

 

Markku Rajala

 

In witness of

 

/s/    Suppo Lindisor

 

 

Suppo Lindisor

 

 

17A, LOHJA 19-323944

 

 

 

3



 

Asemanrinne 5

21 March 2016

 

08500 Lohja

 

 

 

 

 

nLight Oy

 

 

Heikki Ihalainen

 

 

Sorronrinne 9

 

 

08500 Lojha

 

 

 

LEASE CONTRACT EXTENSION (1)

 

Landlord

Hannele Saarnio

 

 

Tenant

nLight Corporation ( Liekki Oy )

 

 

Property

In the town of Lohja, in Muijala village Industrial lot number 5:127 and an industrial building located on this lot at address Sorronrinne 9.

 

 

Subject

We will continue the lease agreement of the above defined property which ends 1 July 2016 using the following terms:

 

 

 

lease term 72 months, which is divided into two 36-month periods

 

monthly rent is for the next 72 months (starting from 1 April 2016) 6300.00 €, if the lease shall be terminated earliest on 1 April 2022.

 

 

 

If the lease shall be terminated 1 April 2019, the tenant shall pay in addition to the last month payment a rent increase based on the Finnish standard of living cost index back dated starting from 1 July 2016. The base index to be used as a comparison for the rent increase is 1724 which is the index value in 1 July 2009.

 

Other terms and conditions of the original lease contract signed on 7 April 2000 shall prevail.

 

 

 

In Lohja, 21 March 2016

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Hannele Saarnio

 

 

Vuokranantaja

 

 

Hannele Saarnio

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Heikki Ihalainen

 

/s/ Simo Karrinen

 

nLight Corporation

 

nLight Corporation

 

Heikki Ihalainen

 

Simo Karrinen

 


(1)   NOTE: The final document is in Finnish and does not include the English language.  This document constitutes a fair and accurate English translation of the foreign language document.

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

nLIGHT Oy

 

Finland

nLIGHT Cayman Ltd.

 

Cayman Islands, B.W.I.

nLIGHT Laser Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.*

 

People’s Republic of China

 


*nLIGHT Laser Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of nLIGHT Cayman Ltd.

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
nLIGHT, Inc.:

        We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.


 

 

KPMG LLP

/s/ KPMG LLP

Portland, Oregon
March 30, 2018

 

 



QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm